Savitribai Phule Pune University: Structure and Syllabus For B.E. Civil 2015 Course (W. E. F. June, 2018)

SAVITRIBAI PHULE PUNE UNIVERSITY
Board of Studies in Civil Engineering
Structure and Syllabus for B.E. Civil 2015 Course (w. e. f. June, 2018)
Board of Studies (Civil Engineering) Syllabus for B. E. Civil 2015 Course (w.e.f. 2018 Page 1
Board of Studies in Civil Engineering
Structure for B.E. Civil 2015 Course (w. e. f. June 2018)
Semester-I
Subject Subject Teaching Scheme In-Semester TW Pract End- Total Credit
code Hrs/Week Assessment /Or Semester
Lect Tu Pr Exam Th Lab
401 001 Environmental
3 -- 2 30 -- 50 70 150 3 1
Engineering II
401002 Transportation
3 -- 2 30 50 -- 70 150 3 1
Engineering
401 003 Structural Design
4 -- 2 30 -- 50 70 150 4 1
and Drawing III
401 004 Elective I 3 -- 2 30 50 -- 70 150 3 1
401 005 Elective II 3 -- -- 30 -- -- 70 100 3 --
401 006 Project (Phase-I) -- 2 -- -- -- 50 -- 50 -- 2
Total : 16 2 8 150 100 150 350 750 16 6
22 Credits
Semester-II
Subject Subject Teaching Scheme In-Semester TW Or End- Total Credit
code Hrs/Week Assessment Semester
Lect Tu Pr Exam Th Pr
401 007 Dams and
Hydraulic 3 -- 2 30 -- 50 70 150 3 1
Structures
401008 Quantity
Surveying,
3 -- 2 30 -- 50 70 150 3 1
Contracts and
tenders
401 009 Elective III 3 -- 2 30 50 -- 70 150 3 1
401 010 Elective IV 3 -- 2 30 50 -- 70 150 3 1
401 006 Project -- 6 -- -- 50 100 -- 150 -- 6
Total : 12 6 8 120 150 200 280 750 12 10
22 Credits
Following will be the list of electives.
Semester I
Elective-I 401 004 Elective-II 401 005

1. Structural Design of Bridges 1. Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis
2. Systems Approach in Civil Engineering 2. Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management
3. Advanced Concrete Technology 3. TQM & MIS in Civil Engineering
4. Architecture and Town Planning 4. Earthquake Engineering
5. Advanced Engineering Geology with Rock 5. Advanced Geotechnical Engineering
Mechanics
Semester-II
Elective-III 401 009 Elective-IV 401 010
1. Advanced Structural Design 1. Construction Management
2. Statistical Analysis and Computational 2. Advanced Transportation Engineering
Methods in Civil Engineering 3. Advanced foundation Engineering.
3. Hydropower Engineering 4. Coastal Engineering
4. Air Pollution and control 5. Open Elective
5. Finite Element Method in Civil Engineering a) Plumbing Engineering
6. Airport and Bridge Engineering b) Green Building Technology
c) Ferrocement Technology
d) Sub sea Engineering
e) Geoinformatics
Savitribai Phule Pune University, Pune
BE Civil 2015 Course
Syllabus
Semester-I
401 001 Environmental Engineering – II
Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

Lectures: 3 Hrs/week Paper In-sem : 30 Marks (1Hr.)
Practical: 2 Hrs/week Paper End-sem : 70 Marks (2.5 Hrs.)
Oral : 50 Marks
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
Sewage quantity: Collection and conveyance of sewage, sources of sewage, variations in
sewage flow, Flow quantity estimation (sewage and storm water quantification), design of storm
water system, Design of circular sanitary sewers. Pumping of sewage, necessity, location. Effect
of change of life style on sewage quality.
Characteristics of sewage: Methods of sampling, Physical, chemical and biological

characteristics, Quality requirements for disposal and recycle/reuse of sewage as per CPCB
norms.
Stream sanitation: Self-purification of natural streams, river classification as per MoEF & CC,
Govt. of India; Oxygen Sag Curve, Streeter - Phelps equation and terminology (without
derivation and numerical). National river cleaning plan.
Unit II (6Hrs.)
Sewage treatment: Pollution due to improper disposal of sewage, Introduction to sewage
treatment, preliminary, primary, secondary and tertiary treatment, Unit operation and Process
flow diagram for sewage treatment, Theory and design of screen chamber, Grit Chamber and
Primary sedimentation tank as per the Manual of CPHEEO.
Unit III (6 Hrs.)
Theory & design of secondary treatment units: Introduction to unit operations and processes
for secondary treatment. Principles of biological treatments, role of microorganism in
wastewater treatment.
Activated sludge process: Theory and design of ASP, sludge volume index, sludge bulking &
control, modifications in ASP. Operational problems and maintenance in ASP.
Concept of Sequential batch reactor (SBR) .
Trickling filter: Biological principle, different T.F media & their characteristics, design of
standard rate and high rate filters using NRC formula, single stage & two stage filters,
recirculation, ventilation, operational problems, control measures, theory of rotating biological
contactors.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
Low cost treatment methods for rural areas
Oxidation pond: Bacteria – algae symbiosis, design of oxidation pond as per the manual of
CPHEEO, advantages & disadvantages of oxidation ponds.
Aerated lagoons: Principle, aeration method, advantages & disadvantages of aerated Lagoons,
design of aerated lagoon.
Introduction and theory of Phytoremediation technology for wastewater treatment. Introduction

and theory of root zone cleaning system.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
Onsite Sanitation Treatment systems: Septic tank, up-flow anaerobic filter. and Package
Sewage Treatment Plant- Working principle, advantages and disadvantages. Introduction to
MBR, MBBR and FMBR.
Anaerobic digester: Principle of anaerobic digestion, stages of digestion, bio – gas production
its characteristics & application, factors governing anaerobic digestion,. Dewatering of sludge
by gravity thickener, sludge drying bed, decanters. Methods of sludge treatment and disposal,
advantages & disadvantages. Up-flow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket (UASB) Reactor– Principle,
advantages & disadvantages.
Unit VI (6 Hrs.)
Industrial waste water treatment: Equalization and neutralization. Application of preliminary,
primary and secondary treatment for industrial wastewater as per the CPCB norms.
Sources of waste water generation from manufacturing process, characteristics of effluent,
different methods of treatment & disposal of effluent for the following industries: Sugar, dairy
and distillery. Discharge standards as per CPCB norms.
Recycle & reuse of treated wastewater: Gardening, sewage farming, W.C. Flushing, reuse in
industry.
Term Work:
A. Compulsory Assignment:
1. Brief report on Sewer materials, choice of materials, testing of sewer pipes, sewer
appurtenances.
2. Design of septic tank.
B. Experiments:
The term work shall consist of a journal giving details of at least 8 out of 12 of the following
experiments conducted in Environmental Engineering laboratory, of which, Sr.No.12 is
compulsory.
Determination of
1. Solids -Total solids, suspended solids, volatile solids, settle able solids & non settle able
solids.
2. Sludge Volume Index.
3. Dissolved oxygen.
4. Bio-Chemical Oxygen Demand.
5. Chemical Oxygen Demand.
6. Electrical Conductivity.
7. Determination of Phosphates by spectrophotometer.
8. Determination of Nitrates by spectrophotometer.
9. Determination of heavy metals like Cr6+ or Zn or Ni or Cd.
10. Determination of total nitrogen by Kjeldal method.
11. Visit to domestic / Industrial wastewater treatment plant & its detailed reports.
12. Computer aided design of Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) OR Effluent Treatment Plant
(ETP) of Sugar or Dairy Industry using suitable software (C programming or any other suitable
software).
Note: - Term Work should include a detailed analysis of practical interpretation,

significance and application of test results.
Text Books:
1. Environmental studies by Rajgopalan- Oxford University Press.
2. Waste Water Treatment & Disposal – Metcalf & Eddy - TMH publication.
3. Environmental Engg. - Peavy, Rowe - McGraw Hill Publication.
4. Waste Water Treatment – Rao & Dutta.
Reference Books:
5. Waste Water Engg. – B.C. Punmia & Ashok Jain - Arihant Publications.
6. Water Supply & Waste Water Engg.- B.S.N. Raju – TMH publication.
7. Sewage Disposal & Air Pollution Engg. – S. K. Garg – Khanna Publication.
8. Environmental Engg. – Davis - McGraw Hill Publication.
9. Manual on sewerage and sewage treatment – Public Health Dept., Govt. of India.
10. Standard Methods by APHA.
I.S. Codes:
I.S. 3025 (all parts).
e – Resources:
i) http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses-contents/IIT Kanpur and IIT Madras.
ii) http://cpcb.nic .in
iii) http://moef.nic .in
401 002 Transportation Engineering
Teaching scheme Examination Scheme

Lectures: 3 Hrs/week In-Sem Exam: 30 Marks 1 Hr.
Practical: 2 Hrs/week End-Sem Exam: 70 Marks 2.5 Hrs.
Term work: 50 Marks
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
Highway Development & Planning:
History, Development Plans, Classification of roads, Road Patterns, road development in India -
Vision 2021 & Rural Road Development Vision 2025, Current road projects in India; highway
alignment and highway project report preparation (Planning surveys & Master Plans based on
saturation system).
Unit II : (6 Hrs.)
Geometric design of highways:
Introduction; highway cross section elements; sight distance, design of horizontal alignment;
design of vertical alignment; design of intersections, problems, Highway drainage, Importance
of highway drainage, subsurface and surface drainage systems.
Unit III (6 Hrs.)

Traffic engineering & control:
Traffic Characteristics, traffic engineering studies, traffic flow and capacity, traffic regulation
and control devices (signs, signals, islands, road markings); Accident studies, types of road
intersections; parking studies; highway lighting.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
Pavement materials:
Materials used in Highway Construction and related tests - Soil subgrade and CBR Test, Stone
aggregates, bituminous binders, bituminous paving mixes, viscosity based gradation of bitumen,
Modified Bitumen (Cutbacks, Emulsions, Crumbed Rubber Modified Bitumen – CRMB,
Polymer Modified Bitumen-PMB, Foamed Bitumen), Marshall Stability Mix Design and Test
(All 5 test parameters).
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
Pavement Design:
Introduction; flexible pavements – Computation of design traffic (Vehicle Damage Factor VDF,
Lane distribution factor LDF, Traffic growth rate); stresses in flexible pavements; design
guidelines for flexible pavements as per IRC 37-2012 (steps only); rigid pavements- components
and functions; factors affecting design; stresses in rigid pavements (ESWL); design guidelines
for concrete pavements as per IRC 58-2015 (steps only); joints in CC pavements, problems.
Unit VI (6 Hrs.)
A. Pavement Construction:
Construction process of GSB, WBM, WMM; Cemented base, Introduction to bituminous works
such as prime coat, tack coat, seal coat, Built-up Spray Grout (BSG), Asphaltic Concrete (AC)
or Bituminous Concrete (BC), Bituminous Macadam (BM), Dense Bituminous Macadam
(DBM) and premix carpet, Dry lean Concrete (DLC), Pavement Quality Concrete (PQC).
B. Modern Trends in Highway Materials, Construction & Maintenance:

Mastic Asphalt, Cold Mix Asphalt Technology, Warm Mix Asphalt Technology,
Recycled/Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) (Manual Series - 2), Concept of Super pave Mix
Design (Super pave Series 2), Non-Destructive Evaluation of Pavements (Falling Weight
Deflectometer FWD).
Term work:
Term work shall consist of the following:
A. Practicals:
I. Tests on Aggregate (Any Five) :
1. Aggregate Impact Value Test
2. Aggregate Crushing Strength Test
3. Los Angeles Abrasion Test
4. Shape Test (Flakiness Index and Elongation Index)
5. Specific Gravity and Water Absorption Test by basket method
6. Stripping Value Test
7. Soundness Test
II. Tests on Bitumen (Any Five):
1. Penetration Test
2. Ductility Test
3. Viscosity Test (Tar Viscometer)
4. Softening Point Test
5. Flash Point & Fire Point Test
6. Specific Gravity Test
7. Bitumen Extraction Test
III. Tests on Aggregate Bitumen Combined:

1. Marshall Stability Test
IV. Tests on Soil Subgrade:

1. California Bearing Ratio Test (CBR Test)
B. Technical visits to:

1) Road Construction and/or RAP Site
2) Hot mix Plant with detailed report
Text Books:
1. Highway engineering – S.K. Khanna, C.E.G. Justo & A. Veeraragavan, Nem Chand
and Brothers, Roorkee
2. Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis (4th edition) F. L. Mannering, Scott
S. Washburn, Wiley India
3. Principles and practices of Highway engineering –Dr. L.R. Kadiyali, Khanna
Publishers Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. A Course in Highway Engineering – S.P. Bindra, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi.
2. Principles of Transportation Engineering – G.V. Rao Tata MacGraw Hill Publication
3. Highway Engineering – Rangawala, Charotar publishing House, Anand 388001 (Gujrat)
4. Principles of Transportation Engineering – Partha Chakraborty, Animesh Das, Prentice Hall
of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
5. Highway and Bridge Engineering – B.L. Gupta, Amit Gupta Standard publishers
Distributors, Delhi.
Other References:
1. National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP)
2. Federal Highway Authority (FHWA)
Codes:
1. I.S. 1201 TO 1220-1978, IS 73, IS 2386 PART I toV
2. I.R.C. 58- 2015, IRC 37-2012
3. Specifications for Road and Bridge works (MORTH) 5th Revision, New Delhi.
e – Resources:
1. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/iitkanpur
2. www.cdeep.iitb.ac.in/nptel
3. www.fhwa.dot
401 003 Structural Design and Drawing III

Lectures: 4 Hrs / week In Sem: 30 and End Sem : 70 Marks
Practical: 2 Hrs/week Oral: 50 Marks
Duration: In-Sem: 1.5 Hrs.
End-Sem: 3 Hrs.
Unit 1 (8 Hrs.)
Prestressed concrete – Analysis:
Introduction, Basic concepts, materials, various Pre-tensioning and Post-tensioning systems,
concept of losses, Stress calculations, and concept of cable profile.
Unit 2 (8 Hrs.)
Prestressed concrete – Design:
Design of post tensioned prestressed concrete simply supported rectangular and flanged sections
for flexure and shear including end block.
Design of one way and two way post tensioned slabs (Single panel only).
Unit 3 (8 Hrs.)
Design of Flat slab:
Introduction to flat slab, Design of prestressed two way flat slab by direct design method.
Unit 4 (8 Hrs.)
Earth retaining structures:
Introduction, Functions and types of retaining walls, Analysis and design of RCC cantilever type
of retaining wall for various types of backfill conditions.
Unit 5 (8 Hrs.)
Liquid retaining structures:
Introduction, types, function, codal provisions, methods of analysis, Design of circular, square,
and rectangular water tanks resting on ground by working stress method, Introduction to limit
state design of water tanks.
Unit 6 (8 Hrs.)
Introduction to vibration and earthquake analysis:
Introduction to single and multi-degree of freedom systems: free, forced, un-damped and
damped vibration, Estimation of earthquake forces by seismic coefficient method, Estimation of
combined effect of lateral forces and vertical loading on G+2 storied frames.
Note: Design based on above unit shall conform to latest versions of IS 456, IS 875,
IS 1343, IS 3370, IS 1893, IS 13920.
Term Work:
Term work shall be based on the above syllabus. It consists of
1) Assignment on calculation of losses in prestress.
2) Assignment on stress calculation in prestressed structures.
3) Design and detailing of design of prestressed girder.
4) Design and detailing of prestressed flat slab by direct design method.
5) Design and detailing of retaining wall for various loading conditions.
6) Design and detailing of ground resting water tank.
7) Report on analysis and design of any one of the structures listed in the syllabus using
software or computer program.
8) Two site visit reports, one each on RCC and Prestressed concrete structure.
Note:
(a) There should be separate design problem statement for a group of students not exceeding
four in numbers.
(b) Minimum four full imperial sheets based on two projects on design of RCC and two
projects on design of prestressed concrete structural elements.
Text Books:
1. Limit state theory and design of reinforced - Dr. V. L. Shah and Dr S. R. Karve - Structures
Publications, Pune.
2. Fundamentals of Reinforced Concrete- N.C. Sinha, S.K. Roy – S. Chand & Co. Ltd
3. Advanced design of structures- Krishnaraju - Mc Graw Hill.
4. Design of Prestressed concrete structures- T. Y. Lin.
5. Prestressed Concrete- N. Krishna Raju – Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication Co.
6. Earthquake resistant design of structures- Agarwal, Shrikhande, PHI learning.
Reference Books:
7. Comprehensive RCC Design - Punmia, Jain & Jain - Laxmi Publications.
8. Design of design of reinforced Concrete structures- M. L. Gambhir –PHI.
9. Reinforced Concrete, Vol I- Dr.H J. Shah Charotar Publishing House
10. Prestressed Concrete – A Fundamental Approach- Edward Nawy – PHI..
11. Reinforced concrete design- Pillai and Menon TMH.
12. Elementary Structural Dynamics-Selvam, Dhanpatrai Publications.
I.S. Codes
1. IS: 456: Indian Standard code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete, BIS, New Delhi.
2. IS: 1343: Indian Standard code of practice for Prestressed concrete, BIS, New Delhi.
3. IS: 1893: Indian Standard Code of practice for criteria for Earthquake resistant design of
structures, BIS, New Delhi.
4. IS: 3370-Indian Standard code of practice for concrete structures for storage of liquids, BIS,
New Delhi.
401 004 Elective I: (1) Structural Design of Bridges

Lecture: 3 Hrs/week. In-sem. Exam.: 30 Marks (1 Hr.)
Practical:- 2 Hrs/week End Sem. Exam.: 70 Marks (2.5 Hrs.)
Term work: 50 Marks.
Unit 1 (6 Hrs.)
Introduction to RC highway bridges and steel railway bridges: Types of bridges,
classification, IRC codal provisions for RC highway bridges, IRS codal provisions for railway
steel bridges, loading standards.
Unit 2 (6 Hrs.)
RC highway bridges: Slab culvert and T-beam deck slab bridges – Design of slab culvert,
Deck slab: Structural configuration, Piegaud‘s method, analysis and design of deck slab.
Unit 3 (6 Hrs.)
RC highway bridges: T-beam deck slab bridges – Post tensioned girders: Load distribution
on longitudinal and cross girders, methods of analysis, analysis and design of longitudinal and
cross girders.
Unit 4 (6 Hrs.)
Railway steel bridges – Truss bridges: Structural configurations, loads and load combinations,
analysis and design of truss elements, longitudinal and cross-girders, bracing systems.
Unit 5 (6 Hrs.)
Bearings: Function of bearings, types of bearings, design of steel bearings and elastomeric
bearings.
Unit 6 (6 Hrs.)
Sub-structure: Function, loads, analysis and design of RC abutments and piers, design of well
foundation.
Note: The designs should conform to the latest codal provisions.
Term Work:
a) One project on RC highway bridges which shall include - the design of deck slab,
longitudinal girder, cross-girder, bearings and abutment and pier.
The detailing shall be shown in at least three full imperial sheets.
b) One project on railway steel bridges which shall include – the design of truss elements,
longitudinal girder, cross-girder, and bearings.
The detailing shall be shown in at least two full imperial sheets.

c) The term work can be prepared in a group of not more than four students in a group.
d) Report of at least two site visits covering the contents of the syllabus.
e) The projects can be done using any drafting software.
Reference Books:
1. Design of Bridges, N. Krishna Raju, Oxford and IBH Publishing Company Pvt.
Ltd.
2. Design of Bridge Structures, M.A. Jayaram Prentice-Hall Of India Pvt. Limited.
Prestressed Concrete, N. Krishna Raju, Tata-McGraw Hill.
3. Design of Steel Structures, Ramachandra, Standard Publications New-Delhi.
401 004 Elective I (2) - Systems Approach in Civil Engineering
Teaching scheme: Examination scheme:

Lectures: 3 Hrs/week In semester exam: 30 marks---1 Hr.
Practical: 2 Hrs/week End semester exam: 70 marks—2.5 Hrs.
Term Work: 50 marks.
Unit 1: Introduction of systems approach (6 Hrs)

(A) Introduction to System approach, Operations Research and Optimization Techniques,
Applications of systems approach in Civil Engineering.
(B) Introduction to Linear and Non linear programming methods (with reference to objective
function, constraints), Graphical solutions to LP problems.
(C) Local & Global optima, unimodal function, convex and concave function.
Unit 2: Stochastic Programming (6 Hrs)

(A) Sequencing– n jobs through 2, 3 and M machines.
(B) Queuing Theory : elements of Queuing system and it‘s operating characteristics, waiting
time and ideal time costs, Kendall‘s notation, classification of Queuing models, single
channel Queuing theory : Model I (Single channel Poisson Arrival with exponential
services times, Infinite population (M/M/1) : (FCFS/ /).
(C) Simulation : Monte Carlo Simulation.
Unit3: Linear programming (A) (6 Hrs)

(A) The Transportation Model and its variants.
(B) Assignment Model, and its variants.
Unit 4: Linear programming (B) (6 Hrs)

(A) Formulation of Linear optimization models for Civil engineering applications. The
simplex method.
(B) Method of Big M, Two phase method, duality.
Unit 5: Nonlinear programming (6 Hrs)

(A) Single variable unconstrained optimization: Sequential Search Techniques-Dichotomous,
Fibonacci, Golden section.
(B) Multivariable optimization without constraints-The gradient vector and Hessian Matrix,
Gradient techniques, steepest ascent/decent technique, Newton‘s Method.
(C) Multivariable optimization with equality constraints - Lagrange Multiplier Technique.
Unit 6: Dynamic programming, Games Theory & Replacement Model (6 Hrs)

(A) Multi stage decision processes, Principle of optimality, recursive equation, Applications
of D. P.
(B) Games Theory – 2 persons games theory, various definitions, application of games
theory to construction Management.
(C) Replacement of items whose maintenance and repair cost increase with time, ignoring
time value of money.
Term Work :
1. One exercise/assignment on each unit. Out of these any one exercise/assignment to be solved
using Computer.
2. One exercise on formulation of a problem applicable to any field of Civil Engineering,
requiring use of LP/ NLP/ DP. Formulation of objective function and constraints (No
solution).
Text Books :
1. Operations Research by Premkumar Gupta and D.S.Hira, S. Chand Publications (2014).
2. Engineering Optimization: Methods and Application-- A. Ravindran, K. M. Ragsdell—
Wiley India.
3. Engineering Optimization by S. S. Rao.
4. Operations Research by Hamdy A. Taha.
5. Quantitative Techniques in Management by N.D. Vohra ( Mc Graw Hill ) .
6. Operations Research by Pannerselvam, PHI publications.
Reference Books :
1. Topics in Management Science by Robert E. Markland( Wiley Publication).
2. An Approach to Teaching Civil Engineering System by Paul J. Ossenbruggen.
3. A System Approach to Civil Engineering Planning & Design by Thomas K. Jewell (Harper
Row Publishers).
e - Resources
1. Mathematical Model for Optimization (MMO Software).
2. nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/webcourse-contents/IISc-Bang/OPTIMISATION METHODS/New-
index1.html.
401004 Elective I (3) - Advanced Concrete Technology
Teaching scheme Examination scheme

Lectures: 3 Hrs/week In semester exam: 30 Marks-1 Hr.
Practical: 2 Hrs/week End semester exam: 70 Marks—2.5 Hrs.
Term Work: 50 Marks
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
Cement and its types: general, hydration of cement, alkali aggregate reaction. Grading curves of
aggregates, Manufactured sand as fine aggregate, copper slag as fine aggregate.
Concrete: properties of concrete, w/b ratio, gel space ratio, Problems on maturity concept,
aggregate cement bond strength, Green concrete, Guidelines for Quality control & Quality
assurance of concrete, Effect of admixtures.
Unit II (6 Hrs.)
Structural Light weight concrete, ultra light weight concrete, vacuum concrete, mass concrete,
waste material based concrete, sulphur concrete and sulphur infiltrated concrete, Jet cement
concrete (ultra rapid hardening), gap graded concrete, high strength concrete, high performance
concrete ,Self curing concrete, Pervious concrete, Geo polymer concrete .
Unit III (6 Hrs.)

Design of high strength concrete mixes, design of light weight aggregate concrete mixes,
design of fly ash cement concrete mixes, design of high density concrete mixes, Design of pump
able concrete mixes, Design of self-compacting concrete.
Advanced non-destructive testing methods: ground penetration radar, probe penetration, break
off maturity method, stress wave propagation method, electrical/magnetic methods, nuclear
methods and infrared thermographs.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
Historical development of fibre reinforced concrete, properties of metallic fibre, polymeric
fibres, carbon fibres, glass fibres, Basalt fibres and naturally occurring fibres. Interaction
between fibres and matrix (uncracked and cracked matrix), basic concepts and mechanical
properties: tension and bending.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
Properties of hardened frc, behavior under compression, tension and flexure of steel fibres and
polymeric fibres, GFRC, SFRC, SIFCON,SIMCON -development, constituent materials,
casting, quality control tests and physical properties.
Unit VI (6 Hrs.)
Ferrocement: Properties & specifications of ferrocement materials ,analysis and design of
prefabricated concrete structural elements,manufacturing process of industrial concrete
elements, precast construction, erection and assembly techniques.
Termwork / Labwork :
The Termwork / Labwork will be based on completion of assignments / practicals / reports of
site visits, confined to the course in that semester.
1. Write a review on any recent research article from standard peer-reviewed journal.
2. Report on at least one patent (national/international)– on any topic related to concrete
technology.
3. Concrete mix design and production in lab of any one – Self compacting concrete, Fiber
reinforced concrete, light-weight concrete, high strength or ultra-high strength concrete .
Comparison with traditional concrete mix is to be clearly stated in the report. 4. Cost
analysis (material, labour, equipment, others) of any type of concrete for lab, in-situ and
RMC production.
4. Perform any two Fresh (workability tests – Slump Flow Test, T-50, J-Ring, Visual Stability
Index, Column Segregation, L-Box, U-box) and Hardened (Compressive, tensile, flexural)
properties tests on any high performance concrete.
5. Any one experiment on any one of the topics – NDTs; Microscopic examination of
cement/concrete; Performance study of any one admixture (Mineral/Chemical) in concrete.
6. Visit reports on minimum two site visits - exploring the field and practical aspects of
concrete technology.
Note:
Term Work should include a detailed analysis of practical interpretation, significance
and application of test results including above contents and site visit report in form of journal.
Text books:
1. Concrete Technology --M.S. Shetty, S. Chand Publications.
2. Concrete Technology -- A R Santhakumar, Oxford University Press.
3. Concrete technology -- M. L. Gambhir, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publications.
4. Fiber Reinforced Cement Composite- P.N.Balguru & P.N.Shah.
5. Concrete: Microstructure, Properties and Materials-- P. Kumar Mehta and P. S. M. Monteiro--
Tata Mc-Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Handbook on Advanced concrete Technology Edited by N V Nayak,A .K.Jain, Narosa
Publishing House .
2. Design of concrete mixes by Raju N Krishna, CBS Publisher.
3. Properties of concrete by A. M. Neville, Longman Publishers.
4. Concrete Technology by R.S. Varshney, Oxford and IBH.
5. Concrete technology by A M. Neville, J.J. Brooks, Pearson.
6. Ferrocement Construction Mannual-Dr. D.B.Divekar-1030, Shivaji Nagar,Model Colony,
Pune.
7. Concrete Mix Design-A.P.Remideos--Himalaya Publishing House (ISBN-978-81-8318-996-5
8. Concrete, by P. Kumar Metha, Gujrat Ambuja.
9. Learning from failures ---- R.N.Raikar.
10. Structural Diagnosis ---- R. N. Raikar.
11. Concrete Mix Design---Prof. Gajanan Sabnis.
General Reading suggested:

1) Codes : i) IS 456 ii) IS 383 iii) IS 10262-2009 iv) IS 9103.
2) Ambuja cement booklets on concrete Vol .1 to 158.
3) ACC booklets on concrete.
401 004 Elective I (4)- Architecture and Town Planning

Lectures: 3 Hours/week In semester exam: 30 marks-1 Hr.
Practical: 2 Hrs/week End semester exam: 70 marks-2.5 Hrs.
Term Work: 50 marks
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
• Principles and elements of Architectural Composition.
• Qualities of Architecture: user friendly, contextual, ecofriendly, utility of spaces, future growth
etc.
• Role of ―Urban Planner and Architect‖ in planning and designing in relation with spatial
organization, utility, demand of the area and supply.
Unit II: (6 Hrs.)

• Landscaping: importance , objectives, principles, elements, material (soft and hard).
• Urban renewal for quality of life and livability.
• Importance of sustainable architecture with case study.
Unit III: (6 Hrs.)

• Goals and Objectives of planning; components of planning; benefits of planning.
• Levels of planning: Regional plan, Development Plan, Town Planning Scheme.
• Neighborhood plan; Types of Development plans: Master Plan, City Development Plan,
Structure Plan.
Unit IV: (6 Hrs.)

• Various types of civic surveys for DP: demographic, housing, land use, Water Supply &
sanitation, etc.
• Planning agencies for various levels of planning. Their organization and purpose (CIDCO-
MHADA-MIDC, MMRDA/ PMRDA etc).
• Traffic transportation systems: urban road, hierarchy, traffic management, Intelligent Transport
Systems.
Unit V: (6 Hrs.)
• Legislative mechanism for preparation of DP: MRTP Act 1966.
• UDPFI guidelines (for land use, infrastructure etc.), SEZ, CRZ, Smart City Guidelines.
Unit VI : (6 Hrs.)
• Special townships, Land Acquisition Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act 2013.
• Application of GIS, GPS, remote sensing in planning.
Term Work: - 50 Marks

Sr. no. 1 and 2 are compulsory and any four from remaining.
1. Study and analysis of Development Plan with respect to land use, services, infrastructure,
street furniture, housing etc. (group work).
2. Neighborhood- planning (group work).
3. Report on contribution of Engineers, Planners and Architects in post-independence India
(individual work).
4. Report on any existing new towns and planned towns like new Mumbai, Gandhinagar,
PCNTDA etc.(infrastructure, disaster management etc), (individual work).
5. Study of salient features of urban renewal schemes (group work).
6. Study of any existing town planning scheme (group work).
7. Smart City approaches (individual work).
8. Study of Special Townships: (site visit) (group work).
9. Study of urban housing and housing change (group work).
Text Books:
1. Town Planning By G K Hiraskar --Town Planning by S Rangwala.
2. Building Drawing and Built Environment- 5th Edition – Shah, Kale, Patki--Planning
Legislation by Koperdekar and Diwan.
3. G. K. Bandopadhyaya, ―Text Book of Town Planning‖.
4. Climate Responsive Architecture – Arvind Krishnan.
5. Introduction to Landscape Architecture by Michael Laurie.
Reference Books:
 MRTP Act 1966.
• Manual Of Tropical Housing And Building By Koenigsbeger.
• Sustainable Building Design Manual.
• UDPFI Guidelines.
• ―The Urban Pattern: City planning and design‖ by Gallion and Eisner.
• Design of cities by Edmond bacon.
• LARR Act 2013.
• MoUD By GoI.
• Web sites of NRSA, CIDCO, MHADA, MIDC, MMRDA, PMRDA.
401004 Elective-I (5) Advanced Engineering Geology with Rock Mechanics
Teaching Scheme: Exam. Scheme:

Lecture: 3 Hrs/week In Sem: 30 Marks (1 Hr.)
Practical: 2 Hrs/week End Sem: 70 Marks (2.5 Hrs.)
Termwork: 50 Marks
Unit I: (6 Hrs.)
Indian Geology, Seismic Zones and Geological Studies in Engineering Projects.
Geological Map of India with special reference to Maharashtra. Distribution and Geological
characters of Major rock formations of India. Engineering characters of major rock formations
of India. Engineering characters of major rock formations of India. Engineering characters of
major rock formations of India. Engineering characters of major rock formations of India.
The study of Plate Tectonics and highlights of Seismic Zones of India. Importance of geological
studies in engineering investigations.
Unit II (6 Hrs.)
Geohydrological characters of rock formations and Geological process of Soil formations
Geohydrological characters of major rock formations of India:
Geohydrological characters and factors controlling various characters of rocks. Introduction to
morphometric analysis. Various water conservation techniques, effect of over exploitation of
tube wells, bore wells and dug wells. Artificial recharge, rainwater harvesting, watershed
development and necessity of geological studies. Relevant case studies highlighting success and
failure of these techniques.
Geological Process of Soil formations:

Effect of climate on formation of soil. Soil profile of different states in India.
Rock weathering conditions favorable for decomposition, disintegration, residual and
transported soils.
UNIT III (5 Hrs.)

Resource Engineering, Role of Geology in planning and development.
Resource Engineering:
Utility of various rock formations as construction material. Illustrative case studies.
Geological Hazards and mitigation.
Role of Geology in planning and development:
Influence of geological factors upon urban development & planning. Reclamation of abandoned
grounds and mining regions, illustrative examples.
UNIT IV: (6 Hrs.)

Rock Mechanics and Geophysical techniques.
Rock Mechanics:
General principles of rock mechanics. Dependence of physical and mechanical properties of
rocks on geological characters.
Analyzing and evaluating of core recovery, R.Q.D. and Joint Frequency Index.
Various Methods of Geomechanical classifications of rocks such as Terzahagi, U.S.B.M,
R.M.R., R.S.R., Q- system, Deer and Miller, Bieniawaski‘s geomechanical classification etc.
Geophysical techniques :
Electrical Resistivity method and Seismic method of exploration. Evaluation and analyzing the
data produced through electrical resistivity for the determination of thickness of overburden,
locating ground water potential zones which leads for strengthening the major civil projects.
UNIT V (7 Hrs.)
Subsurface Geological Explorations for various projects; Foundation Treatments, Tail
Channel Erosion.
Subsurface Explorations for Dams, Reservoir, Percolation Tanks:

The strength and water tightness of rocks found at the dam, reservoir and percolation tank site.
Case studies illustrating the success and failure of major projects owing to negligence of
geological studies. Earthquakes occurring in the areas of some dams and RIS theories.
Geological Foundation Treatments for various Civil Engineering Projects:
Foundation investigation during construction of projects for assessing various geological defects
in rocks and suggesting appropriate remedial measures by various methods of grouting.
Erosion of Tail Channels:
Geological reasons for selection of site for spillway, causes of erosion of tail channel. Relevant
Case studies.
Unit VI: (6 Hrs.)
Geological exploration for Tunnels and Bridges
Geological exploration for Tunnels:
Variations in methodology of investigation for different types of tunnels for different purposes,
location, spacing, angles & depths of drill holes suitable for different types of tunnels.
Difficulties introduced in various geological formation and their unfavorable field characters.
Standup time of rock masses and limitations of it.
Dependence of protective measures such as guniting, rock bolting, shotcreting, steel fiber
shotcreting, permanent steel supports, lagging concreting & grouting above permanent steel
supports on geological conditions. Illustrative case studies.
Bridges Investigation for bridge foundation, difference in objectives of investigation of bridge
foundation. Bridge foundation based on nature & structure of rock. Foundation settlements. Case
studies.
Practical Work / Term Work

i. Study of Geological map and seismic zone map of India (2 Practicals)
ii. Study of Morphometric Analysis of river, (topsheet will be made available by the college)
(1 Practical)
iii. Study of Soil Profile, weathering index and clay geology. (1 Practical)
iv. Use of electrical resistivity method for determining depth of bedrock. (1 Practical)
v. Engineering Classification of rocks and Computation of RQD & Joint Frequency Index
(1 Practical)
vi. Interpretation of drill hole data. Logging of drill cover, preparation of Litho logs &
interpretation of drill data. Preparing geological cross sections from drill hole data & using
them for designing of civil engineering structures representing following case studies.
1. Dipping sedimentary formation.
2. Faulted region.
3. Folded region.
4. Locating spillway.
5. Tunnels in Tectonic areas.
6. Tunnels and open cuts in non-tectonic areas. (6 Practicals)
vii. A compulsory guided tour to study geological aspects of an engineering projects &
writing a report based on studies carried out during visits to civil engineering projects.
Note:
Field visits will be made to different places around study area and one study tour to
important geological places.
The practical journal will be examined as term work.
REFERENCE BOOKS AND TEXT BOOKS:

1. Jaeger J. C., Cook N. & Zimmerman R. – Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics, Blackwell
Scientific Publications.
2. Goodman R. E. – Introduction to Rock Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons.
3. Bieniawski Z. T. - Engineering Classification of jointed Rock Masses.
4. M. B. Dobbrin - Introduction to Geophysical Prospecting, McGraw Hill Inc., USA.
5. B. P. Verma - Introduction to Rock Mechanics, Khanna Pub New Delhi.
6. Keller E A - Environmental Geology, Prentice – Hall Publication.
7. Subinoy Gangopadhyay - Engineering Geology, Oxford University Press.
8. Vasudev Kanithi – Engineering Geology, Universities Press.
9. Dr. J. B. Auden Commemorative Volume – Indian Soc. Of Engineering Geology, Culcutta.
10. Seminar on Engineering and Geological Problems in Tunneling (Part 1 & 2) – Indian
Society of Engineering Geology, New Delhi.
Handbooks:
a. Gupte R. B. (1980) – P. W. D. Handbook Chapter –6, Part-II ‗Engineering Geology
Government of Maharashtra.
b. Tunneling India '94, ―Central Board of Irrigation and Power‖, New Delhi.
c. Manual on Rock Mechanics, Central Board of Irrigation and Power, New Delhi, 1988.
d. Handbook of Geology in Civil engineering, Robert Fergussion, Legget, Mc- Graw hill.
I. S. Codes
a. IRC code of practice for Road Tunnels. IRC-78-2000; IS-12070; IS-1336 Part I and II.
b. I. S. 4453-1967 Code of practice for Exploration, pits, trenches, drifts & shaft.
c. I. S. 6926-1973 Code of practice for diamond drilling for site investigation river valley
project.
d. I. S. 4078-1967 Code of practice for Logging and Storage of Drilling Core.
e. I. S. 5313-1969 Guide for core drilling observation.
e- Resources:
1. www.ebd.co.in/undergraduate/eng
2. www.library.iisc.ernet.in
3. www.iitb.ac.in
4. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
5. Free online course-swayam-https//swayam.gov.in
6. Open source course management – https//moodle.org
401 005 Elective-II (1) Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis

Lectures: 3 Hrs/week In semester exam: 30 marks (1 Hr.)
End semester exam: 70 marks (2.5 Hrs.)
Unit I: Computational Techniques (6 Hrs)

Review of matrix algebra, computer oriented numerical methods-Gauss elimination, Gauss
Jordon and Gauss Seidel. Computer algorithm and flowcharts of above methods.
Unit II: Flexibility matrix method for beams and frame (6 Hrs)
Degree of static indeterminacy, flexibility, selection of redundant, flexibility matrix, analysis of
indeterminate continuous beams and simple portal frames involving not more than three
unknowns.
Unit III: Stiffness matrix method for bars and trusses (6 Hrs)
a) Degree of kinematic indeterminacy (degrees of freedom), local and global coordinate
systems, stiffness matrices of a axially loaded bar members, global stiffness matrix, analysis
of determinate/indeterminate bars involving not more than three unknowns using member
approach.
b) Stiffness matrices of a truss member with four DOF, transformation matrix, global stiffness
matrix, analysis of determinate/indeterminate trusses involving not more than three
unknowns using member approach.
Unit IV: Stiffness matrix method for beams (6 Hrs)

a) Structure approach: Degree of kinematic indeterminacy, problems involving not more than
three unknowns.
b) Member approach: Derivation of stiffness matrix for beam member, Global stiffness matrix,
problems involving not more than three unknowns.
Unit V: Stiffness matrix method for frames (6 Hrs)

three unknowns.
b) Member approach: Derivation of stiffness matrix for plane and space frame member,
transformation matrix, global stiffness matrix, problems involving not more than three
unknowns.
Unit VI: Stiffness matrix method for grid structures (6 Hrs)
three unknowns.
b) Member approach: Derivation of stiffness matrix for grid member, transformation matrix,
global stiffness matrix, problems involving not more than three unknowns.
Reference Books:
[1] Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis- Wang, C. K., International Textbook Co., 1970.
[2] Matrix Analysis of Framed Structures – Gere & Weaver- CBS Publications, Delhi.
[3] Matrix & Finite Element analysis of structures – A.H. Shaikh and Madhujit Mukhopadhyay.
[4] Numerical Methods for Engineering – S.C. Chapra& R.P. Canale Tata McGraw Hill
Publication.
[5] Structural Analysis – A Matrix Approach – Pandit & Gupta - Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
[6] Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis – Meghre & Deshmukh- Charotar Publishing House,
Anand.
401005 Elective-II (2) Integrated Water Resources Planning & Management
Teaching Scheme: Lectures: 3 Hrs / week Examination Scheme:

Paper In-sem. 30 Marks (1 hr),
Paper End-sem : 70 Marks (2.5 hr)
Unit1: (6 Hrs)
a) Introduction :World water resources, water resources in India, water as finite resource,
variability of water in time & space, history of water resources development, water infrastructure-
problems and perspectives, present institutional framework for water management.
b) Water laws: Constitutional provisions, National Water Policy, riparian rights / ground water
owner ship, prior appropriation, permit systems, acquisition and use of rights, scope for
privatization. EPA 1986, MWRRA act.
Unit2: Economics & Paradigm shift in water management (6 Hrs)

a) Economics of water :Water as economic good, intrinsic value, principles of water pricing &
water allocation, capital cost, opportunity cost, internal rate of return, benefit cost analysis,
principles of planning and financing of water resources project : Discussion on any two case
studies.
b) Paradigm shift in water management:
Global and national perspectives of water crisis, water scarcity, water availability and requirements
for human and nature, concepts of ‗blue water‘, ‗Green water‘, and ‗virtual water‘, and their roles
in water management. Sustainability principles for water management, framework for planning a
sustainable water future.
Unit 3: Basin scale flogy (6 Hrs)

a) Estimation of surface water, estimation of ground water draft/recharge import/export of water
(inter basin water transfer, interlinking of national river), recycling and reuse and storage, control
of water logging, salinity, & siltation of storages.
b) Flood & Drought management: causes of floods, structural and non-structural measures,
mitigation plan, flood damage assessment, use of geoinformatics for flood management. Types of
droughts, severity index, drought forecasting, damage assessment, mitigation plan, use of
geoinformatics for drought management.
Unit 4: Water demand and supply based management (6 Hrs)
a) Consumptive & non consumptive demands, irrigation demand estimation, water utilization,
irrigation efficiency, water management in irrigation sector.
b) Demand estimation in hydro/thermal/nuclear power sector, estimation & forecasting of water
demands of domestic & industrial sector, navigation and recreational water demands.
Unit 5: Environmental and social aspects (6 Hrs)

a) Environmental management: protection of vital ecosystem, water requirements for
environmental management, aquaculture, minimum flows, environmental flow, water quality
management for various uses.
b) Social impact of water resources development: direct/ indirect benefits, employment

generation, industrial growth, agro-industry, enhanced living standards, education & health, co-
operative movement, management of rehabilitation & resettlement, interstate dispute of water
sharing and tribunals, sectorial conflicts.
Unit6: Basin planning &Watershed management (6 Hrs)

a) Perspective plan for basin development & management, Decision support system for Integrated
Water Resources Management (IWRM), use of data driven techniques like Artificial Neural
Networks, Genetic programming, Model Tree in water resources planning, development &
management.
b) Watershed Management:
Watershed definition, classification of watersheds, integrated approach for watershed management,
role of RS & GIS in watershed management, soil and water conservation-necessity- soil erosion-
causes- effects-remedial measures, contour bunding-strip cropping-bench terracing-check dams,
farm ponds, percolation tank.
Text Books:
1) Water Resources Systems Engg, D. P. Loucks, Prentice Hall
2) Water Resources Systems Planning and Management, Chaturvedi, M.C. Tata McGraw Hill
3) Economics of Water Resources Planning, James L.D and Lee R.R, McGraw Hill
4) Water resources hand book; Larry W. Mays, McGraw International Edition
5) Design of Water Resources Systems, Arthur Mass, MacMillan 1962
6) Water resource system, Pramod .R. Bhave - Narosa Publication
Reference Books:
1. Economics of Water Recourses Planning, L. D. James & R.R.Leo, McGraw Hills, NY 1971.
2. Water Resources Systems Engineering, W. A. Hill & J. A. Dracup.
3. Water shed Management – B.M. Tideman
4. Watershed management –J. V. S. MURTY, new Age International Publisher.
5. Integrated Watershed Management Perspectives and Problems - Beheim, E., Rajwar, G.S.,
Haigh, M., Krecek, J. (Eds.) , Springer Publication.
6. Managing Water in River Basins: Hydrology, Economics and Institutions -- M. Dinesh
7. Kumar, Publisher: Oxford Universit Press
8. Water Resources Design Planning Engg. and Economic; Edward Kuiper, Butterworth & Co.
9. ANN in Hydrology; Govinda Raju & Ramachandra Rao; PHI
10. Integrated Water Resources Management in Practice: Better Water Management for
Development - R. L. Lenton, Mike Muller , Publisher Earthscan.
11. Sustainability of Integrated Water Resources Management - Editors: Setegn, Shimelis Gebriye,
Donoso, Maria Concepcion (Eds.) Publisher Springer International Publishing .
12. Integrated Water Resources Management in the 21st Century: Revisiting the paradigm -Pedro
Martinez-Santos, Maite M. Aldaya, M. Ramón Llamas, Publisher CRC Press, Taylor & Francis
Group.
13. Key Concepts in Water Resource Management: A Review and Critical Evaluation - Jonathan
Lautze, publisher Routledge.
14. Water Management – Jasapal Singh, M.S.Achrya, Arun Sharma – Himanshu Publication.
e – Resources:
1. nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses /webcourse-contents / IISc-Bang/water resource management.
401 005 Elective II (3) TQM and MIS in Civil Engineering

End semester exam: 70 marks—2.5 Hrs.
Unit I: Quality in Construction (6 Hrs)

a) Quality – Various definitions and interpretation. Importance of quality on a project in the
context of global challenges, Factors affecting quality of construction, Reasons for poor quality
& measures to overcome, Contribution of various Quality Gurus(Juran, Deming, Crossby,
Ishikawa).
b) Evolution of TQM- QC, TQC, QA, QMS, TQM.
Unit II: TQM & Six Sigma (6 Hrs)

a) TQM – Necessity, advantages , 7QC tools, Quality Function Deployment(QFD).
b) Six sigma – Importance, levels.
c) Defects & it‘s classification in construction. Measures to prevent and rectify defects.
Unit III: ISO & Quality Manual (6 Hrs)

a) Study of ISO 9001 principles.
b) Quality manual – Importance, contents, documentation. Importance of check-lists in
achieving quality. Typical checklist for concreting activity, formwork activity, steel
reinforcement activity.
c) Corrective and Preventive actions, Conformity and NC reports.
Unit IV: Management Control & Certifications (6 Hrs)

a) Benchmarking in TQM, Kaizen in TQM.
b) Quality Circle.
c) Categories of cost of Quality.
d) CONQAS, CIDC-CQRA certifications.
Unit V: Techniques in TQM Implementation and awards (6 Hrs)

a) 5 ‗S‘ techniques.
b) Kaizen.
c) Failure Mode Effect Analysis (FMEA).
d) Zero Defects.
e) National & International quality awards- Rajeev Gandhi Award, Jamuna lal Bajaj Award,
Golden Peacock Award, Deming Prize, Malcolm Baldrize award.
Unit VI: MIS (6 Hrs)

a) Introduction to Management Information systems (MIS) Overview, Definition.
b) MIS and decision support systems, Information resources, Management subsystems of MIS,
MIS based on management activity whether for operational control, management control,
strategic control.
c) Study of an MIS for a construction organization associated with building works.
Text Books:
1. Total Quality Management-- Dr. Gunmala Suri and Dr. Puja Chhabra Sharma—Biztantra.
2. Quality Control and Total Quality Management by P.L.Jain- Tata McGraw Hill Publ.
Company.
3. Total Quality Management - Dr. S.Rajaram and Dr. M. Sivakumar—Biztantra.
4. Total Engineering Quality Management – Sunil Sharma – Macmillan India Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Juran‘s Quality Handbook – Juran Publication. Importance of quality on a project in the context
of global challenges. Importance of quality on a project in the context of global challenges.
2. Management –Principal, process and practices by Bhat – Oxford University Press.
3. Financial management by Shrivastava- Oxford University Press.
4. Management Information Systems – Gordon B. Davis, Margrethe H. Olson – Tata McGraw Hill
Publ. Co.
5. Total Project Management – The Indian Context - P.K.Joy Macmillan India Ltd.
E- Sources:
www.nptel.ac.in , www.mobile.enterpriseappstoday.com
401 005 Elective II (4) Earthquake Engineering

End semester exam: 70 marks—2.5 Hrs.
Unit I
Introduction to earthquakes: (6 Hrs.)
Geology of earth, configuration of tectonic plates in a globe, influence of Geology on
earthquake, behavior of plates, their motion and effects, causes of earthquake and their
Characteristics, Earthquake parameters, magnitudes, intensity, scales, classification of
earthquake seismic zoning of India, seismic coefficients for different zones, .Lessons from
past earthquake: - Study of damages caused due to past, earthquakes in/ outside India and
remedial measures.
Unit II (6 Hrs.)
Theory of vibrations:
Vibrations - definition, causes, classifications. Single Degree of Freedom systems (SDOF) -
Free, forced, damped, un-damped vibrations with basic examples. Introduction to Multi-
degrees of Freedom systems (MDOF) - derivations of related equations and solutions to two
degree and three degree of freedom systems.
Unit III (6 Hrs.)

Static analysis of earthquake forces:
Introduction to IS1893 (Part-I): Seismic design Philosophy, provision, Seismic coefficient
method.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
Dynamic analysis of earthquake forces:
Response Spectra, estimation of story shear, effect of unsymmetrical geometry and masses,
mass center and stiffness center, estimation of story shear for symmetrical and torsion for
unsymmetrical buildings. Effect of infill masonry and shear walls.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
Earthquake force calculation and analysis and design of frames
Estimation of combined effect of lateral forces and vertical loading on multi storeyed frames.
Design any intermediate continuous beam of the frames for combined effect of loadings,
Concept of ductile detailing, IS 13920 provisions for RC frame.
Unit VI (6 Hrs.)
Introduction of different control systems: Passive control: base isolation and active control:
bracing system. Strengthening and Retrofitting techniques, methodology of retrofitting for walls,
slabs roofs columns, foundations etc. for buildings in stones, bricks, RCC. Introduction to
Disaster Management: Types of Disaster, Phases of disaster management, Disaster rescue,
psychology and plan of rescue operations.
Notes:
Every design should confirm to latest versions of IS 1893, 4326, 13920, 13827,
13828, 13935
Text Books:
1. Earthquake resistance design of structure by Duggal- Oxford University Press.
2. Earthquake – Resistant Design of Building Structures-Dr. Vinod Hosur-- Wiley India.
3. Earthquake Tips NICEE, IIT, Kanpur.
4. Elements of Earthquake Engineering by Jaikrishna and Chandarsekaran.
5. Earthquake resistant design of structures- Agarwal, Shrikhande, PHI learning.
Reference Books:
1. Dynamics of structure by Clough R.W. and Penzin J. McGraw Hill Civil
Engineering Series.
2. Dynamics of structure by Anil Chopra, Prentice Hall India Publication.
3. Dynamics of structure by Mario Paz, CBSPD Publication.
4. Geo-technical Earthquake Engineering by Kramer S. L. Prentice Hall India Publication.
5. Introduction to Structural Dynamics by John M. Biggs.
6. Mechanical Vibrations by V. P. Singh.
7. Relevant Latest Revisions of IS codes.
401 005 Elective II (5)- Advanced Geotechnical Engineering

Lectures: 3 hours/week In semester exam: 30 marks---1 hour
End semester exam: 70 marks—2.5 hours
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
(a) Soil classification Identification and classification, criteria for classifying soil - classification
on the basis of grain size, plasticity, symbolic & graphic presentation. Classified soils and
engineering properties. (b) Soil structure & clay minerals Clay minerals, clay water relations,
clay particle interaction, soil structure & fabric, granular soil fabric.
Unit II (6 Hrs.)
(a) Earth pressure theory Earth pressure theories for calculation of active and passive pressure,
Rankines and coulombs earth pressure theories, analytical and graphical methods. (b) Design of
earth retaining structures Design of gravity and cantilever retaining walls, design - cantilever
sheet pile walls, anchored sheet pile walls, timbering and bracing for open cuts.
Unit III (6 Hrs.)

(a) Geosynthetics Geosynthetics- types, functions, properties and functional requirements.
Application of geosynthetics in geoenviroment. (b) Reinforced soil Mechanism, reinforcement
soil – interaction. Applications – reinforcement soil structures with vertical faces, reinforced
soil embankments. Reinforcement soil beneath unpaved roads, reinforcement of soil beneath
foundations. Open excavation and slope stabilization using soil nails.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
(a) Soil behavior under dynamic loads Soil behavior under static and dynamic loads. Acceptable
levels of strain under static and dynamic loading. Soil properties relevant for dynamic
loading and its determination.
(b) Machine foundations: Types of machine foundations, design criteria, methods of analysis –
elastic half space method, linear elastic weightless spring method. Evaluation of soil
parameters. Design procedure for a block foundation for cyclic loading and impact loading.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
Ground Improvement In-situ ground improvement by compaction piles, dynamic loads, sand
drains, grouting, deep mixing, inserting reinforcement elements, freezing soil, and
vibroflotation.
Unit VI (6 Hrs.)
Rheology Rheological elements, basic and composite rheological models. Examples of
compound models used to explain different soil phenomena; such as secondary consolidation,
creep etc.
Reference Books:
1. Physical and Geotechnical properties of soils- Joseph E. Bowels, Tata Mac-Grawhill.
2. Advance Soil Mechanics – Braja Mohan Das- Tata Mc- Grawhill.
3. Geotechnical Engineering by Shashi K. Gulati & Manoj Datta – Tata Mc-Grawhill.
4. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics- Gopal Ranjan & A.S. Rao- New Age Publication.
Codes:
1. I.S .Codes 1. IS: 1892-1979 – ―Code of Practice for Subsurface Investigation for
Foundation‖.
2. 2. IS: 2131-1981 (Reaffirmed 1997), ―Method for Standard penetration Test for Soils‖.
Handbooks:
1. Bolt, Bruce A.(1999),‖Earthquakes‖, W. H. Freeman.
2. Baghi, A., (1994)‖ Design, Construction and Monitoring of Landfills.‖ John Wiley & Sons.
3. Day. R.W.(2002),‖Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Handbook‖,McGraw Hill.
e -Resources:
1. Website www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
401006 Project Phase-I

Tutorial: 2 Hrs/week TW: 50 Marks.
Project phase I Term Work will be evaluated for an individual student based on the seminar
presented on the work done in first semester and submission of the report. If the student fails to
present the seminar and submit the report, he / she will be marked absent in project examination.
The project work phase I shall be consist of any one of the following nature in Civil Engineering
related subjects.
1. Experimental investigation.
2. Software development.
3. Benefits cost economic analysis.
4. Case study with own design.
5. Working model design and fabrication.
6. Case study with development of methodology using soft computing tools.
It is mandatory to present a seminar in presence of Internal and External Examiners and submit
preliminary project report based on work done in first semester. The report shall contain
finalization of topic, literature survey, planning schedule/ flow chart for completion of project.
The report shall be typed or printed and hard/spiral bound. The project work to be taken up
individually or in groups. The group shall not be of more than 4 students. References shall be
mentioned at the end as per universal standards as mentioned in any international journal of
professional body.
Format of project report: Sequence of pages:

i) Front Cover Page ii) Certificate iii) Acknowledgement iv) Synopsis
v) Contents vi) Notations vii) List of Tables viii) List of
Figures ix) List of Graphs.
Chapter 1 Introduction (This consists of: 1.1 Introduction of the Project Work; 1.2 Problem
Statement, 1.3 Objectives and 1.4 Scope of the Project Works, 1.5 Research Methodology, 1.6
Limitations of study, 1.7 Expected outcome.
Chapter 2 Literature Review from minimum 10 articles (It shall include theoretical support,
details regarding work done by various persons, methods established, any new approach. It
should preferably highlight the development in the field of research chronologically as reflected
from books, journals etc.).
Chapter 3 Planning Schedule/ Flow Chart For Completion of Project References and
Bibliography (The references and bibliography shall include name of author/code/manual/book,
title of paper/code/manual/book, name of the journal, month & year of publication, volume
number/ISBN number, page number x-y. The references and bibliography shall be as per
universal standards as mentioned in any international journal of professional body).
Report Printing details:

1. Report shall be typed on A4 size Executive Bond paper with single spacing preferably on
Both sides of paper.
2. Margins: Left Margin: 37.5 mm, Right Margin: 25 mm, Top Margin: 25 mm, Bottom
Margin: 25 mm.
3. Give page number at bottom margin at center.
4. Size of Letters: Chapter Number: 16 font size, Times New Roman in Capital Bold Letters,
Chapter Name: 12 Font size in Capital Bold Letters, Main Titles (1.1, 2.5 etc): 16 Font size
in Bold Letters Sentence case, Sub Titles (1.1.5, 4.5.1 etc): 14 Font size in Bold Letters-
Sentence case. All other matter: 12 Font size sentence case.
5. No blank sheet be left in the report.
6. Figure name: 12 Font size in sentence case Bold- Below the figure.
7. Table title -12 font size in sentence case- Bold-Above the table.
Semester-II
Savitribai Phule Pune University Board of Studies in Civil Engineering B.E.
Civil 2015 Course (w. e. f. June 2018)
401007 Dams and Hydraulic Structures

Lectures: 3 hours/week In-sem : 30 marks (1 Hour)
Practical: 2 hours/week End-sem :70 marks (2.5 Hours)
Oral : 50 marks
Unit I (4 Hrs.)
a) Introduction to dams
Introduction, Historical development of dams, Different terms related to dams, Selection of
site for dam, Factors governing selection of type of dam, Classification of dams,
Classification based on purpose, Classification based on materials, Classification based on
size of project, Classification based on hydraulic action, Classification based on structural
action, Dams and earthquakes, Dams and social issues, Large dams verses small dams,
Displacement and rehabilitation, Dams and climate change.
b) Dam Safety and Instrumentation
Introduction, Objectives of dam safety and instrumentation, Types of measurements,
Instrumentation data system, Working principles and functions of instruments, Selection of
Equipment‘s, Different Instruments, Piezometers, Porous tube piezometer, Pneumatic
piezometer, Vibrating wire piezometer ,Settlement measurement system Vibrating wire
settlement cell, Magnetic settlement system, Inclinometer, Joint meter, Pendulums, Inverted
Pendulum, Hanging Pendulum, Automatic pendulum coordinator ,Vibrating wire pressure
cell, Extensometer, Embedment strain gauge, Temperature gauge, distributed fiber optics
temperature tool, seismograph.
UNIT 2 (7 Hrs.)
a) Gravity Dams
Introduction, Components of gravity dam, Conditions favoring gravity dams, Forces acting
on gravity dam, Combinations of loading for design, Seismic analysis of dam, Terms related
to seismic analysis, Determination of Seismic forces (Zangar‘s method) , Effect of horizontal
earthquake acceleration, Effect of vertical earthquake acceleration, Stress analysis in gravity
dam (Only concept, no derivations), Vertical or normal stress , Principal stresses, Shear
stress, Middle third rule, Modes of failure of gravity dam, Elementary profile of gravity dam,
Concept of low and high gravity dams, Various Design methods of gravity dam
(Introduction only)— Details of Gravity method or 2 D method, ,Construction of gravity
dams, Colgrout masonry, Roller Compacted Concrete (R.C.C.),Temperature control in mass
concreting, Crack formation in gravity dam, Control of crack formation in dams,
Construction joints, Keys, Water seal, Retrofitting.
b) Arch Dam and Other Dams (Introduction only)
Introduction, Concept of Arch Dam, Conditions favoring an arch dam, Classification of an
arch dam, Constant angle arch dam, Constant radius arch dam, Variable radius arch dam,
Arch gravity dam, Double curvature arch dam, Buttress dams, Advantages of Buttress dams,
Limitations of Buttress dams, Types of buttress dams.
Unit III (7 Hrs.)

a) Spillway and Gates [6 Lectures]
Introduction, Location of Spillway, Different key levels and heads in spillway, Spillway
Capacity, Components of spillway, Approach channel, Control structure, Discharge channel,
Energy dissipation device, Tail channel, Classification of spillway, Classification based on
operation, Main or service spillway, Auxiliary spillway, Emergency spillway, Classification
based on gates, Gated spillway, Ungated spillway, Classification based on features, Straight
drop spillway(Free overflow spillway),Saddle spillway, Side channel spillway, Overflow or
ogee spillway, Chute or open channel or trough spillway, Shaft or morning glory spillway,
Siphon spillway, Conduit or tunnel spillway, Stepped spillway,
Design of Ogee spillway or overflow spillway, Shape of crest, Equations for spillway profile
on upstream and downstream, Energy dissipation below spillway, Classification of energy
dissipation devices, Energy dissipation in stilling basin, Stilling basin, Components of
stilling basin, Types of stilling basins, Indian standard stilling basins, Energy dissipation
through buckets, Solid roller bucket, Slotted roller bucket, Ski jump bucket, Correlation
between jump height and tail water depth.
b) Spillway Gates
Introduction of Spillway gates , Classification of spillway crest gates, Classification
based on function, Classification based on movement of gates, Classification based on
special features, Introduction to automatic gates, Maintenance of gates, Inspection of gates.
Unit IV (7 Hrs.)
a) Earth Dam
Introduction, Conditions favoring an earth dam, Limitations of earth dam, Classification of
earth dam, Classification based on---materials, method of construction, height; Selection of
type of earth dam, Components of an earth dam, Requirements for safe design of earth dam,
Hydraulic (Seepage) Analysis, Plotting of seepage line, Case 1: Homogeneous earth dam
with horizontal drainage blanket, Determination of seepage discharge using phreatic line.
Case II: Composite earth dam with casing and hearting, Properties of phreatic line,
Determination of seepage discharge through earth dam using flownet, Structural stability
analysis of homogeneous and zoned earth dam, Forces acting on earth dam, Method of stability
analysis of an earth dam, Procedure of analysis by Swedish slip circle method, Fellenius Method
of Locating Centre of Critical Slip circle, Stability analysis for foundation, Failure of earth dam,
Classification of failure of earth dams, Hydraulic Failure, Seepage failure, Structural failure,
Seepage control in earth dams, causes of seepage, Seepage control measures, Construction of
earth dam,
b) Diversion head works
Introduction, Function of diversion headworks, Selection of site for diversion headworks,
Layout of diversion headworks, Components of diversion headworks, Design of weir on
permeable foundation, Criteria for safe design of weir floor, Brief introduction to Bligh and
Lane‘s theory, Khosla's theory based on potential theory approach, Khosla's theory of
independent variables, Design criteria of weirs on permeable foundations, Checks for
stability and safety of weirs.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
a) Canals
Introduction, Classification of canals, Classification based on alignment, Classification
based on soil, Classification based on source of supply, Classification based on discharge,
Classification based on lining, Classification based on excavation, Components of canal ,
Data required for canal design, Selection of canal alignment, Design of stable canal in
alluvial beds, Kennedy‘s theory, Design of canal by Kennedy‘s theory, Limitations of
Kennedy‘s theory, Lacey‘s regime theory, Design of canal by Lacey‘s theory, Canal lining,
Need of canal lining, Requirements of lining material, Classification of canal lining, Hard
surface lining including Ferrocement lining, Soft surface lining, Burried lining, Advantages
of canal lining, Design of lined canal, Benefit – cost analysis for canal lining.
b) Canal Structures
Canal falls Introduction, Necessity of canal fall, Selection of site for canal fall,
Classification of canal fall, Types of falls, Free fall or open fall, Notch fall, Ogee Fall, Rapid
Stepped fall, Straight glacis fall, Sarda fall, Semi pressure fall, Baffle or Englis Fall,
Montague fall Siphon well or cylinder fall, Pressure or closed conduit fall, Shaft or Pipe fall,
Selection of type of fall, Canal outlets- Introduction of Canal outlet or module, Canal
escapes- Introduction of Escapes, Significance of canal escape, Canal regulators--Canal
regulators.
Unit VI (5 Hrs.)
a) C. D. Works
Introduction, Necessity of cross drainage works, Selection of site for Cross Drainage work,
Data required for design of Cross Drainage work, Classification of Cross Drainage works,
Drain over canal-Siphon, Super passage, Canal over drain—Aqueduct, Siphon aqueduct,
Canal and drain water mixed in each other--Level crossing, Inlet and Outlet, Selection of
suitable type of C. D. works, Design considerations for cross drainage works.
b) River Training Structures
Introduction, Classification of rivers, Classification based on topography, regime, alignment,
source, Behaviour of rivers, River training, Objectives of river training, Classification of
river training, purpose, orientation, River training structures, Embankment or Levee, Guide
banks, Groynes or spurs, Artificial cut off, Pitched island, Submerged sill or dykes, Closing
dykes.
Term Work (A+B+C)

A) Analysis /Design Assignments. (Compulsory)
1) Stability analysis of gravity dam
2) Design of profile of spillway and energy dissipation device below the spillway
3) Stability analysis of zoned earthen dam
4) Analysis of weirs on permeable foundations.
5) Design of unlined and lined canal.
B) Site visits and reports with photographs (compulsory)

1. Gravity dam.
2. Earth dam.
3. D. work/ Canal structure(s)/Weirs/Barrage.
C) Review of any one case study of failure of hydraulic structure from the published
literature or patent related to Hydraulic structures (in a group of five students).
Note:-
Visit report should consist of Name of project, date of visit , need and practical
significance of project, salient features of project, technical details of project, detailed
description and figures of different components of project, special features of project, the
technical, social, financial and environmental impact of project on downstream and upstream,
photographs of technical details of visit, if allowed . If not allowed for technical details, the
photograph near board of project or site as a proof of visit.
Reference Books :-
1. Design of Small Dams- United States Department of the Interior, Bureau of Reclamation
revised reprint 1974, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co.
2. Irrigation and Water Resources Engineering- Asawa G.L- New Age International (P) Ltd.
Publishers, first ed, 2005.
3. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures- Garg S.K- Khanna Publishers N.D. 13th ed,
1998.
4. Design Textbook in Civil Engineering: Volume Six: Dams- Leliavsky, Serge – Oxford and
IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1981.
5. Roller Compacted Concrete Dams- MehrotraV.K- Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi, 1st
ed, 2004.
6. Irrigation, Water Resources and Water Power Engineering- Modi, P.N. - Standard Book
House, New Delhi, 2nd ed, 1990.
7. Irrigation and Water Power Engineering - Punmia B.C. - Laxmi Publication.
I.S. Codes:
1. I.S. 8605 – 1977 (Reaffirmed 1998), Code of practice for construction of masonry in dams,
third reprint, July 1999, B.I.S. New Delhi.
2. I.S. 6512-1984 (Reaffirmed 1998), Criteria for design of solid gravity dams, first revision,
first reprint, September, 1998, B.I.S. New Delhi.
3. I.S. 457 – 1957 (Reaffirmed, 2005), Code of practice for general construction of plain and
reinforced concrete for dam and other massive structures, sixth reprint, January 1987, B.I.S.
New Delhi.
4. I.S. 10135 – 1985, Code of practice for drainage system for gravity dams, their foundations
and abutments, first revision, B.I.S. New Delhi.
5. I.S. 14591 – 1999, Temperature control mass concrete for dams – guidelines, B.I.S.
6. I.S. 11223 – 1985 (Reaffirmed 2004), Guidelines for fixing spillway capacity, edition 1.2
(1991-09), B.I.S. New Delhi.
7. I.S. 6934 – 1998 (Reaffirmed 2003), Hydraulic design of high ogee overflow spillways –
recommendations, first revision, B.I.S. New Delhi.
8. I.S. 11155- 1994, Construction of spillways and similar overflow structures – Code of
practice, B.I.S. New Delhi.
9. I.S. 5186 – 1994, Design of chute and side channel spillway – criteria, first revision, B.I.S.
New Delhi.
10. I.S. 10137- 1982 (Reaffirmed 2004), Guidelines for selection of spillways and energy
dissipaters, B.I.S. New Delhi.
11. I.S. 4997 – 1968 (Reaffirmed 1995) Criteria for design of hydraulic jump type stilling basins
with horizontal and sloping apron, sixth reprint, January, 1998, B.I.S. New Delhi.
12. I.S. 7365-1985, Criteria for hydraulic design of bucket type energy dissipaters, first revision,
B.I.S. New Delhi.
01 008 Quantity Surveying, Contracts & Tenders

Lectures: 3 Hrs/week In semester exam: 30 Marks---1 Hr.
Practical: 2 Hrs/week End semester exam: 70 Marks—2.5 Hrs.
Oral: 50 Marks
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
Introduction and Approximate Estimates:
a) Introduction to estimates and related terms: Definition of estimation and valuation.
Significance (application) of the Course. Purpose of estimation. Type of estimates, data
required for estimation as a pre requisite. Meaning of an item of work, and enlisting the
items of work for different Civil Engineering projects. Units of measurement. Mode of
measurement of building items/ works. Introduction to components of estimates: face sheet,
abstract sheet (BOQ), measurement sheet, Rate Analysis, lead statement. Provisional sum&
prime cost items, contingencies, work charge establishment, centage charges. Introduction to
D. S. R.
b) Approximate Estimates: Meaning, purpose, methods of approximate estimation of building

& other civil engineering projects like roads, irrigation/ water supply, sanitary engineering,
electrical works.( Theory & Numericals).
Unit-II (6 Hrs.)
Taking out quantities &Detailed estimate:
a) Detailed estimates: Factors to be considered while Preparing Detailed Estimate, Detailed
estimate of R.C.C framed structures using IS 1200, Concept of Estimation of Load Bearing
Structure (PWD & Centre Line Method).
b) Bar Bending Schedule: Preparing Bar Bending Schedule for all RCC members of building.
Unit-III (6 Hrs.)
Specifications and Rate Analysis:
a) Specifications: Meaning & purpose, types. Drafting detailed specifications for materials,
quality, workmanship, method of execution, mode of measurement and payment for major items
like, excavation, stone/ brick masonry, plastering, ceramic tile flooring, R.C.C. work.
b) Rate Analysis: Meaning and factors affecting rate of an item of work, materials, sundries,
labour, tools & plant, overheads & profit. Task work or out turn, factors effecting task work.
Working out Rate Analysis for the items mentioned in specifications above.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
Valuation:
a) Valuation: Purpose of valuation. Meaning of price, cost and value. Factors affecting
‗Value‘. Types of value: only Fair Market Value, Book Value, Salvage/ Scrap Value,
Distressed Value and Sentimental Value. Concept of free hold and lease hold property.
Estimation versus valuation. Methods of depreciation & obsolescence, Sinking Fund, Years
Purchase.
b) Methods of Valuation of Building: Rental Basis, Land & Building basis, Direct
Comparison Method, Profit based method, Belting of Land, Development method.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
Tendering and Execution of Works:
a) Tenders: Definition. Methods of inviting tenders, tender notice, tendering procedure,
Pre and post qualification of contractors, tender documents. 3 bid/ 2 bid or single bid system.
Qualitative and quantitative evaluation of tenders. Comparative statement, Pre-bid conference,
acceptance/ rejection of tenders. Various forms of BOT &Global Tendering, E-tendering.
b) Methods of Executing Works: PWD procedure of work execution, administrative approval,

budget provision, technical sanction. Methods of execution of minor works in PWD: Piecework,
Rate List, Daily Labour. Introduction to registration as a contractor in PWD.
Unit VI (6 Hrs.)
Contracts and Arbitration:
a) Contracts: Definition, objectives & essentials of a valid contract as per Indian Contract
Act (1872), termination of contract. Types of contracts: only lump sum, item rate, cost plus.
Conditions of contract: General and Specific conditions. Conditions regarding EM, SD, and
time as an essence of contract, conditions for addition, alteration, extra items, testing of
materials, defective work, subletting, etc. Defect liability period, liquidated damages, retention
money, interim payment or running account bills, advance payment, secured advance, final bill.
b) Arbitration: Introduction to Arbitrations as per Indian Arbitration & Conciliation Act
(1996) Meaning and need of arbitration, qualities and powers of an Arbitrator.
Term Work:
The following exercises should be prepared and submitted:
1. Report on contents, use of current DSR & Drafting detailed specification for major items of
works.
2. Working out quantities using C-L and PWD method for a small single storied load bearing
structure up to plinth and Preparing Abstract Sheet using DSR(Regional)
3. Detailed Estimate of a single storied R.C.C framed building using D.S.R.
4. Working out quantities of steel reinforcement for a column footing, a column, a beam and a
slab by preparing bar bending schedule.
5. Working out rate analysis for the items as in the specifications of Assignment No. 1.
6. Preparing Valuation of a Residential building and writing report using O-1 form.
7. Estimating quantities for any one of the following using appropriate software.
a) A Factory Shed of Steel Frame
b) Underground Water Tank
c) Pipe Culvert
d) Road / Railway Track/ Runway
8. Drafting of tender notice, Preparation of Schedule A & B and Conditions of Contract
regarding time, labour payment, damages for RCC Framed Structure (Assignment No. 3)
and collecting minimum of 3 tender notices of Civil Engineering Works.
Oral Examination: Based on the Term Work.
Reference Books:
1. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering: Theory and Practice: B.N Dutta - S. Dutta &
Company, Lucknow.
2. Estimating, Costing Specifications & valuation in Civil Engineering: M. Chakraborty.
3. Estimating and Costing: R. C. Rangwala - Charotar Publ. House, Anand.
4. Theory and Practice of Valuation: Dr. RoshanNamavati, Lakhani Publications.
5. Valuation Principles and Procedures: Ashok Nain, Dewpoint Publ.
6. Laws for Engineers : Dr. Vandana Bhat and Priyanka Vyas –Published by PRO-
CARE,5/B,/Sagarika Society,Juhu Tara Road,Juhu,Santacruz(W),Mumbai-400049
[email protected]).
Handbooks:
1. Standard Contract Clauses for Domestic Bidding Contracts: Ministry of Statistics and
Program Implementation, Government of India.
2. FIDIC Document: Federation International Des Ingenieurs Conseils i.e. International
Federation of Consulting Civil Engineers, Geneva, Switzerland.
3. Indian Practical Civil Engineers‘ Handbook: P. N. Khanna, UBS Publi. Distri. Pvt. Ltd.
(UBSDP).
Codes:
1. IS 1200 (Part 1 to 25): Methods of Measurement of Building & Civil Engg.Works.
2. IS 3861-1966: Method of Measurement of Areas and Cubical Contents of buildings.
3. D. S. R. (District Schedule of Rates) for current year.
4. PWD Redbooks, Vol 1 & 2.
e – Resources: nptel.iitm.ac.in
401 009 Elective III (1) Advanced Structural Design
Examination Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Theory Examination:
Lectures: 3 hours/week
In-sem : 30 marks (1 Hour)
Practical: 2 hours/week
End-sem:70 marks (2.5.Hours)
Term work: 50 Mark
Unit 1 (6 Hrs.)
Cold-formed light gauge steel structural members: Design of axially loaded compression
members, tension members and beams (not more than two spans).
Unit 2 (6 Hrs.)
Frames: Uniqueness theorem, lower bound and upper bound theorems, mechanisms, analysis
and design of frames (single story), design of connections.
Unit 3 (6 Hrs.)
Composite deck slab: Design of composite deck slab with cold form light gauge profile and
shear connectors.
Unit 4 (6 Hrs.)
Yield line analysis and design of slabs: Yield line theory, yield lines, ultimate moment along a
yield line, principle of virtual work, analysis and design of slabs of different geometry, support
conditions and loading conditions.
Unit 5 (6 Hrs.)
Elevated water tanks: Analysis and design for gravity and earthquake loads (static analysis) for
square, rectangular and circular water tanks (excluding Intze tank) supported on staging, design
of staging and foundation system.
Unit 6 (6 Hrs.)
Shear walls: Function, types, analysis and design of cantilever type shear walls.
Note: The designs should conform to the latest codal provisions.
Term Work:
a) At least three plates showing the details of cold-formed light gauge steel sections used in
compression, tension and flexural members
b) At least three plates showing the details based on yield line analysis and design of slabs
c) Sheet 1: Detailing of any one design problem from Unit 2 or Unit 3
d) Sheet 2: Detailing of any one design problem from Unit 5 or Unit 6
e) Report of two site visits covering the contents of the syllabus mentioned above.
References:
1). Design of Steel Structures, Ramachandra, Standard Publications New-Delhi
2). Structural and Stress Analysis, T.H.G. Megson, Butterworth-Heinemann
3). Design of Concrete Structures, J. N. Bandyopadhyay, PHI
4). Punmia, Reinforced Concrete Structures Vol. 1 and 2, Standard Book House NewDelhi.
5). Sinha and Roy., RCC Analysis and Design . S. Chand and Co. New-Delhi
6). Ramachandra, Design of Steel Structures Vol.-II Standard Publications New-Delhi.
7). Punmia,B. C. and Jain and Jain, Comprehensive Design of Steel Structures, Standard
Book House
8) INSDAG publications
401009 Elective=III (2) Statistical Analysis and Computational Methods in
Civil Engineering
Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

Lectures : 3 hours/week In-sem : 30 marks (1 Hour)
Practical: 2 hours/week End-sem:70 marks (2.5.Hours)
Term work: 50 Mark
Unit I: (6 Hrs.)
Numerical methods: Bisection method, False Position method, Newton Raphson, Secant
method.
Unit II: (6 Hrs.)

Numerical Integration Need and scope, trapezoidal rule, Simpsons 1/3rd rule, Simpsons 3/8th
rule, Gauss Quadrature method.
Unit III: (6 Hrs.)

Optimization techniques: Introduction to optimization techniques-concepts and applications,
direct solution of linear equations-Gauss elimination and Gauss Jordon method. Iterative
solution of linear equations- Gauss Seidel method.
Unit IV: (6 Hrs.)

Statistical methods: Introduction, collection, classification and representation of data, measures
of central value (mean, median, mode), measures of dispersion, sampling.
Unit V: (6 Hrs.)
Probability and Probability distributions including Binomial, Poisson, Normal, test of
hypothesis, chi-square test.
Unit VI: (6 Hrs.)

Correlation analysis, regression analysis. Coefficient of correlation, probable error, single and
multiple regression, curve fitting, Interpolation and extrapolation.
Term Work:
1. One exercise on each unit.
2. Any two problems to be solved using c, c++, excel or using softwares like SPSS, minitab, etc.
3. One exercise on formulation and solution of an optimization problem applicable to any field
of Civil Engineering.
Reference Books:
1. Statistical methods – S.P.Gupta.
2. Probability and Statistics for Engineers – Richard A Johnson 3. Probability and Statistics for
Science and Engineering – G Shankar Rao.
4. Numerical Methods – E Balagurusamy.
5. Numerical methods for Engineers – S. Chapra, R.P.Canale.
6. Higher Engg. Mathematics – B.S. Grewa.
401009 Elective III (3): Hydro Power Engineering

Lectures: 3 hours/week Theory Examination
Practical: 2 hours/week In-sem : 30 marks (1 Hour)
Term work: 50 Marks
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
Energy Resources – Planning and Potential:
Power resources – Conventional and Nonconventional, Need and advantages, Overview of
World Energy Scenario, energy and development linkage, Environmental Impacts of energy use,
Green House Effect, Trends in energy use patterns in India, Hydropower development in India,
Hydropower potential basin wise and region wise, investigation in hydropower plants.
Unit II (6 Hrs.)
Hydropower Plants:
Hydrological Analysis, Classification of hydropower plants based on hydraulic characteristics -
Run of river plants, Storage or Valley dam plants, Pumped storage plants, Classification based
on head, Classification based on operating function, Classification based on plant capacity,
Classification based on nature of topography, Introduction to micro hydro, advantages and
disadvantages, Principle Components of hydropower plants.
Unit III (6 Hrs.)

Load Assessment:
Estimation of electrical load on turbines. Load factor, Plant factor, peak demand and utilization
factor, installed capacity, diversity factor, firm power, secondary power, load curve, load
duration curve, Prediction of load and significance, Tariffs, Hydro-Thermal Mix, Combined
Efficiency of Hydro-Thermal-Nuclear Power Plants.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
Water Conductor System and Powerhouse:
Water Conductor System – Alignment, Intake Structures- Location and Types, Trash Rack.
Headrace tunnel/ Canal, Penstock and pressure shaft, Types of Powerhouses, Typical layout of
powerhouse, Components, Power plant equipments, Instrumentation and control.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
Turbines:
Classification, Principles and design of impulse and reaction turbines, Selection of Turbine,
Specific Speed, Governing of turbines, Water hammer, Hydraulic Transients and Surge tanks,
Draft tubes, Cavitation.
Unit VI (6 Hrs.)
Economics of Hydroelectric Power:
Hydropower - Economic Value and Cost and Total Annual Cost. Economic considerations –
pricing of electricity, laws and regulatory aspects, Policies, Electricity act – 2003, Investment in
the power sector, Carbon credits, Participation of private sector.
Term Work:
Minimum eight assignments as per the list given below. Assignments 1 and 10 are
compulsory.
1. Calculating the electricity bill of upper middle class family that uses various electrical
appliances.
2. Determination of power output for a run of river plant with and without pondage.
3. Justification of economics of Pumped storage plants.
4. Design of Kaplan / Francis / Pelton turbine.
5. Determination of diameter of penstock using different methods.
6. Design of surge tank.
7. Design of straight conical draft tube.
8. Use of any software to calculate water hammer pressure.
9. Case study of any hydropower project.
10. Report based on visit to any micro/small/mega hydropower project
Reference Books:
1. Water Power Engineering – M. M. Dandekar and K. N. Sharma, Vikas Publishing
House.
2. Water Power Engineering – R. K. Sharma and T. K. Sharma, S. Chand and Co. Ltd.
3. Handbook of Hydroelectric Engineering – P.S. Nigam
4. Modern Power System Planning – Wang.
5. Hydropower Resources in India – CBIP.
6. Hydro Power Structures – R. S. Varshney.
7. Water Power Development – E. Mosonvi, Vol. I & II.
8. Hydro-electric Engineering Practice – G. Brown, Vol. I, II & III.
9. Hydro – Electric Hand Book – Creager and Justin.
10. Water Power Engineering – P. K. Bhattacharya, Khanna Pub., Delhi.
11. Water Power Engineering – M. M. Deshmukh, Dhanpat Rai Pub.
12. Manual of ―Energy Group‖ of ‗PRAYAS‘, an NGO.
401009 Elective-III: (4) Air Pollution and Control

Lectures: 3 Hrs/week Paper In-sem. 30 Marks (1 hr),
Practical: 2 Hrs/week Paper End-sem : 70 Marks (2.5 hrs)
TW : 50 Marks
Unit I (6 hrs)
Meteorological aspects: Zones of atmosphere, Scales of meteorology, Meteorological
parameters, Temperature lapse rate, Plume behaviour. Gaussion diffusion model for finding
ground level concentration, Plume rise, Types & quality of fuels, Formulae for effective stack
height and determination of minimum stack height as per CPCB norms.
Unit II (6 hrs)
Ambient Air sampling and analysis: Air pollution survey, basis and statistical considerations
of sampling sites, devices and methods used for sampling of gases and particulates. Stack
emission monitoring for particulate and gaseous matter, isokinetic sampling. Analysis of air
samples chemical and instrumental methods. Emission inventory and source apportionment
studies. Ambient air quality monitoring as per the procedure laid down by CPCB. National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 2009.
Unit III (6 hrs)

Indoor air pollution: Causes of air pollution, sources and effects of indoor air pollutants,
factors affecting exposure to indoor air pollution, sick building syndrome. Investigation of
indoor air quality problems, changes in indoor air quality, control of indoor air pollutants and air
cleaning systems. Use of various plants to control indoor air pollution. Radon and its decay
products in indoor air.
Odour pollution: Theory, sources, measurement and methods of control of odour pollution.
Unit IV (6 hrs)
Control of air pollution: By process modification, change of raw materials, fuels, process
equipment and process operation. Control of particulate matters. Working principle and design
of control equipment as Settling chamber, Cyclone, Fabric filter and Electro Static Precipitator.
Control of gaseous pollutants. Combustion chemistry & control of air pollution from
automobiles.
Unit V (6 hrs)
Land use planning: As a method of control. Economics of air pollution control: Cost/benefit
ratio and optimization. Legislation and regulation: Air (Prevention and Control) Pollution Act,
1981. The Environment (Protection) Act 1986. Emission standards for stationary and mobile
sources.
Unit VI (6 hrs)
Environmental impact assessment and management: Methodology for preparing
environmental impact assessment (Identifying the sources of air pollution, calculating the
incremental values, prediction of impacts and mitigation measures). Role of regulatory agencies
and control boards in obtaining environmental clearance for project. Public hearing.
Environmental impacts of thermal power plants, sugar and cement industry. Environmental
management plan. The environmental rules 1999 (sitting of industries).
Term Work:
Term work shall consist of
A. One assignment on each unit.
B. Detailed industrial visit report on Sugar/Cement/Steel//Thermal/Rubber/Dairy industry
with reference to air pollution Control device(s).
Reference Books:
1. Air Pollution – H. V. N. Rao and M. N. Rao, TMH, Pub.
2. Air pollution – KVSG Murali krishna.
3. Air Pollution – Perkins.
4. Environmental Engineering – Davis, McGraw Hill- Pub.
5. Environmental Engineering – Peavy H.S and Rowe D.R, McGraw Hill- Pub.
6. Air Pollution – Stern.
7. Air Pollution Control – Martin Crawford.
8. Air Pollution Control: its origin and control, K. Wark, C.F. Warner & W.T.Davis .
9. Fundamentals of Air Pollution-Richard W. and Donald L. Academic Press.
I.S. Codes:
1. I.S. 5182 (all parts), and
2. I.S. 15442 (2004)
e – Resources:
1. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses-contents/IIT Kanpur and IIT Madras.
2. http://cpcb.nic .in
3. http://moef.nic .in
401009 Elective III (5): Finite Element Method in Civil Engineering

Lectures: 3 hours/week Theory Examination:
Term work: 50 Mark
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
Theory of elasticity: Strain-displacement relations, compatibility conditions in terms of strain,
plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric problems, differential equations of equilibrium,
compatibility condition in terms of stresses, stress-strain relations in 2D and 3D problems.
Unit II (6 Hrs.)
General steps of the finite element method, Applications and advantages of FEM, concept of
finite element for continuum problems, discretisation of continuum, use of polynomial
displacement function, Pascal‘s triangle, convergence criteria.
Principle of minimum potential energy, formulation of stiffness matrix for truss element using
variational principles.
Unit III (6 Hrs.)

Displacement function for 2D triangular (CST and LST) and rectangular elements, Use of shape
functions, Area co-ordinates for CST element, Shape functions in cartesian and natural
coordinate systems, shape functions for one dimensional element such as truss and beam, shape
functions of 2D Lagrange and serendipity elements.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
Introduction to 3D elements such as tetrahedron and hexahedron. Iso-parametric elements in
1D, 2D and 3D analysis, Jacobian matrix, Formulation of stiffness matrix for 1D and 2D Iso-
parametric elements in plane elasticity problem.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
Formulation of stiffness matrix, analysis of spring assemblage, member approach for truss and
beam element, node numbering, assembly of element equations, formation of overall banded
matrix equation, boundary conditions and solution for primary unknowns, applications to truss
and beam not involving unknowns more than three.
Unit VI (6 Hrs.)
Formulation of stiffness matrix using member approach for portal frame and grid elements,
transformation matrix, applications to frame and grid not involving unknowns more than three.
Termwork:
The Termwork shall be based on completion of assignments as given below.
1. At least one assignment on each unit.
2. One assignment based on FEM by using coding tools for
a) Formulation of stiffness matrix for any 1-D element
b) Formulation of stiffness matrix for any 2-D element
3. Finite Element Method -Software applications of any one of following cases using any
standard available software.
a) Truss/ grid problem
b) Plane stress / plane strain problem
Reference Books
1. A first course in the finite element method-Daryl L. Logon, Thomson Publication.
2. Nonlinear finite element analysis by Reddy- Oxford University Press.
3. Introduction to the Finite Element Method – Desai & Abel, CBS Publishers &
Distributors, Delhi
4. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering – T.R. Chandrupatla & A.D.
Belegundu Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
5. Matrix, Finite Element, Computer & Structural Analysis – M. Mukhopadhyay, Oxford
IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
6. Finite Element Analysis – Theory & Programming – C.S. Krishnmoorthy, TATA
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
7. An Introduction to the Finite Element Method – J.N. Reddy, TATA Mc Graw Hil
Publishing Co. Ltd.
8. Theory & Problems – Finite Element Analysis – Gorge R. Buchanan, Schaum‘s
Outline series. TATA Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
9. The Finite Element Method – O.C. Zien kiewicz, TATA Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd.
10. Finite Element Analysis – S.S. Bhavikatti, New Age International (P) Ltd.
401 0010 Elective III (6): Airport & Bridge Engineering

Lectures: 3 hours/week In-Sem Exam: 30 marks 1 hour
Practical: 2 hrs End-Sem Exam: 70 marks 2.5 hrs
Termwork: 50 marks
Unit 1: (6 hrs)
Introduction:
Advantages and limitations of air transportation. Aeroplane component parts and important
technical terms, Organizations related to Air Transportation (ICAO, FAA, AAI) Roles and
Responsibilities.
Airport planning:
Aircraft characteristics, which influence judicious and scientific planning of airports, Selection
of sites, survey and drawings to be prepared for airport planning, Air Travel Demand
forecasting, Airport classification by ICAO.
Unit 2: (6 hrs.)
Airport layout:
Characteristics of good layout, runway configuration, airport obstruction, location of terminal
buildings, aprons and hangers. Zoning requirements regarding permissible heights of
constructions and landing within the airport boundary, Airport landslide planning, Navigation
and landing aids – ILS, Air Traffic Control (ATC).
Design of Runways and taxiways:

Runway orientation, wind coverage, use of wind rose diagram, basic runway length, corrections
for elevation, temperature and gradient as per ICAO and FAA recommendation, Taxiways –
Concept, types, design criteria.
Unit 3: (6 hrs.)
Structural Design of Runways and taxiways:
Runway pavement design criteria, aircraft loading, Design methods for flexible and rigid
runways, Airport drainage.
Unit 4: (6 hrs.)
Heliports
Helicoptor characteristics, planning of heliports - site selection, size of landing area, orientation
of landing area, Heliport marking and lighting, Vertical Takeoff and Landing (VTOL).
Unit 5: (6 hrs.)
Bridge engineering:
Introduction:
Classification of bridges, components of bridges, preliminary data to be collected during
investigation of site for bridges, determination of discharge – empirical formula, direct methods,
economical span, afflux, HFL, scour depth and clearance, locations of piers and abutments,
factors influencing the choice of bridge super structure, approach roads.
Loads on bridges:
Brief specifications of different loads, forces, stresses coming on bridges, IRC load
specification, requirements of traffic in the design of highway bridges.
Substructure:
Abutment, Piers, and wing walls with their types based on requirement and suitability.
Unit 6: (6 hrs)
Types of bridges
Various types of bridges:
Culvert: Definition, waterway of culvert and types.
Temporary bridges: Definition, materials used brief general ideas about timber, floating and
pantoon bridges.
Movable Bridges: Bascule, cut boat, flying, swing, lift, transporter and transverse bridges, their
requirement and suitability.
Fixed span bridges: Simple, continuous, cantilever, arch, suspension, bowstring girder type and
rigid frame and cable stayed bridges, materials for super structure.
Bearing: Definition, purpose and importance. Types of bearings with their suitability.
Erection of bridge super structure and maintenance:
Introduction to different techniques of erection of bridge super structure and maintenance of
bridges.
Term work:
Term work shall consist of: (Any eight)
1. Recent Trends in Airport planning and design (report expected)
2. Assignment on study and use of Windrose Type 1 and 2 diagram
3. Assignment on Runway Design for length and related corrections
4. Structural Design of Flexible or Rigid Runway
5. Selection of Bridge site, alignment and collection of design data
6. Assignment on conditional assessment of existing Bridges
7. Seminar on one topic each in Airport Engineering or Bridge Engineering
8. Report on Guest lecture in Airport Engineering or Bridge Engineering
9. Site visit to Bridge site or Airport site
Text Books:
1. Bridge engineering – S. Ponnuswamy, Tata Mc Graw – Hill publishing co. Ltd. New
Delhi.
2. Airport planning and design – S.K. Khanna , M.G. Arora , S.S. Jain, Nem Chand and
Brothers, Roorkee.
3. Airport Engineering - Rangawala, Charotar publishing House, Anand 388001 (Gujrat)
4. Essentials of Bridge Engineering – D. Johnson and Victor, Oxford and IBH publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd. , New Delhi.
5. Bridge engineering – Rangawala, Charotar Publishing House, Anand –388 001.
6. Principles and practice of Bridge Engineering – S.P. Bindra, Dhanpatrai and Sons, Delhi.
401 010 Elective IV (1): Construction Management

Term work: 50 Mark
Unit – I (6 Hrs.)
Overview of construction sector:
Role of construction industry in infrastructure development, components of infrastructure sector,
construction industry nature, characteristics, size, structure, role in economic development,
construction management – necessity, applications, project management consultants – role,
types, selection and appointment process, project overruns and means to combat them, project
monitoring and reporting systems, managerial correspondence and communications, generation
and identification of project investment opportunities. (*At least 2 expert lectures by experts
from field are to be conducted on above topics).
Unit – II (6 Hrs.)
Construction scheduling, work study and work measurement Construction scheduling.
Construction project scheduling – purpose, factors affecting scheduling, time as a control tool,
work breakdown structure, project work breakdown levels, line of balance technique, repetitive
project management Work study and work measurement .
Definition, objectives, basic procedure of work study, symbols, activity charts, string diagrams,
time and motion studies.
Unit – III (6 Hrs.)

Labour laws and financial aspects of construction projects Labour laws. Need and importance
of labour laws, study of some important labour laws associated with construction sector-
workmans compensation act 1923, Building and other construction workers act 1996, child
labour act, interstate migrant workers act Financial aspects of construction projects. Capital
investments: importance and difficulties, means of finance, working capital requirements,
project cash flow projections and statements, project balance sheet, profit loss account
statements.
Unit – IV (6 Hrs.)
Elements of risk management and value engineering. Risk management. Introduction,
principles, types, origin, risk control, use of mathematical models: sensitivity analysis, break
even analysis, simulation analysis, decision tree analysis, risk identification, analysis and
mitigation of project risks, role of insurance in risk management. Value engineering Meaning of
value, value analysis, value engineering and value management, energy resources, consumption
patterns, energy cost escalation and its impact.
Unit – V (6 Hrs.)
Materials management and human resource management . Materials management Materials
flow system, role of materials management in construction management and its linkage with
other functional areas, vendor networking, buyer-seller relationships, eoq model and its
variations, material codification and classification, concept of logistics and supply chain
management, role of ERP in materials management – material resource information systems
Human resource management. Human Resource in Construction Sector, Staffing policy and
patterns, Human Resource Management Process, Human Resource Development Process,
Performance Appraisal and Job Evaluation, Training and Career planning, Role of ERP in
Human Resource Management – Human Resource Information System (HRIS).
Unit – VI (6 Hrs.)
Introduction to artificial intelligence technique. Basic terminologies and applications in civil
engineering (a) Artificial neural network (b) Fuzzi logic (c) Genetic algorithm.
Term Work:
1. Site Visit to a Construction project to study following documents and preparing a report –
a. Project Cash Flow Analysis.
b. Project Balance Sheet.
c. Work Break Down Structure.
d. Materials Flow System in the Project.
2. Scheduling of a Construction Project using Line of Balance Technique.
3. Assignment on Work Study on any two Construction Trades.
4. Assignment on EOQ Model and its variation.
5. Assignment on application of AI techniques in Civil Engineering.
6. Seminar on any one topic from above syllabus.
Reference Books:
1. Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review, Prasanna Chandra,
Tata McGraw Hill Publications.
2. Construction Management and Planning – B. Sengupta and H. Guha, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications.
3. Civil Engineering Project Management – C. Alan Twort and J. Gordon Rees, Elsevier
Publications.
4. Total Project Management – The Indian Context – P. K. Joy, MacMillian Publications.
5. Materials Management–Gopalkrishnan & Sunderasan,Prentice Hall Publications.
6. Human Resource Management – Biswajeet Pattanayak, Prentice Hall Publishers.
7. Laws for Engineers : Dr. Vandana Bhat and PriyankaVyas –Published by
PROCARE,5/B,/Sagarika Society,Juhu Tara Road,Juhu,Santacruz(W),Mumbai-400049
([email protected]).
8. Labour and Industrial Laws – S. N. Mishra, Central Law Publications.
9. Artificial Neural Network – Veganarayanan – Prentice Hall.
10. Genetic Algorithm – David & Goldberg.
11. Fuzzi Logic & Engg Applications – Ross.
12. Principles of Construction Management by Roy Pilcher ( McGraw Hill)
e-Resourses:
1. ERP Software-Builders Management Software.
2. Project mates Construction Software.
401 0010 Elective IV (2): Advanced Transportation Engineering

Lectures: 3 hours/week In-Sem Exam: 30 marks 1 hour
Practical: 2 hrs End-Sem Exam: 70 marks 2.5 hrs
Termwork: 50 marks
Unit I (6 hrs.)
Transport System Planning: Transportation planning process and types of surveys. Travel
demand forecasting - trip generation, modal spilt analysis, trip distribution and route assignment
analysis, Transportation System Management (TSM), application in Comprehensive Mobility
Plan (CMP) and DPR.
Unit II (6 hrs.)
Urban Transport Technology: Classification- light, medium, mass and rapid transit system,
Introduction to Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) and its components, Public Transport
Policy. Introduction to BRT, Mono rail, Metro rail, Bullet train and Hyperloop. Concept of
Integrated Inter Model Transit System and freight transportation.
Unit III (6 hrs.)

A. Transport Economics & Financing: Road user cost - Vehicle operations cost, running cost,
value of travel time, road damage cost, accident cost. Economic evaluation – Benefit cost
method, Net present value method, First year rate of return method, Internal rate of return
method & comparison of various methods.
B. Environmental Impact Assessment: EIA requirement of highway projects, procedure and

guidelines, pollution cost and concept of congestion pricing.
Unit IV (6 hrs.)
Traffic Engineering: Traffic studies, basic traffic theory, traffic analysis process, level of
service, intersection studies- turning movements, grade separated intersection, signal design-
IRC method and Webster‘s method, parking study and analysis, bicycle and pedestrian facility
design, instrumentation of traffic monitoring.
Unit V (6 hrs.)
Study of flexible pavement: Philosophy of design and design criteria, design of flexible
pavement using IRC 37-2012, Distresses in flexible pavement, evaluation of pavement –
Benkelmen beam, Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD), Pavement Management Systems
(PMS).
Unit VI (6 hrs.)
a) Study of rigid pavement: Philosophy of rigid pavement, comparison of rigid pavement
over flexible pavement, types of rigid pavements, design of rigid pavement using IRC 58-2015
including design of joints, distresses in rigid pavement.
b) Overlay types and their design as per IRC: Types of overlays, design of overlay using
IRC 81-1997.
Term work:
1. Traffic counts using Manual Methods.
2. Design of a flexible pavement using IRC: 37-2012 using IITPAVE.
3. Design of rigid pavement using IRC: 58-2015.
4. Road deflections measurement using Benkelmen Beam method.
5. Design of an overlay using IRC: 81-1997.
6. Conduct of distress surveys on a flexible pavement or a rigid pavement and determining its
condition index (PCI).
7. Study of any two softwares related to transportation engineering.
8. Study of format of household survey and recording sample measurements.
9. Parking survey and analysis.
Reference Books:
1. Highway Engineering - Laurence I Hewes & Clarkson H Oglesby
2. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning - L R Kadiyali, Khanna Publishers.
3. The Design and Performance of Road Pavements - David Croney, Paul Croney.
4. Understanding Traffic System -Michel A Taylor, William Young, PeterW Bonsall.
5. Principles of Urban Transport Systems Planning - B. G.Hutchinson.
6. Introduction to transport planning - M. J. Bruton.
7. Transportation Engineering An Introduction – C. Jotin Khisty, B. Kent Lall, Pearson
Publication.
8. Transportation Engineering & Planning – C. S. Papacostas, P. D. Prevedouros, Pearson
Publication.
9. Principles of Pavement Design - E.F. Yoder (John Wiley & Sons, lnc USA).
10. Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering - C. S. Papacostas.
11. Pavement analysis and Design – Huang Y H, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliff, New Jersey.
12. Introduction to Transportation Engg. and Planning – Morlok E K, McGraw-Hill company.
13. Fundamentals of Traffic flow Theory – Drew, McGraw-Hill book Co.
14. A course in Traffic Planning and design-Saxena Subhash,Dhanpat Rai & sons,Delhi
15. Traffic analysis (New technologies new solutions)-Taylor M P ,Hargreen Pub.Co. New
Delhi.
Codes:
1. IRC 37-2012
2. IRC 58-2015
3. IRC 81-1997
4. IRC 82-2015
5. IRC 115-2014
Hand Books:
Handbook of Road Technology _Lay M. G.Gorden Breach Science Pub.Newyork.
e-Resources:
1) www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/iitkanpur
2) www.cdeep.iitb.ac.in/nptel
401 010 Elective IV (3): Advanced Foundation Engineering

Lectures: 3 Hours/week Theory Examination:
Practical: 2 Hours/week In-sem : 30 marks (1 Hr.)
End-sem:70 marks (2.5Hrs.)
Term work: 50 Mark
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
IS code provision in respect of subsoil exploration for dams, canals, tunnels, off shore structure,
air ports and bridges. IRC, provisions for exploration in respect of roads. Case studies of failures
of foundation.
Unit II (6 Hrs.)
Design of pile based on cyclic load test. Study of provision made in different IS codes related to
deep foundation, various types of pile. Design of Racer piles & piles subjected to lateral load.
Testing and Design of piles subjected to tensile loads.
Unit III (6 Hrs.)

Design of under reamed pile foundation subjected to tensile loads. Design of sand drains and
stone columns.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
Design of shallow foundations subjected to inclined loads. Design of Raft foundation on
different types of soil. Design of combined and isolated footing based on field test including
calculation of settlement. Introduction to software available for geotechnical foundation design.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
Study of various provisions made as per IRC and as per IS in respect of design of well
foundation. Case studies of failure of well foundation. Design of Rock fill coffer Dams.
Unit VI (6 Hrs.)
Stress distribution in the shaft, tunnels, underground conduits, classification, load on ditch
conduits, positive and negative projecting conduits, and Imperfect ditch conduits.
Term Work:
Term work will consist of
A) Any Four of following 6 assignments.
1) Comparative study of provisions made for the extent of exploration in IS, IRC codes adapted
by Indian railways, and PWD.
2) Detailed study of any two Geophysical methods of exploration.
3) Computations of Bearing capacity and Settlement of a Shallow Foundation involving
inclined loads.
4) Design of Pile foundations subjected to inclined load and tensile load.
5) Design of Sand Drains.
6) Comparative study of provisions for well Foundation as per IS, IRC and code adapted by
Indian railways.
B) Computer Modeling:
Design of any one type of Deep foundation using computer software.
C) Site visit and Case study:

1) One site visit to any important deep foundation and submission of report on the same giving
details of design and construction.
2) Any one case study of failure of foundation from the published literature.
Reference Books:
1. Foundation Analysis and Design- Joseph E. Bowels, TATA Mc-Graw hill.
2. Design Aids in Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineerimg-Shenbage R Kaniraj, TATA
Mc-Grawhill.
3. Foundation Design & Construction (4th Ed.)- M.J.Tamlinson, ELBS publication.
4. G. A. Leonards, Foundation Engineering, McGraw-Hill, 1962.
5. R.B. Peck, W.E. Hanson and T.H. Thornburn, Foundation Engineering, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley and Sons, 1974.
6. ―Principles of Foundation Engineering‖ by B.M. Das.
7. Theory and Practice of Pile Foundations Wei Dong Guo CRC Press.
I.S .Codes:
IS: 1892-1979 – ―Code of Practice for Subsurface Investigation for Foundation‖.
IS: 2131-1981 (Reaffiemed 1997), ―Method for Standard penetration Test for Soils‖.
IS: 6403-1981 – ―Code of Practice for Determination of B.C. of Shallow Foundation‖.
IS: 8009 (Part-1) 1976, ―Code of Practice for Calculation of settlements of foundations‖.
IS: 1904-1986, ―Code of Practice for Design and Construction of Foundations in Soils, general
Requirements‖.
IS: 2911-1979, ―Code of Practice for Design and Construction of Pile Foundation‖.
Handbooks:
1. Fang , H.Y.,(1991),‖ Foundation Engineering Handbook‖, Chapman & Hall, NY.
2. Teng .W.C.(1962), Foundation Design , Prentice Hall International.
3. Foundation Design Manual by Narayan V. Nayak, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.
401 0010 Elective IV (4): Coastal Engineering
Practical: 2 Hours/week In-sem : 30 marks (1 Hour)
End-sem: 70 marks (2.5.Hours)
Termwork : 50 marks
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
Basics of Ocean Waves:
Generation ,classification, Basic understanding of wave mechanics including wave
propagation,wave theories,, wave diffraction , wave refection, wave breaking. Waves of unusal
character-currents, giant waves , tsunami etc.
Unit II (6 Hrs.)
Tides:
Tide producing forces- earth moon and earth sun system , dynamic theory of tides-; types of
tides- tides and tidal current in shallow sea, storm surges, tides in rivers and estuaries ,tidal
power.
Unit III (6 Hrs.)
Coastal Processes:
Coastal process- Erosion/accretion due to waves, bed forms, long shore transport (Littoral drift)
estimate of wave induced sediment, budget. Tides, effect of Tides, stability of inlets. Effect of
construction of coastal structures on stability of shoreline / beaches.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
Design of Marine Structures:
Design of Marine Structures: Seawalls, Revetments, Breakwater rubble mound, composite,
floating and pneumatic types, and jetties. Offshore structures, Oil Production platform, sub
marine pipelines. Model studies.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
Design Technology:
Dredging Technology: Types of dredgers, design of disposal methods of dredged materials
Environmental aspect of dredging , studies for feasibility of dumping ground for dredged
material.
Unit-VI (6 Hrs.)
Coastal Management:
Pollution in Coastal zone, disposal of waste/dredged spoils, design criteria of coastal outfall
inlets and system. Oil spills and contaminants, coastal zone management: activities in coastal
zone, CRZ, Issues related to Integrated coastal zone management. Coastal regulation zone.
Reference Books:
1. Brunn Per ,B. U. Naik, ―Shore Protection Manual‖, NIO Goa.
2. Quinn A. D., ―Port Planning‖, Mc Grow Hill Book Co. New York.
3. Richard Silvester, ―Coastal Engineering‖, Vol-I-II, University of Western Australia.
4. Shore Protection Manual-U.S.Waterways Experiment Station Corps of Engineer.
5. Costal Engineering Research Center, Vickburg andU.S.A.1984.Coastal Protection Manual
2002.
6. Harbour and Coastal Engineering‖, Vol. I&II, Ocean and Coastal Engineering Publication,
NIOT, Chennai.
Term work-
One assignment on each unit.
401 010 Elective IV: Open Elective : 5 (a): Plumbing Engineering
Teaching Scheme: Theory Examination Scheme:

Lectures: 3 hours/week In-sem : 30 marks (1 Hour)
Practical: 2 hours/week End-sem :70 marks (2.5 Hours)
Term work: 50 Marks
Unit I (6Hrs.)
Introduction to plumbing engineering Definition- plumbing engineering/public health
engineering, Indian plumbing industry, Roles of plumbing contractor, plumber, plumbing
consultant, plumbing terminology, Principles of plumbing,
a) Introduction to codes and standards:

Introduction to UPC-I and ITM, Green plumbing code supplement-India (GPCS-I) and other
codes applicable in plumbing, Approvals of authority having jurisdiction, General
regulations, Testing and labeling, Alternative materials, workmanship and minimum
standards, Prohibited fittings and practices, Local laws related to plumbing.
b) Architectural and structural coordination, plumbing shafts, Sunken toilet floors, Ledge
walls.
Unit II (6 Hrs)
Water Supply, fixtures and fittings.
a) Water Supply: Types of water supply pipes Fittings and joints, Galvanized iron, Copper,
Stainless steel, HDPE, MDPE, Rigid PVC, CPVC, PPR, Composite pipes, (PE-AL-PE),
PEX, Joints, Jointing methods and materials, Tools etc. Water hammering, Pipe protection,
Velocity, pressure, temperature limitations, Water Supply Fixture Unit (WSFU), Sizing,
testing, Valves and regulators, Backflow prevention, Commissioning, Water tanks.
b) Plumbing fixtures, Water conserving fixtures, Rating system for water efficient products,
(WEP-I), Water closets, Bidets, Urinals, Flushing devices, Lavatory and bath units, Kitchen
sinks, Water coolers, Purifiers, Drinking water fountain, Cloth washers, Mop sinks, Dish
washers, Receptors Overflows, Strainers, Standard heights. Prohibited fixtures, Floor slopes,
Minimum spacing.
Unit III (6Hrs.)
Sanitary system and Storm water Drainage:
a) Sanitary system: Fixtures, Appliances and appurtenance, Classification of fixtures, Soil and
waste and grey water, Soil fixtures, Bathroom fixtures, Accessories, Indirect waste connections,
Food handling establishments, Fixtures below invert level.
b) Building Drains:
Introduction, Four systems of plumbing, One pipe and two pipe system, Air admittance valves
and solvents, Comparison of systems, Vent pipe, Symphonic action, Antisyphon and vent
pipes, Loop, Circuits, Types of building drainage pipes, Fittings and jointing methods, Clean
outs, Drainage fixture units (DFU), Sizing, Testing, Case study
Unit IV Traps and Interceptors (6Hrs.)

Traps-Purpose, Fixture traps and floor traps, Prohibited traps, Trap arm, Developed length, Trap
seal, Trap seal protection, Venting of traps, Trap primers, Building traps, Clarifiers, Grease
interceptors, Sizing, oil and sand interceptors.
b) Vents:
Vent requirement, Parts of vent system. Parts of vent system, Materials, Sizing, Vent
connections, Flood rim level, Island sink venting, Venting of interceptors, Water curtain and
hydraulic jump, Termination of vent stacks, Stack venting, Yoke vent, Wet venting.
Unit V (6Hrs.)
a) Building Sewers:
DFU, Change in direction of flow, Hydraulic jump,Sudsing stack, Cleanouts, Pipe grading,
pipes and fittings suitable for building sewers, RCC, PVC, Nu-Drain, Stoneware., Sizing,
testing, Types of traps, Gully, Chambers and manholes, Materials, Venting, Sizing, Testing,
Sumps, Pumps, Sewage disposal, Septic tanks.
b) Plumbing in high rise buildings:

Definition of high rise building, Multiple storage tanks, Plumbing shafts, Break pressure tanks,
Water supply, Hydro pneumatic system, Pressure reducing valves, Building drainage system,
Rain water system, Sizing, Testing, Case study, Introduction to centralized hot water supply,
Principles of design.
Unit VI (6 Hrs)
Design Parameters & Case Study
Introduction, Plumbing Drawings & Layouts, Water Supply Design Consideration, Sewer
Network design consideration, Storm water design consideration as per CPHEEO manuals, Case
study on each.
Term work
Term work will consist of 8 assignments with necessary plans /sketches.
1. Introduction of available codes in plumbing
2. Introduction of associations in plumbing in India and outside India
3. Detailed hydraulic design for High rise structure OR G+1 Bungalow by using software.
4. Compilation of rules and regulations of local governing bodies.
5. Roles of plumbing contractor and plumbing consultants.
6. Report on Plumbing fixtures and fittings and explain any ten.
7. Report on materials for water supply and drainage.
8. Report on necessity of traps, intercepts and vents
Books:
1. ―Plumbing Engineering‖ by Deolalikar.
2. ―Plumbing, Sanitation and Domestic Engineering‖ Volume – 1to 4 by G. S. Williams,
Mc Graw Hill.
3. ―Plumbing, Sanitation and Domestic Engineering, Data Sheets & Wall Charts‖ by
G. S. Williams, Mc Graw Hill
4. ―Plumbing Engineering, Theory and Practice‖ by Subhsh Patil. SEEMA Publishers Mumbai
5. ―National Plumbing Codes Handbook‖, by R. Dodge Woodson.
6. ―Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation Manual (CPHEEO)‖.
Codes:
1. Uniform Plumbing Code- India (UPC-I), 2008
2. Illustrated Training Manual (ITM), 2008.
401 010 Elective IV: Open Elective: 5 (b): Green Building Technology

Practical: 2 Hours/week In-sem : 30 Marks (1 Hour)
End-sem:70 Marks (2.5 Hours)
Term work: 50 Marks
Unit I: (6 Hrs.)
Materials and Its Applicability, Indoor Environmental Quality, Reuse and Recycle of
Construction Waste.
A) Eco Friendly/ Green Building Materials: To understand Environmental impact of building
materials. Eco Friendly building materials, their composition, availability, production,
physical properties etc. Application of the Eco Friendly/ Green Building materials for
different components of the buildings at different level, both internally and externally.
B) Indoor environmental quality, Low VOC materials: Adhesives - Sealants, Paints- Coatings
etc.
C) Construction Waste as a Resource- Resource Economics, Disposable Materials, Recovery,
Recycling, Collection, Processing, Governmental Role in Waste Management, Potential for
Reuse.
Unit II (6 Hrs.)
Site / Building Planning
A) Sustainable Site planning: wind / sun path, water management , material use, landscape,
topography.
B) Climate Responsive Architecture: orientation, solar- wind, Building envelope.
C) Thermal comfort indices. Heat flow through building materials. Thermal properties of
common building materials available in India. Thermal performance of building envelope.
Air movement and buildings. Ventilation and buildings. Wind an Stack effect. Mechanical
ventilation. HVAC System, Day lighting. Passive and sustainable architecture. Passive and
active systems.
Unit III (6 Hrs.)

Embodied Energy, Life Cycle Assessment, Environmental Impact Assessment, Energy Audit
and Energy Management.
A) Embodied energy of various construction materials. Introduction to the Concept: ―Life Cycle
assessment of materials‖.
B) EIA : Introduction to EIA., Process of EIA and its application through a case study., EIA as
a strategic tool for sustainable development.
C) Energy Management.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
Appropriate Technologies / Approaches for:
A) Water conservation / efficiency.
B) Sanitation (Grey water, black water management, SWM)
C) Treatments.
D) Biogas.
E) Composting.
F) Solar energy and its applicability through panels, photovoltaic cells etc.
G) Use of ―LED, CFL, Fresnel Lens‖ etc.
H) Wind energy and its use.
I) Orientation aspects in site planning to achieve maximum daylight and natural ventilation.
UNIT V: (6 Hrs.)
A) Clean Development Mechanism.
B) Kyoto Protocol.
C) Energy Conservation Building Code.
UNIT VI (6 Hrs.)
Rating Systems: - Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), Green Globes,
National Association for Home Builders (NAHB) – For Homes, Building Research
Establishment Environmental Assessment Method (BREEAM), Green Star by Green Building
Council Australia (GBCA), LEED India, Comprehensive Assessment System for Built
Environment Efficiency (CASBEE), Estimada -Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council (UPC) etc.
Term Work:
Any Eight of the following:
A) To study: Innovative Materials Developed by CBRI, SERC.
B) To study: Environmental Audit of any existing building and prepare a report.
C) To study, analyze present scenario of organic waste collection and management of any of
the premise; preferably hotels.
D) To compare the benefits under different rating systems.
E) To prepare detailed plan for a hypothetical site indicating utility of solar path, wind
direction, rainfall intensity etc. to make it sustainable.
F) To prepare a report on carbon credit.
G) To prepare a report on energy efficient buildings in India.
H) To study sustainable planning aspects for urban housing.
I) Study of Design of On Site Sanitation Systems for Indian conditions developed by
Appasaheb Patwardhan Safai V Paryavaran Tantraniketan, Dehugaon .
J) To study the benefits given by Municipal Corporations to Green Buildings.
Reference Books and Additional Reading material:

1. Manual of Tropical housing and climate by Koenisberger.
2. Climate responsive architecture by Arvind Krishnan.
3. Manual of solar passive architecture - by Nayak J.K. R. Hazra J. Prajapati.
4. Energy Efficient Buildings in India by Milli Mujumdar.
5. Green Building Materials by Ross Spiegel and Dru Meadows.
6. Publications from - CBRI – Roorkee, - IDC – Mumbai, NID – Ahmedabad.
7. Solar Energy in Architecture and Urban Planning by Herzog Thomas.
8. Solar Heating, Design Process by Kreider Jan F.
9. Energy - Manual for college teachers (CEE publications).
10. Renewable Energy & Environment - A policy analysis for India (CEE publications).
11. Sustainable Building Design Manual-Volume I and II –TERI Publication.
12. Mechanical and Electrical Systems in Construction and Architecture-by Frank R Dagostino.
Principles of Air conditioning-By V. Paul Lang:

1. Heating, Cooling and lighting design methods for architecture. By Lechor Worbert.
2. LEED Manual.
3. Green Globes Manual.
4. Florida Green Building Coalition Manual.
5. The green building process.
6. Green building codes and standards.
7. International Green Construction Code.
8. ASHRAE 189P.
9. ANSI/GG 01, TERI, BREEAM etc.
401 010 Elective IV: Open Elective: 5 (c): Ferrocement Technology

End-sem:70 marks (2.5 Hours)
Term work: 50 Mark
Unit 1 (6 Hrs.)
What is Ferrocement?
a) Definition, Basic concept like bond increase. Comparison with concretes like RCC,
Prestressed, Asbestos cement, Fiber reinforced, Polymer concretes. Composition of ferrocement.
Special types of ferrocement. Ferrocement as substitute for conventional building materials.
Typical characteristics and their applications.
b) Raw materials, skills, tools and plants. Ferrocement as material of construction. Forming a
ferrocement structure. Properties and specifications of raw materials. Proportioning of cement
mortar. Job requirements of required skills. Tools and plants.
Unit 2 (6 Hrs.)
Mechanical properties and construction methods:
a) Mechanical properties and typical features affecting design. Properties under static and
dynamic loading. Shrinkage and creep. Testing of ferrocement.
b) Methods of constructing ferrocement structures. Standardizing method of construction.

Planning the work. Fabricating skeleton, tying meshes and mortaring. Curing. Maintenance.
Protective surface treatments. Damage to ferrocement structures.
Unit 3 (6 Hrs.)
Strength through shape and design:
a) Strength through shape. Design of structure based on form and shape. Forms in nature,
various structural forma and their behavior. Typical strengths of different materials.
Comparative study of various forms.
b) Design of ferrocement structures. Design, analysis and optimization. Special design

considerations for ferrocement. Typical features of ferrocement affecting design. Conventional
design methods like working stress, load factor, applied to ferrocement. Design based on
equivalent area method for compression, tension and flexural members. Specific surface method
and crack control method, Design of structures subjected to membrane stresses. Design of
shaped structures in ferrocement like stiffened plates, arch faced walls, stiffened cavity walls
and hollow floors and beams, Design of forms like ‗T‘ ‗U‘ ‗T‘ ‗+‘ ‗L‘
Unit 4 (6 Hrs.)
Cost analysis and ferrocement in Building construction.
a) Cost analysis : Factors governing cost analysis. Special considerations for ferrocement
structures. Cost comparison with conventional construction. Specifications for ferrocement
structures. Quantity analysis of material and labour for ferrocement items. Cost and value of
ferrocement construction.
b) Ferrocement in building construction. Ferrocement in foundations, walls, floors roofs.

Ferrocement single wall construction. Design and construction of houses with cavity walls,
hollow floors and hollow beams. Staircases and other building accessories. Earthquake resisting
structures. Special characteristics of ferrocement to resist shock loading design and construction
of quake proof structures.
Unit 5 (6 Hrs.)
Hydraulic and soil retaining structures in ferrocement :
a) Hydraulic structures. Why ferrocement? Water retaining structures, Storage tanks of various
types. Structures across streams. Ferrocement in layered form used for lining, water proofing
and surface coating.
b) Soil retaining structures. Types of retaining walls and their comparison with ferrocement arch
faced wall. Design and method of fabrication and casting. Ferrocement counterfort retaining
wall. Ferrocement containers for storing granular materials.
Unit 6 (6 Hrs.)
Space structures and precast products:
a) Ferrocement large size special purpose structures. Space structures like shells, pyramids,
domes corrugated catenaries.
b) Precast ferrocement products : Why ferrocement for precasting? Methods of precasting.

Design of precast elements. Ferrocement precast walling and flooring panels. Joints in precast
ferrocement elements.
Term Work :
Minimum 02 site visits with detailed reports and one assignment based on each unit ( Journal
consisting of total 6 assignments + 2 visit reports).
Books Recommended:
1) Ferrocrete Technology- A Construction Manual. -- Dr. B. N. Divekar Published by the

Author.
2) Ferrocement --- : B. R. Paul and R. P. Pama.Published by International Ferrocement

Information Centre. A.I.T. Bangkok, Thailand.
3) Ferrocement and laminated cementitious composites --: A.E. Naaman. Publisher : Techno-
press, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA.
4) Ferrocement - Materials and applications; Publication SP 61, A C I Detroit. USA
5) State of the art report and guide for design, Construction and repairs of Ferrocement; ACI
Committee Report. No. ACI 549R-88 and ACI 549.1R.88. Published by American Concrete
Institute, Detroit, USA.
6) Chapter 1 titled ‗Ferrocement‘ by S. P. Shah and P. N. Balaguru in book ‗Concrete

Technology and Design Vol. II, Editor; R. N. Swamy.
7) Proceedings of International Symposiums on ‗Ferrocement and thin reinforced composites –

Ferro 1 to Ferro 10. Available with International Ferrocement Information Centre, A I T
Bangkok, Thailand.
8) Ferrocement Conference Proceedings of Ferrocement Society, India--FS 2011, F.S.2013, F.

S. 2015.
401 010 Elective IV: Open Elective: 5 (d): Sub Sea Engineering

Lectures: 3 hours/week Theory Examination
Practical 2 hours/week In-sem: 30 marks (1 Hour)
End-sem: 70 marks (2.5.Hours)
Termwork: 50 Marks.
Unit1 (6 Hrs.)
Introduction to oil and gas industry: general view of oil and gas industry, technological
challenges and future developments. Overview of deep water developments: introduction, deep
water areas and potential, challenges, route for development Metaocean and environmental
conditions: Overview of the determination of Metaocean conditions (meteorological and
oceanographic) and the influence of wave, wind, tide and current on marine operations.
Introduction to marine ecology and its impact on marine operations.
Unit 2 (6 Hrs.)
Introduction to subsea infrastructure development: Summarize the current state of the art
and highlights the design challenges. Outlines the way in which water depth influences the
architecture and technology of Oil and Gas infrastructure.
Flow assurance: overview of flow assurance and the fundamentals of flow management for
subsea production systems, Introduction to flow assurance issues like paraffin deposition;
hydrate formation and blockage; Asphaltene precipitation; emulsions; experimental methods,
flow assurance assessment methods; prevention, mitigation and remediation tools for flow
assurance issues; thermal management and insulation materials.
Unit 3 (6 Hrs.)
Subsea installation and intervention: Overview of the installation of subsea plant, risers and
pipelines and the main intervention methods including AUVs, ROVs and divers.
Subsea operations and control: An overview of the principle methods of subsea control
including electrical, acoustic and hydraulic systems.
Subsea processing and artificial lift: introduction the analytical and numerical models used to
design subsea processing systems for sustained recovery of hydrocarbons.
Unit 4 (6 Hrs.)
Reliability and integrity management: Introduction to Risk Assessment, FMECA and
HAZOPS, Monitoring, Intervention and Inspection Methods, Data Management Construction
management of oil field, future challenges.
Unit 5 (6 Hrs.)
Subsea field equipment, structures and architectures: scale of operations, environmental
factors, A description of each of the pieces of the subsea infrastructure, their use and
interconnection including subsea trees, flow lines, umbilicals, risers, moorings and pipelines
Materials and corrosion. Types of corrosion found in the oilfield with emphasis on the effects of
acid gases (CO2 and H2S).
Unit 6 (6 Hrs.)
Pipelines and design: Introduction to pipeline engineering, the main pipeline design challenge
in deep water. Analysis and design methods of pipelines that address stress analysis, buckling
and collapse of deep water pipelines. Limit state based strength design methods. Geotechnical
aspects of pipeline design and its installation.
Deepwater risers: different design options available for deep water risers, and defines the key
design drivers for each. General principles of stress analysis: An introduction to the principles of
stress analysis and the principles of reliability based design, finite element analysis.
Termwork:--Shall consist of one assignment per unit.
References:
1. A Primer of Offshore Operations by Petex
2. Subsea Engineering Handbook Hardcover by Yong Bai (Editor), Qiang Bai (Editor)
C. Norsok standard Common requirements Subsea structures and piping system U-cr-
001 Rev. 1, January 1995.
D. Norsok codes, DNV codes : Design specifications for subsea system.
401 010 Elective IV : Open Elective : 5 (e): (Geoinformatics)

Lectures: 3 Hrs/week Paper In-sem. 30 Marks (1 Hrs),
Paper End-sem : 70 Marks (2.5 Hrs.)
Unit I (6 Hrs.)
Introduction to Remote Sensing GIS and SBPS:
Electro-magnetic radiations (EMR) - atmospheric scattering, Raleigh scattering, Mie scattering,
non-selective scattering -atmospheric absorption - atmospheric windows, refraction - interaction
of EMR earth‗s surface - reflection - transmission - spectral signature - Reflectance
characteristics of Earth‗s cover type: Vegetation, water, soil
Introduction to GIS - Basic spatial concepts - Coordinate Systems - GIS and Information
Systems – Definitions – History of GIS - Components of a GIS – Hardware, Software, Data,
People, Methods – Proprietary and open source Software - Types of data – Spatial, Attribute
data- types of attributes – scales/ levels of measurements. Introduction to SBPS, Segments and
errors in GPS.
Unit II (6 Hrs.)
THERMAL REMOTE SENSING: Thermal radiation principles – Thermal interaction sensors
and characters – thermal image characters – image degradation sources & correction –
interpretation of thermal images – Application and Case studies.
MICROWAVE REMOTE SENSING: Introduction-Plane waves-Interference, Radar remote

sensing - Radar basics- Antenna Systems -Real aperture radar - Radar frequency bands - SLAR
Imaging Geometry, Resolution Concepts - Geometric Distortions, SAR – Concepts - Doppler
principle & Processing. RADAR Interaction with earth surface- RADAR equation.
Unit III Unit II (6 Hrs.)
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING :

Fundamentals of Image Processing, sensors model and pre processing, image enhancement,
image classification, object recognition.
Unit IV (6 Hrs.)
OPEN SOURCE GIS:
DESKTOP GIS WITH OPEN SOURCE GIS : View Graphics – Data exchanges- portability
and interoperability – Raster handling and Image analysis – vector data management –Rater and
vector analysis - 2D/3D vectors with topology, 3D Voxel, 2D Raster.
OPEN SOFTWARE AND WEB MAPPING : Open Source Software : GRASS, QGIS,
OSSIM, PostopesSQL and (R) Environment – WEB Mapping Architecture and components –
WEB mapping servers- Thin clients in WEB mapping - WMS,WFS, WCS,WPS and other web
services- Open Server standards.
Unit V (6 Hrs.)
MAP PROJECTION:
Concepts of sphere, ellipsoid and geoid - latitudes, longitudes and graticules –map projections–
shape, distance, area and direction properties - role of aspect, development surface, secant and
light source / view points – perspective and mathematical projections – Indian maps and
projections – Map co-ordinate systems – UTM and UPS references – common projections and
selections– projections for hemispheres and the world maps , Map projection for cadastral maps.
Unit VI (6 Hrs.)
FUNDAMENTALS and GEOMETRIC GEODESY:
Definitions- Classifications, Problem of Geodesy and purpose of Geodesy Historical
development and Organization of Geodesy. Reference Surfaces and their relationship.
Applications, Engineering, Lunar, Planetary and interferometric Synthetic aperture radar
Geodesy – Local and International Spheroid.
Geomentry of ellipsoid, fundamental mathematical relationship of ellipsoid, Geodetic,

Geocentric and Reduced latitudes and their relationship. Ellipsoidal Co-ordinates in terms of
Reduced, Geodetic and geocentric latitude. Radius of curvature in the meridian & prime vertical
and their relationship. Mean Radius of curvature in any azimuth, Length of the meridian arcs
and arcs of parallel and Area of trapezium on the ellipsoid. Curves on the ellipsoid, properties of
Geodesic.
Reference Books:
1. Wolfgang Torge, Geodesy, Walter De Gruyter Inc., Berlin, 2001
2. Lillesand, T.M. and Kiefer R.W. Remote Sensing and Image interpretation, John Wiley and
Sons, Inc, New York, 2002.
3. Neteler M, Helena M (2008) ‗Open source GIS: A GRASS GIS approach‗, 3rd edn,
Springer, New York
4. Kang-Tsung Chang, Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, Mc-Graw Hill
Publishing, 2nd Edition, 2011.
5. John, R. Jensen, Introductory Digital Image Processing, Prentice Hall, New Jersey,2005 3rd
edition
6. R.W. Anson and F.J. Ormeling, Basic Cartography for students and Technicians. Vol.I, II
and III, Elsevier Applied Science Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2004.
401006 Project work

Tutorial: 6 Hrs/week TW : 50 Marks.
Oral : 100 Marks.
Project Work will be evaluated for an individual student based on the presentation of the work
done in a year( I Sem + II Sem) and submission of the report .The student may work in a group
during project work, if any.
The project work shall consist of any one of the following nature in Civil Engineering related
subjects.
1. Experimental investigation.
2. Software development.
3. Benefit : Cost economic analysis.
4. Case study with own design.
5. Working model design and fabrication.
6. Case study with development of methodology using soft computing tools.
The details of report writing and preparation of report will be similar to that of as mentioned in
syllabus of Project Phase I in first semester.
Evaluation of Project work in final exam. Will be done by the pair of internal guide having
minimum 3 years approved experience as teacher and external guide.
It is recommended to promote the students to present a paper based on project work in

appropriate conference / journal.
Faculty of Engineering
Maharashtra, India
Syllabus
for
Fourth Year of Computer Engineering

(2015 Course)
(with effect from 2018-19 )
www.unipune.ac.in
Faculty of Engineering Savitribai Phule Pune University
Prologue
It is with great pleasure and honor that I share the syllabi for Fourth Year of Computer
Engineering (2015 Course) on behalf of Board of Studies (BoS), Computer Engineering. We,
members of BoS are giving our best to streamline the processes and curricula design at both UG
and PG programs.
It is always the strenuous task to balance the syllabus with the blend of core subjects, current
developments and exotic subjects. By considering all the aspects with adequate prudence the
contents are designed to make the graduate competent enough as far as employability is
concerned. It is absolutely necessary and justified to add sufficient flexibility in the given
constraints leading the curriculum design near to perfection.
It may be highly subjective to include or exclude the courses, but benefit of the learner is always
the nucleus the process. Many thoughts, suggestions, recommendations and directions help us to
come up with the final contents. For the final year finishing touch is absolutely necessary which
is provided with project based learning at the most.
I sincerely thank all the minds and hands who work adroitly to materialize these tasks. I really
appreciate everyone‟s contribution and suggestions in finalizing the contents.
Dr. Varsha H. Patil

Coordinator, Board of Studies (Computer Engineering), SPPU, Pune
[This document contents Program Educational Objectives - Program Outcomes - Program

Specific Outcomes(page 3),Courses (teaching scheme, examination, marks and credit)(page
4-5), Courses syllabi(page 7-85) and FE to BE courses at a glance(Page 86-87) ].
Other related Syllabus Links:

Syllabus for First Year Engineering (2015 Course)
Syllabus for Second Year Computer Engineering (2015 Course)
Syllabus for Third Year Computer Engineering (2015 Course)
Syllabus for Fourth Year of Computer Engineering ` #2/87


Bachelor of Computer Engineering
Program Educational Objectives
1. To prepare globally competent graduates having strong fundamentals, domain knowledge, updated
with modern technology to provide the effective solutions for engineering problems.
2. To prepare the graduates to work as a committed professional with strong professional ethics and
values, sense of responsibilities, understanding of legal, safety, health, societal, cultural and
environmental issues.
3. To prepare committed and motivated graduates with research attitude, lifelong learning, investigative
approach, and multidisciplinary thinking.
4. To prepare the graduates with strong managerial and communication skills to work effectively as
individual as well as in teams.
Program Outcomes
Students are expected to know and be able –
1. To apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, problem solving skills,
algorithmic analysis and mathematical modeling to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. To analyze the problem by finding its domain and applying domain specific skills
3. To understand the design issues of the product/software and develop effective solutions with
appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
4. To find solutions of complex problems by conducting investigations applying suitable techniques.
5. To adapt the usage of modern tools and recent software.
6. To contribute towards the society by understanding the impact of Engineering on global aspect.
7. To understand environment issues and design a sustainable system.
8. To understand and follow professional ethics.
9. To function effectively as an individual and as member or leader in diverse teams and
interdisciplinary settings.
10. To demonstrate effective communication at various levels.
11. To apply the knowledge of Computer Engineering for development of projects, and its finance and
management.
12. To keep in touch with current technologies and inculcate the practice of lifelong learning.
Program Specific Outcomes (PSO)
A graduate of the Computer Engineering Program will demonstrate-
PSO1: Professional Skills-The ability to understand, analyze and develop computer programs in the
areas related to algorithms, system software, multimedia, web design, big data analytics, and networking
for efficient design of computer-based systems of varying.
PSO2: Problem-Solving Skills- The ability to apply standard practices and strategies in software project
development using open-ended programming environments to deliver a quality product for business
success.
PSO3: Successful Career and Entrepreneurship- The ability to employ modern computer languages,
environments, and platforms in creating innovative career paths to be an entrepreneur, and a zest for
higher studies.

Savitribai Phule Pune University

Fourth Year of Computer Engineering (2015 Course)
(with effect from 2018-19)
Semester I
Course Course Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme and Marks Credit
Code Hours / Week
Theory Practical In- End- TW PR OR/ Total TH/ PR
Sem Sem *PRE TUT
410241 High Performance 04 -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 04 --
Computing
410242 Artificial 03 -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
Intelligence and
Robotics
410243 Data Analytics 03 -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
410244 Elective I 03 -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
410245 Elective II 03 -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
410246 Laboratory -- 04 -- -- 50 50 -- 100 -- 02
Practice I
410247 Laboratory -- 04 -- -- 50 -- *50 100 -- 02
Practice II
410248 Project Work -- 02 -- -- -- -- *50 50 -- 02
Stage I
16 06
Total Credit
Total 16 10 150 350 100 50 100 750 22
410249 Audit Course 5 Grade
Elective I Elective II
410244 (A) Digital Signal Processing 410245 (A) Distributed Systems

410244 (B) Software Architecture and Design 410245 (B) Software Testing and Quality Assurance
410244 (C) Pervasive and Ubiquitous Computing 410245 (C) Operations Research
410244 (D) Data Mining and Warehousing 410245 (D) Mobile Communication
410249-Audit Course 5 (AC5) Options:
AC5-I Entrepreneurship Development AC5-IV: Industrial Safety and Environment Consciousness

AC5-II: Botnet of Things AC5-V: Emotional Intelligence
AC5-III: 3D Printing AC5-VI: MOOC- Learn New Skills
Abbreviations:
TW: Term Work TH: Theory OR: Oral PR: Practical

Sem: Semester *PRE: Project/ Mini-Project Presentation


(with effect from 2018-19)
Semester II
Course Course Teaching Examination Scheme and Marks Credit
Code Scheme
Hours / Week
Theory Practical In- End- TW PR OR/ Total TH/ PR
Sem Sem *PRE TUT
410250 Machine Learning 03 -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
410251 Information and Cyber 03 -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
Security
410252 Elective III 03 -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
410253 Elective IV 03 -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
410254 Laboratory Practice III -- 04 -- -- 50 50 -- 100 -- 02
410255 Laboratory Practice IV -- 04 -- -- 50 -- *50 100 -- 02
410256 Project Work Stage II -- 06 -- -- 100 -- *50 150 -- 06
Total Credit 12 10
Total 12 14 120 280 200 50 100 750 22
4102 Audit Course 6 Grade
57
Elective III Elective IV
410252 (A) Advanced Digital Signal Processing 410253 (A) Software Defined Networks
410252 (B) Compilers 410253 (B) Human Computer Interface
410252 (C) Embedded and Real Time Operating Systems 410253 (C) Cloud Computing
410252 (D) Soft Computing and Optimization Algorithms 410253 (D) Open Elective
410259-Audit Course 6 (AC6) Options:

AC6-I: Business Intelligence AC6-IV: Usability Engineering
AC6-II: Gamification AC6-V: Conversational Interfaces
AC6-III: Quantum Computing AC6-VI: MOOC- Learn New Skills
Abbreviations:
TW: Term Work TH: Theory OR: Oral PR: Practical

Sem: Semester *PRE: Project/ Mini-Project Presentation

SEMESTER
I

Home
410241: High Performance Computing
Examination Scheme:
Teaching Scheme: Credit
In-Sem (Paper): 30 Marks
TH: 04 Hours/Week 04
End-Sem (Paper): 70 Marks
Prerequisite Courses: 210253-Microprocessor, 210244- Computer Organization and
Architecture, 210254-Principles of Programming Languages, 310251- Systems Programming and
Operating System
Companion Course: 410246-Laboratory Practice I
Course Objectives:
 To study parallel computing hardware and programming models
 To be conversant with performance analysis and modeling of parallel programs
 To understand the options available to parallelize the programs
 To know the operating system requirements to qualify in handling the parallelization
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, student will be able to–
 Describe different parallel architectures, inter-connect networks, programming models
 Develop an efficient parallel algorithm to solve given problem
 Analyze and measure performance of modern parallel computing systems
 Build the logic to parallelize the programming task
Course Contents
Unit I Introduction 09 Hours
Motivating Parallelism, Scope of Parallel Computing,
Parallel Programming Platforms: Implicit Parallelism, Trends in Microprocessor and
Architectures, Limitations of Memory, System Performance, Dichotomy of Parallel Computing
Platforms, Physical Organization of Parallel Platforms, Communication Costs in Parallel
Machines, Scalable design principles, Architectures: N-wide superscalar architectures, Multi-core
architecture.
Unit II Parallel Programming 09 Hours
Principles of Parallel Algorithm Design: Preliminaries, Decomposition Techniques, Characteristics
of Tasks and Interactions, Mapping Techniques for Load Balancing, Methods for Containing
Interaction Overheads, Parallel Algorithm Models, The Age of Parallel Processing, the Rise of
GPU Computing, A Brief History of GPUs, Early GPU.
Unit III Basic Communication 09 Hours
Operations- One-to-All Broadcast and All-to-One Reduction, All-to-All Broadcast and
Home
Reduction, All-Reduce and Prefix-Sum Operations, Scatter and Gather, All-to-All Personalized
Communication, Circular Shift, Improving the Speed of Some Communication
Operations.
Unit IV Analytical Models of Parallel Programs 09 Hours
Analytical Models: Sources of overhead in Parallel Programs, Performance Metrics for Parallel
Systems, and The effect of Granularity on Performance, Scalability of Parallel Systems, Minimum
execution time and minimum cost, optimal execution time. Dense Matrix Algorithms: Matrix-
Vector Multiplication, Matrix-Matrix Multiplication.
Unit V Parallel Algorithms- Sorting and Graph 09 Hours
Issues in Sorting on Parallel Computers, Bubble Sort and its Variants, Parallelizing Quick sort,
All-Pairs Shortest Paths, Algorithm for sparse graph, Parallel Depth-First Search, Parallel Best-
First Search.
Unit VI CUDA Architecture 09 Hours
CUDA Architecture, Using the CUDA Architecture, Applications of CUDA
Introduction to CUDA C-Write and launch CUDA C kernels, Manage GPU memory, Manage
communication and synchronization, Parallel programming in CUDA- C.
Books:
Text:
1. Ananth Grama, Anshul Gupta, George Karypis, and Vipin Kumar, "Introduction to
Parallel Computing", 2nd edition, Addison-Wesley, 2003, ISBN: 0-201-64865-2
2. Jason sanders, Edward Kandrot, “CUDA by Example”, Addison-Wesley, ISBN-13: 978-0-
13-138768-3
References:
1. Kai Hwang, ”Scalable Parallel Computing”, McGraw Hill 1998, ISBN:0070317984

2. Shane Cook, “CUDA Programming: A Developer's Guide to Parallel Computing with
GPUs”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc. San Francisco, CA, USA 2013
ISBN: 9780124159884
3. David Culler Jaswinder Pal Singh, ”Parallel Computer Architecture: A Hardware/Software
Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann,1999, ISBN 978-1-55860-343-1
4. Rod Stephens, “ Essential Algorithms”, Wiley, ISBN: 978-1-118-61210-1

Home
410242: Artificial Intelligence and Robotics
Credit
Prerequisite Courses: 210254-Principles of Programming Languages
Course Objectives:
 To understand the concept of Artificial Intelligence (AI)
 To learn various peculiar search strategies for AI
 To acquaint with the fundamentals of mobile robotics
 To develop a mind to solve real world problems unconventionally with optimality
Course Outcomes:
 Identify and apply suitable Intelligent agents for various AI applications
 Design smart system using different informed search / uninformed search or heuristic
approaches.
 Identify knowledge associated and represent it by ontological engineering to plan a strategy
to solve given problem.
 Apply the suitable algorithms to solve AI problems
Course Contents
Artificial Intelligence: Introduction, Typical Applications. State Space Search: Depth Bounded
DFS, Depth First Iterative Deepening. Heuristic Search: Heuristic Functions, Best First Search,
Hill Climbing, Variable Neighborhood Descent, Beam Search, Tabu Search. Optimal Search: A*
algorithm, Iterative Deepening A*, Recursive Best First Search, Pruning the CLOSED and OPEN
Lists.
Unit II Problem Decomposition and Planning 08 Hours
Problem Decomposition: Goal Trees, Rule Based Systems, Rule Based Expert Systems. Planning:
STRIPS, Forward and Backward State Space Planning, Goal Stack Planning, Plan Space Planning,
A Unified Framework For Planning. Constraint Satisfaction : N-Queens, Constraint Propagation,
Scene Labeling, Higher order and Directional Consistencies, Backtracking and Look ahead
Strategies.
Unit III Logic and Reasoning 08 Hours

Knowledge Based Reasoning: Agents, Facets of Knowledge. Logic and Inferences: Formal Logic,
Home
Propositional and First Order Logic, Resolution in Propositional and First Order Logic, Deductive
Retrieval, Backward Chaining, Second order Logic. Knowledge Representation: Conceptual
Dependency, Frames, Semantic nets.
Unit IV Natural Language Processing and ANN 08 Hours
Natural Language Processing: Introduction, Stages in natural language Processing, Application of
NLP in Machine Translation, Information Retrieval and Big Data Information Retrieval. Learning:
Supervised, Unsupervised and Reinforcement learning. Artificial Neural Networks (ANNs):
Concept, Feed forward and Feedback ANNs, Error Back Propagation, Boltzmann Machine.
Unit V Robotics 08 Hours
Robotics: Fundamentals, path Planning for Point Robot, Sensing and mapping for Point Robot,
Mobile Robot Hardware, Non Visual Sensors like: Contact Sensors, Inertial Sensors, Infrared
Sensors, Sonar, Radar, laser Rangefinders, Biological Sensing. Robot System Control: Horizontal
and Vertical Decomposition, Hybrid Control Architectures, Middleware, High-Level Control,
Human-Robot Interface.
Unit VI Robots in Practice 08 Hours
Robot Pose Maintenance and Localization: Simple Landmark Measurement, Servo Control,
Recursive Filtering, Global Localization. Mapping: Sensorial Maps, Topological Maps, Geometric
Maps, Exploration. Robots in Practice: Delivery Robots, Intelligent Vehicles, Mining Automation,
Space Robotics, Autonomous Aircrafts, Agriculture, Forestry, Domestic Robots.
Books:
Text:
1. Deepak Khemani, “A First Course in Artificial Intelligence”, McGraw Hill
Education(India), 2013, ISBN : 978-1-25-902998-1
2. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight and Nair, “Artificial Intelligence”, TMH, ISBN-978-0-07-
008770-5
3. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach”, Third
edition, Pearson, 2003, ISBN :10: 0136042597
4. Michael Jenkin, Gregory, “ Computational Principals of Mobile Robotics”, Cambridge
University Press, 2010, ISBN : 978-0-52-187157-0
References:
1. Nilsson Nils J , “Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers
Inc. San Francisco, CA, ISBN: 978-1-55-860467-4
2. Patrick Henry Winston, “Artificial Intelligence”, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company,
ISBN: 0-201-53377-4
3. Andries P. Engelbrecht-Computational Intelligence: An Introduction, 2nd Edition-Wiley
India- ISBN: 978-0-470-51250-0

Home
410243: Data Analytics
Teaching Scheme: Credit Examination Scheme:
TH: 03 Hours/Week 03 End-Sem (Paper): 70 Marks
Prerequisite Courses: 310242-Database Management Systems
Course Objectives:
 To develop problem solving abilities using Mathematics
 To apply algorithmic strategies while solving problems
 To develop time and space efficient algorithms
 To study algorithmic examples in distributed, concurrent and parallel environments
Course Outcomes:
 Write case studies in Business Analytic and Intelligence using mathematical models
 Present a survey on applications for Business Analytic and Intelligence
 Provide problem solutions for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments
Course Contents
Unit I Introduction and Life Cycle 08 Hours
Introduction: Big data overview, state of the practice in Analytics- BI Vs Data Science, Current
Analytical Architecture, drivers of Big Data, Emerging Big Data Ecosystem and new approach.
Data Analytic Life Cycle: Overview, phase 1- Discovery, Phase 2- Data preparation, Phase 3-
Model Planning, Phase 4- Model Building, Phase 5- Communicate Results, Phase 6-
Opearationalize. Case Study: GINA
Unit II Basic Data Analytic Methods 08 Hours

Statistical Methods for Evaluation- Hypothesis testing, difference of means, wilcoxon rank–sum
test, type 1 type 2 errors, power and sample size, ANNOVA. Advanced Analytical Theory and
Methods: Clustering- Overview, K means- Use cases, Overview of methods, determining
number of clusters, diagnostics, reasons to choose and cautions.
Unit III Association Rules and Regression 08 Hours

Advanced Analytical Theory and Methods: Association Rules- Overview, a-priori algorithm,
Home
evaluation of candidate rules, case study-transactions in grocery store, validation and testing,
diagnostics. Regression- linear, logistics, reasons to choose and cautions, additional regression
models.
Unit IV Classification 08 Hours
Decision trees- Overview, general algorithm, decision tree algorithm, evaluating a decision tree.
Naïve Bayes – Bayes‟ Algorithm, Naïve Bayes‟ Classifier, smoothing, diagnostics. Diagnostics
of classifiers, additional classification methods.
Unit V Big Data Visualization 08 Hours
Introduction to Data visualization, Challenges to Big data visualization, Conventional data
visualization tools, Techniques for visual data representations, Types of data visualization,
Visualizing Big Data, Tools used in data visualization, Analytical techniques used in Big data
visualization.
Unit VI Advanced Analytics-Technology and Tools 08 Hours
Analytics for unstructured data- Use cases, Map Reduce, Apache Hadoop. The Hadoop
Ecosystem- Pig, HIVE, HBase, Mahout, NoSQL. An Analytics Project-Communicating,
operationalizing, creating final deliverables.
Books:
Text:
1. David Dietrich, Barry Hiller, “Data Science and Big Data Analytics”, EMC education
services, Wiley publications, 2012, ISBN0-07-120413-X
2. Ashutosh Nandeshwar , “Tableau Data Visualization Codebook”, Packt Publishing, ISBN
978-1-84968-978-6
References:
1. Maheshwari Anil, Rakshit, Acharya, “Data Analytics”, McGraw Hill, ISBN:
789353160258.
2. Mark Gardner, “Beginning R: The Statistical Programming Language”, Wrox Publication,
ISBN: 978-1-118-16430-3
3. Luís Torgo, “Data Mining with R, Learning with Case Studies”, CRC Press, Talay and
Francis Group, ISBN9781482234893
4. Carlo Vercellis, “Business Intelligence - Data Mining and Optimization for Decision
Making”, Wiley Publications, ISBN: 9780470753866.

Home
Elective I
410244(A): Digital Signal Processing
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 207003- Engineering Mathematics III
Companion Course: 410247-Laboratory Practice II
Course Objectives:
 To Study and understand representation and properties of signals and systems.
 To learn methodology to analyze signals and systems
 To study transformed domain representation of signals and systems
 To explore Design and analysis of Discrete Time (DT) signals and systems
 To Understand Design of filters as DT systems
 To get acquainted with the DSP Processors and DSP applications
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the mathematical models and representations of DT Signals and Systems
 Apply different transforms like Fourier and Z-Transform from applications point of view.
 Understand the design and implementation of DT systems as DT filters with filter structures
and different transforms.
 Demonstrate the knowledge of signals and systems for design and analysis of systems
 Apply knowledge and use the signal transforms for digital processing applications
Course Contents
Unit I Signals and Systems 08 Hours
Continuous time (CT), Discrete-time (DT) and Digital signals, Basic DT signals and Operations.
Discrete-time Systems, Properties of DT Systems and Classification, Linear Time Invariant (LTI)
Systems, Impulse response, Linear convolution, Linear constant coefficient difference equations,
FIR and IIR systems, Periodic Sampling, Relationship between Analog and DT frequencies,
Aliasing, Sampling Theorem, A to D conversion Process: Sampling, quantization and encoding.
Unit II Frequency Domain Representation of Signal 08 Hours
Introduction to Fourier Series, Representation of DT signal by Fourier Transform (FT), Properties
of FT: Linearity, periodicity, time shifting, frequency shifting, time reversal, differentiation,
convolution theorem, windowing theorem Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), DFT and FT, IDFT,
Twiddle factor, DFT as linear transformation matrix, Properties of DFT, circular shifting, Circular
Convolution, DFT as Linear filtering, overlap save and add, DFT spectral leakage.
Unit III Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) and Z-Transform (ZT) 08 Hours

Effective computation of DFT, Radix-2 FFT algorithms: DIT FFT, DIF FFT, Inverse DFT using
Home
FFT, Z-transform (ZT), ZT and FT, ZT and DFT, ROC and its properties, ZT Properties,
convolution, initial value theorem, Rational ZT, Pole Zero Plot, Behavior of causal DT signals,
Inverse Z Transform (IZT): power series method, partial fraction expansion (PFE) , Residue
method.
Unit IV Analysis of DT - LTI Systems 08 Hours
System function H(z), H(z) in terms of Nth order general difference equation, all poll and all zero
systems, Analysis of LTI system using H(Z), Unilateral Z-transform: solution of difference
equation, Impulse and Step response from difference equation, Pole zero plot of H(Z) and
difference equation, Frequency response of system, Frequency response from pole-zero plot using
simple geometric construction.
Unit V Digital Filter Design 08 Hours
Concept of filtering, Ideal filters and approximations, specifications, FIR and IIR filters, Linear
phase response, FIR filter Design: Fourier Series method, Windowing method, Gibbs Phenomenon,
desirable features of windows, Different window sequences and its analysis, Design examples IIR
filter design: Introduction, Mapping of S-plane to Z-plane, Impulse Invariance method, Bilinear Z
transformation (BLT) method, Frequency Warping, Pre-warping, Design examples, Comparison of
IIR and FIR Filters.
Unit VI Filter Structures and DSP Processors 08 Hours
Filter Structures for FIR Systems: direct form, cascade form, structures for linear phase FIR
Systems, Examples, Filter structures for IIR Systems: direct form, cascade form, parallel form,
Examples DSP Processors: ADSP 21XX Features, comparison with conventional processor, Basic
Functional Block diagram, SHARC DSP Processor Introduction to OMAP (Open Multimedia
Application Platform).
Books:
Text:
1. Proakis J, Manolakis D, "Digital Signal Processing", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, ISBN
9788131710005
2. Oppenheium A, Schafer R, Buck J, "Discrete time Signal Processing", 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, ISBN 9788131704929
Reference:
1. Mitra S., "Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach", Tata McGraw-Hill,
1998, ISBN 0-07-044705-5
2. Ifleachor E. C., Jervis B. W., “Digital Signal Processing: A Practical Approach “, Pearson-
Education, 2002, , ISBN-13: 978-0201596199,ISBN-10: 0201596199
3. S. Salivahanan, A. Vallavaraj, C. Gnanapriya, "Digital Signal Processing", McGraw-Hill,
ISBN 0-07-463996-X
4. S. Poornachandra, B. Sasikala, “Digital Signal Processing”,3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill,
ISBN-13:978-07- 067279-6

Home
Elective I
410244(B): Software Architecture and Design
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 310243- Software Engineering and Project Management
Course Objectives:
 To introduce basic concepts and principles about software design and software architecture
 To learn practical approaches and methods for creating and analyzing software architecture
 To acquaint with the interaction between quality attributes and software architecture
 To experience with examples in design pattern application and case studies in software
architecture
Course Outcomes:
 Express the analysis and design of an application
 Specify functional semantics of an application
 Evaluate software architectures
 Select and use appropriate architectural styles and software design patterns
Course Contents
Introduction to Software Architecture, Architecture Business Cycle- Where do architecture come from,
Software processes and the Architecture Business cycle, What makes Good Architecture. What is
software architecture- What Software Architecture is and what it is not, Other points of View,
Architectural Patterns, Reference Models, Reference Architectures, Why is Software Architecture
important, Architectural structure and Views. Case Study-A-7E Avionics System.
Unit II Quality Attributes 08 Hours
Introduction to Quality Attributes, Understanding quality attributes- Functionality and Architecture,
architecture and quality attributes, System Quality Attributes, Quality Attribute Scenario in Practice,
Other System Quality Attributes, Business Qualities, and Architecture Qualities. Achieving quality
attributes- Introducing Tactics, Availability tactics, Modifiability tactics, Performance tactics, Security
tactics, Testability tactics, Usability tactics, Relationship of tactics to Architectural patterns, Architectural
Patterns and Styles. Case study- Air Traffic Control.

Unit III Designing the Architectures and Introduction to Design Patterns 08 Hours
Home
Architecture in Life Cycle, Designing the Architecture, Forming the team structure, Creating a skeletal
system, Case Study- Flight Simulation. Design Patterns: What is Design Pattern?, Describing Design
Patterns, The Catalog of Design Patterns, Organizing the Catalog, How Design patterns solves design
problems, How to select Design Patterns, How to use Design Patterns.
Unit IV Design Pattern Catalog 08 Hours
Creational Patterns- Abstract Factory, Singleton. Structural Patterns- Adaptor, Facade, Proxy. Behavioral
Patterns- Chain of Responsibility, Iterator, Mediator, Observer. What to expect from Design Patterns.
Unit V Client Side Technologies 08 Hours
Introduction to three tier and n-Tier Web Architectures, Need of Client side technology in multi-tier
architectures, XML, Client side technologies- HTML, DHTML, Java Applets, Active X controls, DOM,
AJAX. Case study-Mobile or portable client side technologies.
Unit VI Middleware and Server Side Technologies 08 Hours
Introduction to Middleware, Types of Middleware, Application servers, Introduction to Java EE,
Introduction to Java EE technologies like JMS, JDBC, RPC, RMI, SOCKET. EJB 3.0 Architecture,
Entity, Session, Message beans, XML, XSLT. Specifications and characteristics of Middleware
technologies. Server Side Technologies- Need of server side technology in multi-tier architectures, Java
Web Services, Server side technologies: JSP, JSF, SOA, MVC. Java Servlets, struts.
Books:
Text:
1. Len Bass, Paul Clements, Rick Kazman, ''Software Architecture in Practice", Second Edition,
Pearson ,ISBN 978-81-775-8996-2
2. Erich Gamma, “Design Patterns”, Pearson, ISBN 0-201-63361-2.
3. Kogent, “Java Server Programming Black Book”, Dream Tech Press, PHI Publications, ISBN:
978-81-7722-835-9.
References:
1. James L. Weaver, Kevin Mukhar, "Beginning J2EE 1 .4: From Novice to Professional”, ISBN-
10: 1590593413, ISBN-13: 978-1590593417
2. Richard N.Taylor , Nenad M., “Software Architecture Foundation Theory and practice”, Wiley
ISBN: 978-81-265-2802-8.
3. Java6 Programming, Black Book DreamTech Press, ISBN:978-81-7722-736-9

Home
Elective I
410244(C): Pervasive and Ubiquitous Computing
TH: 03 Hours/Week 03 End-Sem (Paper): 70 Marks
Prerequisite Courses: 310245- Computer Networks
Course Objectives:
 To understand the characteristics and principles of Pervasive computing
 To introduce to the enabling technologies of pervasive computing
 To understand the basic issues and performance requirements of pervasive computing
applications
 To learn the trends of pervasive computing
Course Outcomes:
 Design and implement primitive pervasive applications
 Analyze and estimate the impact of pervasive computing on future computing applications
and society
 Develop skill sets to propose solutions for problems related to pervasive computing system
 Design a preliminary system to meet desired needs within the constraints of a particular
problem space
Course Contents
Unit I Pervasive Computing 08 Hours
Pervasive Computing, Applications, Pervasive Computing devices and Interfaces, Device
technology trends, Connecting issues and protocols. Pervasive Computing- Principles,
Characteristics, interaction transparency, context aware, automated experience capture.
Architecture for pervasive computing.
Unit II Open Protocols 08 Hours
Open protocols, Service discovery technologies- SDP, Jini, SLP, UpnP protocols, data
Synchronization, SyncML framework, Context aware mobile services, Context aware sensor
networks, addressing and communications- Context aware security. Pervasive Computing and web
based Applications - XML and its role in Pervasive Computing, Wireless Application Protocol
(WAP) Architecture and Security, Wireless Mark-Up language (WML) – Introduction. Moving on
from Weiser's Vision of Calm Computing: Engaging UbiComp Experiences.
Unit III Voice Enabled Pervasive Computing 08 Hours

Voice Enabled Pervasive Computing, Voice Standards, Speech Applications in Pervasive
Home
Computing and security. Device Connectivity, Web application Concepts, WAP and Beyond.
Voice Technology – Basis of speech Recognition, Voice Standards, Speech Applications, Speech
and Pervasive Computing, Security, The Hitchhiker's Guide to UbiComp: Using techniques from
Literary and Critical Theory to Reframe Scientific Agendas.
Unit IV Personal Digital Assistant 08 Hours
Personal Digital Assistant – History, Device Categories, Device Characteristics, Software
Components, Standards. Server side programming in Java, Pervasive Web application
Architecture, Example Application, Access via PCs, Access via WAP, Access via PDA, and
Access via Voice, Pinch Watch: A Wearable Device for One-Handed Micro interactions.,
Interfaces - Enabling mobile micro-interactions with physiological computing.
Unit V User Interface 08 Hours
User Interface Issues in Pervasive Computing, Architecture, and Smart Card based Authentication
Mechanisms, Wearable computing Architecture. Touche: Enhancing Touch Interaction on
Humans, Screens, Liquids, and Everyday Objects
Unit VI Context Awareness and Application Development 08 Hours
Location as context, Location Tracking, Co-ordinate models, Location Data Sources, sorting and
search in location data. Sensing Activity based on various wearable sensors, smart phone sensors.
Wearable Computing applications in Healthcare and Assistive Technologies. Developing,
Deploying and Evaluating Pervasive computing applications. Application in Augmented Reality.
Books:
Text:
1. Jochen Burkhardt, Horst Henn, Stefan Hepper, Thomas Schaec and Klaus Rindtorff,
“Pervasive Computing Technology and Architecture of Mobile Internet Applications”,
Addision Wesley, 2002. ISBN:13: 978-0-201-72215-4
2. Uwe Hansman, Lothat Merk, Martin S Nicklous and Thomas Stober: “Principles of Mobile
Computing”, Second Edition, Springer- Verlag, New Delhi, 2003, ISBN: 9783662043189
References:
1. Mohammads, Obaidait, Denko, Woungang, “Pervasive Computing and Networking”,
Wiley, ISBN:978-0-470-74772-8
2. Seng Loke, “Context-Aware Computing Pervasive Systems”, Auerbach Pub., New York,
2007, ISBN: 978-1-4471-5006-0
3. Uwe Hansmann etl, “Pervasive Computing”, Springer, New York,2001., ISBN: 10:
3540002189
4. John Krumm, "Ubiquitous Computing Fundamentals", Shroff Publishers, ISBN:
9781420093605
5. Adelstein, “Fundamental of Mobile and Pervasive Computing”, McGrawHill, ISBN: 0-07-
141237-9

Home
Elective I
410244(D): Data Mining and Warehousing
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 310242-Database Management Systems, 310244- Information Systems
and Engineering Economics
Course Objectives:
 To understand the fundamentals of Data Mining
 To identify the appropriateness and need of mining the data
 To learn the preprocessing, mining and post processing of the data
 To understand various methods, techniques and algorithms in data mining
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course the student should be able to-
 Apply basic, intermediate and advanced techniques to mine the data
 Analyze the output generated by the process of data mining
 Explore the hidden patterns in the data
 Optimize the mining process by choosing best data mining technique
Course Contents
Data Mining, Data Mining Task Primitives, Data: Data, Information and Knowledge; Attribute
Types: Nominal, Binary, Ordinal and Numeric attributes, Discrete versus Continuous Attributes;
Introduction to Data Preprocessing, Data Cleaning: Missing values, Noisy data; Data integration:
Correlation analysis; transformation: Min-max normalization, z-score normalization and decimal
scaling; data reduction: Data Cube Aggregation, Attribute Subset Selection, sampling; and Data
Discretization: Binning, Histogram Analysis
Unit II Data Warehouse 08 Hours
Data Warehouse, Operational Database Systems and Data Warehouses(OLTP Vs OLAP), A
Multidimensional Data Model: Data Cubes, Stars, Snowflakes, and Fact Constellations Schemas;
OLAP Operations in the Multidimensional Data Model, Concept Hierarchies, Data Warehouse
Architecture, The Process of Data Warehouse Design, A three-tier data warehousing architecture,
Types of OLAP Servers: ROLAP versus MOLAP versus HOLAP.
Unit III Measuring Data Similarity and Dissimilarity 08 Hours
Measuring Data Similarity and Dissimilarity, Proximity Measures for Nominal Attributes and
Home
Binary Attributes, interval scaled; Dissimilarity of Numeric Data: Minskowski Distance,
Euclidean distance and Manhattan distance; Proximity Measures for Categorical, Ordinal
Attributes, Ratio scaled variables; Dissimilarity for Attributes of Mixed Types, Cosine Similarity.
Unit IV Association Rules Mining 08 Hours
Market basket Analysis, Frequent item set, Closed item set, Association Rules, a-priori Algorithm,
Generating Association Rules from Frequent Item sets, Improving the Efficiency of a-priori,
Mining Frequent Item sets without Candidate Generation: FP Growth Algorithm; Mining Various
Kinds of Association Rules: Mining multilevel association rules, constraint based association rule
mining, Meta rule-Guided Mining of Association Rules.
Unit V Classification 08 Hours
Introduction to: Classification and Regression for Predictive Analysis, Decision Tree Induction,
Rule-Based Classification: using IF-THEN Rules for Classification, Rule Induction Using a
Sequential Covering Algorithm. Bayesian Belief Networks, Training Bayesian Belief Networks,
Classification Using Frequent Patterns, Associative Classification, Lazy Learners-k-Nearest-
Neighbor Classifiers, Case-Based Reasoning.
Unit VI Multiclass Classification 08 Hours
Multiclass Classification, Semi-Supervised Classification, Reinforcement learning, Systematic
Learning, Wholistic learning and multi-perspective learning. Metrics for Evaluating Classifier
Performance: Accuracy, Error Rate, precision, Recall, Sensitivity, Specificity; Evaluating the
Accuracy of a Classifier: Holdout Method, Random Sub sampling and Cross-Validation.
Books:
Text:
1. Han, Jiawei Kamber, Micheline Pei and Jian, “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques”,
Elsevier Publishers, ISBN:9780123814791, 9780123814807.
2. Parag Kulkarni, “Reinforcement and Systemic Machine Learning for Decision Making” by
Wiley-IEEE Press, ISBN: 978-0-470-91999-6
References:
1. Matthew A. Russell, "Mining the Social Web: Data Mining Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn,
Google+, GitHub, and More" , Shroff Publishers, 2nd Edition, ISBN: 9780596006068
2. Maksim Tsvetovat, Alexander Kouznetsov, "Social Network Analysis for Startups:Finding
connections on the social web", Shroff Publishers , ISBN: 10: 1449306462

Home
Elective II
410245(A): Distributed Systems
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 310245-Computer Networks, 310254-Web Technology, 210254-Principles
of Programming Languages
Course Objectives:
 To understand the concept of Distributed system, remote method invocation and Remote
Procedure Calls.
 To learn communication methodology in distributed systems.
 To acquaint with the Distributed File Systems.
 To know the concepts of shared memory and security aspects in distributed system.
Course Outcomes:
 Able to learn and apply the concept of remote method invocation and Remote Procedure
Calls
 Able to analyze the mechanism of peer to peer systems and Distributed File Systems
 Demonstrate an understanding of the challenges faced by current and future distributed
systems
Course Contents
Characteristics of Distributed Systems(DS): Introduction, Examples of DS, Trends in DS, Sharing
Resources, Challenges in DS. System Models: Physical, Architectural and Fundamental Models
Remote Invocation : Request Reply protocols, RPC, RMI, Case Study- JAVA RMI.
Unit II Distributed Algorithms 08 Hours
Representing Distributed Algorithms: Representation Guarded Actions, Non-determinism,
Atomic actions, Fairness, Central vs Distributed Scheduler. Time in Distributed Systems: Logical
clocks, Vector clocks, Physical Clock Synchronization, Algorithms for Internal and External Clock
Synchronization. Mutual Exclusion: Solution to Message passing systems, Token-Passing
algorithms, Solutions on shared memory models, Mutual exclusion using special instructions,
Group mutual exclusion.
Unit III Distributed Snapshot 08 Hours
Distributed Snapshot: Properties of Consistent snapshot, Chandy-Lamport algorithm, Lai-Yang
algorithm, Distributed debugging. Global state collection : Elementary algorithm for All-to- All
broadcasting, Termination Detection algorithm, Wave algorithm, Distributed deadlock detection
Coordination Algorithms: Leader Elections, Algorithms like Bully, Maxima finding on the ring,
election in arbitrary networks, Election in anonymous networks. Synchronizers: ABD
synchronizer, Awerbuch‟s synchronizers.
Unit IV Distributed Consensus 08 Hours
Home
Distributed consensus: Consensus in asynchronous systems, Consensus in synchronous systems,
Paxo‟s algorithm, Failure detectors. Distributed Transactions: Classification of transactions,
Implementing Transactions, Concurrency control and serializability, Atomic Commit protocols,
Recovery from Failures.
Unit V Group Communication 08 Hours
Group Communication: Atomic multicast, IP Multicast, Application layer multicast, Ordered
multicast, Reliable multicast, Open groups. Replicated Data Management: Architecture of
replicated Data Management, Data-Centric Consistency models, Client centric consistency
protocols, Implementation of Data-Centric Consistency models, Quorum based protocols, Replica
Placement, Brewer‟s CAP algorithm.
Unit VI Distributed Discrete-Event Simulation 08 Hours
Distributed Discrete-Event Simulation: Distributed simulation, Conservative Simulation,
Optimistic simulation and Time warp. Security in DS: Security Mechanisms to thwart various
attacks in DS. Social and Peer-to-Peer network: Metrics of Social networks, Modeling Social
Networks, Centrality measure in Social network, Community detection, Koorde and De Brujin
Graphs, Skip graph, Replication management, Bit-torrent and free riding, Censorship resistance
and anonymity.
Books:
Text:
1. George Coulouris, Jean Dollimore and Tim Kindberg, “Distributed Systems, Concepts and
Design”, Fifth Edition, Addison Wesley, ISBN 0-13-214301-1.
2. Sukumar Ghosh, “Distribute Systems : An Algorithmic Approach”, Chapman and Hall,
CRC Press, Second Edition, 2015, ISBN 10: 1584885645 ISBN 13: 9781584885641
3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen, “Distributed Systems –Principles and
Paradigms" , PHI Publication, ISBN 0-13-239227-5
References:
1. Shvartsman, A.A., Weatherspoon, H.; Zhao, “Future Directions in Distributed Computing
Research and Position Papers Series: Lecture Notes in Computer Science” , Vol. 2584
Schiper, (Eds.) 2003, X, 219 p., ISBN: 978-3-540- 00912-2
2. Sape Mullender, “Distributed Systems”, (Editor),Addison-Wesley Publication, ISBN 10:
0201624273 - ISBN13: 9780201624274
3. Kenneth, P. Birman, “Reliable Distributed Systems: Technologies, Web Services, and
Applications”, Springer; 1 edition, ISBN-10: 0387215093; ISBN-13: 978-0387215099
4. Galli D.L., “Distributed Operating Systems: Concepts and Practice”, Prentice-Hall 2000,
ISBN0-13-079843-6

Home
Elective II
410245(B): Software Testing and Quality Assurance
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 310243- Software Engineering and Project Management,310263- Software
Modeling and Design
Course Objectives:
 Introduce basic concepts of software testing
 Understand white box, block box, object oriented, web based and cloud testing
 Know in details automation testing and tools used for automation testing
 Understand the importance of software quality and assurance software systems
development.
Course Outcomes:
 Describe fundamental concepts in software testing such as manual testing, automation
testing and software quality assurance.
 Design and develop project test plan, design test cases, test data, and conduct test
operations
 Apply recent automation tool for various software testing for testing software
 Apply different approaches of quality management, assurance, and quality standard to
software system
 Apply and analyze effectiveness Software Quality Tools
Course Contents
Introduction, historical perspective, Definition, Core Components, Quality View, Financial Aspect,
Customers suppliers and process, Total Quality Management(TQM), Quality practices of TQM,
Quality Management through- Statistical process Control, Cultural Changes, Continual
Improvement cycle, quality in different areas, Benchmarking and metrics, Problem Solving
Techniques, Problem Solving Software Tools.
Software Quality- Introduction, Constraints of Software product Quality assessment, Customer is
a King, Quality and Productivity Relationship, Requirements of Product, Organization Culture,
Characteristics of Software, Software Development Process, Types of Product, Criticality
Definitions, Problematic areas of SDLC, Software Quality Management, Why Software has
defects, Processes related to Software Quality, Quality Management System‟s Structure, Pillars of
Quality Management System, Important aspects of quality management.
Unit II Test Planning and Management 08 Hours
Review of Fundamentals of Software Testing, Testing during development life cycle, Requirement
Home
Traceability matrix, essentials, Work bench, Important Features of Testing Process,
Misconceptions, Principles, salient and policy of Software testing, Test Strategy, Test Planning,
Testing Process and number of defects found, Test teem efficiency, Mutation testing, challenges,
test team approach, Process problem faced, Cost aspect, establishing testing policy, methods,
structured approach, categories of defect, Defect/ error/ mistake in software, Developing Test
Strategy and Plan, Testing process, Attitude towards testing, approaches, challenges, Raising
management awareness for testing, skills required by tester.
Unit III Software Test Automation 08 Hours
What is Test Automation, Terms used in automation, Skills needed for automation, What to
automate, scope of automation, Design and Architecture of automation, Generic requirement for
Test Tool, Process Model for Automation, Selecting Test Tool, Automation for XP/Agile model,
Challenges in Automation, Data-driven Testing. Automation Tools like JUnit, Jmeter
Unit IV Selenium Tool 08 Hours
Introducing Selenium, Brief History of The Selenium Project, Selenium‟s Tool Suite, Selenium-
IDE, Selenium RC, Selenium Webdriver, Selenium Grid, Test Design Considerations
Unit V Quality Management 08 Hours
Software Quality, Software Quality Dilemma, Achieving Software Quality, Software Quality
Assurance. Elements of SQA, SQA Tasks, Goals, and Metrics, Formal Approaches to SQA,
Statistical Software Quality Assurance, Six Sigma for Software Engineering, ISO 9000 Quality
Standards, SQA Plan.
Unit VI Software Quality Tools 08 Hours
Total Quality Management, Product Quality Metrics, In process Quality Metrics, Software
maintenance, Ishikawa's 7 basic tools, Checklists, Pareto diagrams, Histogram, Run Charts, Scatter
diagrams, Control chart, Cause Effect diagram. Defect Removal Effectiveness and Process
Maturity Level.
Books:
Text:
1. M G Limaye, “Software Testing Principles, Techniques and Tools”, Tata McGraw Hill,
ISBN: 9780070139909 0070139903
2. Srinivasan Desikan, Gopalswamy Ramesh, “Software Testing Principles and Practices”,
Pearson, ISBN-10: 817758121X
References:
1. Naresh Chauhan, “Software Testing Principles and Practices ", OXFORD, ISBN-10:
0198061846. ISBN-13: 9780198061847
2. Stephen Kan, “Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering”, Pearson, ISBN-10:
0133988082; ISBN-13: 978-0133988086

Home
Elective II
410245(C): Operations Research
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 210241- Discrete Mathematics, 310243- Software Engineering and Project
Management
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the learners the quantitative methods and techniques for effective analysis of
decisions making
 To understand the model formulation and applications that is used in solving business
decision problems.
 To introduce the optimization approaches and fundamental solution.
 To learn a variety of ways in which deterministic and stochastic models in Operations
Research can be used
Course Outcomes:
 Identify the characteristics of different types of decision-making environments
 Use appropriate decision making approaches and tools
 Build various dynamic and adaptive models
 Develop critical thinking and objective analysis of decision problems
 Apply the OR techniques for efficacy
Course Contents
Unit I Linear Programming 08 Hours
Introduction, Modeling with Liner Programming, Two variable LP model, Graphical LP
solutions for both maximization and minimization models with various application examples, LP
model in equation form, simplex method, special case in simplex method, artificial starting
solution, Degeneracy in LPP, Unbounded and Infeasible solutions.
Unit II Duality in Linear Programming and Revised Simplex Method 08 Hours
Duality theory: a fundamental insight. The essence of duality theory, Economic interpretation of
duality, Primal dual relationship; Adapting to other primal forms, The revised simplex method-
development of optimality and feasibility conditions, Revised Simplex Algorithms.
Unit III The Transportation Problem and Assignment Problem 08 Hours
Finding an initial feasible solution - North West-corner method, Least cost method, Vogel‟s
Home
Approximation method, Finding the optimal solution, optimal solution by stepping stone and
MODI methods, Special cases in Transportation problems - Unbalanced Transportation
problem. Assignment Problem: Hungarian method of Assignment problem, Maximization in
Assignment problem, unbalanced problem, problems with restrictions, travelling salesman
problems.
Unit IV Game Theory and Dynamic Programming 08 Hours
Introduction, 2 person zero sum games, Minimax, Maximin principle, Principle of Dominance,
Solution for mixed strategy problems, Graphical method for 2 x n and m x 2 games. Recursive
nature of computations in Dynamic Programming, Forward and backward recursion, Dynamic
Programming Applications – Knapsack, Equipment replacement, Investment models
Unit V Integer Programming Problem and Project Management 08 Hours
Integer Programming Algorithms – BandB Algorithms, cutting plane algorithm, Gomory‟s All-
IPP Method, Project Management: Rules for drawing the network diagram, Application of CPM
and PERT techniques in project planning and control; Crashing and resource leveling of
operations Simulation and its uses in Queuing theory and Materials Management
Unit VI Decision Theory and Sensitivity Analysis 08 Hours
Decision making under certainty, uncertainty and risk, sensitivity analysis, Goal programming
formulation and algorithms – The weights method, The preemptive method
Books:
Text:
1. Hamdy A. Taha, “Operations Research” , Pearson Education, 8th Edition, ISBN: 978-81-
317-1104-0
2. Gillett, “Introduction to Operations Research”, TMH, ISBN: 0070232458
References:
1. S.D. Sharma, Kedarnath, Ramnath and Co, “Operations Research”, 2009, ISBN:978-81-
224-2288-7
2. Hrvey M. Wagner, “Principles of Operations Research”, Second Edition, Prentice Hall of
India Ltd., 1980, ISBN: 10: 0137095767, 13: 9780137095766..
3. V.K. Kapoor, “Operations Research”, S. Chand Publishers, New Delhi, 2004,
ISBN: 9788180548543, 8180548546.
4. R. Paneer Selvam, “Operations Research”, Second Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2008, ISBN: 10: 8120329287,: 9788120329287.

Home
Elective II
410245(D): Mobile Communication
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 310245-Computer Networks
Course Objectives:
 To understand the Personal Communication Services
 To learn the design parameters for setting up mobile network
 To know GSM architecture and support services
 To learn current technologies being used on field
Course Outcomes:
 Justify the Mobile Network performance parameters and design decisions.
 Choose the modulation technique for setting up mobile network.
 Formulate GSM/CDMA mobile network layout considering futuristic requirements which
conforms to the technology.
 Use the 3G/4G technology based network with bandwidth capacity planning.
 Percept to the requirements of next generation mobile network and mobile applications.
Course Contents
Unit I Introduction to Cellular Networks 08 Hours
Cell phone generation-1G to 5G, Personal Communication System (PCS), PCS Architecture,
Mobile Station,, SIM, Base Station, Base Station Controller, Mobile Switching Center, MSC
Gateways, HLR and VLR, AuC/EIR/OSS, Radio Spectrum, Free Space Path Loss, S/N Ratio, Line
of sight transmission, Length of Antenna, Fading in Mobile Environment.
Unit II Cellular Network Design 08 Hours
Performance Criterion, Handoff/Hanover, Frequency Reuse, Co-channel Interference and System
Capacity, Channel Planning, Cell Splitting, Mobility Management in GSM and CDMA.
Unit III Medium Access Control 08 Hours
Specialized MAC, SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS),
Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS), GMSK Modulation, 8PSK, 64 QAM, 128 QAM and
OFDM
Unit IV GSM 08 Hours
GSM – Architecture, GSM Identifiers, Spectrum allocation, Physical and Logical Traffic and
Control channels, GSM Bursts, GSM Frame, GSM Speech Encoding and decoding, Location
Update, Incoming and Outgoing Call setup, GPRS.

Unit V Current 3G and 4G Technologies for GSM and CDMA 08 Hours
Home
EDGE, W-CDMA: Wideband CDMA, CDMA2000, UMTS, HSPA (High Speed Packet Access),
HSDPA, HSUPA, HSPA+, LTE (E-UTRA) 3GPP2 family CDMA2000 1x, 1xRTT, EV-DO
(Evolution-Data Optimized), Long Term Evolution (LTE) in 4G.
Unit VI Advances in Mobile Technologies 08 Hours
5GAA (Autonomous Automation), Millimetre Wave, URLLC, LTEA (Advanced), LTE based
MULTIFIRE, Virtual Reality, Augmented Reality.
Books:
Text:
1. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2004, ISBN:
13: 978-8131724262
2. Jason Yi-Bing Lin, Yi-Bing Lin, Imrich Chlamtac, “Wireless and Mobile network
Architecture”, 2005, Wiley Publication, ISBN: 978812651560
3. Martin Sauter, “3G, 4G and Beyond: Bringing Networks, Devices and the Web Together”,
2012, ISBN-13: 978-1118341483
References:
1. Theodore S Rappaport, “Wireless Communications – Principles and Practice” , Pearson
Education India, Second Edition, 2010, ISBN: 978-81-317-3186-4
2. Lee and Kappal, “Mobile Communication Engineering”, Mc Graw Hill, ISBN:
3. William Stallings, “Wireless Communication and Networks”, Prentice Hall, Second Edition,
2014, ISBN: 978-0131918351

Home
410246:Laboratory Practice I
02
Practical : 04 Hours/Week Term Work: 50 Marks
Practical: 50 Marks
Companion Courses: 410241, 410242 and 410243
Course Objectives and Outcomes: Practical hands on is the absolute necessity as far as
employability of the learner is concerned. The presented course is solely intended to enhance the
competency by undertaking the laboratory assignments of the core courses.
About
Laboratory Practice I is for practical hands on for core courses High Performance Computing, AI &
Robotics, and Data Analytics.
Guidelines for Laboratory Conduction
 List of recommended programming assignments and sample mini-projects is provided
for reference.
 Referring these, Course Teacher or Lab Instructor may frame the assignments/mini-project
by understanding the prerequisites, technological aspects, utility and recent trends related to
the respective courses.
 Preferably there should be multiple sets of assignments/mini-project and distribute among
batches of students.
 Real world problems/application based assignments/mini-projects create interest among
learners serving as foundation for future research or startup of business projects.
 Mini-project can be completed in group of 2 to 3 students.
 Software Engineering approach with proper documentation is to be strictly followed.
 Use of open source software is to be encouraged.
 Instructor may also set one assignment or mini-project that is suitable to respective course
beyond the scope of syllabus.
Operating System recommended :- 64-bit Open source Linux or its derivative
Programming Languages: C++/JAVA/PYTHON/R
Programming tools recommended: Front End: Java/Perl/PHP/Python/Ruby/.net, Backend :
MongoDB/MYSQL/Oracle, Database Connectivity : ODBC/JDBC, Additional Tools: Octave,
Matlab, WEKA.
Guidelines for Student Journal
The laboratory assignments are to be submitted by student in the form of journal. Journal may
consists of prologue, Certificate, table of contents, and handwritten write-up of each assignment
(Title, Objectives, Problem Statement, Outcomes, software and Hardware requirements, Date of
Completion, Assessment grade/marks and assessor's sign, Theory- Concept in brief,
Algorithm/Database design, test cases, conclusion/analysis). Program codes with sample output
of all performed assignments are to be submitted as softcopy.
As a conscious effort and little contribution towards Green IT and environment awareness, attaching
printed papers as part of write-ups and program listing to journal may be avoided. Use of digital
storage media/DVD containing students programs maintained by lab In-charge is highly encouraged.
For reference one or two journals may be maintained with program prints at Laboratory.
Guidelines for Assessment
Continuous assessment of laboratory work is to be done based on overall performance and lab
Home
assignments performance of student. Each lab assignment assessment will assign grade/marks based
on parameters with appropriate weightage. Suggested parameters for overall assessment as well as
each lab assignment assessment include- timely completion, performance, innovation, efficient
codes, punctuality and neatness reserving weightage for successful mini-project completion and
related documentation.
Guidelines for Practical Examination
 Both internal and external examiners should jointly frame suitable problem statements for
practical examination based on the term work completed.
 During practical assessment, the expert evaluator should give the maximum weightage to the
satisfactory implementation of the problem statement.
 The supplementary and relevant questions may be asked at the time of evaluation to test the
student‟s for advanced learning, understanding of the fundamentals, effective and efficient
implementation.
 Encouraging efforts, transparent evaluation and fair approach of the evaluator will not create
any uncertainty or doubt in the minds of the students. So adhering to these principles will
consummate our team efforts to the promising boost to the student's academics.
Guidelines for Instructor's Manual
The instructor‟s manual is to be developed as a hands-on resource and as ready reference. The
instructor's manual need to include prologue (about University/program/ institute/
department/foreword/ preface etc), University syllabus, conduction and Assessment guidelines,
topics under consideration-concept, objectives, outcomes, set of typical applications/assignments/
guidelines, references among others.
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments & Mini Projects
( any 04 assignments per High Performance Computing, AI, and Data Analytics and Mini-project
per course)
410241:: High Performance Computing
Note: for all programming assignments of HPC-
 Select the suitable model of a parallel computation (Data parallel model, Task graph model,
Work pool model, Master slave model , Producer consumer or pipeline model, Hybrid model
or other) for algorithm to be developed by considering a strategy for dividing the data,
processing method and suitable strategy to reduce interactions.
 Assume suitable processor model, topology, load distribution strategy and Communication.
 Utilize all available resources.
 Test on data set of sufficiently large size
 Compute Total cost and Efficiency as
Total Cost = Time complexity × Number of processors used
Efficiency = WCSA/ WCPA
(WCSA--Worst case execution time of sequential algorithm and WCPA--Worst case
execution time of the parallel algorithm)
 Compare performance by varying number of processors used and also with sequential
algorithm.
1. a) Implement Parallel Reduction using Min, Max, Sum and Average operations.
b) Write a CUDA program that, given an N-element vector, find-
The maximum element in the vector
The minimum element in the vector
The arithmetic mean of the vector
Home
The standard deviation of the values in the vector
Test for input N and generate a randomized vector V of length N (N should be large). The
program should generate output as the two computed maximum values as well as the time
taken to find each value.
2. Vector and Matrix Operations-
Design parallel algorithm to
1. Add two large vectors
2. Multiply Vector and Matrix
3. Multiply two N × N arrays using n2 processors
3. Parallel Sorting Algorithms-
For Bubble Sort and Merger Sort, based on existing sequential algorithms, design and
implement parallel algorithm utilizing all resources available.
4. Parallel Search Algorithm-

Design and implement parallel algorithm utilizing all resources available. for
 Binary Search for Sorted Array
 Depth-First Search ( tree or an undirected graph ) OR
 Breadth-First Search ( tree or an undirected graph) OR
 Best-First Search that ( traversal of graph to reach a target in the shortest possible
path)
5. Parallel Implementation of the K Nearest Neighbors Classifier
Sample Mini Projects

6. Compression Module (Image /Video)
Large amount of bandwidth is required for transmission or storage of images. This has driven
the research area of image compression to develop parallel algorithms that compress images.
OR
For video: RGB To YUV Transform concurrently on many core GPU
7. Generic Compression
Run length encoding concurrently on many core GPU
8. Encoding
Huffman encoding concurrently on many core GPU
9. Database Query Optimization
Long running database Query processing in parallel
410242: Artificial Intelligence and Robotics
1. Implement Tic-Tac-Toe using A* algorithm
2. Implement 3 missionaries and 3 cannibals problem depicting appropriate graph. Use A*
algorithm.
3. Solve 8-puzzle problem using A* algorithm. Assume any initial configuration and define goal
configuration clearly.
4. Define the operators for controlling domestic robot; use these operators to plan an activity to
be executed by the robot. For example, transferring two/three objects one over the other from
one place to another. Use Means-Ends analysis with all the steps revealed.
5. Implement any one of the following Expert System ,
 Medical Diagnosis of 10 diseases based on adequate symptoms
 Identifying birds of India based on characteristics
Home
6. Implement alpha-beta pruning graphically with proper example and justify the pruning.
7. Develop elementary chatbot for suggesting investment as per the customers need.
8. Solve following 6-tiles problem stepwise using A* algorithm,
Initial Configuration B W B W B W
Final Configuration B B B W W W
Constraint: Tiles can be shifted left or right 1 or 2 positions with cost 1 and 2 respectively.
9. Implement goal stack planning for the following configurations from the blocks world,
10. Use Heuristic Search Techniques to Implement Hill-Climbing Algorithm.

11. Use Heuristic Search Techniques to Implement Best first search (Best-Solution but not always
optimal) and A* algorithm (Always gives optimal solution).
12. Constraint Satisfaction Problem:
Implement crypt-arithmetic problem or n-queens or graph coloring problem ( Branch and
Bound and Backtracking)
13. Implement syntax analysis for the assertive English statements. The stages to be executed are,
 Sentence segmentation
 Word tokenization
 Part-of-speech/morpho syntactic tagging
 Syntactic parsing (Use any of the parser like Stanford)
14. Mini Projects based on Robotics..
410243:: Data Analytics

1. Download the Iris flower dataset or any other dataset into a DataFrame. (eg
https://archive.ics.uci.edu/ml/datasets/Iris ) Use Python/R and Perform following –
 How many features are there and what are their types (e.g., numeric, nominal)?
 Compute and display summary statistics for each feature available in the dataset.
(eg. minimum value, maximum value, mean, range, standard deviation, variance
and percentiles
 Data Visualization-Create a histogram for each feature in the dataset to illustrate the
feature distributions. Plot each histogram.
 Create a boxplot for each feature in the dataset. All of the boxplots should be
combined into a single plot. Compare distributions and identify outliers.
2. Download Pima Indians Diabetes dataset. Use Naive Bayes‟ Algorithm for classification
 Load the data from CSV file and split it into training and test datasets.
 summarize the properties in the training dataset so that we can calculate
probabilities and make predictions.
 Classify samples from a test dataset and a summarized training dataset.
3. Write a Hadoop program that counts the number of occurrences of each word in a text file.
4. Write a program that interacts with the weather database. Find the day and the station with the
maximum snowfall in 2013.
5. Use Movies Dataset. Write the map and reduce methods to determine the average ratings of
movies. The input consists of a series of lines, each containing a movie number, user number,
Home
rating, and a timestamp: The map should emit movie number and list of rating, and reduce
should return for each movie number a list of average rating.
6. Trip History Analysis: Use trip history dataset that is from a bike sharing service in the
United States. The data is provided quarter-wise from 2010 (Q4) onwards. Each file has 7
columns. Predict the class of user. Sample Test data set available here
https://www.capitalbikeshare.com/trip-history-data
7. Bigmart Sales Analysis: For data comprising of transaction records of a sales store. The data
has 8523 rows of 12 variables. Predict the sales of a store. Sample Test data set available
here https://datahack.analyticsvidhya.com/contest/practice-problem-big-mart-sales-iii/
8. Twitter Data Analysis: Use Twitter data for sentiment analysis. The dataset is 3MB in size and
has 31,962 tweets. Identify the tweets which are hate tweets and which are not. Sample
Test data set available here https://datahack.analyticsvidhya.com/contest/practice-problem-
twitter-sentiment-analysis/
9. Time Series Analysis: Use time series and forecast traffic on a mode of transportation. Sample
Test data set available here https://datahack.analyticsvidhya.com/contest/practice-problem-
time-series-2/

Home
410247:Laboratory Practice II
02
Presentation: 50 Marks
Companion Courses: 410244 and 410245
competency by undertaking the laboratory assignments of the core courses. Enough choice is
provided to the learner to choose an elective of one‟s interest.
Laboratory Practice II is companion lab for elective course I and elective course II.
for reference.
Programming tools recommended: Front End: Java/Perl/PHP/Python/Ruby/.net, Backend:
Matlab, WEKA.
Home
 It is recommended to conduct examination based on Mini-Project(s) Demonstration
and related skill learned. Team of 2 to 3 students may work on mini-project. During the
assessment, the expert evaluator should give the maximum weightage to the satisfactory
implementation and software engineering approach followed.
student‟s for advanced learning, understanding, effective and efficient implementation and
demonstration skills.
consummate our team efforts to the promising start of the student's academics.
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments& Mini Projects
Recommended / Sample set of assignments and mini projects for reference for all four courses
offered for Elective I and for all four courses offered for Elective II. Respective Student have
to complete laboratory work for elective I and II that he/she has opted.
410244: Elective I
410244(A) : Digital Signal Processing
1. Develop a program to generate samples of sine, Cosine and exponential signals at specified
sampling frequency and signal parameters. (Test the results for different analog frequency (F)
and sampling frequency (Fs) ).
2. Find the output of a system described by given difference equation and initial conditions for
given input sequence. (Solution of difference equation) (Obtain the response for different
systems by changing Degree of difference equation (N) and coefficients and also for different
input sequence x(n). Observe the response by considering system as FIR and IIR system).
3. Write a program to plot the magnitude and phase response of a Fourier Transform (FT).
(Observe the spectrum for different inputs. Observe the Periodicity).
4. Find the N point DFT / IDFT of the given sequence x (n). Plot the magnitude spectrum |X(K)|
Vs K. (Analyze the output for different N and the same input sequence x(n). Also observe the
periodicity and symmetry property).
5. Find the N point circular convolution of given two sequences. Test it for Linear convolution.
Compute the circular convolution of given two sequences using DFT and IDFT.
6. Develop a program to plot the magnitude and phase response of a given system ( given: h(n):
impulse response of system S) (Observe the frequency response for different systems.

Compare the frequency response of a system (filter) for different length h(n) i.e filter
Home
coefficients).
7. Mini-Project 1: Design and Develop the N-point radix-2 DIT or DIF FFT algorithm to find
DFT or IDFT of given sequence x (n). (Analyze the output for different N. Program should
work for any value of N and output should be generated for all intermediate stages.)
8. Mini-Project 2: Obtain the Fourier transform of different window functions to plot the
magnitude and phase spectrums. (Window functions: Rectangular, Triangular, Bartlett,
Hamming, Henning, Kaiser. Observe and compare the desirable features of window sequences
for different length. Observe the main and side lobes).
9. Mini-Project 3: Design an FIR filter from given specifications using windowing method.
(Application should work for different types of filter specifications i.e. LPF, HPF, BPF etc and
all window sequences. Plot the frequency response for different frequency terms i.e. analog
and DT frequency).
10. Mini-Project 4: Design of IIR filter for given specifications using Bilinear Transformation.
(Generalized code to accept any filter length for a transfer function H(Z). Application should
work for different types of filter specifications that is LPF, HPF, BPF etc. and for different
transfer functions of an analog filter).
410244(B): Software Architecture and Design Patterns
1. Mini-Project 1: Narrate concise System Requirements Specification and organize the problem
domain area into broad subject areas and identify the boundaries of problem/system. Identify
and categorize the target system services with detailed service specifications modeled with
component diagram incorporating appropriate architectural style and coupling. Design the
service layers and tiers modeled with deployment diagram accommodating abstraction,
autonomy, statelessness and reuse. Map the service levels and primitives to appropriate
Strategies for data processing using Client-Server Technologies as applicable.
2. Mini-Project 2: Select a moderately complex system and narrate concise requirement
specification for the same. Design the system indicating system elements organizations using
applicable architectural styles and design patterns with the help of a detailed Class diagram
depicting logical architecture. Specify and document the architecture and design pattern with
the help of templates. Implement the system features and judge the benefits of the design
patterns accommodated.
410244(C): Pervasive and Ubiquitous Computing

Mini-Projects are to be designed so as to use,
• No / minimal extra hardware,
• uses open source software's,
• need hardly any subscription / telephony / data charges.
1. Design and build a sensing system using micro-controllers like - Arduino / Raspberry Pi / Intel
Galileo to sense the environment around them and act accordingly.
2. Design and build a mobile application with context awareness to determine the remaining
battery level depending on the users current usage patterns.
3. Design and build a music streaming system and a smart mobile application to use the speakers
or headphones of the smart phone of multiple phones to stream stored / live music during a
party (instead of using large speakers).
4. Smart Mobile Application with orientation sensing for users to put the phone in meeting /
silent mode- OR- outdoor/ loud mode based on the orientation of the device.
-OR-
Smart Mobile Application with ambient sound / noise sensing to adjust the volume of the
phone automatically. -OR-
Smart Mobile Application with ambient light sensing to adjust the screen brightness
automatically.

5. Mini-Project 1: Smart Mobile Application for Location-Based Messaging
Home
Design and build a Location-Based Messaging system where users have commented on
various eating joints in the area you currently are. The mobile application should give you
inputs / recommendations / suggestions on which eating joints are preferred by whom and for
what eating items, with their ratings etc.
6. Mini-Project 2: Smart Mobile Application as a Museum Guide
Build a Mobile Application as a museum guide, the device scans the QR codes on the artifacts
and gives an interactive detailed explanation using Audio / Text / Video about the museum
artifact. using location of the user and the list of previously seen artifacts, the mobile
application can suggest / recommend which next artifacts to be seen be the user
7. Mini-Project 3: Smart Mobile Application as a Travel / Route Guide, Scenario -
You are visiting an ancient monument. There is no local guide available. The previous users
have commented on various locations where artifacts can be seen, photo are uploaded.
The smart mobile application will give you directions / recommendations / suggestions on
what to see and where, including narratives on the same.
8. Mini-Project 4: Design and build a „Multifunctional Application‟ in the Mobile and Pervasive
domain. The choice of application is to be determined so as to leverage the capabilities of
typical smart devices.
These include such characteristics as,
 Location awareness and GPS systems
 Accelerometers
 Messaging
 Sensor detection capability
 Microphone and Camera
 Media Player
 Touch screen
 Mapping Technology
 Mobile Web Services
410244(D): Data Mining and Warehousing
1. For an organization of your choice, choose a set of business processes. Design star / snow
flake schemas for analyzing these processes. Create a fact constellation schema by combining
them. Extract data from different data sources, apply suitable transformations and load into
destination tables using an ETL tool. For Example: Business Origination: Sales, Order,
Marketing Process.
2. Consider a suitable dataset. For clustering of data instances in different groups, apply different
clustering techniques (minimum 2). Visualize the clusters using suitable tool.
3. Apply a-priori algorithm to find frequently occurring items from given data and generate
strong association rules using support and confidence thresholds.
For Example: Market Basket Analysis
4. Consider a suitable text dataset. Remove stop words, apply stemming and feature selection
techniques to represent documents as vectors. Classify documents and evaluate precision,
recall.
5. Mini project on classification:
Consider a labeled dataset belonging to an application domain. Apply suitable data
preprocessing steps such as handling of null values, data reduction, discretization. For
prediction of class labels of given data instances, build classifier models using different
techniques (minimum 3), analyze the confusion matrix and compare these models. Also apply
cross validation while preparing the training and testing datasets.

For Example: Health Care Domain for predicting disease.

410245: Elective II
Home
410245(A): Distributed Systems
1. Design and develop a basic prototype distributed system (e.g. a DFS).
2. Design and implement client server application using RPC/ RMI mechanism (Java)
3. Design and implement a clock synchronization algorithm for prototype DS
4. Implement Ring or Bully election algorithm for prototype DS.
5. Implement Ricart Agrawala‟s distributed algorithm for mutual exclusion.
6. Problem solving of Wait-die and Wait –wound scheme for deadlock prevention.
7. Simulate Wait for Graph based Centralized or Hierarchical or Distributed algorithm for
deadlock detection.
8. Implementation of 2PC / Byzantine Generals Problem
Mini-Projects
Important properties your system should have:
• The system must support multiple, autonomous agents (either human or automated) contending for
shared resources and performing real-time updates to some form of shared state.
• The state of the system should be distributed across multiple client or server nodes.
The only centralized service should be one that supports users logging on, adding or removing
clients or servers, and other housekeeping tasks.
•The system should be robust
The system should be able to continue operation even if one of the participant nodes crashes.
It should be possible to recover the state of a node following a crash, so that it can resume operation.
We will let you choose your own application, and we will give you wide latitude in the overall and
the detailed design of your implementation.
Design, implement, and thoroughly test a distributed system, implementing - Shared document
editing, in the style of Google docs. The system should support real-time editing and viewing by
multiple participants. Multiple replicas would be maintained for fault tolerance. Caching and/or copy
migration would be useful to minimize application response time.
Design, implement, and thoroughly test a distributed system, implementing - A low-latency
notification system. E.g., watch a whole bunch of RSS feeds and send all subscribers an email when
one is updated. Interface with both the raw RSS feeds and Google‟s update notification service.
Replicate and partition the state of the monitoring system so that it can scale and survive node
failures.
Design, implement, and thoroughly test a distributed system, implementing - An airline reservation
system. Each airline would maintain its own collection of servers, with enough state replication to
enable automatic fail-over. It would be possible to book travel that involves multiple airlines.
Design, implement, and thoroughly test a distributed system, implementing - Implement a
distributed file system that does something interesting. Maybe you want one for storing your MP3s
or movies. Or perhaps for something entirely different.
410245(B): Software Testing and Quality Assurance
1. Mini-Project 1: Create a small application by selecting relevant system environment /
platform and programming languages. Narrate concise Test Plan consisting features to be
tested and bug taxonomy. Prepare Test Cases inclusive of Test Procedures for identified Test
Scenarios. Perform selective Black-box and White-box testing covering Unit and Integration
test by using suitable Testing tools. Prepare Test Reports based on Test Pass/Fail Criteria and
judge the acceptance of application developed.
2. Mini-Project 2: Create a small web-based application by selecting relevant system
Home
environment / platform and programming languages. Narrate concise Test Plan consisting
features to be tested and bug taxonomy. Narrate scripts in order to perform regression tests.
Identify the bugs using Selenium WebDriver and IDEand generate test reports encompassing
exploratory testing.
410245(C):: Operations Research
1. The Transportation Problem:
Milk in a milk shed area is collected on three routes A, B and C. There are four chilling centers P,
Q, R and S where milk is kept before transporting it to a milk plant. Each route is able to supply on
an average one thousand liters of milk per day. The supply of milk on routes A, B and C are 150,
160 and 90 thousand liters respectively. Daily capacity in thousand liters of chilling centers is 140,
120, 90 and 50 respectively. The cost of transporting 1000 liters of milk from each route (source)
to each chilling center (destination) differs according to the distance. These costs (in Rs.) are
shown in the following table
Chilling Centers
Routes P Q R S
A 16 18 21 12
B 17 19 14 13
C 32 11 15 10
The problem is to determine how many thousand liters of milk is to be transported from each route
on daily basis in order to minimize the total cost of transportation.
2. Investment Problem:
A portfolio manager with a fixed budget of $100 million is considering the eight investment
opportunities shown in Table 1. The manager must choose an investment level for each alternative
ranging from $0 to $40 million. Although an acceptable investment may assume any value within
the range, we discretize the permissible allocations to intervals of $10 million to facilitate the
modeling. This restriction is important to what follows. For convenience we define a unit of
investment to be $10 million. In these terms, the budget is 10 and the amounts to invest are the
integers in the range from 0 to 4. Following table provides the net annual returns from the
investment opportunities expressed in millions of dollars. A ninth opportunity, not shown in the
table, is available for funds left over from the first eight investments. The return is 5% per year for
the amount invested, or equivalently, $0.5 million for each $10 million invested. The manager's
goal is to maximize the total annual return without exceeding the budget
410245(D):: Mobile Communication

1. Design simple GUI application with activity and intents e.g. Design an android Application
for Phone Call or Calculator
2. Design an android application for media player.
3. Design an android Application for SMS Manager

4. Design an android Application using Google Map To Trace The Location of Device
5. Design an android Application for Frame Animation
Home
6. Mini-Project 1: Design mobile app to perform the task of creating the splash screen for the
application using timer, camera options and integrate Google map API on the first page of the
application. Make sure map has following features:
 Zoom and View change
 Navigation to specific locations
 Marker and getting location with touch
 Monitoring of location
7. Mini-Project 2: Create an app to add of a product to SQLite database and make sure to add
following features
 SMS messaging and email provision
 Bluetooth options
 Accessing Web services
 Asynchronous remote method call
 Use Alert box for user notification
8. Mini-Project 3: Create the module for collecting cellular mobile network performance
parameters using telephony API Manager
 Nearest Base Station
 Signal Strengths
 SIM Module Details
 Mobility Management Information
9. Mini-Project 4: Create an application for Bank using spinner, intent
 Form 1: Create a new account for customer, Form 2: Deposit money in customer
account. Link both forms, after completing of first form the user should be directed to
the second form. Provide different menu options
10. Mini-Project 5: Create the module for payment of fees for College by demonstrating the
following methods.
 Fees Method()- for calculation of fees, Use customized Toast for successful payment of
fees, Implement an alarm in case someone misses out on the fee submission deadline
 Demonstrate the online payment gateway.

Home
410248:Project Work Stage I
02
Practical : 02 Hours/Week Presentation: 50 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To Apply the knowledge for solving realistic problem
 To develop problem solving ability
 To Organize, sustain and report on a substantial piece of team work over a period of several
months
 To Evaluate alternative approaches, and justify the use of selected tools and methods,
 To Reflect upon the experience gained and lessons learned,
 To Consider relevant social, ethical and legal issues,
 To find information for yourself from appropriate sources such as manuals, books, research
journals and from other sources, and in turn increase analytical skills.
 To Work in TEAM and learn professionalism.
Course Outcomes:
• Solve real life problems by applying knowledge.
 Analyze alternative approaches, apply and use most appropriate one for feasible solution.
 Write precise reports and technical documents in a nutshell.
 Participate effectively in multi-disciplinary and heterogeneous teams exhibiting team work,
Inter-personal relationships, conflict management and leadership quality.
Guidelines
Project work Stage – I is an integral part of the Project work. In this, the student shall complete the
partial work of the Project which will consist of problem statement, literature review, SRS, Model
and Design. The student is expected to complete the project at least up to the design phase. As a part
of the progress report of project work Stage-I, the candidate shall deliver a presentation on the
advancement in Technology pertaining to the selected project topic. The student shall submit the
duly certified progress report of Project work Stage-I in standard format for satisfactory completion
of the work by the concerned guide and head of the Department/Institute.
The examinee will be assessed by a panel of examiners of which one is necessarily an external
examiner. The assessment will be broadly based on work undergone, content delivery, presentation
skills, documentation, question-answers and report.
Follow guidelines and formats as mentioned in Project Workbook recommended by Board of

Studies.

Home
410249: Audit Course 5
In addition to credits, it is recommended that there should be audit course in preferably in each
semester from second year to supplement their knowledge and skills. Student will be awarded the
bachelor„s degree if he/she earns 190 credits and clears all the audit courses specified in the
syllabus. The student will be awarded grade as AP on successful completion of audit course. The
student may opt for one of the audit courses per semester, starting in second year first semester.
Though not mandatory, such a selection of the audit courses helps the learner to explore the subject
of interest in greater detail resulting in achieving the very objective of audit course's inclusion. List
of options offered is provided. Each student has to choose one audit course from the list per
semester. Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute level itself. Method of conduction and
method of assessment for audit courses are suggested.
Criteria:
The student registered for audit course shall be awarded the grade AP (Audit Course Pass) and shall
be included such AP grade in the Semester grade report for that course, provided student has the
minimum attendance as prescribed by the Savitribai Phule Pune University and satisfactory in-
semester performance and secured a passing grade in that audit course. No grade points are
associated with this 'AP' grade and performance in these courses is not accounted in the calculation
of the performance indices SGPA and CGPA. Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute
level itself. (Ref- http://www.unipune.ac.in/Syllabi_PDF/revised-
2015/engineering/UG_RULE_REGULATIONS_FOR_CREDIT_SYSTEM-2015_18June.pdf)
Guidelines for Conduction and Assessment(Any one or more of following but not limited to)
 Lectures/ Guest Lectures 
Surveys
 Visits (Social/Field) and reports 
Mini Project
 Demonstrations 
Hands on experience on specific focused
topic
Guidelines for Assessment (Any one or more of following but not limited to)
 Written Test  IPR/Publication
 Demonstrations/ Practical Test  Report
 Presentations
Audit Course 3 Options
AC5- I Entrepreneurship Development
AC5-II Botnet of Things
AC5-III 3D Printing
AC5-IV Industrial Safety and Environment Consciousness
AC5-V Emotional Intelligence
AC5-VI MOOC-Learn New Skill
Note: It is permitted to opt one of the audit courses listed at SPPU website too, if not opted earlier
http://collegecirculars.unipune.ac.in/sites/documents/Syllabus%202017/Forms/AllItems.aspx

Home
AC5 – I: Entrepreneurship Development
This Course Aims at Instituting Entrepreneurial skills in the students by giving an overview of, who the
entrepreneurs are and what competences are needed to become an entrepreneur.
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the aspects of Entrepreneurship
 To acquaint with legalities in product development
 To understand IPR, Trademarks, Copyright and patenting
 To know the facets of functional plans, Entrepreneurial Finance and Enterprise
Management
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, learner will be able to–
 Understand the legalities in product development
 Undertake the process of IPR, Trademarks, Copyright and patenting
 Understand and apply functional plans
 Manage Entrepreneurial Finance
 Inculcate managerial skill as an entrepreneur
Course Contents:
1. Introduction: Concept and Definitions, Entrepreneur v/s Intrapreneur; Role of entrepreneurship in
economic development; Entrepreneurship process; Factors impacting emergence of entrepreneurship;
Managerial versus entrepreneurial Decision Making; Entrepreneur v/s Investors; Entrepreneurial
attributes and characteristics; Entrepreneurs versus inventors; Entrepreneurial Culture; Women
Entrepreneurs; Social Entrepreneurship; Classification and Types of Entrepreneurs; EDP Programmers;
Entrepreneurial Training; Traits/Qualities of an Entrepreneurs.
2. Creating Entrepreneurial Venture : Generating Business idea- Sources of Innovation, methods of
generating ideas, Creativity and Entrepreneurship; Business planning process; Drawing business plan;
Business plan failures; Entrepreneurial leadership – components of entrepreneurial leadership;
Entrepreneurial Challenges; Legal issues – forming business entity, considerations and Criteria,
requirements for formation of a Private/Public Limited Company, Intellectual Property Protection -
Patents Trademarks and Copyrights.
3. Functional plans: Marketing plan–for the new venture, environmental analysis, steps in preparing
marketing plan, marketing mix, contingency planning; Organizational plan – designing organization
structure and Systems; Financial plan – pro forma income statements, Ratio Analysis.
4. Entrepreneurial Finance: Debt or equity financing, Sources of Finance - Commercial banks, private
placements, venture capital, financial institutions supporting entrepreneurs; Lease Financing; Funding
opportunities for Startups in India.
5. Enterprise Management: Managing growth and sustenance- growth norms; Factors for growth; Time
management, Negotiations, Joint ventures, Mergers and acquisitions
Books:
1. Kumar, Arya,`` Entrepreneurship: Creating and Leading an Entrepreneurial Organization‟‟,
Pearson ISBN-10: 8131765784; ISBN-13: 978-8131765784 ...
2. Hishrich., Peters, `Èntrepreneurship: Starting, Developing and Managing a New
Enterprise‟‟, ISBN 0-256-14147‐ 9
3. Irwin Taneja, `Èntrepreneurship,‟‟ Galgotia Publishers. ISBN: 978-93-84044-82-4
4. Charantimath, Poornima, `Èntrepreneurship Development and Small Business
Enterprises,‟‟ Pearson Education, ISBN, 8177582607, 9788177582604.

Home
AC5 – II: Botnet of Things
This course aims to provide an understanding of the various security attacks and knowledge to
recognize and remove common coding errors that lead to vulnerabilities. It gives an outline of the
techniques for developing a secure application.
Course Objectives:
 To Understand the various IoT Protocols
 To Understand the IoT Reference Architecture and Real World Design Constraints
 To learn the concept of Botnet
Course Outcomes:
 Implement security as a culture and show mistakes that make applications vulnerable to attacks.
 Understand various attacks like DoS, buffer overflow, web specific, database specific, web -
spoofing attacks.
 Demonstrate skills needed to deal with common programming errors that lead to most security
problems and to learn how to develop secure applications
Course Contents:
1. Introduction
2. IRC-Based Bot Networks
3. Anatomy of a Botnet: The Gaobot Worm
4. IoT Senosors and Security : Sensors and actuators in IoT, Communication and networking in IoT,
Real-time data collection in IoT, Data analytics in IoT , IoT applications and requirements, Security
threats and techniques in IoT, Data trustworthiness and privacy in IoT, Balancing utility and other
design goals in IoT , Future of Botnets in the Internet of Things, Thingbots, Elements of Typical
IRC Bot Attack , Malicious use of Bots and Botnet
5. Service Layer Protocols and Security : Security: PHP Exploits, Cross-Site Scripting and Other
Browser-Side Exploits, Bots and Botnets, Service Layer -oneM2M, ETSI M2M, OMA, BBF –
Security in IoT Protocols –MAC 802.15.4 , 6LoWPAN, RPL, Application Layer Transport and
Session layer protocols- transport Layer (TCP, MPTCP, UDP, DCCP, SCTP) - (TLS, DTLS) –
Session Layer - HTTP, CoAP, XMPP, AMQP, MQTT
Books:
1. Bernd Scholz - Reiter, Florian Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of Things”, Springer ISBN 978 –
3 – 642 – 19156 - 5 e - ISBN 978 – 3 -642 - 19157 - 2,
2. Threat Modeling, Frank Swiderski and Window Snyder,Microsoft Professional, 1 st Edition 2004
3. Gunter Ollmann 2007. The Phishing Guide Understanding and Preventing Phishing Attacks. IBM
Internet Security Systems.
4. Daniel Minoli, “Building the Internet of Things with IPv6 and MIPv6: The Evolving World of M2M
Communications”, ISBN: 978 – 1 – 118 – 47347 - 4, Willy Publications
5. White Papers :- https://www.sans.org/reading-room/whitepapers/malicious/bots-botnet-overview-1299
6. https://www-01.ibm.com/marketing/iwm/dre
7. Mike Kuniavsky, “Smart Things: Ubiquitous Computing User Experience Design,” Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers.

Home
AC5 – III: 3D Printing
Course Objectives:
 To understand the principle of 3D printing
 To understand resource requirements of 3D printing
 To know the basic artwork needed for 3D printing
Course Outcomes:
 Apply models for 3D printing
 Plan the resources for 3D printing
 Apply principles in 3D printing in real world
Course Contents:
1. Getting Started with 3D Printing: How 3D Printers Fit into Modern Manufacturing, Exploring
the Types of 3D Printing, Exploring Applications of 3D Printing.
2. Outlining 3D Printing Resources: Identifying Available Materials for 3D Printing, Identifying
Available Sources for 3D Printable Objects.
3. Exploring the Business Side of 3D Printing: Commoditizing 3D Printing, Understanding 3D
Printing's Effect on Traditional lines of Business, Reviewing 3D Printing Research.
4. Employing Personal 3D printing Devices: Exploring 3D printed Artwork, Considering
Consumer level 3D Printers, Deciding on RepEap of Your Own.
Books:
1. Richard Horne, Kalani Kirk Hausman, “ 3D Printing for Dummies”, Taschenbuch, ISBN:
9781119386315
2. Greg Norton, “3D Printing Business - 3D Printing for Beginners - How to 3D Print”
,ISBN:9781514785669
3. Liza Wallach Kloski and Nick Kloski, “ Getting Started with 3D Printing: A Hands-on
Guide to the Hardware, Software, and Services Behind the New Manufacturing
Revolution”, Maker Media, ISBN: 1680450204
4. Jeff Heldrich , “3D Printing: Tips on Getting Started with 3D Printing to Help you make
Passive income for your Business”

Home
AC5 – IV: Industrial Safety and Environment Consciousness
Objective of Industrial Safety, Health Environment and Security covers virtually every important
area in administration of SHE. It broadly discusses the major problems in safety management,
occupational health and today's dynamic environment management of rapidly changing ambience,
technological advances, whole gamut of safety laws, safety policy and it's designing and their
meticulous implementation.
Course Objectives:
 To understand Industrial hazards and Safety requirements with norms
 To learn the basics of Safety performance planning
 To know the means of accident prevention
 To understand the impact of industrialization on environment
 To know the diversified industrial requirements of safety and security
Course Outcomes:
 Formulate the plan for Safety performance
 Formulate the action plan for accidents and hazards
 Follow the safety and security norms in the industry
 Consider critically the environmental issues of Industrialization
Course Contents:
1. Introduction: Elements of safety programming, safety management, Upgrading developmental
programmers: safety procedures and performance measures, education, training and
development in safety.
2. Safety Performance Planning
Safety Performance: An overview of an accident, It is an accident, injury or incident, The
safety professional, Occupational health and industrial hygiene. Understanding the risk:
Emergency preparedness and response, prevention of accidents involving hazardous
substances.
3. Accident Prevention
What is accident prevention?, Maintenance and Inspection, Monitoring Techniques, General
Accident Prevention, Safety Education and Training.
4. Safety Organization
Basic Elements of Organized Safety, Duties of Safety Officer, Safe work Practices, Safety
Sampling and Inspection, Job Safety Analysis(JSA), Safety Survey, On- site and Off-site
Emergency Plan, Reporting of Accidents and Dangerous Occurrences.
5. Environment
Introduction, Work Environment, Remedy, pollution of Marine Environment and Prevention,
Basic Environmental Protection Procedures, Protection of Environment in Global Scenario,
Greenhouse Gases, Climate Change Impacts, GHG Mitigation Options, Sinks and Barriers,
6. Industrial Security(Industry wise)
General security Systems in Factories, Activation Security, Computer Security, Banking
Security, V.I.P. Security, Women Security, Event Security, Security in Open Environments.
Books:
1. Basudev Panda ,“Industrial Safety, Health Environment and Security”,Laxmi Publications,
ISBN-10: 9381159432, 13: 978-9381159439
2. L.M. Deshmukh, “Industrial Safety Management”, TMH , ISBN: 9780070617681

Home
AC5 – V: Emotional Intelligence
This Emotional Intelligence (EI) training course will focus on the five core competencies of
emotional intelligence: self-awareness, self-regulation, motivation, empathy and interpersonal
skills. Participants will learn to develop and implement these to enhance their relationships in work
and life by increasing their understanding of social and emotional behaviors, and learning how to
adapt and manage their responses to particular situations. Various models of emotional intelligence
will be covered.
Course Objectives:
 To develop an awareness of EI models
 To recognize the benefits of EI
 To understand how you use emotion to facilitate thought and behavior
 To know and utilize the difference between reaction and considered response
Course Outcomes:
 Expand your knowledge of emotional patterns in yourself and others
 Discover how you can manage your emotions, and positively influence yourself and others
 Build more effective relationships with people at work and at home
 Positively influence and motivate colleagues, team members, managers
 Increase the leadership effectiveness by creating an atmosphere that engages others
Course Contents:
1. Introduction to Emotional Intelligence (EI) : Emotional Intelligence and various EI models,
The EQ competencies of self-awareness, self-regulation, motivation, empathy, and
interpersonal skills, Understand EQ and its importance in life and the workplace
2. Know and manage your emotions: emotions, The different levels of emotional awareness,
Increase your emotional knowledge of yourself, Recognize „negative‟ and „positive‟
emotions. The relationship between emotions, thought and behavior, Discover the importance
of values, The impact of not managing and processing „negative‟ emotions, Techniques to
manage your emotions in challenging situations
3. Recognize emotions in others :The universality of emotional expression, Learn tools to
enhance your ability to recognize and appropriately respond to others' emotions, Perceiving
emotions accurately in others to build empathy
4. Relate to others: Applying EI in the workplace, the role of empathy and trust in relationships,
Increase your ability to create effective working relationships with others (peers, subordinates,
managers, clients, Find out how to deal with conflict, Tools to lead, motivate others and create
a high performing team.
Books:
1. Daniel Goleman,” Emotional Intelligence – Why It Matters More Than IQ,” , Bantam
Books, ISBN-10: 055338371X13: 978-0553383713
2. Steven Stein , “The EQ Edge” , Jossey-Bass, ISBN : 978-0-470-68161-9
3. Drew Bird , “The Leader‟s Guide to Emotional Intelligence” , ISBN: 9781535176002

Home
Third Year of Computer Engineering (2015 Course)
AC5 – VI & AC6-VI: MOOC-Learn New Skill
Course Objectives:
 To promote interactive user forums to support community interactions among students,
professors, and experts
 To promote learn additional skills anytime and anywhere
 To enhance teaching and learning on campus and online
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, learner will acquire additional knowledge and skill.
About Course:
MOOCs (Massive Open Online Courses) provide affordable and flexible way to learn new skills,
pursue lifelong interests and deliver quality educational experiences at scale. Whether you're
interested in learning for yourself, advancing your career or leveraging online courses to educate
your workforce, SWYAM, NPTEL, edx or similar ones can help.
World‟s largest SWAYAM MOOCs, a new paradigm of education for anyone, anywhere, anytime,
as per your convenience, aimed to provide digital education free of cost and to facilitate hosting of
all the interactive courses prepared by the best more than 1000 specially chosen faculty and
teachers in the country. SWAYAM MOOCs enhances active learning for improving lifelong
learning skills by providing easy access to global resources.
SWAYAM is a programme initiated by Government of India and designed to achieve the three
cardinal principles of Education Policy viz., access, equity and quality. The objective of this effort
is to take the best teaching learning resources to all, including the most disadvantaged. SWAYAM
seeks to bridge the digital divide for students who have hitherto remained untouched by the digital
revolution and have not been able to join the mainstream of the knowledge economy.
This is done through an indigenous developed IT platform that facilitates hosting of all the courses,
taught in classrooms from 9th class till post-graduation to be accessed by anyone, anywhere at any
time. All the courses are interactive, prepared by the best teachers in the country and are available,
free of cost to the residents in India. More than 1,000 specially chosen faculty and teachers from
across the Country have participated in preparing these courses.
The courses hosted on SWAYAM is generally in 4 quadrants – (1) video lecture, (2) specially
prepared reading material that can be downloaded/printed (3) self-assessment tests through tests
and quizzes and (4) an online discussion forum for clearing the doubts. Steps have been taken to
enrich the learning experience by using audio-video and multi-media and state of the art pedagogy /
technology. In order to ensure best quality content are produced and delivered, seven National
Coordinators have been appointed: They are NPTEL for engineering and UGC for post-graduation
education.
Guidelines:
Instructors are requested to promote students to opt for courses (not opted earlier) with proper
mentoring. The departments will take care of providing necessary infrastructural and facilities for
the learners.
References:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/
3. https://www.edx.org

SEMESTER
II

Home
410250: Machine Learning
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 207003- Engineering Mathematics III
Companion Course: 410254- Laboratory Practice III
Course Objectives:
 To understand human learning aspects and relate it with machine learning concepts.
 To understand nature of the problem and apply machine learning algorithm.
 To find optimized solution for given problem.
Course Outcomes:
 Distinguish different learning based applications
 Apply different preprocessing methods to prepare training data set for machine learning.
 Design and implement supervised and unsupervised machine learning algorithm.
 Implement different learning models
 Learn Meta classifiers and deep learning concepts
Course Contents
Unit I Introduction to Machine learning 08 Hours
Classic and adaptive machines, Machine learning matters, Beyond machine learning-deep learning
and bio inspired adaptive systems, Machine learning and Big data.
Important Elements of Machine Learning- Data formats, Learnability, Statistical learning
approaches, Elements of information theory.
Unit II Feature Selection 08 Hours
Scikit- learn Dataset, Creating training and test sets, managing categorical data, Managing missing
features, Data scaling and normalization, Feature selection and Filtering, Principle Component
Analysis(PCA)-non negative matrix factorization, Sparse PCA, Kernel PCA. Atom Extraction and
Dictionary Learning.
Unit III Regression 08 Hours
Linear regression- Linear models, A bi-dimensional example, Linear Regression and higher
dimensionality, Ridge, Lasso and ElasticNet, Robust regression with random sample consensus,
Polynomial regression, Isotonic regression,
Logistic regression-Linear classification, Logistic regression, Implementation and Optimizations,
Stochastic gradient descendent algorithms, Finding the optimal hyper-parameters through grid
search, Classification metric, ROC Curve.

Unit IV Naïve Bayes and Support Vector Machine 08 Hours
Home
Bayes‟ Theorom, Naïve Bayes‟ Classifiers, Naïve Bayes in Scikit- learn- Bernoulli Naïve Bayes,
Multinomial Naïve Bayes, and Gaussian Naïve Bayes.
Support Vector Machine(SVM)- Linear Support Vector Machines, Scikit- learn implementation-
Linear Classification, Kernel based classification, Non- linear Examples. Controlled Support
Vector Machines, Support Vector Regression.
Unit V Decision Trees and Ensemble Learning 08 Hours
Decision Trees- Impurity measures, Feature Importance. Decision Tree Classification with Scikit-
learn, Ensemble Learning-Random Forest, AdaBoost, Gradient Tree Boosting, Voting Classifier.
Clustering Fundamentals- Basics, K-means: Finding optimal number of clusters, DBSCAN,
Spectral Clustering. Evaluation methods based on Ground Truth- Homogeneity, Completeness,
Adjusted Rand Index.
Introduction to Meta Classifier: Concepts of Weak and eager learner, Ensemble methods,
Bagging, Boosting, Random Forests.
Unit VI Clustering Techniques 08 Hours
Hierarchical Clustering, Expectation maximization clustering, Agglomerative Clustering-

Dendrograms, Agglomerative clustering in Scikit- learn, Connectivity Constraints.
Introduction to Recommendation Systems- Naïve User based systems, Content based Systems,
Model free collaborative filtering-singular value decomposition, alternating least squares.
Fundamentals of Deep Networks-Defining Deep learning, common architectural principles of
deep networks, building blocks of deep networks.
Books:
Text:
1. Giuseppe Bonaccorso, “Machine Learning Algorithms”, Packt Publishing Limited, ISBN-
10: 1785889621, ISBN-13: 978-1785889622
2. Josh Patterson, Adam Gibson, “Deep Learning: A Practitioners Approach”, O‟REILLY,
SPD, ISBN: 978-93-5213-604-9, 2017 Edition 1st.
References:
1. Ethem Alpaydin, “ Introduction to Machine Learning”, PHI 2nd Edition-2013, ISBN 978-0-
262-01243-0
2. Peter Flach, “Machine Learning: The Art and Science of Algorithms that Make Sense of
Data”, Cambridge University Press, Edition 2012, ISBN-10: 1107422221; ISBN-13: 978-
1107422223
3. Tom Mitchell “Machine Learning” McGraw Hill Publication, ISBN‎‎:0070428077
9780070428072
4. Nikhil Buduma, “Fundamentals of Deep Learning”, O‟REILLY publication, second edition
2017, ISBN: 1491925612

Home
410251: Information and Cyber Security
Examination Scheme:
Companion Course: 410254: Laboratory Practice III
Course Objectives:
 To offer an understanding of principle concepts, central topics and basic approaches in
information and cyber security.
 To know the basics of cryptography.
 To acquire knowledge of standard algorithms and protocols employed to provide
confidentiality, integrity and authenticity.
 To enhance awareness about Personally Identifiable Information (PII), Information
Management, cyber forensics.
Course Outcomes:
 Gauge the security protections and limitations provided by today's technology.
 Identify information security and cyber security threats.
 Analyze threats in order to protect or defend it in cyberspace from cyber-attacks.
 Build appropriate security solutions against cyber-attacks.
Course Contents
Unit I Security Basics 08 Hours
Introduction, Elements of Information Security, Security Policy, Techniques, Steps, Categories,
Operational Model of Network Security, Basic Terminologies in Network Security. Threats and
Vulnerability, Difference between Security and Privacy.
Unit II Data Encryption Techniques And Standards 08 Hours
Introduction, Encryption Methods: Symmetric, Asymmetric, Cryptography, Substitution Ciphers.
Transposition Ciphers, Stenography applications and limitations, Block Ciphers and methods of
operations, Feistal Cipher, Data Encryption Standard (DES), Triple DES, DES Design Criteria,
Weak Keys in DES Algorithms, Advance Encryption Standard (AES).
Unit III Public Key And Management 08 Hours
Public Key Cryptography, RSA Algorithm: Working, Key length, Security, Key Distribution,
Deffie-Hellman Key Exchange, Elliptic Curve: Arithmetic, Cryptography, Security, Authentication
methods, Message Digest, Kerberos, X.509 Authentication service.
Digital Signatures: Implementation, Algorithms, Standards (DSS), Authentication Protocol.
Unit IV Security Requirements 08 Hours

IP Security: Introduction, Architecture, IPV6, IPv4, IPSec protocols, and Operations, AH Protocol,
Home
ESP Protocol, ISAKMP Protocol, Oakkey determination Protocol, VPN. WEB Security:
Introduction, Secure Socket Layer (SSL), SSL Session and Connection, SSL Record Protocol,
Change Cipher Spec Protocol, Alert Protocol, Handshake Protocol. Electronic Mail Security:
Introduction, Pretty Good Privacy, MIME, S/MIME, Comparison. Secure Electronic Transaction
(SET).
Unit V Firewall And Intrusion 08 Hours
Introduction, Computer Intrusions. Firewall Introduction, Characteristics and types, Benefits and
limitations. Firewall architecture, Trusted Systems, Access Control. Intrusion detection, IDS:
Need, Methods, Types of IDS, Password Management, Limitations and Challenges.
Unit VI Confidentiality And Cyber Forensic 08 Hours
Introduction to Personally Identifiable Information (PII), Cyber Stalking, PII impact levels with
examples Cyber Stalking, Cybercrime, PII Confidentiality Safeguards, Information Protection
Law: Indian Perspective.
Books:
Text:
1. Bernard Menezes, “Network Security and Cryptography”, Cengage Learning India, 2014,
ISBN No.: 8131513491
2. Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapure, “Cyber Security”, Wiley India, 2014, ISBN No.: 978-81-
345-2179-1
References:
1. Eoghan Casey, “Digital Evidence and Computer Crime Forensic Science, Computers and
the Internet”, ELSEVIER, 2011, ISBN 978-0-12-374268-1
2. Atul Kahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Mc Graw Hill Publication, 2nd Edition, 2008,
ISBN : 978-0-07-064823-4
3. William Stallings, “Cryptography and network security principles and practices”, Pearson,
6th Edition, ISBN : 978-93-325-1877-3
4. Forouzan, “Cryptography and Network Security (SIE)”, Mc Graw Hill, ISBN,
007070208X, 9780070702080
5. Dr. Nilakshi Jain-Digital Forensic: The Fascinating World of Digital Evidences-Wiley
India-ISBN: 9788126565740

Home
Elective III
410252(A): Advanced Digital Signal Processing
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 410244(A)Digital Signal Processing
Companion Course: 410255-Laboratory Practice IV
Course Objectives:
 To study the parametric methods for power spectrum estimation.
 To study adaptive filtering techniques and applications of adaptive filtering.
 To learn and understand Multi-rate DSP and applications
 To explore appropriate transforms
 Understand basic concepts of speech production, speech analysis, speech coding and
parametric representation of speech
 Acquire knowledge about different methods used for speech coding and understand
various applications of speech processing
• Learn and understand basics of Image Processing and various image filters with its
applications
Course Outcomes:
 Understand and apply different transforms for the design of DT/Digital systems
 Explore the knowledge of adaptive filtering and Multi-rate DSP
 Design DT systems in the field/area of adaptive filtering, spectral estimation and multi-rate
DSP
 Explore use of DCT and WT in speech and image processing
 Develop algorithms in the field of speech , image processing and other DSP applications
Course Contents
Unit I DFT and Applications 08 Hours
DFT and Applications – Linear filtering, spectral leakage, Spectral resolution and selection of
Window Length, Frequency analysis, 2-D DFT, applications in Image and Speech Processing
Unit II Adaptive FIR and IIR filter Design 08 Hours
Adaptive FIR and IIR filter Design – DT Filters, FIR and IIR filters, Adaptive FIR Filter design:
Steepest descent and Newton method, LMS method, Applications, Adaptive IIR Filter design:
Pade Approximation, Least square design, Applications
Unit III Multi-rate DSP and applications 08 Hours
Multi-rate DSP and applications – Decimation, Interpolation, sampling rate conversion, polyphone
filter structures, multistage filter design, applications
Unit IV Spectral Estimation 08 Hours

Spectral Estimation – Estimation of density spectrum, Nonparametric method, Parametric method,
Home
Evaluation ,DCT and WT – DCT and KL transform, STFT, WT, Harr Wavelet and Dubecheis
Wavelet, Applications of DCT and WT.
Unit V Speech processing 08 Hours
Speech processing - Speech coding: Phase Vocoder, LPC, Sub-band coding, Adaptive Transform
Coding, Harmonic Coding, Vector Quantization based Coders. Fundamentals of Speech
recognition, Speech segmentation, Text-to-speech conversion, speech enhancement, Speaker
Verification, Applications.
Unit VI Image Processing 08 Hours
Image Processing – Image as 2D signal and image enhancement techniques, filter design: low pass,
highpass and bandpass for image smoothing and edge detection, Optimum linear filter and order
statistic filter, Examples – Wiener and Median filters, Applications
Books:
Text:
1. J. G. Proakis, D. G. Manolakis, “ Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms, and
Applications,” Prentice Hall, 2007, 4th edition, ISBN: 10: 0131873741
2. Dr. Shaila D. Apate , “ Advanced Digital Signal Processing,” Wiley Publ., 2013, ISBN-10:
8126541245
3. S. K. Mitra, “Digital Signal Processing : A Computer Based Approach”, McGraw Hill
Higher Education, 2006, 3rd edition, ISBN-10: 0070429537
4. Rabiner and Juang, “Fundamentals of Speech Recognition”, Prentice Hall, 1994, ISBN:0-
13-015157-2 .
5. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”, Pearson
Education, 3d Ed., 2007, ISBN: 81-7808-629-8
References:
1. Chanda, Muzumdar, “Digital Image Processing and Analysis,” Estern Economy Edition,
PHI, 2nd Ed., ISBN: 978-81-203-4096-1
2. TarunRawat, “Digital Signal Processing”, Oxford University Press, 2015, ISBN-10:
0198062281
3. Roberto Crist, “Modern Digital Signal Processing,” Thomson Brooks/Cole 2004,
ISBN:978-93-80026-55-8.
4. Nelson Morgan and Ben Gold, “ Speech and Audio Signal Processing: Processing and
Perception Speech and Music”, 1999, John Wiley and Sons, ISBN: 0387951547
5. Raghuveer. M. Rao, AjitS.Bopardikar, “Wavelet Transforms: Introduction to Theory and
applications,” Pearson Education, Asia, 2000.Dale Grover and John R. (Jack) Deller,
“Digital Signal Processing and the Microcontroller”, Prentice Hall, ISBN:0-13-754920-2

Home
Elective III
410252(B): Compilers
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: Theory of Computation(310241), 310251-Systems Programming and
Operating System
Course Objectives:
 To introduce process of compilation
 To introduce complier writing tools
 To address issues in code generation and optimization
Course Outcomes:
 Design and implement a lexical analyzer and a syntax analyzer
 Specify appropriate translations to generate intermediate code for the given
programming language construct
 Compare and contrast different storage management schemes
 Identify sources for code optimization
Course Contents
Unit I Notion and Concepts 08 Hours
Introduction to compilers Design issues, passes, phases, symbol table Preliminaries Memory
management, Operating system support for compiler, Lexical Analysis Tokens, Regular
Expressions, Process of Lexical analysis, Block Schematic, Automatic construction of lexical
analyzer using LEX, LEX features and specification.
Unit II Parsing 08 Hours

Syntax Analysis CFG, top-down and bottom-up parsers, RDP, Predictive parser, SLR, LR(1),
LALR parsers, using ambiguous grammar, Error detection and recovery, automatic construction of
parsers using YACC, Introduction to Semantic analysis, Need of semantic analysis, type checking
and type conversion.
Unit III Syntax Translation Schemes 08 Hours

Syntax Directed Translation - Attribute grammar, S and L attributed grammar, bottom up and top
Home
down evaluations of S and L attributed grammar, Syntax directed translation scheme, Intermediate
code - need, types: Syntax Trees, DAG, Three-Address codes: Quadruples, Triples and Indirect
Triples, Intermediate code generation of declaration statement and assignment statement.
Unit IV Run-time Storage Management 08 Hours
Storage Management – Static, Stack and Heap, Activation Record, static and control links,
parameter passing, return value, passing array and variable number of arguments, Static and
Dynamic scope, Dangling Pointers, translation of control structures – if, if-else statement, Switch-
case, while, do -while statements, for, nested blocks, display mechanism, array assignment,
pointers, function call and return. Translation of OO constructs: Class, members and Methods.
Unit V Code Generation 08 Hours
Code Generation - Issues in code generation, basic blocks, flow graphs, DAG representation of
basic blocks, Target machine description, peephole optimization, Register allocation and
Assignment, Simple code generator, Code generation from labeled tree, Concept of code generator.
Unit VI Code Optimization 08 Hours
Need for Optimization, local, global and loop optimization, Optimizing transformations, compile
time evaluation, common sub-expression elimination, variable propagation, code movement,
strength reduction, dead code elimination, DAG based local optimization, Introduction to global
data flow analysis, Data flow equations and iterative data flow analysis.
Books:
Text:
1. V Aho, R Sethi, J D Ullman, “Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools", Pearson
Edition, ISBN 81-7758-590-8
2. Dick Grune, Bal, Jacobs, Langendoen, “ Modern Compiler Design”, Wiley, ISBN 81-265-
0418-8
References:
1. Anthony J. Dos Reis, “Compiler Construction Using Java”, JavaCC and Yacc Wiley, ISBN
978-0-470-94959-7
2. K Muneeswaran, “Compiler Design", Oxford University press, ISBN 0-19-806664-3
3. J R Levin, T Mason, D Brown, “Lex and Yacc", O'Reilly, 2000 ISBN 81-7366-061-X

Home
Elective III
410252(C): Embedded and Real Time Operating Systems
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 310251-Systems Programming and Operating System
Course Objectives:
 To understand a typical embedded system and its constituents
 To learn the selection process of processor and memory for the embedded systems
 To learn communication buses and protocols used in the embedded and real-time systems
 To understand real-time operating system (RTOS) and the types of RTOS
 To learn various approaches to real-time scheduling
 To learn software development process and tools for RTOS applications
Course Outcomes:
 Recognize and classify embedded and real-time systems
 Explain communication bus protocols used for embedded and real-time systems
 Classify and exemplify scheduling algorithms
 Apply software development process to a given RTOS application
 Design a given RTOS based application
Course Contents
Unit I Embedded Systems 08 Hours
Introduction to Embedded systems, Characteristics, Challenges, Processors in Embedded systems,

hardware Unit s and devices in an embedded system – Power source, memory, real-time clocks,
timers, reset circuits, watchdog-timer reset, Input-output ports, buses and interfaces, ADC, DAC,
LCD, LED, Keypad, pulse dialer, modem, transceivers, embedded software, software are tools for
designing an embedded system.
Unit II Embedded System On Chip (SOC) 08 Hours
Embedded SOC, ASIC, IP core, ASIP, ASSP, examples of embedded systems. Advanced
architectures/processors for embedded systems- ARM, SHARC, DSP, Superscalar Units. Processor
organization, Memory organization, Performance metrics for a processor, memory map and
addresses, Processor selection and memory selection for real-time applications.
Networked embedded systems- I2C, CAN, USB, Fire wire. Internet enabled systems- TCP, IP,
UDP. Wireless and mobile system Protocols- IrDA, Bluetooth, 802.11, ZigBee.
Unit III I/O Communication 08 Hours
Devices and communication buses: Types of I/O communication, types of serial communication,
Serial protocols, Devices and buses- RS-232C, RS-485, HDLC, SPI, SCI, SI, SDIO. Parallel ports
and interfacing. Parallel device protocols: ISA, PCI, PCI/X, ARM bus, Wireless devices.
Unit IV Real Time Operating System 08 Hours

Introduction to real-time operating systems. Hard versus soft real-time systems and their timing
Home
constraints. Temporal parameters of real-time process: Fixed, Jittered and sporadic release times,
execution time. Types of real-time tasks, Precedence constraints and data dependency among real-
time tasks, other types of dependencies for real-time tasks. Functional parameters and Resource
parameters of real-time process, Real-time applications: Guidance and control, Signal processing,
Multimedia, real-time databases.
Real-time task and task states, task and data. Approaches to real-time scheduling: clock driver,
weighted round-robin, priority-driven- Fixed priority and dynamic priority algorithms –Rate
Monotonic (RM), Earliest-Deadline-First (EDF), Latest-Release-Time (LRT), Least-Slack-Time-
First (LST). Static and Dynamic systems, on-line and off-line scheduling, Scheduling a-periodic and
sporadic real-time tasks.
Unit V Inter-process communication 08 Hours
Resources and resource access control-Assumption on resources and their usage, Enforcing mutual
exclusion and critical sections, resource conflicts and blocking, Effects of resource contention and
resource access control - priority inversion, priority inheritance.
Inter-process communication-semaphores, message queues, mailboxes and pipes. Other RTOS
services-Timer function, events, Interrupts - enabling and disabling interrupts, saving and restoring
context, interrupt latency, shared data problem while handling interrupts. Interrupt routines in an
RTOS environment.
Unit VI Multiprocessor Scheduling 08Hours
Multiprocessor Scheduling, resource access control and synchronization in Real-time Operating
system. Real-time communication: Model, priority-based service disciplines for switched networks,
weighted round-robin service disciplines, Medium access-control protocols for broadcast networks,
internet and resource reservation protocols, real-time protocols. Software development process for
embedded system: Requirements engineering, Architecture and design of an embedded system,
Implementation aspects in an embedded system, estimation modeling in embedded software.
Validation and debugging of embedded systems. Embedded software development tools.
Debugging techniques. Real-time operating systems: Capabilities of commercial real-time operating
systems, QNX/Neutrino, Microc/OS-II, VxWorks, Windows CE and RTLinux.
Books:
Text:
1. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems: Architecture, programming and Design”, 2nd Edition,
McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 13: 9780070151253
2. Jane W. S. Liu, “Real-Time Systems”, Pearson Education, ISBN: 10: 0130996513
1. David E. Simon, “An Embedded Software Primer”, Pearson Education, ISBN: :8177581546
References:
1. Sriram V. Iyer, Pankaj Gupta, “Embedded Real-time Systems Programming”, Tata
McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 13: 9780070482845
2. Dr. K. V. K. K. Prasad, “Embedded Real-Time Systems: Concepts: Design and
Programming”, Black Book, Dreamtech Press, ISBN: 10: 8177224611,13: 9788177224610

Home
Elective III
410252(D): Soft Computing and Optimization Algorithms
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 310250-Design and Analysis of Algorithm
Course Objectives:
 To know the basics behind the Design and development intelligent systems in the
framework of soft computing
 To acquire knowledge of Artificial Neural Networks Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy Logic, Evolutionary
computing and swarm intelligence
 To explore the applications of soft computing
 To understand the need of optimization
Course Outcomes:
 Apply soft computing methodologies, including artificial neural networks, fuzzy sets, fuzzy
logic, fuzzy inference systems and genetic algorithms
 Design and development of certain scientific and commercial application using
computational neural network models, fuzzy models, fuzzy clustering applications and
genetic algorithms in specified applications.
Course Contents
Introduction, soft computing vs. hard computing, various types of soft computing techniques, and
applications of soft computing. Basic tools of soft computing – Fuzzy logic, neural network,
evolutionary computing. Introduction: Neural networks, application scope of neural networks, fuzzy
logic, genetic algorithm, and hybrid systems.
Unit II Fuzzy Sets and Logic 08 Hours
Basic concepts of fuzzy logic, Fuzzy sets and Crisp sets, Fuzzy set theory and operations, Properties
of fuzzy sets, Fuzzy and Crisp relations, Fuzzy to Crisp conversion. Membership functions,
interference in fuzzy logic, fuzzy if-then rules, Fuzzy implications and Fuzzy algorithms,
Fuzzyfications and Defuzzifications.
Unit III Fuzzy Systems 08 Hours
Fuzzy Controller, Fuzzy rule base and approximate reasoning: truth values and tables in fuzzy logic,
fuzzy propositions formation of rules, decomposition of compound rules, aggregation of fuzzy
rules, fuzzy reasoning, fuzzy inference system, fuzzy expert systems.
Unit IV Evolutionary Computing 08 Hours

Basic Evolutionary Processes, EV : A Simple Evolutionary System, Evolutionary Systems as
Home
Problem Solvers, A Historical Perspective, Canonical Evolutionary Algorithms - Evolutionary
Programming, Evolution Strategies, A Unified View of Simple EAs- A Common Framework,
Population Size.
Unit V Genetic Algorithm 08 Hours
Basic concepts, working principle, procedures of GA, flow chart of GA, Genetic representations,
(encoding) Initialization and selection, Genetic operators, Mutation, Generational Cycle, Traditional
algorithm vs genetic algorithm, simple GA, general genetic algorithm, schema theorem,
Classification of genetic algorithm, Holland classifier systems, genetic programming, applications
of genetic algorithm, Convergence of GA. Applications and advances in GA, Differences and
similarities between GA and other traditional method, applications.
Unit VI Swarm Intelligence 08 Hours
Swarm intelligence , Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) Algorithm- Formulations, Pseudo-code,
parameters, premature convergence, topology, biases, Real valued and binary PSO, Ant colony
optimization (ACO)- Formulations, Pseudo-code. Applications of PSO and ACO.
Books:
Text:
1. S.N. Sivanandam- “Principles of Soft Computing”, Wiley India- ISBN- 9788126527410
2. S. Rajsekaran and G.A. Vijayalakshmi Pai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic
Algorithm: Synthesis and Applications” , Prentice Hall of India, ISBN: 0451211243
3. J S R Jang, CT Sun and E.Mizutani, “Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing” , PHI PVT LTD,
ISBN 0-13-261066-3.
4. De Jong , “Evolutionary Computation: A Unified Approach”, Cambridge (Massachusetts):
MIT Press. ISBN: 0-262-04194-4. 2006
5. Maurice Clerc, “Particle Swarm Optimization”, ISTE, Print ISBN:9781905209040 |Online
ISBN:9780470612163 |DOI:10.1002/9780470612163
References:
1. Andries P. Engelbrecht, “Computational Intelligence: An Introduction”, 2nd Edition-Wiley
India- ISBN: 978-0-470-51250-0
2. N.P.Padhy, “Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems” Oxford University Press,
ISBN 10: 0195671546
3. Siman Haykin, “Neural Networks”, Prentice Hall of India, ISBN: 0-7923-9475-5
4. Timothy J. Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications” , Wiley India, ISBN: 978-0-
470-74376-8
5. Eiben and Smith, “Introduction to Evolutionary Computation", Springer, ISBN-10:
3642072852

Home
Elective IV
410253(A): Software Defined Networks
Examination Scheme:
Course Objectives:
 To understand the challenges of the traditional networks and evolution of next generation
networks.
 To gain conceptual understanding of Software Defined Networking (SDN) and its role in
Data Center.
 To understand role of Open Flow protocol and SDN Controllers.
 To study industrial deployment use-cases of SDN
 To Understand the Network Functions Virtualization and SDN.
Course Outcomes:
 Interpret the need of Software Defined Networking solutions.
 Analyze different methodologies for sustainable Software Defined Networking solutions.
 Select best practices for design, deploy and troubleshoot of next generation networks.
 Develop programmability of network elements.
 Demonstrate virtualization and SDN Controllers using OpenFlow protocol
Course Contents
Unit I Introduction to Software Defined Networking (SDN) 08 Hours
Challenges of traditional networks, Traditional Switch Architecture - Control, Data and
management Planes, Introduction to SDN, Need of SDN, History of SDN, Fundamental
characteristics of SDN (Plane Separation, Simplified Device and Centralized control, Network
Automation and Virtualization, and Openness), SDN Operation/Architecture, SDN API‟s
(Northbound API‟s, Southbound API‟s, East/West API‟s), ONF, SDN Devices and SDN
Applications.
Unit II Open Flow 08 Hours

OpenFlow Overview, The OpenFlow Switch, The OpenFlow Controller, ,OpenFlow Ports, Message
Home
Types, Pipeline Processing, Flow Tables, Matching, Instructions, Action Set and List, OpenFlow
Protocol, Proactive and Reactive Flow, Timers, OpenFlow Limitations, OpenFlow Advantages and
Disadvantages, Open v Switch Features
Unit III SDN Controllers 08 Hours
SDN OpenFlow Controllers: Open Source Controllers - NOX, POX, Beacon, Maestro, Floodlight,
Ryu and Open Daylight, Applicability of OpenFlow protocol in SDN Controllers, Mininet, and
implementing software-defined network (SDN) based firewall.
Unit IV SDN in Data Centre 08 Hours
Data Center Definition, Data Center Demands (Adding, Moving, Deleting Resources, Failure
Recovery, Multitenancy, Traffic Engineering and Path Efficiency), Tunneling Technologies for the
Data Center, SDN Use Cases in the Data Center, Comparison of Open SDN, Overlays, and APIs,
Real-World Data Center Implementations.
Unit V Network Functions Virtualization (NFV) 08 Hours
Definition of NFV, SDN Vs NFV, In-line network functions, Benefits of Network Functions
Virtualization, Challenges for Network Functions Virtualization, Leading NFV Vendors,
Comparison of NFV and NV.
Unit VI SDN Use Cases 08 Hours
Wide Area Networks, Service Provider and Carrier Networks, Campus Networks, Hospitality
Networks, Mobile Networks, Optical Networks, SDN vs P2P/Overlay Networks.
Books:
Text:
1. Paul Goransson and Chuck Black, “Software Defined Networks: A Comprehensive
Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2014, ISBN: 9780124166752, 9780124166844.
2. Siamak Azodolmolky, “Software Defined Networking with Open Flow, Packt Publishing,
2013, ISBN: 9781849698726
3. Thomas D. Nadeau, Ken Gray, “SDN: Software Defined Networks, An Authoritative
Review of Network Programmability Technologies”, 2013, ISBN : 10:1-4493-4230-2, 978-
1-4493-4230-2
References:
1. Vivek Tiwari, “SDN and OpenFlow for Beginners”, Digital Services, 2013, ISBN: 10: 1-
940686-00-8, 13: 978-1-940686-00-4
2. Fei Hu, “Network Innovation through OpenFlow and SDN: Principles and Design”, CRC
Press, 2014, ISBN: 10: 1466572094
3. Open Networking Foundation (ONF) Documents, https://www.opennetworking.org, 2015

Home
Elective IV
410253(B): Human Computer Interface
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 210251-Computer Graphics
Course Objectives:
 To design, implement and evaluate effective and usable Human Computer Interfaces.
 To describe and apply core theories, models and methodologies from the field of HCI.
 Learn a variety of methods for evaluating the quality of a user interface
 To implement simple graphical user interfaces based on principles of HCI.
Course Outcomes:
 Evaluate the basics of human and computational abilities and limitations.
 Inculcate basic theory, tools and techniques in HCI.
 Apply the fundamental aspects of designing and evaluating interfaces.
 Apply appropriate HCI techniques to design systems that are usable by people
Course Contents
Unit I Foundations of Human–Computer Interaction 08 Hours
What is HCI – design, models, evaluation, Need to understand people, computers and methods. Basic
human abilities - vision, hearing, touch, memory.
Computers – speed, interfaces, widgets, and effects on interaction. Humans – Memory, Attention
Span, Visual Perception, psychology, ergonomics. Understanding Users.
Methods for evaluation of interfaces with users: goals of evaluation, approaches, ethics,
introspection, extracting the conceptual model, direct observation, constructive interaction,
interviews and questionnaires, continuous evaluation via user feedback and field studies, choosing an
evaluation method.
Unit II The Design Process 08 Hours
Interaction Design Basics, Interaction Styles. HCI in the Software Process. HCI design principles and
rules: design principles, principles to support usability, golden rules and heuristics, HCI patterns,
design rules, HCI design standards. Direct Manipulation - Overview, Scope, Applications. Universal
Design, User-centered design, task analysis/GOMS, Graphic Design
Unit III Implementation 08 Hours

Implementation Tools, Technology and change designing for the Web, designing for portable
Home
devices. Handling errors and Designing Help. Prototyping and UI Software.
Unit IV Evaluation and User Support 08 Hours
Evaluation of User Interfaces. Web Browsers - Fonts, Color Palette, Color Depth, Resolution,
Layout, Size, Orientation. Mobile devices issues – design, limitations, what next. User Support.
Unit V Users Models 08 Hours
Predictive Models, Cognitive Models. Interaction with Natural Languages, Next Generation
Interface. Socio-organizational Issues and Stakeholder Requirements. Heuristic Evaluation,
Evaluation with Cognitive Models, Evaluation with Users.
Unit VI Task Models and Dialogs 08 Hours
Task Analysis, DOET (Design of Everyday Things). Design Dialogs Notations, Warnings, and Error
messages. Model-based Evaluation. User Testing, Usability Testing, User Acceptance Testing.
Books:
Text:
1. Alan J, Dix. Janet Finlay, Rusell Beale, "Human Computer Interaction", Pearson Education,
3rd Edition, 2004, ISBN 81-297-0409-9
2. Jenny Preece, Rogers, Sharp, “Interaction Design-beyond human-computer interaction”,
WILEY-INDIA, ISBN 81-265-0393-9
References:
3. Jonathan Lazar, Jinjuan Feng, Harry Hochheiser, “Research Methods in Human-Computer
Interaction", Third Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2017, ISBN: 9780128053904.
4. Mary Beth Rosson and John M. Carroll, “Usability Engineering: Scenario-Based
Development of Human-Computer Interaction”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2001, ISBN-13: 978-
1558607125

Home
Elective IV
410253(C): Cloud Computing
Examination Scheme:
Prerequisite Courses: 310245 Computer Networks
Course Objectives:
 To understand cloud computing concepts;
 To study various platforms for cloud computing
 To explore the applications based on cloud computing
Course Outcomes:
 To install cloud computing environments.
 To develop any one type of cloud
 To explore future trends of cloud computing
Course Contents
Unit I Basics of Cloud Computing 08 Hours
Overview, Applications, Intranets and the Cloud. Your Organization and Cloud Computing- Benefits,
Limitations, Security Concerns. Software as a Service (SaaS)- Understanding the Multitenant Nature
of SaaS Solutions, Understanding SOA. Platform as a Service (PaaS)-IT Evolution Leading to the
Cloud, Benefits of Paas Solutions, Disadvantages of PaaS Solutions. Infrastructure as a Service
(IaaS)-Understanding IaaS, Improving Performance through Load Balancing, System and Storage
Redundancy, Utilizing Cloud-Based NAS Devices, Advantages, Server Types. Identity as a Service
(IDaaS).
Unit II Data Storage and Security in Cloud 08 Hours
Cloud file systems: GFS and HDFS, BigTable, HBase and Dynamo Cloud data stores: Datastore and
Simple DB Gautam Shrauf, Cloud Storage-Overview, Cloud Storage Providers. [Anthony T. Velte]3
Securing the Cloud- General Security Advantages of Cloud-Based Solutions, Introducing Business
Continuity and Disaster Recovery. Disaster Recovery- Understanding the Threats.
Unit III Virtualization 08 Hours
Implementation Levels of Virtualization, Virtualization Structures/Tools and Mechanisms, Types of
Hypervisors, Virtualization of CPU, Memory, and I/O Devices, Virtual Clusters and Resource
Management, Virtualization for Data-Center Automation. Common Standards: The Open Cloud
Consortium, Open Virtualization Format, Standards for Application Developers: Browsers (Ajax),
Data (XML, JSON), Solution Stacks (LAMP and LAPP),Syndication (Atom, Atom Publishing
Protocol, and RSS), Standards for Security.
Unit IV Amazon Web Services 08 Hours

Services offered by Amazon Hands-on Amazon, EC2 - Configuring a server, Virtual Amazon
Home
Cloud, AWS Storage and Content Delivery Identify key AWS storage options Describe Amazon
EBS Creating an Elastic Block Store Volume Adding an EBS Volume to an Instance Snap shotting
an EBS Volume and Increasing Performance Create an Amazon S3 bucket and manage associated
objects. AWS Load Balancing Service Introduction Elastic Load Balancer Creating and Verifying
Elastic Load Balancer.
Unit V Ubiquitous Clouds and the Internet of Things 08 Hours
Cloud Trends in Supporting Ubiquitous Computing, Performance of Distributed Systems and the
Cloud, Enabling Technologies for the Internet of Things (RFID, Sensor Networks and ZigBee
Technology, GPS), Innovative Applications of the Internet of Things (Smart Buildings and Smart
Power Grid, Retailing and Supply-Chain Management, Cyber-Physical System), Online Social and
Professional Networking.
Unit VI Future of Cloud Computing 08 Hours
How the Cloud Will Change Operating Systems, Location-Aware Applications, Intelligent Fabrics,
Paints, and More, The Future of Cloud TV, Future of Cloud-Based Smart Devices, Faster Time to
Market for Software Applications, Home-Based Cloud Computing, Mobile Cloud, Autonomic Cloud
Engine, Multimedia Cloud, Energy Aware Cloud Computing, Jungle Computing. Docker at a
Glance: Process Simplification, Broad Support and Adoption, Architecture, Getting the Most from
Docker, The Docker Workflow.
Books:
Text:
1. Anthony T. Velte Toby J. Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, “Cloud Computing: A Practical
Approach”, 2010, The McGraw-Hill.
2. Dr. Kris Jamsa, “ Cloud Computing: SaaS, PaaS, IaaS, Virtualization and more” , Wiley
Publications, ISBN: 978-0-470-97389-9
3. Gautam Shrof, “ENTERPRISE CLOUD COMPUTING Technology Architecture,
Applications, Cambridge University Press, ISBN: 9780511778476
References:
1. Dr. Kumar Saurabh,"Cloud Computing", Wiley Publication, ISBN10: 8126536039
2. Buyya, “Mastering Cloud Computing”, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN-13: 978-1-25-902995-0,
3. Barrie Sosinsky,"Cloud Computing", Wiley India, ISBN: 978-0-470-90356-8
4. Kailash Jayaswal, “Cloud computing", Black Book, Dreamtech Press
5. Thomas Erl, Zaigham Mahmood and Ricardo Puttini, “Cloud Computing: Concepts,
Technology and Architecture”, Pearson, 1st Edition, ISBN :978 9332535923, 9332535922
4. Tim Mather, Subra K, Shahid L.,Cloud Security and Privacy, Oreilly, ISBN-13 978-81-8404-
815-5

Home
Elective IV
410253(D): Open Elective
Examination Scheme:
The open elective included, so as to give the student a wide choice of subjects from other
Engineering Programs. To inculcate the out of box thinking and to feed the inquisitive minds of the
learners the idea of open elective is need of the time.
Flexibility is extended with the choice of open elective allows the learner to choose
interdisciplinary/exotic/future technology related courses to expand the knowledge horizons.
With this idea learner opts for the course without any boundaries to choose the approved by academic
council and Board of Studies.

Home
410254:Laboratory Practice III
Practical : 04 Hours/Week 02 Term Work: 50 Marks
Practical: 50 Marks
competency by undertaking the laboratory assignments of the core courses.
About
Laboratory Practice III is for practical hands on for core courses Machine Learning and Information
& Cyber Security.
for reference.
 Referring these, Course Teacher or Lab Instructor may frame the assignments/mini-project by
understanding the prerequisites, technological aspects, utility and recent trends related to the
respective courses.
Matlab, WEKA.
Algorithm/Database design, test cases, conclusion/analysis). Program codes with sample output of
all performed assignments are to be submitted as softcopy.
Home
each lab assignment assessment include- timely completion, performance, innovation, efficient codes,
punctuality and neatness reserving weightage for successful mini-project completion and related
documentation.
 Both internal and external examiners should jointly frame suitable problem statements for
practical examination based on the term work completed.
 During practical assessment, the expert evaluator should give the maximum weightage to the
satisfactory implementation of the problem statement.
student‟s for advanced learning, understanding of the fundamentals, effective and efficient
implementation.
consummate our team efforts to the promising boost to the student's academics.
department/foreword/ preface etc), University syllabus, conduction and Assessment guidelines, topics
under consideration-concept, objectives, outcomes, set of typical applications/assignments/
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments& Mini Projects
( any 04 assignments Machine Learning and Information & Cyber Security AND Mini-project per
course)
410250: Machine Learning
1. Assignment on Linear Regression:
The following table shows the results of a recently conducted study on the correlation of the
number of hours spent driving with the risk of developing acute backache. Find the equation of
the best fit line for this data.
2. Assignment on Decision Tree Classifier:

A dataset collected in a cosmetics shop showing details of customers and whether or not they
responded to a special offer to buy a new lip-stick is shown in table below. Use this dataset to

build a decision tree, with Buys as the target variable, to help in buying lip-sticks in the future.
Find the root node of decision tree. According to the decision tree you have made from
previous training data set, what is the decision for the test data: [Age < 21, Income = Low,
Home
Gender = Female, Marital Status = Married]?
3. Assignment on k-NN Classification:

In the following diagram let blue circles indicate positive examples and orange squares indicate
negative examples. We want to use k-NN algorithm for classifying the points. If k=3, find the
class of the point (6,6). Extend the same example for Distance-Weighted k-NN and Locally
weighted Averaging
4. Assignment on K-Means Clustering:

We have given a collection of 8 points. P1=[0.1,0.6] P2=[0.15,0.71] P3=[0.08,0.9] P4=[0.16,
0.85] P5=[0.2,0.3] P6=[0.25,0.5] P7=[0.24,0.1] P8=[0.3,0.2]. Perform the k-mean clustering
with initial centroids as m1=P1 =Cluster#1=C1 and m2=P8=cluster#2=C2. Answer the
following
1] Which cluster does P6 belongs to?
2] What is the population of cluster around m2?
3] What is updated value of m1 and m2?
5. Mini-Project 1 on Genetic Algorithm:

Apply the Genetic Algorithm for optimization on a dataset obtained from UCI ML repository.
For Example: IRIS Dataset or Travelling Salesman Problem or KDD Dataset

6. Mini-Project 2 on SVM:
Home
Apply the Support vector machine for classification on a dataset obtained from UCI ML
repository.
For Example: Fruits Classification or Soil Classification or Leaf Disease Classification
7. Mini-Project 3 on PCA:
Apply the Principal Component Analysis for feature reduction on any Company Stock Market
Dataset
410251:: : Information and Cyber Security
1. Implementation of S-DES
2. Implementation of S-AES
3. Implementation of Diffie-Hellman key exchange
4. Implementation of RSA.
5. Implementation of ECC algorithm.
6. Mini Project 1: SQL Injection attacks and Cross -Site Scripting attacks are the two most
common attacks on web application. Develop a new policy based Proxy Agent, which classifies
the request as a scripted request or query based request, and then, detects the respective type of
attack, if any in the request. It should detect both SQL injection attack as well as the Cross-Site
Scripting attacks.
7. Mini Project 2:This task is to demonstrate insecure and secured website. Develop a web site
and demonstrate how the contents of the site can be changed by the attackers if it is http based
and not secured. You can also add payment gateway and demonstrate how money transactions
can be hacked by the hackers. Then support your website having https with SSL and
demonstrate how secured website is.

Home
410255:Laboratory Practice IV
Term Work: 50 Marks
Practical : 04 Hours/Week 02 Presentation: 50 Marks
competency by undertaking the laboratory assignments of the elective courses. Enough choice is
provided to the learner to choose an elective of one‟s interest.
Laboratory Practice II is companion lab for elective course III and elective course IV.
for reference.
Matlab, WEKA.

Home
 It is recommended to conduct examination based on Mini-Project(s) Demonstration
and related skill learned. Team of 2 to 3 students may work on mini-project. During the
assessment, the expert evaluator should give the maximum weightage to the satisfactory
implementation and software engineering approach followed.
student‟s for advanced learning, understanding, effective and efficient implementation and
demonstration skills.
consummate our team efforts to the promising start of the student's academics.
Suggested List of Laboratory Assignments & Mini Projects
Recommended / Sample set of assignments and mini projects for reference for four courses
offered for Elective I and for four courses offered for Elective II. Respective Student have to
complete laboratory work for elective I and II that he/she has opted.
410252: Elective III
410252 (A) Advanced Digital Signal Processing
Use -
A] MATLAB or other equivalent software working with speech and image signals/files and for
analysis purpose.
B] C++ or JAVA for working with sampled data ( n – point data samples of DT/Digital signal)
C] JAVA or other for image processing assignments
1. Apply 1-D DFT to observe spectral leakage and frequency analysis of different window
sequences, plot the frequency spectrums.
2. Adaptive FIR and IIR filter design:
A] Steepest descent and Newton method, LMS method,
B] Adaptive IIR Filter design: Pade Approximation, Least square design
3. Power spectrum estimation and analysis:
Take a speech signal and perform
A] Non parametric method: DFT and window sequences
B] Parametric methods: AR model parameters
4. Multi-rate DSP and applications – Decimation, Interpolation, sampling rate conversion
A] Take a speech signal with specified sampling frequency. Decimate by factor D(e.g. factor
B] Take a speech signal with specified sampling frequency. Interpolate by factor I(e.g.
factor)
C] Sampling rate conversion by factor of I/D

5. Write a program to calculate LPC coefficients, reflection coefficients using Levinson Durbin
Home
algorithm
6. Feature Extraction of speech signal
A] Using LPC and other methods
B] Apply different coding methods: harmonic coding, vector quantization
7. Mini-Project 1: Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT)
A] To find DCT of NxN image block
B] To plot spectrum of the speech signal using DCT and find the correlation of DCT
transformed signal
C] Image filtering using DCT : LPF, edge detection
D] Image compression using DCT, Image resizing
8. Mini-Project 2: Wavelet Transform (WT)
A] To get compression using wavelet decomposition of a signal
B] Denoising using wavelet decomposition
C] To get compression using wavelet decomposition of a signal (Harr Wavelet)
D] To get low-pass filtered and high pass filtered speech signal using Haar wavelet
E] Image filtering using WT
9. Mini-Project 3: Image Processing
A] Histogram and Equalization
B] Image Enhancement Techniques
C] Image Filtering: LPF, HPF, Sobel/Prewitt Masks
D] Image Smoothing with special filters: Median, Weiner, Homomorphic filters
Course: 410252 (B) Compiler Construction
1. Implement a Lexical Analyzer using LEX for a subset of C. Cross check your output with
Stanford LEX.
2. Implement a parser for an expression grammar using YACC and LEX for the subset of C.
Cross check your output with Stanford LEX and YACC.
3. Generate and populate appropriate Symbol Table.
4. Implementation of Semantic Analysis Operations (like type checking, verification of
function parameters, variable declarations and coercions) possibly using an Attributed
Translation Grammar.
5. Implement the front end of a compiler that generates the three address code for a simple
language.
6. A Register Allocation algorithm that translates the given code into one with a fixed number
of registers.
7. Implementation of Instruction Scheduling Algorithm.
8. Implement Local and Global Code Optimizations such as Common Sub-expression
Elimination, Copy Propagation, Dead-Code Elimination, Loop and Basic-Block
Optimizations. (Optional)
9. Mini-Project 1: Implement POS tagging for simple sentences written Hindi or any Indian
Language
Course: 410252 (C) Embedded and Real Time Operating Systems
1. Simulation/ Design, planning and modeling of a Real-Time / Embedded System for- (any
one)
 Alarm system for elderly people (Fall detection, Heart attack)
 Medication machine for patients in ICU
 Smart traffic control
 Autonomous car
 Smart home ( sound system, temperature, light)
 Control of an autonomous quadrocopter (e.g. for surveillance tasks)

 Control of a rail station
Home
 Video conference system
 Washing machine
Course: 410252 (D) Soft Computing and Optimization Algorithms
1. Implement Union, Intersection, Complement and Difference operations on fuzzy sets. Also
create fuzzy relation by Cartesian product of any two fuzzy sets and perform max-min
composition on any two fuzzy relations.
2. Implement genetic algorithm for benchmark function (eg. Square, Rosenbrock function etc)
Initialize the population from the Standard Normal Distribution. Evaluate the fitness of all its
individuals. Then you will do multiple generation of a genetic algorithm. A generation
consists of applying selection, crossover, mutation, and replacement.
Use:
• Tournament selection without replacement with tournament size s
• One point crossover with probability Pc
• bit-flip mutation with probability Pm
• use full replacement strategy
3. Implement Particle swarm optimization for benchmark function (eg. Square, Rosenbrock
function). Initialize the population from the Standard Normal Distribution. Evaluate fitness
of all particles.
Use :
 c1=c2 = 2
 Inertia weight is linearly varied between 0.9 to 0.4.
 Global best variation
4. Implement basic logic gates using Mc-Culoch-Pitts or Hebbnet neural networks
5. Write a program to find the Boolean function to implement following single layer
perceptron. Assume all activation functions to be the threshold function which is 1 for all
input values greater than zero and 0, otherwise.
6. Implement Union, Intersection, Complement and Difference operations on fuzzy sets. Also
create fuzzy relation by Cartesian product of any two fuzzy sets and perform max-min
composition on any two fuzzy relations.
7. The figure shows a single hidden layer neural network. The weights are initialized to 1‟s as
shown in the diagram and all biases are initialized to 0‟s. Assume all the neurons have linear
activation functions. The neural network is to be trained with stochastic (online) gradient
descent. The first training example is [x1=1, x2=0] and the desired output is 1. Design the
back-propagation algorithm to find the updated value for W11 after backpropagation.
Choose the value that is the closest to the options given below: [learning rate =0.1]

Home
8. Mini-Project 1 on Genetic Algorithm:
Apply the Genetic Algorithm for optimization on a dataset obtained from UCI ML
repository.
For Example: IRIS Dataset or Travelling Salesman Problem or KDD Dataset
9. Apply the Particle swarm optimization for Travelling Salesman Problem
10. Mini-Project 2 on Fuzzy Logic:
Solve Greg Viot‟s fuzzy cruise controller using MATLAB Fuzzy logic toolbox or Octave or
Python.
11. Mini-Project 3 on Fuzzy Logic:
Solve Air Conditioner Controller using MATLAB Fuzzy logic toolbox or Octave or Python.
410253: Elective III
Course: 410253 (A) Software Defined Networks
1. Phase I:Set up Mininet network emulation environment using Virtual Box and Mininet.
Demonstrate the basic commands in Mininet and emulate different custom network topology
(Simple, Linear, and Tree).View flow tables.
2. Phase II:Study open source POX and Floodlight controller. Install controller and run custom
topology using remote controller like POX and floodlight controller. Identify inserted flows
by the controllers.
3. Phase III:Create a SDN environment on Mininet and configure a switch to provide a firewall
functionality using POX controller.
Ref:https://github.com/mininet/openflow-tutorial/wiki/Create- Firewall
4. Phase IV:Build your own Internet Router using Mininet as an Emulator and POX controller.
Write a simple router with a static routing table. The router will receive raw Ethernet frames.
It will process the packets just like a real router, and then forward them to the correct
outgoing interface. Make sure you receive the Ethernet frame and create the forwarding logic
so packets go to the correct interface. Ref:https://github.com/mininet/mininet/wiki/Simple-
Router
5. Phase V: Emulate a Data Center and manage it via a Cloud Network Controller: create a
multi-rooted tree-like (Clos) topology in Mininet to emulate a data center. Your second task
is to implement specific SDN applications on top of the network controller in order to
orchestrate multiple network tenants within a data center environment, in the context of
network virtualization and management. Ref:
https://opencourses.uoc.gr/courses/pluginfile.php/13576/mod_resource/content/2/exercise5.p
df
Course:410253 (B) Human Computer Interface
1. Identify specialized users and related facilities for a selected product / system and make
necessary suggestions for its improved accessibility design.
2. Design user persona for the users of selected product / system.
Home
3. Conduct a contextual inquiry for selected product / system.
4. Design an interface prototype for selected product / system.
5. Evaluate an interface using usability evaluation technique.
Course: 410253 (C) Cloud Computing
1. 1. Installation and configuration of own Cloud
2. Implementation of Virtualization in Cloud Computing to Learn Virtualization Basics,
Benefits of Virtualization in Cloud using Open Source Operating System.
3. Study and implementation of infrastructure as Service using Open Stack.
4. Write a program for Web feed using PHP and HTML.
5. Write a Program to Create, Manage and groups User accounts in own Cloud by
Installing Administrative Features.
6. Case study on Amazon EC2 to learn about Amazon EC2,Amazon Elastic Compute
Cloud is a central part of Amazon.com's cloud computing platform, Amazon Web
Services. How EC2 allows users torrent virtual computers on which to run their own
computer applications.
7. Case study on Microsoft azure to learn about Microsoft Azure is a cloud computing
platform and infrastructure, created by Microsoft, forbuilding, deploying and
managing applications and services through a global network of Microsoft-managed
datacenters. How it work, different services provided by it.
8. Design and develop custom Application (Mini Project) using Salesforce Cloud.
9. Assignment to install and configure Google App Engine.
10. Design an Assignment to retrieve, verify, and store user credentials using Firebase
Authentication, the Google App Engine standard environment, and Google Cloud
Data store.
11. Creating an Application in SalesForce.com using Apex programming Language.
12. Design an Assignment based on Working with Mangrasoft Aneka Software.
2. Mini-Project 1: Setup your own cloud for Software as a Service (SaaS) over the existing
LAN in your laboratory. In this assignment you have to write your own code for cloud
controller using open source technologies without HDFS. Implement the basic operations
may be like to upload and download file on/from cloud in encrypted form.
3. Mini-Project 2: Setup your own cloud for Software as a Service (SaaS) over the existing
LAN in your laboratory. In this assignment you have to write your own code for cloud
controller using open source technologies to implement with HDFS. Implement the basic
operations may be like to divide the file in segments/blocks and upload/ download file
on/from cloud in encrypted form.
Course: 410253 (D) Open Elective
Suitable set of programming assignments/Mini-projects for open elective Opted.

Home
410256:Project Work Stage II
06
Presentation: 50 Marks
Course Objectives:
 To follow SDLC meticulously and meet the objectives of proposed work
 To test rigorously before deployment of system
 To validate the work undertaken
 To consolidate the work as furnished report.
Course Outcomes:
 Show evidence of independent investigation
 Critically analyze the results and their interpretation.
 Report and present the original results in an orderly way and placing the open questions in
the right perspective.
 Link techniques and results from literature as well as actual research and future research lines
with the research.
 Appreciate practical implications and constraints of the specialist subject
Guidelines
In Project Work Stage–II, the student shall complete the remaining project work which consists of
Selection of Technology and Tools, Installations, UML implementations, testing, Results,
performance discussions using data tables per parameter considered for the improvement with
existing/known algorithms/systems and comparative analysis and validation of results and
conclusions. The student shall prepare and submit the report of Project work in standard format for
satisfactory completion of the work that is the duly certified by the concerned guide and head of the
Department/Institute.
Follow guidelines and formats as mentioned in Project Workbook recommended by Board of

Studies.

Home
In addition to credits, it is recommended that there should be audit course in preferably in each
semester from second year to supplement their knowledge and skills. Student will be awarded the
bachelor„s degree if he/she earns 190 credits and clears all the audit courses specified in the
syllabus. The student will be awarded grade as AP on successful completion of audit course. The
student may opt for one of the audit courses per semester, starting in second year first semester.
Though not mandatory, such a selection of the audit courses helps the learner to explore the subject
of interest in greater detail resulting in achieving the very objective of audit course's inclusion. List
of options offered is provided. Each student has to choose one audit course from the list per
semester. Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute level itself. Method of conduction and
method of assessment for audit courses are suggested.
Criteria:
The student registered for audit course shall be awarded the grade AP (Audit Course Pass) and shall
be included such AP grade in the Semester grade report for that course, provided student has the
minimum attendance as prescribed by the Savitribai Phule Pune University and satisfactory in-
semester performance and secured a passing grade in that audit course. No grade points are
associated with this 'AP' grade and performance in these courses is not accounted in the calculation
of the performance indices SGPA and CGPA. Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute
level itself. (Ref- http://www.unipune.ac.in/Syllabi_PDF/revised-
2015/engineering/UG_RULE_REGULATIONS_FOR_CREDIT_SYSTEM-2015_18June.pdf)
Guidelines for Conduction and Assessment(Any one or more of following but not limited to)
 Lectures/ Guest Lectures 
Surveys
 Visits (Social/Field) and reports 
Mini Project
 Demonstrations 
Hands on experience on specific focused
topic
 Written Test  IPR/Publication
 Demonstrations/ Practical Test  Report
 Presentations
Audit Course 3 Options
AC6- I Business Intelligence
AC6-II Gamification
AC6-III Quantum Computing
AC6-IV Usability Engineering
AC6-V Conversational Interfaces
AC6-VI MOOC- Learn New Skills (Refer Page 48)
Note: It is permitted to opt one of the audit courses listed at SPPU website too, if not opted earlier
http://collegecirculars.unipune.ac.in/sites/documents/Syllabus%202017/Forms/AllItems.aspx

Home
AC6 – I: Business Intelligence
The course aims at examining Business Intelligence (BI) as a broad category of applications and
technologies for gathering, storing, analyzing, sharing and providing access to data to help
enterprise users make better managerial decisions.
Course Objectives:
 To understand the concept of Business Intelligence
 To know the details of Decision Support System
 To inculcate the concepts of Data Warehousing
 To understand the basics of design and management of BI systems
Course Outcome:
 Apply the concepts of Business Intelligence in real world applications
 Explore and use the data warehousing wherever necessary
 Design and manage practical BI systems
Course Contents:
1.Concepts with Mathematical treatment : Introduction to data, Information and knowledge,
Decision Support System, Theory of Operational data and informational data, Introduction to
Business Intelligence, Determining BI Cycle, BI Environment and Architecture, Identify BI
opportunities, Benefits of BI. Role of Mathematical model in BI, Factors Responsible for
successful BI Project, Obstacle to Business Intelligence in an Organization
2. Decision Making Concepts : Concepts of Decision Making, Techniques of Decision Support
System (DSS), Development of Decision Support System (DSS), Applications of DSS, Role of
Business Intelligence in DSS.
3. Data-Warehouse : Introduction: Data warehouse Modeling, data warehouse design, data-ware-
house technology, Distributed data warehouse, and materialized view
4.Data Pre-processing and outliers: Data Analytics life cycle, Discovery, Data preparation,
Preprocessing requirements, data cleaning, data integration, data reduction, data transformation,
Data discretization, and concept hierarchy generation, Model Planning, Model building,
Communicating Results and Findings, Operationalizing, Introduction to OLAP. Real-world
Applications, types of outliers, outlier challenges, Outlier detection Methods, Proximity-Based
Outlier analysis, Clustering Based Outlier analysis.
5.Designing and managing BI systems : Determining infrastructure requirements, planning for
scalability and availability, managing and maintenance of BI systems, managing BI operations
or business continuity
1. Books:
2. 1. R. Sharda, D. Delen, and E. Turban, Business Intelligence and Analytics. Systems for Decision
Support,10th Edition. Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2015. ISBN-13: 978-0-13-305090-5, ISBN-10: 0-13-
305090-4;
3. 2. Business Process Automation, Sanjay Mohapatra, PHI.
4. 3. Introduction to business Intelligence and data warehousing, IBM, PHI, ISBN: 9788120339279

Home
AC6 – II: Gamification
Gamification is the application of game-design elements and game principles in non-game contexts.
Gamification commonly employs game design elements to improve user engagement,
organizational productivity, flow, crowd sourcing, employee recruitment and evaluation, ease of
use, usefulness of systems, exercise, traffic violations, voter apathy, and more.
Course Objectives:
 To develop problem solving abilities using gamification
 To apply gamifications for Web Applications
 To apply gamifications for Mobile Applications
Course Outcome:
 To write survey on the gamification paradigms.
 To write programs to solve problems using gamification and open source tools.
 To solve problems for multi-core or distributed, concurrent/Parallel environments
Course Contents:
1. Gaming Foundations: Introduction, Resetting Behavior, Replaying History, Gaming
foundations: Fun Quotient, Evolution by loyalty, status at the wheel, the House always
wins.
2. Developing Thinking: Re-framing Context, Player Motivation, Case studies for Thinking:
Tower of Hanoi.
3. Opponent Moves in Gamification: Reclaiming Opposition, Gamed Agencies, Remodeling
design, Game Mechanics, Case study of Maze Problem.
4. Game Design: Game Mechanics and Dynamics: Feedback and Re-enforcement, Game
Mechanics in depth, putting it together, Case study of 8 queens problem.
5. Advanced tools, techniques and applications: Gamification case Studies, Coding basic
game Mechanics, Instant Gamification Platforms, Mambo.io(Ref:http://mambi.io),
Installation and use of BigDoor (Open Source http://bigdoor.com),ngageoint/gamification-
server (ref: https://github.com/ngageoint/gamification-server
Books:
1. Mathias Fuchs, Sonia Fizek,Paolo Ruffino, Niklas Schrape, Rethinking Gamification,
Meson Press, ISBN (Print): 978-3-95796-000-9 , http://projects.digital-cultures.net/meson-
press/files/2014/06/9783957960016-rethinking-gamification.pdf, ISBN (PDF): 978-3-
95796-001-6,
2. , Gabe Zechermann, Christopher Cunningham, Gamification Design, Oreilly, ISBN: 978-1-
449-39767-8, ftp://ftp.ivacuum.ru/i/WooLF/%
B2011%5D%20Gamification%20by%20Design.pdf
3. http://press.etc.cmu.edu/files/MobileMediaLearning-DikkersMartinCoulter-web.pdf

Home
AC6 – III: Quantum Computing
Quantum computation and quantum information is the study of the information processing tasks
that can be accomplished using quantum mechanical systems. Sounds pretty simple and obvious,
doesn't it? Like many simple but profound ideas it was a long time before anybody thought of doing
information processing using quantum mechanical systems. To see why this is the case, we must
go back in time and look in turn at each of the fields which have contributed fundamental ideas to
quantum computation and quantum information -quantum mechanics, computer science,
information theory, and cryptography.
Course Objectives:
 To understand basic concepts of quantum computing
 To learn quantum search algorithms
 To apply quantum information for solving real world problem
Course Outcome:
 design efficient quantum algorithms
 apply quantum algorithms for several basic promise problems
 learn the hidden subgroup problems and their role in quantum computing
Course Contents:
1. Fundamental concepts: Introduction and overview, Quantum computation, quantum
algorithm, Introduction to quantum mechanics, The postulates of quantum mechanics
2. Quantum computation: Quantum circuits, The quantum Fourier transform and its
applications, Quantum search algorithms, Quantum computers: physical realization
3. Quantum information: Quantum noise and quantum operations, Distance measures for
quantum information, Quantum error-correction, mEntropy and information, Quantum
information theory
Books:
1. Michael A. Nielsen and Isaac L. Chuang, “Quantum Computation and Quantum
Information”, ISBN: 9780521635035.
2. Mikio Nakahara and Tetsuo Ohmi, "Quantum Computing", CRC Press 2008.
3. N. David Mermin, "Quantum Computer Science", Cambridge 2007

Home
AC6 – IV: Usability Engineering
In this course you will have a hands-on experience with usability evaluation and user-centered
design. This course will not help to learn how to implement user interfaces, but rather how to
design based on the needs of users, which you will determine, and learn how toevaluate your
designs rigorously. This help in knowing more about the usability; human computer interaction, the
psychological aspects of computing, evaluation.
Course Objectives:
 To understand the human centered design process and usability engineering process and
their roles in system design and development.
 To know usability design guidelines, their foundations, assumptions, advantages, and
weaknesses
 Understand the user interface based on analysis of human needs and prepare a prototype
system
Course Outcome:
 Describe the human centered design process and usability engineering process and their
roles in system design and development.
 Discuss usability design guidelines, their foundations, assumptions, advantages, and
weaknesses.
 Design a user interface based on analysis of human needs and prepare a prototype system.
 Assess user interfaces using different usability engineering techniques.
 Present the design decisions
Course Contents:
1. Introduction: Usability and Other Considerations, Definition of Usability, Example:
Measuring the Usability of Icons, Usability Trade-Offs, Categories of Users and Individual
User Differences
2. Usability in Software Development : The Emergence of Usability, Human Computer
Interaction, Usability Engineering
3. The usability Engineering Lifecycle: Requirement Analysis, Design, Testing, Development
4. Usability Assessment Methods beyond Testing
5. International User Interfaces
Books:
1. Mary Beth Rosson, John Millar Carroll, “Usability Engineering: Scenario- based
Development of Human- Computer Interaction”
2. Jakob Nielsen, “Usability Engineering”
1. Deborah J. Mayhew, “ The usability engineering lifecycle”

Home
AC6 – V: Conversational Interfaces
Effective information security at the enterprise level requires participation, planning, and practice.
It is an ongoing effort that requires management and staff to work together from the same script.
Fortunately, the information security community has developed a variety of resources, methods,
and best practices to help modern enterprises address the challenge. Unfortunately, employing these
tools demands a high degree of commitment, understanding, and skill attributes that must be
sustained through constant awareness and training.
Course Objectives:
 To understand the basics of conversation
 To know the interactive environments for conversational skills
 To acquaint with the speech to text and text to speech techniques
Course Outcome:
 Develop an effective interface for conversation
 Explore advanced concepts in user interface
Course Contents:
1. Introduction to Conversational Interface: Preliminaries, Developing a speech based
Conversational Interface, Conversational Interface and devices.
2. A technology of Conversation: Introduction, Conversation as Action, The structure of
Conversation, The language of Conversation.
3. Developing a Speech-Based Conversational Interface: Implementing Text to Speech:
Text Analysis, Wave Synthesis, Implementing Speech Recognition: Language Model, Acoustic
Model, Decoding. Speech Synthesis Markup Language.
4. Advanced voice user interface design
Books:
1. Cathy Pearl, “Designing Voice User Interfaces: Principles of Conversational Experiences”

2. Michael McTear, ZoraidaCallejas, David Griol, “ The Conversational Interface: Talking to
Smart Devices”
3. Martin Mitrevski, “Developing Conversational Interfaces for iOS: Add Responsive Voice
Control”
4. SriniJanarthanam, “ Hands-On Chatbots and Conversational UI Development: Build
chatbots”

Home
Bachelor of Computer Engineering (2015 Course)
(Total 190 Credit)
First Year Second Year Third Year Forth Year
Credit =50 Credit =50 Credit =46 Credit =44
Semester I
Course Course Course Course Course Course Course Course
Code Code Code Code
107001 Engineering Discrete 310241 Theory of 410241 High Performance
210241
Mathematics I Mathematics Computation Computing
107002 Engineering Digital 310242 Database 410242 Artificial Intelligence

/ Physics / Electronics Management and Robotics
210242
107009 Engineering and Logic Systems
Chemistry Design (DBMS)
102006 Engineering Data 310243 Software 410243 Data Analytics

Graphics I 210243 Structures and Engineering
Algorithms & Project
Management
103004 Basic Electrical 310244 Information 410244 Elective I
/ Engineering Systems &
104012 /Basic Engineering  Digital Signal
Electronics Economics Processing
Engineering Computer  Software
Organization Architecture and
210244
and Design
Architecture  Pervasive and
Ubiquitous
Computing
 Data Mining and
Warehousing
101005 Basic Civil and 310245 Computer 410245 Elective II
Environmental Networks
Engineering (CN)  Distributed Systems
Object  Software Testing
210245 Oriented and Quality
Programming Assurance
 Operations Research
 Mobile
Communication
110003 Fundamentals 310246 Skills 410246 Laboratory Practice I
Digital
of Development
210246 Electronics
Programming Lab
Lab
Languages I
111007 Workshop Data 310247 DBMS Lab 410247 Laboratory Practice II

210247
Practice Structures Lab
Object 310248 CN Lab 410248 Project Work Stage I

Oriented
210248
Programming
Lab
310249 Audit Course 410249 Audit Course 3

210249 Soft Skills
3
210250 Audit Course 1

Semester II
Home
Course Course Course Course Course Course Course Course
Code Code Code Code
107008 Engineering 310250 Design & 410250 Machine Learning
Engineering
207003 Analysis of
Mathematics II Mathematics III
Algorithms
107009 Engineering 310251 Systems 410251 Information and Cyber

/ Chemistry / Programming Security
Computer
107002 Engineering 210251 & Operating
Graphics
Physics System (SP &
OS)
102013 Basic 310252 Embedded 410252 Elective III
Mechanical Systems &
Internet of Advanced Digital
Engineering Things Signal Processing
(ES & IoT) Compilers

Advanced Data
210252
Structures Embedded and Real
Time Operating
Systems
Soft Computing and

Optimization
Algorithms
101011 Engineering 310253 Software 410253 Elective IV
Mechanics Modeling and Software Defined
Design Networks
210253 Microprocessor Human Computer
Interface
Cloud Computing
Open Elective
104012 Basic 310254 Web 410254 Laboratory Practice III
/ Electronics Technology
Principles of
103004 Engineering /
210254 Programming
Basic
Languages
Electrical
Engineering
110010 Fundamentals 310255 Seminar & 410255 Laboratory Practice IV
of Computer Technical
210255
Programming Graphics Lab Communicati
Languages II on
102014 Engineering 310256 Web 410256 Project Work Stage II
Advanced Data
Graphics II 210256 Technology
Structures Lab
Lab
Microprocessor 310257 SP & OS Lab 410257 Audit Course 3
210257
Lab
310258 ES & IoT
210258 Audit Course 2
Lab
310259 Audit Course
4
Home

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
SYLLABUS FOR
B.E. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
(2015 course)
WITH EFFECT FROM YEAR 2018-2019
B.E. Electrical Engineering (2015 Course) – Savitribai Phule Pune University 1

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
B.E. Electrical Engineering (2015 Course)

(w.e.f. 2018-2019)
SEMESTER-I
Teaching Examination Scheme
Scheme (Marks) Credit
Sr Subject (Hrs/Week) Total
Subject Title
No Code PP Marks
TH / PR +
TH PR TU In End TW PR OR
TU OR
Sem Sem
Power System
1 403141 Operation and 03 02 -- 30 70 25 -- 25 150
03 01
Control
PLC and
2 403142 SCADA 04 02 -- 30 70 25 50 -- 175
04 01
Applications
3 403143 Elective I 03 02 -- 30 70 25 -- -- 125 03 01
4 403144 Elective II 03 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
Control System
5 403145 03 02 -- 30 70 25 -- 25 150 03 01
II
6 403146 Project I -- -- 02 -- -- -- -- 50 50 02 --
403152 Audit Course V
TOTAL 16 08 02 150 350 100 50 100 750 18 04
SEMESTER-II
Teaching Examination Scheme
Scheme (Marks) Credit
Sr Subject (Hrs/Week) Total
Subject Title
No Code PP Marks
TH / PR +
TH PR TU In End TW PR OR
TU OR
Sem Sem
Switchgear and
1 403147 03 02 -- 30 70 50 -- 25 175 03 01
Protection
Power
Electronic
2 403148 04 02 -- 30 70 25 50 -- 175 04 01
Controlled
Drives
3 403149 Elective III 03 02 -- 30 70 25 -- 25 150 03 01
4 403150 Elective IV 03 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 03 --
5 403151 Project II -- -- 06 -- -- 50 -- 100 150 06 --
Audit Course
403153
VI
TOTAL 13 06 06 120 280 150 50 150 750 19 03

TH Theory lectures hours/week TW Term work
PR Practical hours/week OR Oral
TU Tutorial hours/week PP Paper- In semester and End Semester
Elective I (403143) Elective II (403144)

A) Fundamentals of Microcontroller A) Restructuring and Deregulation
MSP430 and its Applications [Open B) Electromagnetic Fields
Elective] C) EHVAC Transmission
B) Power Quality D) Electric and Hybrid Vehicles
C) Renewable Energy Systems E) Special Purpose Machines
D) Digital Signal Processing
Elective III (403149) Elective IV (403150)

A) High Voltage Engineering A) Smart Grid
B) HVDC and FACTS B) Robotics and Automation
C) Digital Control System C) Illumination Engineering
D) Intelligent Systems and Applications D) VLSI Design[Open Elective]
in Electrical Engineering
E) Analog Electronics and Sensing
Technology [Open Elective]
Audit Course
 Audit Course: Optional for 1st and 2nd term of BE Electrical Engineering
 ‘Audit Courses’ means a Course in which the student shall be awarded Pass or Fail only. It is
left to the discretion of the respective affiliated institute to offer such courses to the students.
Evaluation of audit course will be done at institute level itself.
 Teaching-learning process for these subjects is decided by concern faculty/industry experts

appointed by the affiliated Engineering College based on the syllabus and guidelines given.
 Marks obtained by student for audit course will not be taken into consideration of SGPA or
CGPA.
Audit Course V (A) Hydro Energy Systems

403152 (B) Foreign Language – German
Audit Course VI Energy Storage Systems

403153

403141: Power System Operation and Control
Teaching Scheme Credits Examination Scheme [150 Marks]

Theory : 03 Hr/Week 03 In Sem : 30 Marks
Practical : 02 Hr/Week 01 End Sem : 70 Marks
Oral : 25 Marks
Term work : 25 Marks
Prerequisite:
Basics of Power System
Course Objective: The course aims:-

 To develop ability to analyze and use various methods to improve stability of power
systems
 To understand the need for generation and control of reactive power
 To impart knowledge about various advanced controllers such as FACTs controllers with
its evolution, principle of operation, circuit diagram and applications
 To illustrate the automatic frequency and voltage control strategies for single and two area
case and analyze the effects, knowing the necessity of generation control.
 To understand formulation of unit commitment and economic load dispatch tasks and solve
it using optimization techniques
 To illustrate various ways of interchange of power between interconnected utilities and
discuss planning, reliability aspects at all stages of power system.
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to :-
1. Identify and analyze the dynamics of power system and suggest means to improve stability
of system.
2. Comprehend the effect of reactive power on Power system and suggest the suitable means
of reactive power management.
3. Selection of appropriate FACTs devices
4. Analyze the generation-load balance in real time operation and its effect on frequency and
develop automatic control strategies with mathematical relations.
5. Formulate objective functions for optimization tasks such as unit commitment and
economic load dispatch and get solution using computational techniques.
6. Evaluate reliability indices of Power system
Unit 01 : Power System Stability (06 Hrs)

Introduction to stability, dynamics of synchronous machine, swing equation, power angle
equation and curve, types of power system stability (concepts of steady state, transient,
dynamic stability), equal area criterion, applications of equal area criterion (sudden change in
mechanical input, effect of clearing time on stability, critical clearing angle, short circuit at one
end of line, short circuit away from line ends and reclosure), solution of swing equation by
point by point method, methods to improve steady state and transient stability, numerical based
on equal area criteria.
Unit 02 : Reactive Power management (06 Hrs)

Necessity of reactive power control, reactive power generation by a synchronous machine,
effect of excitation, loading capability curve of a generator, compensation in power system:
series and shunt compensation using capacitors and reactors, Problems with Series
Compensation, synchronous condenser.

Unit 03 : FACTs Technology (06 Hrs)
Problems of AC transmission system, evolution of FACTs technology, Working principle,
circuit diagram, VI characteristics, applications, advantages and limitations of SVC, TCSC,
STATCOM and UPFC.
Unit 04 : Automatic Generation and Control (AGC) (06 Hrs)

Concept of AGC, complete block diagram representation of load-frequency control of an
isolated power system, steady state and dynamic response, control area concept, two area load
frequency control. Schematic and block diagram of alternator voltage regulator scheme.
Unit 05 : Economic Load Dispatch and Unit Commitment (06 Hrs)

A. Economic load dispatch: Introduction, revision of cost curve of thermal and hydropower
plant, plant scheduling method, equal incremental cost method, method of Lagrange
multiplier (neglecting transmission losses), Bmn coefficient, economic scheduling of
thermal plant considering effect of transmission losses, penalty factor, procedure of load
dispatch at state level load dispatch center, Regional Load Dispatch Center, numerical on
penalty factor, exact coordination equation.
B. Unit commitment: Concept of unit commitment, constraints on unit commitment –
spinning reserve, thermal and hydro constraints, methods of unit commitment – priority list
and dynamic programming, Numerical on priority list method.
Unit 06 : Energy Control and Planning and Reliability of Power Systems (06 Hrs)
A. Energy Control: Interchange of power between interconnected utilities, economy
interchange evaluation, interchange evaluation with unit commitment, types of interchange,
capacity and diversity interchange, energy banking, emergency power interchange,
inadvertent power exchange, power pools.
B. Planning and Reliability of Power Systems: Need of short term planning and long term
planning in generation, transmission, distribution expansion. Definition of reliability of
power system, Hierarchical levels for reliability study, Reliability evaluation of generation
system, loss of load probability (LOLP), loss of load expectation (LOLE), Expected Energy
Not Supplied (EENS), generation model, load model, risk model, composite system
reliability evaluation, Distribution system reliability evaluation for radial and parallel
system, customer oriented and energy based reliability indices.
Guidelines for Instructor’s Manual
Practical Sessions:-
Instructor's Manual should contain following things related to every experiment-
 Specify prerequisite and objective(s) of experiment.
 List out equipment required to perform the experiment with their ratings (for hardware
experiments).
 Include circuit diagram with specifications (for hardware experiments).
 Related theory of the experiment must be included.
 The circuit diagram of the experiment should be drawn at the beginning.
 For simulation experiments using MATLAB, the Simulink diagram with proper details
must be included in write up. For programming, take printout of program and result.
 Conclusion based on calculations, result and graph (if any) should be written. Provide space
for same.

Guidelines for Student’s Lab Journal
 Students should write the journal in own hand writing particularly results, diagram,
conclusion, question answers etc.
 Circuit / Connection diagram or construction diagram must be drawn either manually using
or using software on graph paper.
 Hand writing and figures must be neat and clean.
Guidelines for Laboratory / TW Assessment

 Continuous assessment is to be carried out. The experiment performed in a particular week
must be checked in the next turn in next week.
 After assessment, teacher should put the remark by writing word “Complete” and not
simply “C”. Put the signature along with date at the end of experiment and in the index.
List of Experiments
[Perform experiment 1 or 2 and any seven from 3 to 11 using any simulation software]
1. To determine Steady state Stability of synchronous motor (performance).
2. To determine Steady state stability of medium transmission line (performance).
3. To plot swing curve by Point by Point method for transient stability analysis.
4. To apply equal area criteria for analysis stability under sudden rise in mechanical power
input.
5. To apply equal area criteria for stability analysis under fault condition.
6. To study reactive power compensation using any device.
7. To study Lagrange multiplier technique for economic load dispatch.
8. To develop and execute dynamic programming method for unit commitment.
9. To study load frequency control using approximate and exact model.
10. To study load frequency control with integral control.
11. To study the two area load frequency control.
Industrial Visit:
Industrial visit is mandatory to Load Dispatch Center / Power Station Control Room.
Text Books:
[T1] I. J. Nagrath, D. P. Kothari, “Modern Power System Analysis”, 4th Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. (Edition 2)
[T2] Hadi Saadat, “Power System Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill
[T3] P. S. R. Murthy, “Power System Operation and Control”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Co. Ltd.
[T4] P. S. R. Murthy, “Operation and Control in Power System”, B. S. Publication.
[T5] R. Mohan Mathur, Rajiv K. Varma, “Thyristor based FACTs controller for Electrical
transmission system”, John Wiley and Sons Inc.
[T6] Abhijit Chakrabarti, Sunita Halder, “Power System Analysis Operation and Control”,
Prentice Hall of India.
[T7] Narain G. Hingorani and Laszlo Gyugyi, “Understanding FACTS”, IEEE Press.
Reference Books:
[R1] Allen J. Wood, Bruce F. Wollenberg, “Power Generation, Operation, and Control”,
Wiley India Edition.
[R2] “Electrical Power System Handbook”, IEEE Press.
[R3] Narain G. Hingorani, Laszlo Gyugyi, “Understanding FACTs Concepts and
Technology of Flexible AC Transmission Systems,” IEEE Press.
[R4] Olle I. Elgerd, “Electrical Energy System Theory”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
Publishing Co. Ltd.
[R5] Prabha Kundur, “Power System Stability and Control”, Tata McGraw Hill.

Websites:
1. http://www.mahasldc.in/
2. http://cercind.gov.in/
3. http://www.srldc.org/
4. https://nrldc.in/
5. http://www.mercindia.org.in/
6. http://www.erldc.org/
7. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101040/ (PSOC webcourse)
8. http://www.powergridindia.com/
Unit Text Books Reference Books

1 T1, T2, T6 R1, R2, R5
2 T3 R5
3 T5,T7 R3
4 T1 R1
5 T2,T4 R1, R4, websites
6 T1 R1

403142: PLC and SCADA Applications

PR : 50 Marks
Prerequisite:
Logic gates operations, Boolean algebra, Relay logic

 To understand the generic architecture and constituent components of a Programmable
Logic Controller.
 To develop architecture of SCADA explaining each unit in detail.
 To develop a software program using modern engineering tools and technique for PLC and
SCADA.
 To apply knowledge gained about PLCs and SCADA systems to real-life industrial
applications.
1. Develop block diagram of PLC and explain the working.
2. Classify input and output interfacing devices with PLC.
3. Develop architecture of SCADA and explain the importance of SCADA in critical
infrastructure.
4. Execute, debug and test the programs developed for digital and analog operations.
5. Describe various SCADA protocols along with their architecture.
6. Observe development of various industrial applications using PLC and SCADA.
Unit 01 : Introduction to PLC (08 Hrs)

Role of automation in Industries, benefits of automation, Necessity of PLC, History and
evolution of PLC, Definition as per NEEMA (National Electrical Engineering Manufacturers’
Association), types – fixed/modular/dedicated, Overall PLC system, PLC Input and output
modules (along with Interfaces), CPU, programmers and monitors, power supplies, selection
criterion, advantages and disadvantages, specifications, comparison of various PLCs
manufactured by Allen Bradley, Siemens, ABB, Mitsubishi, GE, Fanuc and Schneider.
Unit 02 : Interfacing of PLC with I/O devices (08 Hrs)

Input ON/OFF switching devices, Input analog devices, Output ON/OFF devices, Output
analog devices Sensors-temperature, pressure, flow, level Actuators-Electrical, pneumatic,
hydraulic Encoders-Incremental, Absolute Transducers, Limit switches, proximity sensors
Control Elements- Mechanical, Electrical, Fluid valves
Unit 03 : Programming of PLC (09 Hrs)

Programming languages for PLC, Ladder diagram fundamentals, Rules for proper construction
of ladder diagram Timer and counter- types along with timing diagrams, Reset instruction,
latch instruction MCR (master control relay) and control zones Developing ladder logic for
Sequencing of motors, ON OFF Tank level control, ON OFF temperature control, elevator,
bottle filling plant, car parking, traffic light controller.

Unit 04 : Advance function and Applications of PLC (08 Hrs)
Analog PLC operation and PLC analog signal processing, PID principles, Typical continuous
process control curves, simple closed loop systems, closed loop system using Proportional,
Integral and Derivative (PID), PID modules, PID tuning, tuning methods including “Adjust
and observe” method.
Motors Controls: AC Motor starter, AC motor overload protection, DC motor controller,
Variable speed (Variable Frequency) AC motor Drive.
PLC Applications in developing systems- Tank level controller using analog signals,
temperature controller using RTD, speed control of electric motor.
Unit 05 : SCADA Systems (08 Hrs)

Introduction, definitions and history of Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition, typical
SCADA system Architecture, important definitions HMI, MTU, RTU, communication means,
Desirable Properties of SCADA system, advantages, disadvantages and applications of
SCADA.
SCADA generations (First generation - Monolithic, Second generation - Distributed, Third
generation – Networked Architecture), SCADA systems in operation and control of
interconnected power system, Functions and features of SCADA systems, Automatic
substation control, Energy management systems (EMS), System operating states, SCADA
system in critical infrastructure: Petroleum Refining Process, Conventional electric power
generation, Water Purification System, Chemical Plant.
Unit 06 : SCADA Protocols (07 Hrs)

Open systems interconnection (OSI) Model, TCP/IP protocol, Modbus model, DNP3 protocol,
IEC61850 layered architecture, Control and Information Protocol (CIP), Device Net, Control
Net, Ether Net/IP, Flexible Function Block process (FFB), Process Field bus (Profibus).

 Specify objective(s) of the experiment.
 Include ladder diagram.
 Related theory of the experiment must be included.
 Include step by step procedure to perform the experiment.
 Tabular representation of results taken from the experiment/observation table must be
included wherever applicable.
 Provide space to write conclusion.

 Students are expected to write the journal in the following sequence:
 Aim –
 Ladder diagram –
 Theory –
 Conclusion.
 Students are expected to draw the ladder diagrams on 1mm graph paper.
 They should attach print out or draw SCADA HMI.
 Students should write conclusion.
 Students should get the assignment and lab write up checked within 1 week after
performing the experiment.

Guidelines for Laboratory conduction
 Give the safety instructions to students.
 Allow 4-5 students per group for performing the experiment.
 Explain theory related to the experiment to be conducted.
 Introduce PLC and SCADA in detail with specifications to students.
 Explain the ladder diagram of the experiment.
 Ladder diagram should be completed by the students.
 Perform the experiment in the presence of instructor.
 Verify the results obtained.
List of Experiments:
Minimum 11 experiments should be conducted. 6 experiments should be on PLC and 5
experiments should be on SCADA.
a) Experiments No. 1 to 5 are compulsory.
b) Any 1 experiment should be conducted from experiment number 6 to 9.
c) Experiments No. 10 to 13 are compulsory.
d) Any 1 experiment should be conducted from experiment number 14 to 17.
1. Interfacing of lamp and button with PLC for ON and OFF operation. Verify all logic
gates.
2. Set / Reset operation: one push button for ON and other push button for OFF operation.
3. Delayed operation of lamp by using push button.
4. UP/DOWN counter with RESET instruction.
5. Combination of counter and timer for lamp ON/OFF operation.
6. DOL starter and star delta starter operation by using PLC.
7. PLC based thermal ON/OFF control.
8. Interfacing of Encoder with PLC
9. PLC based speed, position, flow, level, pressure measurement system.
10. PLC interfaced with SCADA and status read/command transfer operation.
11. Parameter reading of PLC in SCADA.
12. Alarm annunciation using SCADA.
13. Reporting and trending in SCADA system.
14. Tank level control by using SCADA.
15. Temperature monitoring by using SCADA.
16. Speed control of Machine by using SCADA.
17. Pressure control by using SCADA.
Industrial Visit: Compulsory visit to SCADA and PLC based automation industry.
Text Books:
[T1] John W. Webb, Ronald A. Reis, “Programmable Logic Controllers: Principles and
Application”, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 5th Edition
[T2] John R. Hackworth, Frederick D., Hackworth Jr., “Programmable Logic Controllers
Programming Methods and Applications”, PHI Publishers
[T3] Ronald L. Kurtz, “Securing SCADA System”, Wiley Publishing
[T4] Stuart A Boyer, “SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition”, ISA, 4th Revised
edition
[T5] Sunil S. Rao, “Switchgear and Protection”, Khanna Publication
[T6] Curtis Johnson, “Process Control Instrumentation Technology”, Prentice Hall of India
[T7] Gary Dunning, “Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers”, Thomson, 2nd
Edition

Reference Books:
[R1] Gordan Clark, Deem Reynders, “Practical Modern SCADA Protocols”, ELSEVIER
[R2] Batten G. L., “Programmable Controllers”, McGraw Hill Inc., Second Edition
[R3] Bennett Stuart, “Real Time Computer Control”, Prentice Hall, 1988
[R4] Krishna Kant, “Computer Based Industrial Control”, PHI
[R5] P. K. Srivstava, “Programmable Logic Controllers with Applications”, BPB
Publications

1 T1 R2
2 T1, T2, T6 R3, R4
3 T1, T7 R5
4 T1, T2, T6 R2, R5
5 T3, T4, T5 R1
6 T3 R1

Elective I : 403143 (A) : Fundamentals of Microcontroller MSP430 and its
Applications [Open Elective]
Theory :03 Hr/Week 03 In Sem : 30 Marks
Practical :02 Hr/Week 01 End Sem : 70 Marks
Prerequisite:
Basic knowledge of Number system.

Knowledge of basic logic components.
Programming skills in C Language.
Course Objective: The course aims to:-

 Provide understanding of architecture of MSP430 microcontroller
 Develop ability to write and interpret C language programs for MSP430
 Use advance features in PWM for MSP430
 Interface various devices with MSP430
 Understand use of MSP 430 for IoT applications
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:-
1. Explain architecture of MSP430 microcontroller, its instructions and the addressing modes.
2. Develop and debug program in C language for specific applications.
3. Use of Code Composer Studio IDE for simulating the functionalities of MSP430
microcontroller
4. Interface microcontroller MSP430 to various sensing devices.
5. Develop IoT based application using MSP430.
Unit 01 : Overview of MSP430 (06 Hrs)

Basics of Embedded Systems, Introduction to MSP430, RISC Architecture / Functional Block
Diagram of MSP430G2553, Pin Diagram, Memory Organization, CPU, On-Chip-Peripherals.
Overview of MSP430G2 Launchpad and its Features.
Unit 02 : Digital I/O, Interrupts and basic of programming (06 Hrs)

GPIO programming and I/O multiplexing; Interrupts and interrupt programming, Issues
associated with interrupts, Capacitive touch I/O pin interface.
Software and hardware tools for development of MSP430 based system such as assembler,
compiler, IDE, Emulators, debugger, programmer.
Unit 03 : Timers, PWM Control and RTC (06 Hrs)

Watchdog timer, Timers, Measurement in Capture Mode, PWM control – Edge-Aligned PWM,
Centred PWM and Sine-PWM, Real Time Clock (RTC).

Unit 04 : ADC and Operating Modes (06 Hrs)
Analog-to-Digital Conversion: General Issues, Successive Approximation. Basic Operation
of ADC10, Advanced Operation of ADC10, ADC10 Successive Approximation, Digital to
Analog Conversion.
Low Power aspects of MSP430: Operating Modes, low power modes, Active vs Standby
current consumption, FRAM vs Flash for low power; reliability.
Unit 05 : Communication (06 Hrs)

Serial communication basics, USCI, Synchronous/Asynchronous interfaces (like UART, USB,
SPI, and I2C), UART protocol, I2C protocol, SPI protocol, Implementing and programming
UART, I2C, SPI interface using MSP430, Interfacing external devices.
Unit 06 : IoT Basics and Applications of MSP430 (06 Hrs)

IoT overview and architecture, Overview of wireless sensor networks and design examples.
Various wireless connectivity: NFC, ZigBee and Bluetooth.
Real world application: MSP430 based Embedded Networking Application: “Implementing

Wi-Fi or Bluetooth Connectivity in a Smart Electric Meter”.

Instructor’s Manual shall have
 Brief relevant theory.
 Equipment with specifications.
 Connection diagram/ methodology.
 Format of observation table and sample results.

The Student's Lab Journal should contain following related to every experiment –
1. Theory related to the experiment.
2. Apparatus with their detailed specifications.
3. Connection diagram /circuit diagram.
4. Observation table/ simulation waveforms.
5. Sample calculations for one/two reading.
6. Result table.
7. Graph and Conclusions.
8. Few short questions related to the experiment.

Lab Requirement:MSP430F2553 Launch Pad, Desktop/ Laptop with Windows7/8 operating
system, System with installed circuit CCS software, Breadboard, Single strand and jumper
wires, MSP430 Capacitive Touch Booster-Pack, CC3100 Wi -Fi Booster Pack.

List of Experiments
Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed from the following list:
1) Digital I/O: Learn and understand how to configureMSP-EXP430G2553 / MSP-

EXP430F5529 digital I/O pins. Write a C program for configuration of GPIO ports for
MSP430 (blinking LEDs, push buttons interface).
Exercises: a) modify the code to make the green and red LEDs blink: Together and
alternatively
b) Modify the delay with which the LED blinks: Together and alternatively
c) Modify the code to make the green LED blink: Together and alternatively
2) Timer/Interrupt: Learn and understand GPIO based Interrupt programming in MSP-

EXP430G2553 / MSP-EXP430F5529. Write a C program and associated GPIO ISR using
interrupt programming technique.
Exercises:
a) Write the code to enable a timer interrupt for the pin.
b) Write the code to turn on interrupts globally.
c) LED Blink using timer instead of software delay.
3) PWM: Implement Pulse Width Modulation to control the brightness of the on-board, green
LED. Exercises:
a) Observe the PWM waveform using CRO / DSO.
b) What is the maximum resolution of PWM circuitry in MSP-EXP430G2553 / MSP-
EXP430F5529?
c) Change the above code to create a PWM signal of 75% duty cycle on PWM pin.
4) PWM (Continued): Implement Advanced Pulse Width Modulation techniques

Exercises:
a) Edge-Aligned and Center Aligned PWM.
b) Sine-PWM generation.
5) ADC: Learn and understand how to configure the ADC module to control the brightness of
LED.
Exercises:
a) Read ADC value and observe in Watch window
b) Change PWM duty cycle based on ADC value and control brightness of LED using a pot
connected to ADC pin.
6) Configure of Universal Serial Communication Interface (USCI) module ofMSP-

EXP430G2553 / MSP430F5529 for UART based serial communication. The main objective
of this experiment is to use UART of the MSP-EXP430G2553 / MSP430F5529 to
communicate with the computer.
Exercise:
a) Modify the above code to transmit the set of strings to the serial terminal via UART as
shown below:
char str1[]=”MSP-EXP430G2553 / MSP430F5529 MCU”
char str2[]= “Ultra low power mixed signal processing applications”

7) Capacitive I/O interface: Understand and interface a Capacitive Booster pack with MSP430.
Exercise:
a) Implementing Capacitive Booster Pack Demo
8) On chip temperature Sensor and ADC interface demo: To implement the on-chip
temperature sensor demo.
Exercise:
a) Implementing Temperature Sensor and ADC interface Demo
9) Bluetooth Interface: Transmit Data wirelessly over Bluetooth for any chosen IoT
application
Examples:
a) Temperature Sensor
b) Humidity Sensor
c) Position Sensor
d) Proximity Sensor
e) Current Sensor
f) Voltage Sensor
g) Pressure Sensor
h) Or any other sensor interfaced with MSP430.
10) Closed loop temperature/speed control system using MSP430.
Lab Manual:
1) www.ti.com/lab-maunals
Embedded System Design using MSP430 Launchpad Development Kit – Lab Manual
Text Books:
[T1] Getting Started with the MSP430 Launchpad by Adrian Fernandez, Dung Dang, Newness
publication ISBN-13: 978-0124115880
[T2] MSP430 microcontroller basics 1st Edition by John H. Davies (Author), Newnes
Publication ISBN- 13: 978-0750682763
Other References:
[R1] http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/msp430g2553.pdf
[R2] http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/tidu520/tidu520.pdf
[R3] http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/MSP430_LaunchPad_Low_Power_Mode

1 T1 R1
2 T2 R1, R3
3 T2 R1
4 T2 R1
5 T2 R1
6 - R2

Elective I: 403143 (B) : Power Quality

Prerequisite:
Fundamentals of Power system and Power electronics.

 Develop ability to identify various power quality issues, its sources and effects on various
equipments.
 Monitor and analyze various power quality problems
 Describe and selection of cost effective power quality mitigation solutions.
 Explain use of power quality standards
1. Identify importance of various power quality issues.
2. Carry out power quality monitoring
3. List and explain various causes and effects of power quality problems
4. Analyze power quality parameters and carry out power quality analysis
5. Select cost effective mitigation technique for various power quality problems
6. Use IEEE 519-2014 power quality standard for harmonic compliance
Unit 01 : Basics of power quality (06 Hrs)

Introduction and importance of power quality, symptoms of poor power quality. Classification
of power quality events, power quality definition as per IEEE 1159.Grounding of sensitive
electronic equipments and guidelines of IEEE std 1100.Long duration RMS voltage variations,
its sources, effects and solutions.
Unit 02 : Voltage Sag (06 Hrs)

Sources of voltage sags, classification of voltage sags, factors governing severity of voltage
sag. Area of vulnerability, critical distance. Voltage sag characteristics. Classification of
equipments based on its sensitivity to various characteristics of voltage sag. Effect of voltage
sag on various equipments. Voltage tolerance curve, ITIC and SEMI F47 curve, investigation
of sensitivity of equipments to voltage sags. Voltage sag mitigation techniques at equipment
level, LT power entrance and medium voltage. Voltage sag indices. Study of important
provisions in IEEE Std 1346.
Unit 03 : Transient Overvoltage and Flicker (06 Hrs)

Sources of transient over voltages, Impulsive and oscillatory transients. Magnification of
capacitor switching transients, pre insertion reactors to control capacitor switching transients,
ferroresonance, principle of over voltage protection. Devices for over voltage protection.
Voltage flicker, its sources. Factors governing severity of flicker. Flicker measurement, Pst and
Plt. Flicker mitigation solutions.
Unit 04 : Fundamentals of Harmonics (06 Hrs)

Waveform Distortion, Harmonics, Harmonic phase sequences. Classification of harmonics
harmonic, Voltage Verses Current distortion, AC quantities under non-sinusoidal conditions,
Voltage and current harmonic indices, Sources of harmonics, General and special Effects of
Harmonics on Electrical Equipments, cables, switchgears, Meters and Communications.
Unit 05 : Harmonic Mitigation Techniques (06 Hrs)
System behaviour to harmonics, location of harmonic sources, Series and parallel resonance,
Harmonic mitigation, passive tuned and detuned filters, design of tuned filters, Active Filter,
Sizing and location of active filters, Advantages of active filters over passive filters, Hybrid
filters. IEEE 519-2014 standard.
Unit 06 : Power Quality Monitoring (06 Hrs)

Objectives of Power quality monitoring. Types of power quality monitoring, Power quality
monitoring equipments, Power quality analyser specification requirement as per EN50160
Standard. Selection of power quality equipments for cost effective power quality monitoring,
selection of voltage and current transducers. Power quality indices. IEEE 1159 standard and
important provision related with power quality monitoring. Computer Tools for analysis of
power quality.

 Brief relevant theory.
 Format of observation table and sample results.

14. Result table.

 Read and understand power quality analyzer manual completely.
 Make sure that connections of power analyzer are done as per manual.
 Follow safety protocols while doing power quality audit.
List of Experiments
Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed from the following list:
Compulsory experiments:
1. Study of power quality analyzer and measurement of voltage, current, power and power
factor using it.
2. Measurement of harmonic distortion of various Equipments such as UPS /AC/DC drive
3. Harmonic compliance of institute as per IEEE 519-2014 standard and sizing of active
filter.
4. Power quality audit of institute or department.

Any 4 experiments from following list:
1. Harmonic analysis of transformer for various conditions (no load, inrush, full load etc.)
2. Analysis of performance of induction motor/transformer operated with sinusoidal supply
and under distorted supply conditions supplied by 3 phase inverter.
3. Measurement of voltage sag magnitude and duration by using digital storage
oscilloscope/ power quality analyzer.
4. Design of 7% detuned Passive Filter
5. Simulation study of transient and/or flicker measurement.
6. Simulation studies of harmonic generation sources such as VFD, SVC, STATCOM and
FACTS devices and harmonic measurement (THD) by using professional software like
MATLAB.
7. Harmonic load flow analysis by using professional software such as ETAP, PSCAD, ATP
etc.
Text Books:
[T1] R. C. Dugan, Mark F. McGranghan, Surya Santoso, H. Wayne Beaty, “Electrical Power
System Quality”, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Publication.
[T2] M. H. J. Bollen, “Understanding Power Quality Problems, Voltage Sag and
Interruptions”, New York: IEEE Press, 2000, Series on Power Engineering.
[T3] C.Sankaran “Power quality”, CRC Press
[T4] Arrillaga, M. R. Watson, S. Chan, “Power System Quality Assessment”, John Wiley
and Sons.
Reference Books:
[R1] Enriques Acha, Manuel Madrigal, “Power System Harmonics: Computer Modeling and
Analysis”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd.
[R2] Ewald F. Fuchs, Mohammad A. S. Masoum, “Power Quality in Power Systems and
Electrical Machines” Elsevier Publication.
[R3] G. J. Heydt, “Electric Power Quality”, Stars in Circle Publications
[R4] EN50160and IEEE 1100, 1346,519 and 1159 standards
[R5] Arrillaga, M. R. Watson, “Power System Harmonics”, John Wiley and Sons

1 T1,T2, T3 R3, R4
2 T1,T2,T3 R2, R3, R4
3 T1,T2,T3 R2, R3
4 T1,T3,T4 R1, R4, R5
5 T1,T3,T4 R1, R4, R5
6 T1,T3 R1, R4

403143 (C) : Renewable Energy Systems

Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic renewable technologies like solar, wind, biogas, fuel cell,
Knowledge of conventional grid

 To develop fundamental understanding about Solar Thermal and Solar Photovoltaic
systems.
 To provide knowledge about development of Wind Power plant and various operational as
well as performance parameter/characteristics.
 To explain the contribution of Biomass Energy System in power generation.
 To describe different Storage systems, Integration and Economics of Renewable Energy
System.
1. Describe various renewable energy sources such as Solar Photovoltaic, Biomass, Wind,
Fuel cell and Solar thermal.
2. Explain different renewable energy sources as an alternate for conventional power sources
in any application of energy.
3. Identify and locate the use of renewable energy sources as per the requirement of the
location.
4. Analyze, assess and design renewable energy systems such as solar and wind sources.
5. Compare the various storage sources for electrical energy.
6. Describe the standards for renewable energy source integration and evaluate economics
related to these sources.
Unit 01 : Solar Thermal (06 Hrs)

Solar radiation at the Earth’s surface, solar constant, spectral distribution, Extra-terrestrial
radiation, solar terrestrial radiation, solar radiation geometry, Introduction to the concept of
monthly average daily and hourly global and diffuse radiation, beam and diffuse radiation
under cloudless skies, solar radiation on tilted surfaces: a) beam radiation, b) diffuse radiation,
c) reflected radiation, d) flux on tilted surface.
Instruments for measuring solar radiation, Basics of flat plate collector, concepts of solar water
heating system and space heating system, solar dryer, introduction to Concentrating Solar
Power (CSP) plants using technologies like a) parabolic troughs b) linear Fresnel reflector c)
paraboloid dish
Unit 02 : Solar PV (06 Hrs)

Introduction to various solar PV technologies, Single c-Si, Poly c-Si, thin film PV Cell, Module
and Array, factors influencing the electrical design of the solar system: a) Sun Intensity b) Sun
Angle c) Shadow Effect d) Temperature Effect e) Effect of Climate f) Electrical Load Matching
g) Sun Tracking; Peak Power Point Operation, Electrical characteristics of Silicon PV Cells
and Modules, PV System Components, Efficiency of PV system.
Design of typical solar PV system with and without battery backup for applications such as
homes, commercial complex, agriculture etc.

Unit 03 : Wind Energy System (06 Hrs)
Types of wind turbine, Site selection, Power Contained in Wind, Aerodynamics of Wind
Energy, Efficiency Limit for Wind Energy Conversion, Maximum Energy obtained for a
Thrust-operated converter (Efficiency limit), Introduction to the Design of Wind Turbine
Rotor, Power-Speed Characteristics, Wind Turbine Control Systems: a) Pitch Angle Control
b) Stall Control c) Power Electronics Control d) Yaw Control; Control Strategy, Introduction
to Offshore Wind Energy System and its comparison with on grid Wind Energy System
Unit 04 : Biomass Energy System (06 Hrs)

Biomass Classification, Biomass Resources and their Energy Potential, Biomass Conversion
Technologies: Anaerobic Digestion, Ethanol Fermentation, Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers,
Fluidized Bed Gasifier, Biogas Technologies and their factor affecting Biogas Production,
Biogas Plants: Floating and Fixed Dome type, Introduction to other bio-reactors such as CSTR
and UASB, designing of biogas plant. Power Generation from Municipal Solid Waste (MSW),
Land Fill Gas, Liquid Waste. Introduction to organic fertilizers from digest state.
Unit 05 : Fuel cell and Storage Systems (06 Hrs)

a) Fuel Cells: Introduction to Fuel Cell Technology; type of fuel cells, Operating principles of
Fuel Cell, Fuel and Oxidant Consumption, Fuel Cell System Characteristics, application and
limits.
b) Energy Storage systems: Hydrogen storage: Hydrogen production, relevant properties,
Hydrogen as an Engine Fuel, methods of Hydrogen storage.
Batteries: Introduction to Batteries, Elements of Electro Chemical Cell, Battery classification,
Battery Parameters, Factors affecting battery performance.
Grid scale storage, various options available (pumped storage, SMES, compressed air storage,
fly wheels, etc.), requirements, future trends, Introduction to the concepts of round trip
efficiency and cost of storage.
Unit 06 : Integration and Economics of Renewable Energy Systems (06 Hrs)

a) Integration of RES with grid, standards., Introduction to hybrid systems
b) Economics of RES: Simple payback, Internal Rate of Return (IRR), time value, Net present
value (NPV), Life cycle costing, Effect of fuel cost Escalation, Annualized and levelized cost
of energy

Manual must have assignment related to theory of each experiment.

A separate notebook/file is required for experiments. Top of the page must have experiment
number, title of experiment, date of experiment. It is to be followed by observations,
calculations and results. The laboratory notebook must be checked by the staff in-charge of the
experiment. Journal must have observations and conclusions written neatly. The experiments
must be assessed by the proper authority before submission.

Minimum 08 experiments should be conducted from the list given below:
List of Experiments
1. To identify and measure the parameters of a Solar PV Module with Series and/or Parallel
combination.
2. To plot I-V and P-V characteristics with series and parallel combination of Solar PV
Modules for different Insolation and temperature effects.
3. To evaluate effect of Shading and Tilt Angle on I-V and PV characteristics of Solar Module.
4. To estimate effect of sun tracking on energy generation by Solar PV Module.
5. To estimate efficiency of standalone Solar PV Module.
6. To evaluate performance of Solar flat plate collector.
7. To plot characteristics of lead-acid battery for various source and load condition.
8. To analyze effect of blade angles on performance of wind turbine.
9. To evaluate performance of horizontal axis wind turbine.
10. To evaluate performance evolution of vertical axis wind turbine.
11. To study synchronization of wind electric generator.
12. Wind generation analysis using Matlab for variable wind speeds.
13. To evaluate efficiency of DFIG System (Hardware setup only).
Industrial Visit: Field visit to Renewable Energy Sources locations or Manufacturing Industry
Text Books:
[T1] S.P. Sukhatme, “Solar Energy,” Tata McGraw Hill
[T2] Mukund R. Patel, “Wind and Power Solar System”, CRC Press
[T3] Chetan Singh Solanki, “Solar Photovoltaics-Fundamentals, Technologies and
Applications”, PHI Second Edition
[T4] H. P. Garg, J. Prakash, “Solar Energy-Fundamentals and Applications”, Tata McGraw
hill Publishing Co.ltd., First Revised Edition
[T5] Tony Burton, Nick Jenkins, David Sharpe, “Wind Energy Hand Book-Second Edition”,
John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Publication
[T6] Godfrey Boyle, “Renewable Energy”, Third edition, Oxford University Press
[T7] S. Rao, Dr. B. B. Parulekar, “Energy Technology – Non Conventional, Renewable and
Conventional”, Khanna Publication
Reference Books:
[R1] D. P. Kothari, K. C. Singal, Rakesh Rajan, “Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging
Technologies”, PHI Second Edition
[R2] Donald L.Klass, “Biomass for Renewable Energy, Fuels, and Chemicals, Elsevier,
Academic Press
[R3] B T.Nijaguna, “Biogas Technology”, New Age International Publishers
[R4] Tapan Bhattacharya, “Terrestrial Solar Photovoltaics”, Narosa Publishing House
[R5] Thomas Ackermann, “Wind Power in Power Systems”, Wiley Publications

1 T1, T4 R4
2 T2, T3 R1
3 T5 R5
4 T7 R2,R3
5 T3,T6 R1
6 T6, T7 R1

Elective I: 403143 (D): Digital Signal Processing

Prerequisite:
Knowledge of basic signals and systems

 To elaborate Sampling theorem
 To classify discrete signals and systems
 To analyze DT signals with Z transform, inverse Z transform and DTFT
 To describe Frequency response of LTI system
 To introduce Digital filters and analyze the response
 To demonstrate DSP Applications in electrical engineering
1. Sample and reconstruct any analog signal
2. Construct frequency response of LTI system
3. Evaluate Fourier Transform of discrete signals
4. Design IIR filter and its implementation
5. Design FIR filter and implementation
6. Develop block diagram for DSP applications to electrical engineering
Unit 01 : Classification of Signals: (06 Hrs)

Analog, Discrete-time and Digital signals, Basic sequences and sequence operations, Discrete-
time systems, Properties of D. T. Systems and Classification, Linear Time Invariant Systems,
impulse response, linear convolution and its properties, properties of LTI systems: stability,
causality, parallel and cascade connection, Linear constant coefficient difference equations,
Periodic Sampling, Sampling Theorem, Frequency Domain representation of sampling,
reconstruction of a band limited Signal, A to D conversion Process: Sampling, quantization
and encoding.
Unit 02 : Z-transform, Inverse Z-transform and its properties: (06 Hrs)

Unilateral Z-transform, Z transform properties: Linearity, time shifting, multiplication by
exponential sequence, differentiation, conjugation, time reversal, convolution, initial value
theorem, Inverse z transform by inspection, partial fraction, power series expansion and
complex inversion, solution of difference equation
Unit 03 : Discrete Time Fourier Transform (06 Hrs)

Representation of Sequences by Fourier Transform, Symmetry properties of D. T., F. T.
theorems: Linearity, time shifting, frequency shifting, time reversal, differentiation,
convolution theorem, Frequency response analysis of first and second order system, steady
state and transient response
Unit 04 : Discrete Fourier Transform (06 Hrs)

Sampling theorem in frequency domain. The Discrete Fourier Transform, Relation with z
transform Properties of DFT: Linearity, circular shift, duality, symmetry, Circular
Convolution, Linear Convolution using DFT, Effective computation of DFT and FFT, DIT
FFT, DIF FFT, Inverse DFT using FFT

Unit 05 : Frequency Response of LTI Systems: (06 Hrs)
Ideal frequency selective filters, Concept of filtering, specifications of filter, IIR filter design
from continuous time filters: Characteristics of Butterworth, and Cheybyshev low pass filter,
impulse invariant and bilinear transformation techniques, Design examples, Basic structures
for IIR Systems: direct form, cascade form
Unit 06 : FIR filter design using windows: (06 Hrs)

specifications of properties of commonly used windows, Design Examples using rectangular,
and hanning windows. Basic Structures for FIR Systems: direct form. Comparison of IIR and
FIR Filters Applications: Measurement of magnitude and phase of voltage, current, power,
frequency and power factor correction, harmonic Analysis and measurement, applications to
machine control, DSP based protective relaying.

Instructor’s Manual should contain following related to every experiment –
 Theory related to the experiment.
 Basic MATLAB instructions for DSP/ Simulink basics.
 Observation table/ Expected simulation results.
 Sample calculations for one/two reading.
 Result table

 Theory related to the experiment
 Circuit diagram/Simulink diagram/MATLAB program
 Simulation results
 Sample calculations for one/two reading
 Result table, Conclusion
 Few short questions related to the experiment

 Assessment must be based on understanding of theory, attentiveness during practical
session.
 Assessment should be done how efficiently student is able to perform
experiment/simulation and get the results.
 Understanding fundamentals and objective of experiment, timely submission of journal.
List of Experiments: :
[Minimum eight experiments are to be performed]
Note: Perform the practical using C language or any other professional software for group A
and B
GROUP-A (Any Three)
1. Plotting of discrete time waveforms (a) Sin, (b) Unit Step, (c) Exponential.
2. Find Linear convolution
3. Plot frequency response of given system function (Magnitude and Phase)
4. Verification of Z-transform properties (any two)
GROUP-B (Any Four)

1. Find DFT and IDFT of sequence
2. Find Circular convolution Using DFT IDFT method and linear convolution using Circular
convolution.
3 DIT- FFT or DIF-FFT algorithm
4. Design of IIR filter (Butterworth method).
5. Design of FIR filter (window (any one) method).

Group-C (Any one)
1. Study of DSP starter kit and generation of Sine wave.
2. Discrete implementation of FIR Filter using PIC18F/DSP kit.
3. Discrete implementation of IIR Filter using PIC18F/DSP kit.
4. Harmonic analysis of any non-sinusoidal signal using DSP.
Text Books:
[T1] Proakis J., Manolakis D., “Digital signal processing”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, ISBN
81- 203-0720-8
[T2] P. Ramesh Babu, “Digital Signal Processing”, 4th Edition Scitech Publication
[T3] Dr.S. D. Apte,”Digital Signal Processing”,2nd Edition Wiley India Pvt. Ltd ISBN: 978-
81-265-2142-5
[T4] W.Rebizant, J.Szafran, A.Wiszniewski, “Digital Signal Processing in Power system
Protection and Control”, Springer 2011 ISBN 978-0-85729-801-0
Reference Books:
[R1] Mitra S., “Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach”, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 1998, ISBN 0-07-044705-5
[R2] A.V. Oppenheim, R. W. Schafer, J. R. Buck, ”Discrete Time Signal Processing”, 2nd
Edition Prentice Hall, ISBN 978-81-317-0492-9
[R3] Steven W. Smith, “Digital Signal Processing: A Practical Guide for Engineers and
Scientists”,1st Edition Elsevier, ISBN: 9780750674447

1 T1,T2 R1,R2,R3
2 T1,T2 R2,R3
3 T1,T2 R2,R3
4 T1,T2 R2,R3
5 T1,T2,T3 R1,R2,R3
6 T4 R3

Elective II : 403144 (A) : Restructuring and Deregulation
Teaching Scheme Credits Examination Scheme [100Marks]

End Sem : 70 Marks
Prerequisites: Knowledge in power system analysis and power system generation,

transmission and distribution.

 To educate students about the process and operation of restructuring of power system.
 To familiarize students about the various power system restructuring models.
 To elaborate students pricing of electricity.
 To explain fundamental concept of congestion, its management and transmission pricing.
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to: -
1. Enlist the functions of various key entities in India and explain the implications of various
policies and acts on restructuring and deregulation.
2. Describe the regulatory process in India along with various methods of regulations.
3. List the components involved in tariff determination.
4. Explain different power sector restructuring models
5. Explain different types of electricity markets.
6. State different transmission pricing methods and discuss congestion management
Unit 01 : Power Sector Reforms in India (06 Hrs)

Need of Regulation. Institutional structure before reforms and after reforms. Roles of various
key entities like Ministry of Power, CEA, Planning Commission, CERC and SERC in India.
Electricity Act 2003 and 2010 and its implications for Restructuring and Deregulation. National
Energy policy. Critical issues and challenges before the Indian power sector.
Unit 02 : Power Sector Regulation (06 Hrs)

Regulatory process in India, Principles of Tariff setting, Phases of Tariff determination, types
and methods of Regulation, cost plus, performance-based regulation, price cap, revenue cap,
rate of return regulation, benchmarking or yardstick regulation. Considerations of socio
economic aspects in regulation.
Unit 03 : Power Sector Economics (06 Hrs)

Introduction to various concepts such as capital cost, debt and equity, depreciation, fixed and
variable costs, working capital. Typical cost components of utilities such as return in equity,
depreciation, interest and finance charges, O and M expenses etc. Key Indices for assessment
of utility performances (Generation, transmission and distribution). Financial tools to compare
investment options.
Unit 04 : Power Sector Restructuring Models and Introduction to (06 Hrs)

energy Markets
Introduction, models based on energy trading or structural models – monopoly, single buyer,
wholesale competition, retail competition. Models based on contractual arrangements – pool
model, bilateral dispatch, pool and bilateral trades, multilateral trades. ISO models.
Introduction to Energy Exchange, Day ahead market (DAM) and Term ahead market (TAM)
procedure adopted in Energy exchanges and trading of Renewable Energy Credits and Carbon
Credits.

Unit 05 : Electricity Markets (06 Hrs)
Rules that govern electricity markets, peculiarity of electricity as a commodity. Various
electricity markets such as spot markets, forward contracts and forward markets, future
contracts and future markets, day ahead market, reserve market, ancillary services market,
market for differences, Options contracts. Market operation- settlement process, Market
Clearing Price (MCP), Market efficiency, Market power.
Unit 06 : Transmission Pricing and Transmission Congestion issues (06 Hrs)

Cost components of transmission system, Cost allocation of Transmission system,
Transmission pricing methods, physical transmission rights, Open Access, Role of Load
Dispatch centers (SLDC, RLDC and NLDC). Congestion in power network, reasons for
congestion, congestion management.
Text Books:
[T1] Know Your Power: A citizen Primer on the electricity Sector, Prayas Energy Group,
Pune
[T2] Daniel S. Kirschen, Goran Strbac, “Power System Economics” John Wiely and Sons
Publication Ltd. August 2006.
[T3] Mohammad Shahidehpour, Muwaffaq Alomoush, “Restructured Electrical Power
Systems: Operation Trading and Volatility” CRC Press, 06-Jun-2001
Reference Books:
[R1] Steven Stoft, “Power System Economics: Designing Markets for Electricity”, John
Wiley and Sons, 2002
[R2] Sally Hunt, “Making Competition Work in Electricity”, 2002, John Wiley Inc
[R3] Geoffrey Rothwell, Tomas Gomez, “Electricity Economics Regulation and
Deregulation” A John Wiley and Sons Publication 2003
[R4] Mohammad Shahidehpour, Hatim Yamin, Zuyi Li, “Market operations in Electric
Power System” A John Wiley and Sons Publication.
[R5] Deregulation in Power Industry – A course under continuing Education Program,
Department of Electrical Engineering , IIT , Bombay
Websites:
1 http://www.cercind.gov.in/Function.html
2 www.cercind.gov.in/serc.html
3 http://www.power.gov.ng/index.php/about-us/our-functions
4 http://www.cea.nic.in/functions.html
5 http://planningcommission.nic.in/reports/genrep/arep9920/ar9920role.htm

1 T1 Websites 1-5
2 T1 R3
3 T1 R1
4 T2 R5
5 T2 R5, R2, R4
6 T3 R1

Elective II : 403144 (B) : Electromagnetic Fields

End Sem : 70 Marks
Prerequisite: Coordinate system, Vector algebra, Electric field intensity, Magnetic field
intensity, Fundamental relations for electrostatic and magnetostatic fields

 To impart knowledge on the basics of electric and magnetic fields and their applications
for utilization in the development of the theory for power transmission lines and electrical
machines.
 To describe how materials affect electric and magnetic fields
 To discuss the boundary conditions
 To analyze the relation between the fields under time varying situations
 To give insight to Maxwell’s equations in different form and media
1. Describe time varying Maxwell’s equations and their applications in electromagnetic
problems
2. Interpret electric and magnetic field with the help of associated laws
3. Solve simple electrostatic and magnetic boundary conditions
4. Determine the relationship between time varying electric and magnetic fields and
electromotive force
5. Solve electromagnetic problems with the help of mathematical tools
Unit 01 : Introduction (06 Hrs)

Sources and effects of Electro-Magnetic Fields, Scalar and vector, Unit vector, Mathematical
operations of Vector, Scalar and vector fields, Different Co-ordinate System, Operator Del,
Physical interpretation of gradient, divergence and curl, Conversion between coordinate system,
Expression for gradient, divergence and curl in three coordinate system.
Unit 02 : Basic Electrostatics (06 Hrs)

Coulomb’s law, Electric field, Electric Field Intensity (EFI), EFI due to - point charge, line
charge, surface charge and volume charge, Electric displacement, Electric flux density, Gauss’s
law (scalar and vector form), Applications of Gauss law, Electric field due to – point charge,
infinite long straight conductor and infinite plane sheet of charge, Divergence theorem, Stoke’s
theorem.
Unit 03 : Applied Electrostatics (06 Hrs)

Electric Potential, Relationship between E and V, Equipotential surfaces, Electric dipole and
flux lines, Electric field due to dipole, Energy density in electrostatic field, Energy stored in
terms of D and E, Convection and Conduction currents, Current and current density, Continuity
equation for current, Poisson’s and Laplace’s equations, Capacitor and its capacitance, Parallel
plate capacitor, Capacitors with multiple dielectrics, Spherical capacitor, Coaxial capacitor.

Unit 04 : Magnetostatics and Applications (06 Hrs)
Magnetic flux density, Magnetic field intensity (MFI), Magnetic permeability, Biot-Savart’s
law, Applications of Biot-Savart’s law, MFI due to - infinite long straight filament, finite length
element, on the axis of circular loop, Ampere’s Circuital law, Field due to – infinite line current,
coaxial cable, uniform current sheet density, Magnetic flux density, Scalar magnetic potential,
Vector magnetic potential, Poisson’s Equations for Magnetostatic field, Derivations of Biot-
Savart law and Ampere’s law based on magnetic potential, Forces due to magnetic field,
Magnetic dipole.
Unit 05 : Boundary Conditions and Analysis. (06 Hrs)

Conductors, Ohm’s law employing mobility, Dielectrics, Polarization in Dielectrics, Dielectric
constants and strength, Relaxation time, Boundary conditions : Dielectric-Dielectric boundary
conditions, Conductor – Dielectric boundary conditions, Conductor – Free space boundary
conditions, Boundary conditions for Magnetostatic fields
Unit 06 : Time Varying Fields and Maxwell’s equations (06 Hrs)

Faraday’s law, Transformer and motional EMFs – stationary loop in time varying B field,
moving loop in static B field and moving loop in time varying field, Displacement current,
Maxwell’s equations in point form and integral form, Power and Poynting theorem, Time
varying potentials, Time Harmonic Field, Maxwell’s equations in point form and integral form
for harmonic field, Concept of uniform plane wave.
Text Books:
[T1] W. H. Hayt and J. A. Buck, “Engineering Electromagnetics”, Tata McGraw Hill
[T2] Mathew Sadiku, “Elements of Electromagnetics”, Oxford University Press
Reference Books:
[R1] R. K. Shevgaonkar, “Electromagnetic Waves”, Tata McGraw Hill
[R2] Liang Chi Shen, Jin Au Kong, Amalendu Patnaik, “Engineering Electromagnetics”,
CENGAGE Learning
[R3] K. B. Madhu Sahu, “Electromagnetic Fields”, SciTech Publication
[R4] N. N. Rao, “ Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics”, Pearson Education
[R5] Edminister J. A., “ Electromagnetics”, Tata McGraw Hill

1 T2 R2, R3, R4
2 T1, T2 R1,R2, R3
3 T1, T2 R2, R3, R4, R5
4 T1, T2 R2, R3
5 T2 R1, R4, R5
6 T1, T2 R2, R3, R4

Elective II : 403144 (C) : EHV AC Transmission

End Sem : 70 Marks
Prerequisite : Fundamental course in Power System
The course aims:-

 To explain the need of EHV and UHV systems.
 To describe the impact of such voltage levels on the environment
 To identify problems encountered with EHV and UHV transmissions
 To describe methods of governance on the line conductor design, line height and phase etc.
1. Highlight need for EHV ac transmission.
2. Calculate line and ground parameters.
3. Enlist problems encountered in EHV transmission.
4. Describe effect of electric and magnetic field on human being
5. Express issues related to UHV transmission discussed
Unit 01 : EHV ac transmission lines (06 Hrs)

Need for EHV transmission lines, Power handling capacity and line loss, Mechanical
considerations in line performance, Vibrations.
Travelling wave equations, transmission reflection attenuation and distortion of travelling
waves, transmission and reflection coefficients and examples.
Unit 02 : Calculation of line and ground parameters (06 Hrs)

Resistance of conductors, effect of temperature on overhead conductors, temperature rise of
conductors and current carrying capacity, Properties of bundled conductors, Inductance of
current carrying single conductor, Inductance of EHV line configurations, Line capacitance
calculations
Unit 03 : Voltage gradient of conductors (06 Hrs)

Electrostatic Field of a point charge and its properties, Field of sphere gap, Field of line charges
and their properties, charge potential relations for multi-conductor lines, Maximum charge
condition on three phase line.
Surface voltage gradient on conductors-single conductor, two conductors and multi-conductor
bundle, Maximum surface voltage gradient, Mangoldt formula, design of cylindrical cage for
corona gradients
Unit 04 : Electrostatic and magnetic fields of EHV lines (06 Hrs)

Electric shock and threshold currents, Effects of high electrostatic fields on humans, animals
and plants, Calculation of electrostatic field of single circuit of three phase line, Profile of
electrostatic field of line at ground level.
Electrostatic induction on un-energized circuit of a double circuit line. Insulated ground wire
and induced voltage in insulated ground wires.
Magnetic field calculation of horizontal configuration of single circuit of three phase lines,
Effects of power frequency magnetic fields on human health.

Unit 05 : Corona and its effects (06 Hrs)
Corona formation, corona inception voltage, visual corona voltage, critical field for corona
inception and for visual corona under standard operating condition and conditions other than
standard operating conditions.
Power loss due to corona, corona loss formulae, corona current waveform, charge-voltage
diagram and corona loss. Audible noise operation and characteristics limits for audible noise,
AN measurement and meters, microphone, weighting networks.
Unit 06 : (06 Hrs)

A) Design of EHV line
Design of EHV lines based upon steady state limits and transient over voltages, design factors
under state. Design examples: steady state limits. Line insulation design based on transient over
voltages
B) Extra high voltage cable transmission
Classification of cables, Electrical characteristics of EHV Cables, Properties of cable
insulation materials.
Text Books:
[T1] Rakosh das Begamudre “Extra high voltage transmission”, New Age International
publishers
Reference Books:
[R1] S. Rao , “EHV AC and DC Transmission” Khanna publication.

1 T1 R1
2 T1 --
3 T1 --
4 T1 R1
5 T1 R1
6 T1 R1

Elective II : 403144 (D) : Electric and Hybrid Vehicles

End Sem : 70 Marks
Prerequisite: Basic concept of Batteries, Electrical motors, Power electronic conversion

 To make students aware the need and importance of Electric, Hybrid Electric Vehicles and
Fuel cell vehicle.
 To differentiate and analyze the various energy storage devices and battery charging and
management systems.
 To impart knowledge about architecture and performance of Electric and Hybrid Vehicles
 To classify the different drives and controls used in electric vehicles.
1. Review history, Social and environmental importance of Hybrid and Electric vehicles.
2. Describe the performance and selection of energy storage systems and Analyze battery
management system.
3. Distinguish between the performance and architecture of various drive trains.
4. Describe the different Instrumentation and Control used for electric vehicles.
5. Differentiate between Vehicle to Home, Vehicle to Vehicle and Vehicle to Grid energy
systems concepts.

Conventional Vehicle: Basic of Vehicle performance, vehicle power source characterization,
transmission characterization. Need and importance of transportation development.
History of Electric Vehicle, Hybrid Electric Vehicle and Fuel cell Vehicle. Social and
environmental importance of Hybrid and Electric vehicles. Impact of modern drive-trains on
energy supplies.
Unit 02 : Energy Storage Systems (07 Hrs)

Introduction to energy storage requirements in Hybrid and Electric vehicles, battery-based
energy storage and its analysis, Fuel cell based energy storage and its analysis, Ultra capacitor
based energy storage and its analysis, flywheel based energy storage and its analysis.
Hybridization of energy sources for Hybrid and Electric vehicle: - Hybridization of drive trains
in HEVs, Hybridization of energy storage in EVs.
Selection of energy storage technology.
Unit 03 : Battery charging and Management systems (06 Hrs)

Introduction, charging algorithm, balancing method for battery pack charging.
Battery management system representation: - battery module, measurement unit block, battery
equalization balancing unit, MCU estimation unit, display unit, fault warning block.
SoC and SoH, estimation of SoC, battery balancing, Thermal monitoring of Battery unit.
Unit 04 : Hybrid and Electric vehicles (05 Hrs)

Electric vehicles: - Components, configuration, performance, tractive efforts in normal driving,
Advantages and challenges in EV design.
Hybrid Electric vehicles: - Concept and architecture of HEV drive train (Series, parallel and
series-parallel).Energy consumption of EV and HEV

Unit 05 : Drives and control systems (07 Hrs)
Drives: - Application of BLDC drives and Switched reluctance motor drive for HEV and EV,
performance characteristics of drives.
Instrumentation and control system related to Hybrid and Electric vehicles, speed control,
acceleration characteristics, Electric steering, motion control, braking mechanism, Vehicle
tracking through GPS, over speed indicating systems, Auto-parking systems
Unit 06 : Vehicle to Home, Vehicle to Vehicle and Vehicle to Grid (06 Hrs)
energy systems
Vehicle to Home(V2H): PHEV control Strategies to V2H applications, V2H with demand
response.
Vehicle to Vehicle(V2V): - Concept and structure of EV aggregator, control method for EV
aggregator for dispatching a fleet of EV.
Vehicle to Grid(V2G): - planning of V2G infrastructure in the smart grid, ancillary services
provided by V2G, cost emission optimization.
Text Books:
[T1] James Larminie and John Lowry, “Electrical Vehicle”, John Wiley and Sons, 2012.
[T2] Ronald K. Jurgen, “Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicles”, SAE
InternationalPublisher.
[T3] K T Chau, “Energy Systems for Electric and Hybrid Vehicles”, The institution of
Engineering and Technology Publication
[T4] D.A.J Rand, R Woods, R M Dell, “Batteries for Electric Vehicles”, Research studies
press Ltd, New York, John Willey and Sons
[T5] Electric and Hybrid Vehicles-Design Fundamentals, CRC press
[T6] Mark Warner, The Electric Vehicle Conversion handbook –HP Books, 2011.
Reference Books:
[R1] Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao and Ali Emadi, “Modern Electrical Hybrid Electric and
Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamental, Theory and design”, CRC Press, 2009.
[R2] Junwei Lu, Jahangir Hossain,“Vehicle-to-Grid: Linking Electric Vehicles to the
Smart Grid”, IET Digital Library.
[R3] “Automobile Electrical and Electronic systems”, Tom Denton, SAE International
publications.
[R4] “Automotive handbook 5th edition”, Robert Bosch, SAE international publication.

1 T1,T2,T3, T4, T5 R1
2 T1,T2,T3, T4, T5 R1, R3
3 T2,T3,T4 R1
4 T1,T2,T5 R1
5 T1,T2,T5 R1
6 T3 R2

Elective II : 403144 (E) : Special Purpose Machines

Theory : 03Hr/Week 03 In Sem : 30 Marks
End Sem : 70 Marks
Prerequisite:
 Basic concepts of different electric motors
 Laws related to energy conversion in electrical machines
 Knowhow of D-Q axis theory related to electrical machines

1. To explain operation and performance of synchronous reluctance motors.
2. To describe operation and performance of stepping motors.
3. To elaborate operation and performance of switched reluctance motors.
4. To familiarize with operation and performance of permanent magnet brushless D.C.
motors.
5. To illustrate operation and performance of permanent magnet synchronous motors.
1. Reproduce fundamentals of magnetic circuits
2. Reproduce principal of operation of PMSM, Stepper motor, SRM, Switch reluctance and
linear motors.
3. Derive basic transformations used in machine modeling and control
4. Develop torque speed and performance characteristics of above motors
5. Enlist application of above motors
6. Demonstrate various control strategies.
Unit 01 : Generalised Machine Theory (06 Hrs)

Energy in singly excited magnetic field systems, determination of magnetic force and torque
from energy. Determination of magnetic force and torque from co-energy, Forces and torques
in systems with permanent magnets. MMF of distributed winding, Magnetic fields production
of EMFs in rotating machines.
Unit 02 : Permanent Magnet Synchronous and brushless D.C. (06 Hrs)

Motor Drives
Synchronous machines with PMs, machine configurations. Types of PM synchronous
machines Sinusoidal and Trapezoidal. EMF and torque equations Torque speed characteristics
Concept of electronic commutation, Comparative analysis of sinusoidal and trapezoidal motor
operations. Applications
Unit 03 : Control of PMSM Machine (06 Hrs)

abc-αβ and αβ-dq transformations, significance in machine modelling, Mathematical Model of
PMSM (Sinusoidal), Basics of Field Oriented Control (FOC), Control Strategies: constant
torque angle, unity power factor.
Unit 04 : Reluctance Motor (06 Hrs)

Principle of operation and construction of Switch Reluctance motor, Selection of poles and
pole arcs, Static and dynamics Torque production, Power flow, effects of saturation,
Performance, Torque speed characteristics, Synchronous Reluctance, Constructional features;
axial and radial air gap motors; operating principle; reluctance torque; phasor diagram; motor
characteristics Introduction to control of Reluctance Drive. Applications.

Unit 05 : Stepper Motor (06 Hrs)
Construction and operation of stepper motor, hybrid, Variable Reluctance and Permanent
magnet, characteristics of stepper motor; Static and dynamics characteristics, theory of torque
production, figures of merit; Concepts of lead angles , micro stepping , Applications selection
of motor.
Unit 06 : Linear Electrical Machines (06 Hrs)

Introduction to linear electric machines. Types of linear induction motors, Constructional
details of linear induction motor, Operation of linear induction motor. Performance
specifications and characteristics Applications.
Text Books:
[T1] K. Venkatratnam, ‘Special Electrical Machines’, University Press
[T2] A.E. Fitzgerald Charles Kingsley, Stephen Umans, ‘Electric Machinery’, Tata McGraw
Hill Publication
[T3] T.J.E. Miller, ‘Brushless Permanent magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives’ Clarendon
Press, Oxford 1989.
[T4] V. V. Athani, ‘Stepper Motors: Fundamentals, Applications and Design’, New age
International, 1997
Reference Books:
[R1] R Krishnan, ‘Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless D.C. Motor Drives’ CRC
Press.
[R2] Ion Boldea, ‘Linear Electric Machines, Drives and maglevs’ CRC press
[R3] Ion Boldea S. Nasar, ‘Linear Electrical Actuators and Generators’, Cambridge
University Press.

1 T2 --
2 T1,T3 R1
3 T1 --
4 T1 --
5 T1,T4 --
6 -- R2, R3

403145: Control System II

Oral : 25 Marks
Prerequisite: Basic concepts of Control System, Transfer Function, Pole zero plot.

 Explain the basic digital control system and the concept of sampling and reconstruction.
 Elaborate the concept of state and to be able to represent a system in the state space
format.
 Solve the state equation and familiarize with STM and its properties.
 Design a control system using state space techniques including state feedback control
and full order observer.
1. Recognize the importance of digital control system.
2. Derive pulse transfer function.
3. Analyze digital controllers.
4. Convert system in state space format.
5. Solve state equation.
6. Design observer for system.
Unit 01 : Digital Control System (06 Hrs)

Introduction, Configuration of the basic digital control system. Advantages and limitations of
digital control; data conversion and quantization, Sampling and Reconstruction processes,
Shannon’s Sampling theorem, practical aspects of choice of sampling rate. Zero order hold
(ZOH) and it’s transfer function, Basic concepts and transfer function of first order hold.
Unit 02 : Z-transform and Pulse-transfer-function (06 Hrs)

Review of z-transform, Inverse z-transform, difference equations and solution using z
transform method. Pulse transfer function and Z-transfer function, General procedure for
obtaining Pulse-transfer-function, pulse transfer function of ZOH.
Unit 03 : Stability Analysis (06 Hrs)

Sampled data closed loop systems, characteristic equation, causality and physical realizability
of discrete data system, realization of digital controller by digital programming, direct digital
programming, cascade digital programming, parallel digital programming. Mapping between
S-plane and Z-plane, stability analysis of closed loop system in z-plane using Jury’s test,
Bilinear Transformation.
Unit 04 : Introduction to state space analysis (06 Hrs)

Important definitions – state, state variable, state vector, state space, state equation, output
equation. State space representation for electrical and mechanical system, nth order differential
equation and transfer function. Conversion of transfer function to state model and vice versa.
State model of armature control DC motor

Unit 05 : Solution of state equations (06 Hrs)
Concept of diagonalization, eigen values, eigenvectors, diagonalization of system matrices
with distinct and repeated eigen values, Vandermonde matrix.
Solution of homogeneous and non-homogeneous state equation in standard form, state
transition matrix, its properties, Evaluation of STM using Laplace transform method and
infinite series method Cayley Hamilton theorem.
Unit 06 : Design of Control System Using State Space Technique: (06 Hrs)
Concept of controllability and observability, controllability and observability Tests, condition
for controllability and observability from the system matrices in Canonical form, Jordan
canonical form, effect of pole zero cancellation on the controllability and observability of the
system, duality property. Pole placement design by state variable feedback. Necessity of an
observer, design of full order observer.

Instructor’s Manual should contain following related to every experiment –
 Connection diagram /circuit diagram.
 Basic MATLAB instructions for control system/ Simulink basics.
 Observation table/ Expected simulation results.
 Result table.
Guidelines for Student's Lab Journal
 Circuit diagram/Simulink diagram/MATLAB program.
 Observation table/ simulation results.
 Result table, Conclusion.
 Few short questions related to the experiment.

 Assessment must be based on understanding of theory, attentiveness during practical
session.
 Assessment should be done how efficiently student is able to perform
experiment/simulation and get the results.
 Understanding fundamentals and objective of experiment, timely submission of journal.
List of Experiments
Any 8 experiments out of the list given below:
1. Plotting of discrete time wave forms a) sin, b)Unit step c) Exponential
2. Effect of sampling and verification of sampling theorem
3. Software programming for determination of STM of Discrete Time system.
4. Design and analysis of digital position control system.
5. Software programming for determination of state space representation for given transfer
function and vice versa.
6. Check for observability and controllability in MATLAB
7. Verify State Feedback control using pole placement.
8. Convert a continuous time system to digital control system and check response using
software.
9. Design state observer and validate it by software.
10. Software programming for determination of STM.

Text Books:
[T1] K. Ogata, “Discrete Time Control System”, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 2009
[T2] Benjamin C. Kuo “Digital Control System”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
[T3] J. Nagrath, M. Gopal “Control System Engineering”, 5th Edition. New Age
International Publishers
[T4] R.Anandanatarajan and P.Ramesh Babu “Control System Engineering”,4 th Edition,
SCITECH Publications, India Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books:
[R1] K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
[R2] M. Gopal, “Digital Control and State Variable Methods”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
[R3] M. N. Bandyopadhyay, “Control Engineering – Theory and Practice”, Prentice Hall of
India Ltd. Delhi.

1 T1,T2 R1,R2
2 T1,T2 R2,R3
3 T1,T2 R2
4 T3, T4 R1, R3
5 T3, T4 R1, R3
6 T3, T4 R1, R3

403146 : Project I

Tutorial : 02 Hr/Week 02 Oral : 50 Marks
The student shall take up a project in the field closely related to Electrical Engineering.
Preferably, group of 3/4 students should be formed for project work.
The project work should be based on the knowledge acquired by the student during the
graduation and preferably it should meet and contribute towards the needs of the society. The
project aims to provide an opportunity of designing and building complete system or
subsystems based on area where the student likes to acquire specialized skills.
Project work in this semester is an integral part of the complete project. In this, the student
shall complete the partial work of the project which will consists of problem statement,
literature review, project overview and scheme of implementation. As a part of the progress
report of project work, the candidate shall deliver a presentation on the advancement in
Technology pertaining to the selected project topic.
Guidelines for VIIth Semester for Project work:

1. To identify the problems in industry and society.
2. Perform Literature survey on the specific chosen topic through research papers, Journals,
books etc. and market survey if required.
3. To narrow down the area taking into consideration his/her strength and interest. The nature
of project can be analytical, simulation, experimentation, design and validation.
4. Define problem, objectives, scope and its outcomes.
5. Design scheme of implementation of project.
6. Data collection, simulation, design, hardware if any, needs to be completed.
7. Presentation based on partially completed work.
8. Submission of report based on the work carried out.
9. Student should maintain Project Work Book.

k
Audit Course V (A) : 403152: Hydro Energy Systems
Teaching Scheme Examination Schemes: Audit (P/F)

Theory : 02 Hr/Week Written / MCQ / Term paper
Field visit : 1 Day
Course Objectives:
• To elaborate various hydro electric generators
• To be familiar with basic operation and various elements of hydro electric systems
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, students will be able to:-
• Explain and differentiate various types of hydro electric generators; pico, micro and
small hydro
Description:
The following topics may be broadly covered in the classroom. The course will introduce the
basics of: hydro energy, availability, introduction to hydraulic machines, turbines, basics of
design of hydro electric generators, pico, micro and small hydro, grid interaction, advantages
and limitations of the technology, environmental impact, and introduction to manufacturing
of the systems, characterization, quality assurance, standards, certification and economics. The
site visit will be organized to understand the basic operation and system elements.
Details:
 Energy in water
 Basic hydro energy conversion
 Types of turbines and their applications
 Decentralized hydroelectric plants
 Pico, Micro, small and large hydroelectric power plants
 Energy conversion calculations
 Hydro turbine basics and design
 Generator designs for hydro power
 Controllers for hydroelectric power
 Site requirements for hydro power
 Grid integration of micro-hydro
 Operation and maintenance of hydro power plants
 Financial modeling of hydro power
 Software tools for simulation, validation and economics of hydro power
 Environmental impact of various capacity hydroelectric plants
 Manufacturing and assembly
 Quality assurance and standards
 Standards and certification for hydroelectric power plants
Field Trip:
 Visit to Pico, Micro or Small hydroelectric plant

Audit Course V (B) : 403152
Foreign language- German

Theory : 02 Hr/Week Written / MCQ / Term paper
Course Objectives:
• To meet the needs of ever growing industry with respect to language support
• To get introduced to German society and culture through language
Course Outcomes:
• Comprehend everyday expressions and very simple sentences
• Read, write, listen and grasp German Language
• Develop interest to pursue professional German language
Description:
On a professional level, speaking and understanding another language opens many career
opportunities. Knowing more than one language enhances employment opportunities in
business, teaching, technology, communications, social service, etc.
In an increasingly globalized world, knowledge of German gives students access to the
language, culture, and marketplace of few leading nations.
Speaking German gives significant advantages in the world of business since many companies
nowadays would choose a competent German speaker over an equally qualified candidate for
a job. A proficiency in German prepares you to function productively on behalf of a
multinational employer who wants to capitalize on business.
Course Contents:
• Introduction to alphabets, numbers, months, days of the week and time of the day
• Pronouns, Modal and normal verbs, W/V questions
• Bestimmt, Unbestimmt Artikel, Akkusative and Akkusative prepositions
• Hobbies and Freizeit activities, Perfekt tense, basic adjectives and conjunctions.
References:
• Netzwerk Deutsch als Fremdsprache A1, Langenscheidt, First Indian Edition 2015
• www.dw.de

403147: Switchgear and Protection

Theory : 3 Hrs./Week 03 In Sem : 30 Marks
Practical : 2 Hrs./Week 01 End Sem : 70 Marks
Oral : 25 Marks
Prerequisite:
 Different type of faults in power system
 Various switchgears and their use in substation
 Principle and working of rotating machines and transformer with vector groups

1. Acquaint about construction and working principle of different types of HVCBs
2. Elaborate the Need of protective Relaying and operating principles of different types of
relays.
3. Explain different type of faults in transformer, alternator and 3 phase Induction motor and
various protective schemes related to them.
4. Impart knowledge about transmission line protection schemes and characteristics of
different types of distance relays
1. Describe arc interruption methods in circuit breaker.
2. Derive expression for restriking voltage and RRRV in circuit breaker
3. Explain construction and working of different high voltage circuit breakers such as ABCB,
SF6 CB, and VCB.
4. Classify and Describe different type of relays such as over current relay, Reverse power
relay, directional over current relay, Differential relay, Distance relay, Static relay and
numerical relay
5. Describe various protection schemes used for transformer, alternator and busbar
6. Describe transmission line protection schemes.
Unit 01 : Fundamentals of protective relaying (08 Hrs)

Need for protective system, nature and causes of fault, types of faults, effects of faults,
evolution of protective relaying, classification of relays, zones of protection, primary and
backup protection, essential qualities of protective relaying. Trip circuit of circuit breaker, zone
of protection. Various basic operating principles of protection- over current, (current graded
and time graded ), directional over current, differential, distance, induction type relay, torque
equation in induction type relay, current and time setting in induction relay, Numericals on
TSM , PSM and operating time of relay
Unit 02 : Fundamentals of arc interruption (06 Hrs)

Ionization of gases, deionization, Electric arc formation , Current interruption in AC circuit
breaker, high and low resistance principles, arc interruption theories, arc voltage, recovery
voltage, derivation and definition of restriking voltage and RRRV, current chopping,
interruption of capacitive current, resistance switching, Numerical on RRRV, current chopping
and resistance switching.

Unit 03 : Circuit Breaker ( 05 Hrs)
Different ratings of circuit breaker (like rated voltage, rated current, rated frequency, rated
breaking capacity – symmetrical and unsymmetrical breaking, making capacity, rated
interrupting duties, rated operating sequence, short time rating). Classification of high voltage
circuit breaker. Working and constructional features of ACB, SF6 VCB- advantages,
disadvantages and applications. Auto reclosing.
Unit 04 : ( 05 Hrs)
A) Static and Digital Relaying
Overview of Static relay, block diagram, operating principal, merits and demerits of static
relay. Numerical Relays :-Introduction and block diagram of numerical relay, Sampling
theorem, Anti –Aliasing Filter, Block diagram of PMU
B) 3 Phase Induction Motor Protection
Abnormal conditions and causes of failures in 3 phase Induction motor, single phasing
protection, Overload protection, Short circuit protection.
Unit 05 : (06 Hrs)

A) Transformer Protection
Types of faults in transformer, Percentage differential protection in transformers, Restricted
E/F protection, incipient faults, Buchholz relay, protection against over fluxing, protection
against inrush current,
B) Alternator Protection
Various faults in Alternator, abnormal operating conditions- stator faults, longitudinal
percentage differential scheme and transverse percentage differential scheme. Rotor faults-
abnormal operating conditions, inter turn fault, unbalance loading, over speeding, loss of
excitation, protection against loss of excitation using offset Mho relay, loss of prime mover.
Unit 06 : Transmission line protection ( 06 Hrs)

Over current protection for feeder using directional and non directional over current relays,
Introduction to distance protection, impedance relay, reactance relay, mho relay and
Quadrilateral Relays, Introduction to PLCC, block diagram, advantages, disadvantages, three
stepped distance protection, Effect of arc resistance, and power swing on performance of
distance relay. Realization of distance relays(impedance, reactance, and mho relay) using
numerical relaying algorithm(flowchart, block diagram), Introduction to Wide Area
Measurement (WAM) system.

Prepare 3/4 sets of standard experiments. It must contain title of the experiment, Aim,
Apparatus
 Theory: Brief theory explaining the experiment

 Circuit / connection diagram or construction diagram must be drawn either
manually using geometrical instruments or using software on A-4 size quality graph
paper / plain white paper.
 Procedure: Write down step by step procedure to perform the experiment.
 Specifications of Switchgear:
 Observation table:
 Graph:
 Detailed constructional diagram with nomenclature:
 Conclusion:

 Students should write the journal in his own hand writing using A4 size both side ruled
paper.
 Circuit / Connection diagram or construction diagram must be drawn either manually or
using software. [Do not use Photo copy of standard journal] on A4 size blank/graph
paper.
 Hand writing must be neat and clean.
 Journal must contain certificate indicating name of the institute, student, department,
subject, class/ year, number of experiments completed, signature of staff, Head of the
department and the Principal.
 Index must contain sr. number, title of the experiment, page number, and the signature of
staff along with date.
 (Use black or blue ink pen for writing.)

 Check whether the MCB / main switch is off.
 Make connections as per circuit diagram. Do not keep loose connection. Get it checked
from teacher / Lab Assistant.
 Perform the experiment only in presence of teacher or Lab Assistant.
 After completion of experiment, switch off the MCB / main switch.
 Write the experiment in the journal and get it checked within a week
List of Experiments :
A) Compulsory Experiments
1. Study of switchgear testing kit.
2. Study of bus-bar protection schemes.
B) Minimum 6 Experiments to be performed from the following list:

1. Study of Fuse, MCB and MCCB
2. Testing of MCB and MCCB.
3. Study and testing of contactors.
4. Study and testing of ACB.
5. Study and testing of thermal overload relay for Induction Motor protection.
6. Study and plot Characteristics of IDMT type Induction over current relay
7. Study and plot Characteristics of digital over current relay
8. Percentage differential protection of transformer.
9. Protection of alternator.
10. Protection of Transmission line using Impedance relay
11. Study of various LT switchgears like RCCB, timers.
Industrial Visit:
A compulsory industrial visit to switchgear training centre /or switchgear/relay manufacturing
unit/ or 220 kV substation visit and report to be submitted as a part of term-work.
Assignments:
Minimum 3 assignments (at least 4 to 6 questions in each) to be submitted as a part of term-
work.

Text Books:
[T1] S. Rao, “Switchgear Protection and Power Systems”, Khanna Publications
[T2] Y. G. Paithankar, S. R. Bhide, “Fundamentals of Power System Protection”, Prentice
Hall of India
[T3] Bhavesh Bhalja,R.P. Maheshwari, N.G. Chothani,” Protection and Switchgear”,
Oxford University Press, 2011 Edition.
[T4] J.B.Gupta “ Switchgear and Protection”, S.K. Kataria and Sons.
Reference Books:
[R1] Badri Ram, D. N. Vishwakarma, “Power System Protection and Switchgear”, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
[R2] J Lewis Blackburn , “Protective Relaying- Principles and Applications”, Dekker
Publications.
[R3] Prof. Dr S.A. Soman, IIT Mumbai, A Web course on “Digital Protection of power
System”
http://www.cdeep.iitb.ac.in/nptel/Electrical%20Engineering/Power%20System
%20Protection/Course_home_L27.html
[R4] A.G. Phadke, J.S. Thorp ,Computer relaying for Power System , Research Studies
Press LTD, England.(John Willy and Sons Inc New York)
[R5] Mason C.R., “Art and Science of Protective Relaying”, Wiley Eastern Limited.
[R6] Arun Ingole, “Switchgear and Protection”, Pearson.

1 T1,T2,T4 R1, R2, R6
2 T1,T3,T4 R1, R6
3 T1,T4 R1
4 T2,T3,T4 R3, R4, R6
5 T1 R5
6 T1,T4 R2, R5

403148: Power Electronic Controlled Drives
Teaching Scheme Credits Examination Scheme [ 175 Marks]

PR : 50 Marks
Prerequisite:
1. Construction, working and characteristic of different electrical motors and soft starting
methods.
2. Power Electronic Applications such as converter, inverter, chopper etc.
3. Basic concept of control system
Course Objective: The course aims to

 To understand motor load dynamics.
 To analyze the operation of the converter fed and chopper fed dc drives.
 To elaborate braking methods of D.C. and Induction motor drive.
 To explain vector control of induction motor.
 To differentiate synchronous and BLDC motor drive.
 To identify classes and duty of motor.
 To describe the modes of operation of drive in various applications.
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Explain motor load dynamics and multi quadrant operation of drives
2. Analyze operation of converter fed and chopper fed DC drives.
3. Describe braking methods of D.C. and induction motor drive.
4. Explain vector control for induction motor drives
5. Describe synchronous motor drive.
6. Identify classes and duty cycles of motor and applications of drives in industries.
Unit 01 : Electrical Drives ( 08 Hrs)

A. Definition, Advantages of electrical drives, Components of Electric drive system, Types of
Electrical Drives (DC and AC).
B. Motor-Load Dynamics, Speed Torque conventions and multi quadrant operation, Equivalent
values of drive parameters. Load Torque Components, Nature and classification of Load.
Constant Power operation of a Drive. Steady state stability, Numerical based on motor load
dynamics.
Unit 02 : DC Motor Drives ( 08 Hrs)

A. Braking methods: Rheostatic, Plugging, and Regenerative. Closed loop control of drives:
current limit control, torque control and speed control.
B. Single phase and three phase fully controlled converter drives and performance of
converter fed separately excited DC Motor for speed control operations.
Chopper controlled drives for separately excited and series DC Motor operations.
Numerical based on above. Closed loop speed control of DC motor below and above base
speed.

Unit 03 : Induction motor Drives I ( 08 Hrs)
Braking methods: DC Dynamic Braking, AC Rheostatic braking, Plugging, Regenerative
Braking, V/f control and comparison with stator voltage control, voltage source inverter (VSI)
control, Steady State Analysis. Current source inverter (CSI) control-open and closed loop,
Regenerative braking and multiquadrant operation of Induction motor drives, relative merits
and demerits of VSI and CSI for induction motor drives, Numerical on VSI and CSI fed I.M. drives
Unit 04 : Induction Motor Drives II ( 08 Hrs)

A. Principle of vector control, Block diagram of Vector control of induction motor. Servo
mechanism in drives and block diagram for position control (Descriptive treatment only).
B. Thermal model of motor for heating and cooling, classes of motor duty, types of
enclosures for motor.
Unit 05 : Synchronous motor Drives ( 08 Hrs)

Types of motor, cylindrical rotor wound field motor, equivalent circuit, speed torque
characteristics and effect of power factor, salient pole wound field motor, phasor diagram,
simple numerical based on above, closed loop speed control of self controlled synchronous
motor drives fed from VSI and CSI.
BLDC drives, block diagram and speed torque characteristics.
Unit 06 : Industrial application ( 08 Hrs)

A. Specific requirement and choice of drives for following applications.
1. Machine tools
2. Textile mills
3. Steel rolling mills
3. Sugar mills
4. Traction drives
5. Crane and hoist drives
6. Solar and battery powered drives

 Title and circuit diagram of power electronic controlled drives/ electrical machine circuit.
 Working operation and output characteristics / output waveforms of power electronic
switching device /converter circuit used to control the electric motor.
 Procedure to carry out the experiment

 Title, aim, circuit diagram, procedure and theory of power electronic switching device or
converter circuit and expected machine performance with speed torque characteristics.
 Equipments along with the specifications needed to carry out the experiment.
 Circuit diagram, observation table, calculations must be written on left side of the journal
and aim, theory related to experiment and procedure must be written on right side.
 Analyse and interpret the experimental results and write the conclusions appropriately.

 Each group in the lab should have not more than three students.
 All the students in the group must do the connections and perform the practical under the
guidance of the staff member.
 Staff member has to check the result of all the groups.

List of Experiments: Minimum eight experiments are to be performed out of the list
mentioned as below:
GROUP A: Any FIVE Experiment (Hardware)
1. Study of Electrical braking of D.C. Shunt motor (Rheostatic, Plugging).
2. Study speed control characteristics of single phase fully converter fed separately excited D.C.
motor
3. Study speed control characteristics of 3-ph fully converter fed separately excited D.C. motor
4. Study of Chopper fed D.C. series/separately motor speed control characteristics.
5. Study of electrical braking of 3 phases Induction Motor (DC Dynamic Braking, Plugging).
6. Study of VSI fed 3 phase Induction motor (using V/f control PWM inverter) speed control
characteristics.
7. Study of Solid state stator voltage control of 3 phase Induction motor (Using AC voltage
Regulator).
8. Study of constant torque and constant power characteristic of induction motor.
GROUP B: Any THREE Experiment (Software)

1. Simulation of starting characteristics of D.C. motor.
2. Simulation of starting characteristics of 3 phase Induction motor.
3. Study of Closed loop speed control of separately excited D.C. motor/ Induction Motor.
4. Simulation of an electric drive system for steady state and transient analysis.
5. Simulation of closed loop control of synchronous motor
6. Simulation of chopper controlled DC series motor.
Industrial Visit:
Minimum one industrial visit must be organized for drives application in industry such as
railways, sugar mill, machine shop, textile mill, paper mill etc.
Text Books:
[T1] G. K. Dubey, “Fundamentals of Electric Drives”, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishing
House
[T2] N. K. De, P. K. Sen, “Electric Drives”, Prentice Hall of India Eastern Economy Edition
[T3] S. K. Pillai, “Analysis of Thyristor Power Conditioned Motors”, University Press
[T4] R. Krishnan, “Electric Motor Drives – Modeling Analysis and Control”, PHI India
[T5] G.K. Dubey, “Power Semiconductor controlled drives”, PHI publication
Reference Books:
[R1] B. K. Bose, “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson Education
[R2] Malcolm Barnes, “Practical Variable Speed Drives and Power Electronics”, Elsevier
Newnes Publications
[R3] V. Subrahmanyam, “Electric Drives: Concepts and Application”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
(An imprint of Elsevier)
[R4] M.D. Singh and Khanchandani “Power Electronics”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
[R5] Austin Huges, “Electrical motor and drives: Fundamental, types and applications”,
Heinemann Newnes, London
[R6] Tyagi MATLAB for engineers oxford (Indian Edition)

1 T1 R3
2 T1,T5 R2,R4
3 T1,T4 R1,R5
4 T1,T2,T5 R1,R2
5 T1,T3,T5 R1,R6
6 T1,T2 R3,R5

Elective –III : 403149 (A): High Voltage Engineering

Oral : 25 Marks
Prerequisite: Atomic and molecular structure of gaseous and solid materials,

basic properties of conductors and insulators, knowledge of material science.

 To enable students to know and compare the various processes of breakdown in solid,
liquid and gaseous dielectric materials
 To enable students understand and apply various methods of generation and
measurement of DC, AC, impulse voltage and current.
 To enable students to know the charge formation and separation phenomenon in clouds,
causes of overvoltage and lightening phenomenon
 To develop ability among learners to execute testing on various high voltage equipments
as per standards
 To introduce students to the design, layout, safety precautions, earthing, and shielding
of HV laboratory.
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Identify, describe and analyze the breakdown theories of solid, liquid and gaseous
materials
2. Describe as well as use different methods of generation of high AC, DC, impulse voltage
and current.
3. Demonstrate and use different methods of measurement of high AC, DC, impulse
voltage and current.
4. Identify the occurrence of overvoltage and to provide remedial solutions
5. Demonstrate an ability to carry out different tests on high voltage equipment and devices
as well as ability to design the high voltage laboratory with all safety measures
Unit 01 : Breakdown in Gases (06 Hrs)

Ionization process in gas, Townsend’s Theory, current growth equation in presence of
primary and secondary ionization processes, Townsend’s breakdown criterion, primary
and secondary ionization coefficients, limitations of Townsend’s theory, Streamer
mechanism of breakdown, Paschen’s Law and its limitations, Corona discharges for point
plane electrode combination with positive and negative pulse application, time lag and factors
on which time lag depends. (Numerical on Townsend’s theory and Paschen’s law).

Unit 02 : ( 06 Hrs)
1. Breakdown in Liquid Dielectrics: Pure and commercial liquids, Different breakdown
theories: Breakdown in Pure liquid and breakdown in commercial liquids: Suspended
Particle theory, Cavitations and bubble theory, Thermal mechanism of breakdown and
Stressed Oil volume theory
2. Breakdown in Solid Dielectrics: Intrinsic breakdown: electronic breakdown, avalanche
or streamer breakdown, electro-mechanical breakdown, thermal breakdown, treeing and
tracking phenomenon, Chemical and electrochemical breakdown, Partial discharge(Internal
discharge),Composite dielectric material, Properties of composite dielectrics, breakdown in
composite dielectrics. (Numerical on theories of liquid and solid dielectric materials)
Unit 03 : Generation of High Voltages and Current ( 06 Hrs)

a)Generation of high ac voltages-Cascading of transformers, series and parallel resonance
system, Tesla coil
b)Generation of impulse voltages and current-Impulse voltage definition, wave front and
wave tail time, Multistage impulse generator, Modified Marx circuit, Tripping and control of
impulse generators, Generation of high impulse current
Unit 04 : Measurement of High Voltage and HighCurrents: ( 06 Hrs)

Sphere gap voltmeter, electrostatic volt meter, generating voltmeter, peak reading voltmeter,
resistive, capacitive and mixed potential divider , capacitance voltage transformer, cathode
ray oscilloscope for impulse voltage and current measurement, measurement of dielectric
constant and loss factor, partial discharge measurements. Measurement of high power
frequency a.c. using current transformer with electro-optical signal converter, Radio
interference measurements.
Unit 05 : Lightning and Switching Over Voltages ( 06 Hrs)

Causes of over voltages, lightning phenomenon, Different types of lightening strokes and
mechanisms of lightening strokes, Charge separation theories, Wilson theory, Simpson
theory, Reynolds and Mason theory, Over voltage due to switching surges and methods to
minimize switching surges. Statistical approach of insulation coordination
Unit 06 : High Voltage Testing of Electrical Apparatus and H V (06 Hrs)

Laboratories:
a)Testing of insulators and bushings, Power capacitors and cables testing, testing of surge
arresters.
b) Design, planning and layout of High Voltage laboratory:-Classification and layouts,

earthing and shielding of H.V. laboratories.

The Instructor’s Manual should contain following related to every experiment
 Brief theory related to the experiment.
 Circuit diagram and apparatus with their detail specification as per IS code.
 Students should be encouraged to visit industries/HV laboratories/HV installations.
 Students should be encouraged to use virtual labs.
 Few short questions related to each practical.
Assignments based on use of IS and IEC

The Students lab journal should contain:
 Brief theory related to the experiment.
 Circuit diagram and apparatus with their detail specification as per IS code.
 Observations, result tables and proper inferences/ conclusion from each experiment
conducted.
 Reports on visit to industries/HV laboratories/HV installations.
 Simulations and print outs of use of virtual labs.
 Few short questions and answers related to each practical.
 Assignments based on use of IS and IEC.

 There should be continuous assessment for the TW.
 Assessment must be based on understanding of theory, attentiveness during practical.
 Session, how efficiently the student is able to do connections and get the results.
 Timely submission of journal.
List of Experiments
1. To find the constants of breakdown equation of transformer oil.(Analytical and graphical
method)
2. Measurement of unknown high a.c. voltage using sphere gap
3. To obtain breakdown strength of composite insulation system, and observe the effect of
parameter like no. of layers, thickness of layer, effect of interfacing.
4. To find out the breakdown of air in uniform and non uniform field and compare it.
5. To study surface flashover on corrugated porcelain/polymeric insulation system.
6. To understand basic principle of corona and obtain audible and visible corona inception
and extinction voltage under non uniform field.
7. To perform experiment on horn gap arrestor and understand arc quenching phenomenon.
8. To observe development of tracks and trees on polymeric insulation system.
9. Parametric analysis of Impulse current generator using virtual Laboratory.
10. To perform experiment on rod gap arrestor.
11. To Study effect of barrier on breakdown voltage of air/ transformer oil.
12. Simulation of lightening and switching impulse voltage generator using any simulation
software.
13. To perform various HV insulation tests on cables as per IS.
14. Study of layout /earthing/safety of HV installation /lab in any industry by visit /virtual
lab
15. Study of any IS for any power apparatus (Power Transformer/Induction Motor/ Alternator
etc)
Industrial Visit: Industrial visit to high voltage equipment manufacturing industry/EHV

substation/High Voltage Testing Unit.
Text Books:
[T1] M. S. Naidu, V. Kamaraju, “High Voltage Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publication Co. Ltd. New Delhi
[T2] C. L. Wadhwa, “High Voltage Engineering”, New Age International Publishers Ltd.

Reference Books:
[R1] E. Kuffel, W. S. Zaengl, J. Kuffel, “High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals”,
Newnes Publication
[R2] Prof. D. V. Razevig Translated from Russian by Dr. M. P. Chourasia, “High Voltage
Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
[R3] Ravindra Arora, Wolf Gang Mosch, “High Voltage Insulation Engineering”, New
Age International
[R4] High Voltage Engineering Theory and Practice by M. Khalifa Marcel Dekker Inc.
New York and Basel.
[R5] Subir Ray, “An Introduction to High voltage Engineering” PHI Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
[R6] NPTEL lectures
[R7] IS 731-1971:Porcelain insulator for overhead power lines with nominal voltage >
1000 Volt
[R8] Bushings :IS2099-1986,specification for bushings for A.C. Voltages > 1000 Volts
[R9] Pollution test :IEC 60507-1991 on external and internal insulator
[R10] High voltage test techniques, general definitions and test requirements: IS 2071(part
1) 1993,IEC Pub 60-1(1989)

1 T1,T2 R1,R2,R3,R6
2 T1,T2 R1,R2,R3,R5,R6
3 T1,T2 R1,R2,R3,R5,R6
4 T1,T2 R1,R2,R3,R4,R5,R6
5 T1,T2 R1,R2,R3,R4,R5,R6
6 T1,T2 R1,R2,R3,R7,R8,R9,
R10

Elective –III : 403149 (B): HVDC and FACTS

Theory : 03Hrs./Week 03 In Sem : 30 Marks
Practical : 02Hrs./Week 01 End Sem : 70 Marks
Oral : 25Marks
Term work: : 25 Marks
Prerequisite:
1. Fundamental knowledge of Power Electronics and power controllers
2. Fundamentals of Power system Operation of three phase converters
3. Inverter topologies
3. Operation of VSI

 To provide students knowledge about modern trends in Power Transmission Technology
 To make students describe applications of power electronics in the control of power
transmission.
 To educate students for utilization of software such as PSCAD, MATLAB for power
transmission and control.
1. Compare HVDC and EHV AC systems for various aspects
2. Reproduce the layout of HVDC system with various components including protective
devices
3. Differentiate VSC HVDC and conventional HVDC system
4. Differentiate various types of Power Electronic Controllers
5. Analyze modeling of FACTs Controllers
6. Simulate various controllers and HVDC systems using softwares
Unit 01 : (06 Hrs)

EHVAC versus HVDC transmission, power flow through HVDC link, Graetz circuit, equation
for HVDC power flow bridge connection, control of DC voltage and power flow, effects of
angle of delay and angle of advance commutation, CIA, CC and CEA control.
Unit 02 : (06 Hrs)

Twelve pulse converter operation, Harmonics in HVDC systems. HVDC system layout and
placement of components, HVDC protection, grounding, multi terminal HVDC systems,
configurations and types.
Unit 03 : VSC HVDC Technology (06 Hrs)

Introduction to VSC transmission, power transfer characteristics, structure of VSC link, VSC
DC system control, HVDC light technology. HVDC plus, introduction, construction, operation
and applications to renewable energy sources
Unit 04 : Power Electronic Controllers (06 Hrs)

Basics, Challenges and needs, Review of rectifiers and inverters, back to back converter, dc link
converter, static Power converter structures, AC controller based structures, DC link converter
topologies, converter output and harmonic control, power converter control.

Unit 05 : Shunt and Series Compensation (06 Hrs)
Operation and control of SVC, STATCOM configuration and control, characteristics and applications
of SVC and STATCOM, TCSC layout and modes of operation, layout, operation and characteristics of
Static Synchronous Series Compensator (SSSC).
Unit 06 : Unified Power Flow Controller (06 Hrs)

UPFC configuration, steady state operation, control and characteristics, operational constraints of
UPFC, Power flow studies in UPFC embedded systems.

 Title and circuit diagram of experiment (block diagram) /power network.
 Working operation and output characteristics / output waveforms of power electronic

Controllers/FACTS devices /converter circuit used to control.
 Procedure to carry out the experiment
 For simulation experiments print out of model and simulation results

 Title, aim, circuit diagram, procedure and theory of power electronic switching device or
converter circuit and expected machine performance with speed torque characteristics.
 Equipment along with the specifications needed to carry out the experiment.
 Circuit diagram, observation table, calculations if any.
 Analyse and interpret the experimental results and write the conclusions appropriately.

 Minimum eight experiments are to be performed out of the list mentioned as below:
 Out of which at least two experiments shall be conducted on hardware setups.
 For simulation experiment ready models/demo models can be used. However study should
simulate models for different conditions and attached prints of simulation models and test
results.
 Term work should be assessed continuously.
 Term work marks are based on quality of work, initiative, timely submission
List of Experiments
Minimum eight experiments are to be performed out of the list mentioned as below:
A) Hardware experiments
1. Study effects of angle of delay and angle of advance commutation, CIA, CC and CEA
control on single bridge converter
2. Study of Single Phase Thyristor Control Reactor(A) Study of Voltage and Current
Waveforms with different delay angles (B) harmonic analysis (C) Basic control law (D)
V-I characteristics
3. Single Phase TCR with fixed capacitor and filter.
4. Complete characteristics of a three phase voltage source converter, constant alpha and
extinction angle control.

B) Simulation Experiments
1. Study and simulation of Three phase TCR with and without shunt capacitor
2. Study and simulation of resonance in electrical Power systems
3. Application study of SVC in Power System.
4. Application study of TCSC in Power System
5. Study and simulation of 6 pulse HVDC system
6. Study of 12 pulse or 24 pulse or 48 pulse inverter
7. Application study of DSTATCOM in Power System
8. Study and simulation of Power Flow control in a five bus system using any one of the
following FACTS Controllers: (i) SVC (ii) STATCOM (iii) SSSC (iii) UPFC
Industrial Visit: Desirable visit to nearest HVDC substation
Text Books:
[T1] E. Acha, V.A. Agelidis, O.Anaya-lara and TJE Miller, “Power Electronic control in
Electrical Systems” Newnes, Oxford.
[T2] J. Arrillaga, “High Voltage Direct Current Transmission” Peter Peregrinus Ltd.,
London, UK.
[T3] N.G. Hingorani and L.Gyugi, “Understanding FACTS” IEEE Press[Indian Edition],
New York.
[T4] J. Arrillaga, Y.H.Liu and N.R.Watson, “Flexible Power Transmission The HVDC
Options”, John Wiley and sons Ltd., New York.
[T5] Erich Uhlmann, “Power Transmission by Direct Current” Springer International.
Reference Books:
[R1] Yong Hua Song and Allan T Johns, “Flexible ac transmission systems(FACTS),
Published by The Institution of Electrical Engineers, London.
[R2] K.R.Padiyar, “FACTS controllers in transmission and Distribution” New Age
Publications, New Delhi.
[R3] K.R.Padiyar , “HVDC Power Transmission Systems”, New Age Publications, New
Delhi, (2nd Edition)
[R4] M.H.Rashid , “Power Electronics Handbook”, Academic Press.
[R5] PrabhaKundur, “Power System Stability and Control”, McGraw Hill
[R6] S Kamakshaiah, V Kamaraju, “HVDC Transmission”, McGraw Hill

1 T2,T4,T5 R3,R6
2 T1, T3 R3, R4,R7
3 T1, T2 R1, R6
4 T2 R5, R8
5 T6 R2
6 T2, T3 R6

Elective –III : 403149 (C) : Digital Control Systems

Practical : 02Hrs./Week 01 End Sem : 70 Marks
Oral : 25Marks
Prerequisite : Z-Transform, Basics of discrete systems.
 Make students elaborate basic concepts of discrete signals and systems.

 Educate students to analyze the stability of discrete systems.
 Explain formulation of state space discrete model and design the digital controllers.
 Elaborate digitize analog controllers using various numerical methods.
 Explore application of the theory of digital control to practical problems.
1. Analyze digital control system and its stability.
2. Differentiate between various control systems
3. Present system in state space format.
4. Design observer for system.
5. Understand digital controllers
6. Elaborate applications such as digital temperature control and position control
Unit 01 : Discrete systems and Signals (06 Hrs)

Standard discrete test signals, Basic operations on signals. Classification of discrete systems.
Detail analysis of frequency aliasing and quantization, Brief review of Sampling theorem, Ideal
low pass filter. Transfer function of ZOH, Frequency domain characteristics of ZOH, First
order hold, frequency domain characteristics of first order hold.
Unit 02 : State - Space analysis ( 06 Hrs)

Conversion of Pulse transfer functions to State space model and vice a versa. Solution of LTI
Discrete –time state equation; State Transition Matrix (STM) and properties of STM;
Computation of STM by Z-transform method, by power series expansion method, by Cayley
Hamilton theorem, by Similarity transformation method, Discretization of continuous time
state space equation.
Unit 03 : Design using state space (05 Hrs)

Controllability and observability of linear time invariant discrete-data system, Tests for
Controllability and observability; Principal of Duality; Effect of pole- zero cancellation;
Relationship between controllability, observability and stability. Pole placement design using
linear state-feedback.
Unit 04 : Design of State Observers (06 Hrs)

Full order state observer, reduced order state observer, State estimation and full order
observer design. Ackermann’s formula. Compensator design by the separation principle,
State feedback with integral control, State regulator design.

Unit 05 : State space model and digitising analog controllers (07 Hrs)
State space model of digital systems: Transformation of state-space model to various forms
(controllable, observable, diagonal and Jordan canonical forms). Numerical approximation of
differential equations, Eulers foreword and backward method, Trapezoidal method, Bilinear
transformation with frequency warping. Numerical differentiation, Matching step and other
response. Pole-zero matching.
Unit 06 : Digital control system applications (0 6 Hrs)

Hybrid system simulation, Computer program structure for simulation of discrete time control
of continuous time plant. Digital temperature control, position control, Stepper motor control,
Block diagram presentation and control algorithms.
List of Experiments Perform any eight experiments using MATLAB

1. Design and analysis of digital temperature control system
2. Design and analysis of digital position control system.
3. Software programming for determination of STM of DT system.
4. Software programming to design DT system by pole placement through state
feedback.
5. Software programming for determination of controllability and observability of DT
System.
6. Software programming to observe effect of sampling on response of the system
7. Software programming to observe effect of sampling on stability of DT system.
8. Solution of state equation of L.T.I. systems by the use of digital computer.
9. Digital computer aided difference equation solution.
10. Conversion of continuous time state space model to discrete time state space model
Text Books:
[T1] K. Ogata, “Discrete Time Control System”, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 2009
[T2] B. C. Kuo, “Digital Control Systems”, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press
[T3] M. Gopal, “Digital Control Engineering”, New Age International Publishers
[T4] M. Gopal, “Digital Control and State Variable Methods”, 3rd Edition The McGraw
Hill Co.
Reference Books:
[R1] Load D. Landau, Gianluca Zito, ‘Digital Control Systems: design, Identification and
Implementation’ Springer.
[R2] Mohammed Santina, Allen Stubberud, Gene Hostetter ‘Digital control System
Design’, Sanders College publishing
[R3] K.J. Astrom, B Wittenmark ‘Computer Controlled Systems: Theory and Design’
Prentice-Hall Inc New Jersey, 2011 Dover.

1 T2,T3 R3
2 T2, R3
3 T1,T2 R3
4 T1,T2 R1,R2
5 T1,T3 R1,R2
6 T2,T4 R3

Elective – III : 403149 (D): Intelligent Systems and Applications in
Electrical Engineering
Oral : 25 Marks
TW : 25 Marks
Prerequisite: Knowledge of MATLAB, C- Programming

 To enhance knowledge of intelligence system to carry out power system problems.
 To impart knowledge about Artificial neural network and fuzzy logic programming for
electrical engineering applications like load dispatch and load shedding.
1. Classify neural networks
2. Compare various AI tools
3. Develop algorithms for AI tools
4. Apply AI tools for Applications in electrical engineering
Unit 01 : Introduction to Artificial Neural Network ( 06 Hrs)

Organization of the Brain, Biological Neuron, Biological and Artificial Neuron Models,
Historical Developments. Essentials of Artificial Neural Networks: Artificial Neuron
Model, operations of Artificial Neuron, Types of Neuron Activation Function, ANN
Architectures
Unit 02 : Classification Taxonomy of ANN ( 06 Hrs)

Connectivity, Neural Dynamics (Activation and Synaptic), Learning Strategy (Supervised,
Unsupervised, Reinforcement), Learning Rules.
Perceptron Models: Training Algorithms: Discrete and Continuous Perceptron Networks,
Perceptron Convergence theorem. Multilayer feed forward Neural Networks
Unit 03 : Memory ( 06 Hrs)

Associative Memory, Bi-directional Associative Memory (BAM) Architecture, BAM
Training Algorithms: Storage and Recall Algorithm, BAM Energy Function, Self-
Organizing Maps (SOM) and Adaptive Resonance Theory (ART).
Unit 04 : Introduction to Fuzzy Logic system ( 06 Hrs)

Fuzzy versus crisp, fuzzy sets: membership function, Basic fuzzy set operations,
properties of fuzzy sets, fuzzy relations.
Unit 05 : Fuzzy Control (06 Hrs)

Predicate logic (Interpretation of predicate logic formula, Inference in predicate logic), fuzzy
logic (Fuzzy quantifiers, fuzzy Inference), fuzzy rule based system, defuzzification methods
Unit 06 : Introduction to other Intelligent tools ( 06 Hrs)

Introduction to Genetic Algorithm: biological background, GA operators, selection,
encoding, crossover, mutation, chromosome.
Expert System: software architecture, rule base system

List of Experiments
[Matlab Programming based experiments.]
1. Write program to evaluate output of any given architecture of neural network with different
transfer functions such as linear logsig tanh, threshold function.
2. Verify the fault tolerant nature of neural network by disconnecting few weight link for a
given architecture
3. Write program for perceptron learning algorithm.
4. To study some basic neuron models and learning algorithms by using ANN tool
5. Power system failure analysis using ANN tool
6. Predict power factor of four bus system using neural network
7. Predict system analysis for measurements like rms voltage using ANN tool
8. Write supervised and unsupervised ANN program for Signal Frequency Separation using
Perceptron
9. Temperature monitoring using fuzzy logic
10. Speed control of DC motor using fuzzy logic
11. Fuzzy logic based washing machine control
12. Fuzzy logic based air conditioner
13. Design of a Fuzzy Multi-Objective Power System Stabilizer via Linear Matrix Inequalities
Text Books:
[T1] Simon Haykin, “Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundation”, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education
[T2] S. Rajsekaram, G. A. Vijayalaxmi Pai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic
Algorithms Synthesis and Applications”, Practice Hall India
James A. Anderson, “An Introduction to Neural Networks”, Practice Hall India
[T3]
Publication
[T4] Mohamed H. Hassoun, “Fundamentals of Artificial Neural Network”, Practice Hall
India
Reference Books:
[R1] Kelvin Waruicke, Arthur Ekwlle, Raj Agarwal, “AI Techniques in Power System”,
IEE London, U.K.
[R2] S. N. Sivanandam, S. Sumathi, S. N. Deepa, “Introduction to Neural Network
Using MATLAB 6.0”, Tata McGraw Hill
[R3] Jacek Zurada, “Introduction to Artificial Neural Network”, Jaico Publishing

House India

1 T1,T2 R1,R2
2 T1,T2 R1,R2
3 T1,T2 R1,R2
4 T2 R1
5 T2 R1
6 T1 R1,R2

Elective – III : 403149 (E): Analog Electronics and Sensing Technology
[Open Elective]

Oral : 25 Marks
TW : 25 Marks

 Study operational amplifiers for various analog operations.
 Understand different types of analog filters and waveform generation techniques.
 Study advance applications such as mux/demux and multipliers.
 Understand various analog sensors for various applications.
1. Develop various analog circuits using operational amplifiers.
2. Design filters and waveform generators and various signal converter circuits.
3. Find characteristics of sensors used for system monitoring and protection.
4. Interface various position sensors to microcontrollers.
5. Find characteristics of sensors used for light and image sensing.
Unit 01 : Operational Amplifier & Applications ( 06 Hrs)

Study of Various types of Operational Amplifiers and their applications; Op-Amp: Block
diagrams of LM741 and TL082, ideal and practical parameters, open loop and close loop
configuration, Power supply configurations, DC and AC parameters.
Applications of Op- Amp- Comparator, zero crossing detectors, Voltage limiters, Integrator
and Differentiator, V-I and I-V converters, V to f and f to V circuits using LM331, peak
detector.
Unit 02 : Waveform generators, Filters & Regulators ( 06 Hrs)

Waveform generation using Op-amp - sine, square, saw tooth and triangular generator, Active
filters-Its configuration with frequency response, Analysis of first order Butterworth low pass
and high pass filters, bandpass and band-stop filters, notch filter, all pass filters, Universal
Active filter design using UAF42.
OP-AMP Voltage regulator, Fixed and Adjustable Voltage Regulators, Basic Switching
Regulator and characteristics of standard regulator ICs –TPS40200 and Low Drop out (LDO)
Regulators ICs- TPS7250.
Unit 03 : Advanced applications ( 06 Hrs)

Introduction to analog multiplier e.g.MPY634, Basic application of Analog multiplier: AM,
FM, FSK; Typical application using op-AMP and analog multipliers: Voltage Controlled
Oscillator, Phase Locked Loop and its applications, self-tuned filters.
Analog Switches and Multiplexers Overview, MUX507 Multiplexer, SN74LV4051A-Q1 8-

Channel Analog Multiplexer/Demultiplexer

Unit 04 : System monitoring & protection sensing ( 06 Hrs)
Principle of operation and application of following sensors for Real-time system protection,
feedback control and high-accuracy system monitoring: LM35 Temperature Sensor, INA240
current sense amplifier, DRV5053 Hall Effect based current sensor, HDC1080 / HDC1010 /
HDC2010 Humidity Sensor.
Unit 05 : Position Sensing (06 Hrs)

Absolute and relative position sensing solutions including: angular, presence, proximity,
distance, flow, level, and velocity basics, DRV 5032 Hall Effect Sensor, mmWave Sensor,
AFE5805 Ultrasonic sensor, Encoder, Resolver, Inductive position sensor, Capacitive
Position Sensor, LVDT.
Unit 06 : Light & image sensing ( 06 Hrs)

Sensors and sensing AFEs for capturing a broad range of wavelengths introduction, 3D Depth
Sensor, Near Infrared spectroscopy, OPT3007 Light Sensor, Optical Isolators.

 Brief relevant theory of all analog and sensing devices.
Format of observation table, analog device characteristics and sample results.
6. Result table.

Lab Requirement: LM741, TL082, LM331 operational amplifiers, ICs –
TPS40200,TPS7250,TPS 7A4901, TPS7A8300, UAF42, MPY634, MUX507 and
SN74LV4051A-Q1;LM35, INA240, DRV5053, HDC1080 modules; Angular, Presence,
Proximity, Distance, Flow, level and other position sensor modules and OPT3007 light sensor
module with relevant power supply and DSO/CRO and other metering equipment for
characterization of all analog devices.

List of Experiments
1. LM741 based comparator circuit.
2. LM318 based zero crossing detector.
3. LM331 based V to f and f to V converter.
4. LM741 based triangular, square and sinusoidal waveform generation.
5. Universal Active filter design using UAF42.
6. Voltage Regulators using TPS40200 and TPS7250.
7. Analog multiplier using MPY634
8. Analog Multiplexer using MUX507
9. Study characteristics of LM35 based temperature sensor module
10. Study characteristics of HDC 1080 based Humidity sensor module
11. Hall Effect based position sensing / Ultrasonic based distance sensing.
12. Study characteristics of OPT 3007 light sensor module.
Text Books:
[T1] HANDBOOK OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER APPLICATIONS,

http://www.ti.com/lit/an/sboa092b/sboa092b.pdf
[T2] Thomas L. Floyd, “Electronics Devices”, Pearson Education.
[T3] Mottershed, “Electronics Devices & Circuits”, PHI New Delhi
[T4] Muhammad H. Rashid, “Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications”, 3rd
edition, PearsonEducation.
[T5] Linear Integrated Circuits and its Applications: https://www.ti.com/seclit/ml/ssqu016/
ssqu016.pdf
[T6] http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/tps40200.pdf
[T7] www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/lm35.pdf
[T8] AIP Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Design and Applications, Jacob Fraden,
American Institute of Physics.
Reference Books:
[R1] K. R. Botkar, “Integrated Circuits”, Khanna Publication, New Delhi.
[R2] James, “Operational Amplifier and Linear Integrated Circuits Theory and Application.”
P John Paul, “Electronics Devices and circuits”, New Age international Publications.
[R3] P. S. Bimbhra, “Power Electronics”, Khanna Publications
[R4] http://www.ti.com/lit/an/sboa092b/sboa092b.pdf
[R5] The Signal e-Book, Texas Instruments
[R6] http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/uaf42.pdf
[R7] https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/mpy634.pdf
[R8] www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/mux506.pdf
[R9] www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/hdc1080.pdf
[R10] The fundamentals of millimeter wave, Texas Instruments
[R11] www.ti.com/lit/ds/sbos864/sbos864.pdf

1 T1, T2, T3 R1, R2, R6
2 T4, T5, T6 R3, R4, R5, R6, R7
3 - R6, R8, R9
4 T7, T8 R6, R10
5 T8 R6, R11
6 T8 R6, R12

Elective –IV : 403150 (A): Smart Grid
Teaching Scheme Credit Examination Scheme [100 Marks]

Theory : 03 Hrs / Week 03 In Sem : 30 Marks
End Sem : 70 Marks
Prerequisite: Knowledge of power system and power electronics

 To explain the concept of Smart Grid, compare with conventional grid, and identify its
opportunities and barriers.
 To describe the concept of Smart Meter, Smart Appliances, Automatic Meter Reading,
Outage Management System, Plug in Hybrid Electric Vehicles, Vehicle to Grid, Smart
Sensors, Home and Building Automation, Phase Shifting Transformers.
 To elaborate the concept of Substation Automation, Feeder Automation. Intelligent
Electronic Devices, Smart storage like Battery, Pumped Hydro, Compressed Air Energy
Storage, Wide Area Measurement System, Phase Measurement Unit.
 To elaborate the concept of microgrid
 To acquaint Power Quality issues of Grid connected Renewable Energy Sources, Web
based Power Quality monitoring, Power Quality Audit.
Course Outcome:
1. Apply the knowledge to differentiate between Conventional and Smart Grid.
2. Identify the need of Smart Grid, Smart metering, Smart storage, Hybrid Vehicles, Home
Automation, Smart Communication, and GIS
3. Comprehend the issues of micro grid
4. Solve the Power Quality problems in smart grid
5. Apply the communication technology in smart grid
Unit 01 : Introduction to Smart Grid: ( 06 Hrs)

Concept of Smart Grid, Need of Smart Grid, Functions of Smart Grid, Opportunities and
Barriers of Smart Grid, Drivers of SG in India, Functionalities and key components of smart
grid, Difference between conventional and smart grid, Smart Grid Vision and Roadmap for
India, Concept of Resilient and Self-Healing Grid, Present development and International
policies in Smart Grid, Smart Cities, Pilot projects in India.
Unit 02 : Smart Grid Technologies (06 Hrs)

Remote Terminal Unit (RTU):Block diagram and function of each block, Intelligent Electronic
Devices (IED), Phase Measurement Unit (PMU). Smart Substations, Substation and Feeder
Automation, application for monitoring, protection and control, Plug in Hybrid Electric
Vehicles(PHEV), Vehicle to Grid(V2G), Grid to vehicles(G2V), Smart storage technologies
and applications – Battery(flow and advanced), SMES, Super Capacitors, Compressed Air
Energy Storage(CAES) and its comparison, Optimal location of PMUs for complete
Observability.

Unit 03 : Smart Meters and Advance Metering Infrastructure: (06 Hrs)
Introduction to Smart Meters, Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI), Real Time Prizing,
Automatic Meter Reading (AMR), Outage Management System (OMS) Smart Sensors, Smart
Appliances, Home and Building Automation, Geographic Information System (GIS).
Unit 04 : Microgrids: (06 Hrs)

Concept of Microgrid, need and applications of Microgrid, Microgrid Architecture, DC
Microgrid, Formation of Microgrid, Issues of interconnection, protection and control
ofMicrogrid, Integration of renewable energy sources, Smart Microgrid, Microgrid and Smart
Grid Comparison, Smart Microgrid Renewable Green Energy System, Cyber Controlled Smart
Grid.
Unit 05 : Power Quality Management in Smart Grid ( 06 Hrs)

Power Quality and EMC in Smart Grid, Power Quality issues of Grid connected Renewable
Energy Sources, Power Quality Conditioners for Smart Grid, Web based Power Quality
monitoring, Power Quality Audit.
Unit 06 : Communication Technology for Smart Grid (06 Hrs)

Communication Architecture of SG, Wide Area Measurement System (WAMS), Home Area
Network (HAN), Neighbourhood Area Network (NAN), Wide Area Network (WAN)., ZigBee,
GPS, Wi-Fi, Wi-Max based communication, Wireless Mesh Network, Basics of CLOUD
Computing and Cyber Security for Smart Grid, Broadband over Power line (BPL).
Text Books:
[T1] Ali Keyhani, Mohammad N. Marwali, Min Dai “Integration of Green and Renewable
Energy in Electric Power Systems”, Wiley
[T2] Clark W. Gellings, “The Smart Grid: Enabling Energy Efficiency and Demand
Response”,CRC Press
[T3] Janaka Ekanayake, Nick Jenkins, Kithsiri Liyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko
Yokoyama, “Smart Grid: Technology and Applications”, Wiley Publications.
[T4] Stuart Borlase, “Smart Grids-Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions”, CRC Press,
Taylor and Francis group
[T5] James Momoh, “Smart Grid-Fundamentals of design and analysis”, Wiley
Publications.
Reference Books:
[R1] Nikos Ziargyriour, “Micro grid, Architecture and Control”, IEEE Press, Wiley
Publications.
[R2] Yang Xiao, “Communication and Networking in Smart Grids”, CRC Press, Taylor and
Francis group
[R3] Lars T. Berger and Krzysztof Iniewski, “Smart Grid-Applications, Communications
and Security”, Wiley Publications.
[R4] Mladen Kezunovic, Mark G. Adamiak, Alexander P. Apostolov, Jeffrey George Gilbert
“Substation Automation (Power Electronics and Power Systems)”, Springer
Publications.
[R5] Smart grid handbook for regulators and policy makers November 2017,ISGF

1 T1,T3,T5 R5
2 T1 R5
3 T1,T4 R4, R5
4 T1,T3 R5, R1
5 T5,T2 R5, R2
6 T4 R2, R3, R5

Elective – IV : 403150 (B): Robotics and Automation

End Sem : 70 Marks

 To know basic parts of a typical industrial robot system with its anatomy with human body.
 To analyze mathematically kinematic and dynamic modeling of a typical robot
manipulator.
 To select an appropriate type of robot with given specifications for different industrial
applications.
 To know the basics of actuators, sensors and control of an industrial robot for different
applications
1. Differentiate between types of robots based on configuration, method of control, types
of drives, sensors used etc.
2. Choose a specific robot for specific application with given specifications.
3. Analyze the robot arm dynamics for calculation of torques and forces required for different
joints of robots for control of robot arm.
4. Determine the D-H parameters for a robot configuration using concepts from robot arm
kinematics which further leads to forward/inverse kinematics.
5. Calculate the Jacobian matrix for robot arm velocity and decide the singular positions.

Robot components, Degrees of freedom, Robot joints, Robot reference frames,Robot
specifications: repeatability, spatial resolution, compliance, load carrying capacity, speed of
response, work volume, work envelope, reach etc., end effectors (Wrist), concept of: yaw, pitch
and roll. Robot classification: according to Co-ordinate system: Cartesian, cylindrical,
spherical, SCARA, Articulated, Control Method: Servo controlled and non-servo controlled,
their comparative study, formof motion: P-T-P (point to point), C-P (continuous path), pick
and place etc. and their comparative study.
Unit 02 : Mathematical preliminaries ( 06 Hrs)

Homogeneous Coordinate, Translational Transformation, Rotational Transformation,
coordinate reference frames, Effect of pre and post multiplication of transformation,
Concept of Homogeneous transformation, Euler angles and singularities
Unit 03 : Forward Kinematics (06 Hrs)

Denavit-Hartenberg (D-H) representation of kinematic chains. Rules for establishing link co-
ordinate frames. Forward solution of robotic manipulator for SCARA Robot and PUMA Robot.
Forward solution for simple robot systems.

( 06 Hrs)
Unit 04 :
Inverse Kinematics: Concept of Inverse Kinematics, general properties of inverse solution
such as existence and uniqueness of solution, inverse solution by direct approach, Geometric
approach, inverse solution for simple SCARA Robots, numericals for simple three axis
robots based on direct approach.
Robot Dynamics: Lagrange’s Equation, Kinetic and potential energy Equations, Euler-
Lagrange analysis for a single prismatic joint working against gravity and single revolute
joint. Equation of motion.
Unit 05 : Differential motion and Control ( 06 Hrs)

Manipulator Differential Motion: Concept of linear and angular velocity, Relationship
between transformation matrix and angular velocity, manipulator Jacobian, Jacobian for
prismatic and revolute joint, Jacobian Inverse, Singularities.
Control of Robot Arm: Modeling of DC motor and load, closed loop control in position
servo, the effect of friction and gravity, control of a robotic joint, position velocity and
acceleration profiles for trapezoidal velocity profile.
Control of Robot manipulator: joint position controls (JPC), resolved motion position controls
(RMPC) and resolved motion rate control (RMRC).
Unit 06 : Actuators and Sensors (06 Hrs)

Drive Technology: Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric (stepper motor, D.C. servo motor, BLDC
Motors) in detail with selection criteria. Sensors in servo control system: Resolver, rotary
shaft encoders, potentiometers, tacho-generators.
Industrial Applications of Robots: Welding, Spray-painting, Grinding, Handling of rotary

tools, Parts handling/transfer, Assembly operations, parts sorting, parts inspection, Potential
applications in Nuclear and fossil fuel power plant etc. (Details for the above applications are
selection criterion of robots, sensors used, selection of drives and actuators, methods of
control, peripheral devices used etc).
Industrial Visit: At least one industrial visit should be arranged supporting the classroom
teaching and student should submit a report on that industrial robot application including type
of robot, method of control, type of application, sensor interface, method of programming etc.
Text Books:
[T1] Mikell P. Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Nicholas G. Odrey, Ashish Dutta,
“Industrial Robotics:Technology, Programming and Applications”, Tata- McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2012.
[T2] Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chemielewski, Michael Neign, “Robotic Engineering

– An IntegralApproach”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. Eastern Economy
Edition.
[T3] Robert J. Schilling, “Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and Control”, Prentice Hall
of India, New Delhi

Reference Books:
[R1] K. S. Fu, R. C. Gonzalez, C. S. G. Lee, “Robotics: Control Sensing, Vision and
Intelligence”, International Edition, McGraw Hill Book Co.
[R2] John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control”, Pearson Education
[R3] R. K. Mittal, I. J. Nagrath, “Robotics and Control”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi.
[R4] Saeed b. Niku, “Introduction to Robotics: Analysis, Control, Applications”, Wiley
Publication, 2011.

1 T1,T2 R3
2 T1,T2,T3 R1, R2,R3,R4
3 T1,T2,T3 R1,R3,R4
4 T1,T2,T3 R1,R3,R4
5 T2, T3 R1,R2, R3
6 T2 R1

Elective IV :403150 (C): Illumination Engineering

End Sem : 70 Marks
Prerequisite:
The working of the conventional lamps, generation of light and physics of light, techniques for
natural and artificial lighting
Course Objective: The course aims :-

 To explain conventional and modern lamps and their accessories.
 To get detailed insight of indoor and outdoor illumination system components, control and
design aspects.
 To know the requirements of energy efficient lighting.
 To introduce the modern trends in the lighting
1. Define and reproduce various terms in illumination.
2. Identify various parameters for illumination system design.
3. Design indoor and outdoor lighting systems.
4. Enlist state of the art illumination systems.
Unit 01 : Importance of Lighting in Human Life (05 Hrs)

Optical systems of human eye, Dependence of human activities on light, performance
characteristics of human visual system, External factors of vision-visual acuity, contrast,
sensitivity, time illuminance, colour, visual perception, optical radiation hazards, Good and bad
effects of lighting and perfect level of illumination, Artificial lighting as substitute to natural
light, Ability to control natural light, Production of light, physics of generation of light,
Properties of light, Quantification and Measurement of light.
Unit 02 : Light Sources and Electrical Control of Light Sources (08 Hrs)
(A) Light Sources- Lamp materials: Filament, glass, ceramics, gases, phosphors and other
metals and non-metals. Discharge Lamps: Theory of gas Discharge phenomena, lamp design
considerations, characteristics of low and high pressure mercury and Sodium vapour lamps,
Low Vapour Pressure discharge lamps - Mercury Vapour lamp, Fluorescent Lamp, Compact
Fluorescent Lamp (CFL)
High Vapour Pressure discharge lamps - Mercury Vapour lamp, Sodium Vapour lamp, Metal
halide Lamps, Solid Sodium Argon Neon lamps, SOX lamps, Electro luminescent lamps,
Induction lamps.
Ballast, ignitors and dimmers for different types of lamps
(B) Control of Light Sources

Photometric Control of Light Sources and their Quantification: Types of Luminaries, factors
to be considered for designing luminaries Types of lighting fixtures.
Optical control schemes, design procedure of reflecting and refracting type of luminaries.
Lighting Fixture types, use of reflectors and refractors, physical protection of lighting fixtures,
types of lighting fixtures according to installation type, types of lighting fixtures according to
photometric usages, luminaries standard (IEC-598-Part I).

Unit 03 : Design Considerations for illumination schemes (04 Hrs)
Zonal cavity method for general lighting design, determination for zonal cavities and different
shaped ceilings using COU (coefficient of utilization), beam angles and polar diagrams. Factors
to be considered for design of indoor illumination scheme
Unit 04 : Design of lighting schemes-I (06 Hrs)

Indoor illumination design for following installations-
Residential (Numerical)
Educational institute
Commercial installation
Hospitals
Industrial lighting
Special purpose lighting schemes
Decorative lighting
Theatre lighting
Aquarium, swimming pool lighting
Unit 05 : Design of lighting schemes-II ( 08 Hrs)
Factors to be considered for design of outdoor illumination scheme

Outdoor Lighting Design: Road classifications according to BIS, pole arrangement,
terminology, lamp and luminaries’ selection, different design procedures, beam lumen method,
point by point method, isolux diagram, problems on point by point method.
Outdoor illumination design for following installations:
Road lighting (Numerical)
Flood lighting (Numerical)
Stadium and sports complex
Lighting for advertisement/hoardings
Unit 06 : Modern trends in illumination (05 Hrs)

LED luminary designs
Intelligent LED fixtures
Natural light conduiting
Organic lighting system
LASERS, characteristics, features and applications, non-lighting lamps
Optical fiber, its construction as a light guide, features and applications
Text Books:
[T1] H. S. Mamak, “Book on Lighting”, Publisher International lighting Academy.
[T2] Joseph B. Murdoch, “Illumination Engineering from Edison’s Lamp to Lasers”
Publisher -York, PA : Visions Communications
[T3] M. A. Cayless, A. M. Marsden, “Lamps and Lighting”, Publisher-Butterworth-
Heinemann(ISBN 978-0-415-50308-2)
[T4] Designing with light: Lighting Handbook., Anil Valia; Lighting System 2002

Reference Books:
[R1] “BIS, IEC Standards for Lamps, Lighting Fixtures and Lighting”, Manak Bhavan,
New Delhi.
[R2] D. C. Pritchard, “Lighting”, 4th Edition, Longman Scientific and Technical, ISBN 0-
582-23422-0.
[R3] “IES Lighting Handbook”, (Reference Volume 1984), Illuminating Engineering
Society of North America.
[R4] “IES Lighting Handbook”, (Application Volume 1987), Illuminating Engineering
Society of
North America
[R5] IESNA lighting Handbook., Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 9th
edition 2000
[R6] Applied Illumination Engineering, Jack L. Lindsey FIES (Author), Scott C. Dunning
PHD PECEM (Author) ,ISBN-13: 978-0824748098 ISBN-10: 0824748093, 3rd
Edition.
[R7] IS 3646: Part I: 1992, Code of practice for interior illumination.
[R8] Organic Light Emitting Diodes (OLEDs): Materials, Devices and Applications,
Alastair Buckley,
University of Sheffieid, UK, ISBN: 978-0-85709-425-4.

1 T1,T4 R6
2 T3,T4 R1,R3,R4,R8
3 T2,T4 R2,R3,R7
4 T3,T4 R2,R3,R4,R5,R7
5 T3,T2,T4 R3,R4,R6,R7
6 T1,T2,T4 R8,R5,R3,R2

403150 (D) : VLSI Design [Open Elective]

Theory : 03 Hrs. /Week 03 In Sem : 30 Marks
End Sem : 70 Marks
Prerequisite : Concepts of Digital Electronics, Number systems, any programming language

like C

 Develop Digital designing skills of Students
 Train the students for Hardware Description Language.
 Develop various applications using VHDL coding.
1. To understand Modeling of Digital Systems Domains for different combinational and
sequential circuits
2. To understand Levels of Modeling using Modeling Language VHDL.
3. To Understand Modeling and programming Concepts by Learning a New Language
4. To develop of logic design and programming skills in HDL language.
5. To study HDL based design approach.
6. To learn digital CMOS logic design
Unit 01 : Overview of Digital Logic Circuits and Introduction to VLSI ( 06 Hrs)

Combinational circuits: Decoders, Multiplexer, ALU. Sequential circuits: latch, flip flop – RS,
JK, D,T., shift registers ,Counters, Moore, Mealy Machines. Introduction to VLSI: complete
VLSI design flow (with reference to an EDA tool), IEEE Standards ,VHDL Terms Definitions
– Entity, architecture, Schematic, Components, Configuration.
Unit 02 : VHDL Modeling ( 06 Hrs)

Data objects, Data types, Entity, Architecture and types of modeling: Behavioral, data flow,
and Structural with the help of digital functions like multiplexer, Shift Register, counter.
Sequential statements, Concurrent statements. VHDL Test bench. VHDL modeling of
Combinational, Sequential logics.
Unit 03 : VHDL and Finite State Machines (06 Hrs)

Synthesizable and non synthesizable statements, functions, procedures, attributes,
configurations, packages. Synchronous and asynchronous machines, Finite State Machines
(FSM), metastability, state diagrams and VHDL codes for FSMs.
Unit 04 : Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) (06 Hrs)

Need of PLDs. Comparison with ASIC, general purpose processor, DSP processor,
microcontroller, memories etc. Features, specifications, detail architectures, application areas,
limitations of Complex Programmable Logic Device (CPLD) and Field Programmable Logic
Devices (FPGA).
Unit 05 : Digital CMOS Design (06 Hrs)

CMOS INVERTER, CMOS NAND and CMOS NOR, voltage transfer curve, body effect, hot
electron effect, velocity saturation. Static and dynamic dissipations. Power delay product.
Noise margin. Combinational logic design, comparison of CMOS and NMOS. Comparative
study of TTL, ECL, CMOS.

Unit 06 : VLSI Design Applications (06 Hrs)
Barrel shifter, signed and unsigned comparators, Carry ripple and carry look, Ahead address,
Fixed- point division, serial data receiver, parallel to serial converter, playing with a seven
segment display and key board, signal generators, memory design, Vending - Machine
controller.
Text Books:
[T1] Douglas Perry, “VHDL”, Tata McGraw Hill.
[T2] John F. Wakerly, “Digital Design, Principles and Practices”, Prentice Hall Publication
[T3] Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design”, Pearson Education.
[T4] R.P.Jain, “Modern Digital electronics”, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
[T5] Donald P. Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, “Digital Principles and Applications”,
Glencoe Publisher.
[T6] Neil H. Weste and Kamran, “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design”, Pearson
Publication.
Reference Books:
[R1] Charles H. Roth, “Digital System Design Using VHDL”, PWS Publishing Company
(Thomson Learning) 2.
[R2] Sung-Mo(Steve) Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits”, Tata
McGraw Hill Publication.
[R3] J. Bhaskar, “VHDL Primer”, 3rd Edition, Addison Wesley Longman Singapore Pte
Ltd.
[R4] Volner A. Dedroni, “Circuit Design with VHDL”, PHI Publications
[R5] Xilinx Data Manual “The Programmable Logic Data Book”.
[R6] LizyKurian John, “Principles of Digital Systems Design and VHDL” Paperback –
2008 .
[R7] Peter J. Ashenden (Author), Jim Lewis, “ VHDL-2008: Just the New Stuff”,
(Systems on Silicon) Paperback – Import, 7 Dec 2007.
[R8] Data Sheets of PLDs.

1 T2,T4,T5 R3, R6
2 T1,T3 R3, R4, R7
3 T2,T1 R1, R6
4 T2 R5, R8
5 T6 R2
6 T2,T3 R6

403151: Project II
Tutorial : 06 Hrs./Week 06 Oral : 50 Marks

Course Objectives:
 To explore and to acquire specified skill in areas related to Electrical Engineering

 To develop skills for carrying literature survey and organize the material in proper
manner.
 To provide opportunity of designing and building complete system/subsystem based on
their knowledge acquired during graduation.
 To understand the needs of society and based on it to contribute towards its betterment
and to learn to work in a team.
 To ensure the completion of given project such as fabrication, conducting
experimentation, analysis, validation with optimized cost.
 Present the data and results in report form
 Communicate findings of the completed work systematically.
Course outcomes: Students will be able to

 Work in team and ensure satisfactory completion of project in all respect.
 Handle different tools to complete the given task and to acquire specified knowledge in
area of interest.
 Provide solution to the current issues faced by the society.
 Practice moral and ethical value while completing the given task.
 Communicate effectively findings in verbal and written forms.
Guidelines :
The student shall complete the remaining part of the project which is an extension of the work
carried out in VIIth Semester. For exceptional cases, change of topic has to be approved by
Internal Assessment Committee consisting of Guide, Project Coordinator and Head of
Department.
Student should incorporate suggestions given by examiner in project I.
The student shall complete the remaining part of the project which consists of design,
simulation, fabrication of set up required for the project, analysis and validation of results and
conclusions.
The student shall prepare duly certified final report of the project work in the standard format
in MS Word / LaTex.
Student should maintain Project Work Book.

Audit Course VI : 403153: Energy Storage Systems

Theory : 02 Hrs. / Week Written / MCQ / Term paper
Field visit : 1 Day
Course Objectives:
• To elaborate various energy storage systems
• To be familiar with various aspects such as hybridization, selection and sizing of energy
storage systems
Course Outcomes:
• Explain and differentiate various types of energy storage systems
Energy Storage Systems:
1. Introduction to Energy Storage System: need, its types and applications.
a) Battery as an energy storage device, its types, Basic terms related to battery Energy Storage
System such as Energy Density, Power Density, Cycle Life, C10 Rating, State of Charge (SOC),
Depth of Discharge (DOD), its characteristics and analysis of various batteries.
b) Types of Batteries: Characteristics, construction, economics, development status, future trends

in batteries such as advanced lead-acid, lithium ion, polymer, Ni-Cd, metal hydride, sodium, and
various types of flow batteries (vanadium, zinc, manganese, etc.).
c) Fuel Cell as an energy storage device and its analysis.
d) Supercapacitor as an energy storage device and its analysis.
e) Superconducting Energy Storage as an energy storage device and its analysis.
f) Flywheel as an energy storage device and its analysis.
Hybridization of different energy storage devices.
Sizing and selecting the energy storage technology and its supporting subsystems.
2. Case Studies: Design of a Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle
(BEV) Introduction to energy management strategies used in hybrid and electric vehicles.
Experiments: There shall be a 3-4 exercises based on MATLAB and Simulink related to Battery
energy storage, Fuel Cell energy storage and Supercapacitor energy storage.
Industrial Visit: Industrial visit to manufacturing industry of battery/ supercapacitor.

Savitribai Phule University of Pune, Pune
Final Year E&TC Engineering (2015 Course)
(With effect from Academic Year 2018-19)
Semester I
Course Course Teaching Scheme Semester Examination Scheme of

Code Hours / Week Marks Credits
Theory Tuto Practi In- End- T PR OR Total TH/TW PR+OR

rials cals Sem Sem W
VLSI Design &
404181
Technology 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 3 --
Computer Networks &

404182
Security 4 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 4 --
Radiation & Microwave

404183
Techniques 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 3 --
404184 Elective I
3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 3 --
404185 Elective II
3 30 70 -- -- -- 100 3 --
404186 Lab practice -I

-- -- 4 -- -- 50 -- 50 100 -- 2
(CNS+ RMT)
404187 Lab practice -II

-- -- 4 -- -- 50 50 100 -- 2
( VLSI + Ele I)
404188 Project Stage I - 2 -- -- -- - -- 50 50 -- 2
Audit Course 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ----

Total 16 2 8 150 350 100 100 50 750 1 6
6
Total Credits 22
Internet of Things
Green Energy
Human Behavior
Final Year E&TC Engineering (2015 Course)
(With effect from Academic Year 2018-19)
Semester II
Course Course Teaching Scheme Semester Examination Scheme of

Code Hours / Week Marks Credit
Theory Tutori Practi In- End- TW PR OR Total TH/TW P

als cals Sem Sem R+OR
404189 Mobile
Communication 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 3 --
404190 Broadband
Communication
4 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 4 --
Systems
404191 Elective III 3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 3 --
404192 Elective IV
3 -- -- 30 70 -- -- -- 100 3 --
404193
Lab practice -III -- -- 4 -- -- 50 50 -- 100 -- 2
404194 Lab practice -IV

-- -- 2 -- -- -- -- 50 50 -- 1
( Ele III)
404195 Project Stage II -- 6 - -- -- 150 -- 50 200 -- 6
Audit Course 6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Total 13 6 6 120 280 200 50 100 750 13 9
Total Credits 22
Machine Learning Robotics

PLC s and Automation Bio-Medical Electronics
Audio and Speech Processing Wireless Sensor Networks
Software Defined Radio Renewable Energy Systems
Audio Video Engineering Open Elective*
Audit Course 6:
Team Building, Leadership and Fitness for
Engineers
Environment and Disater Management
Any one subject from the list of Elective IV of computer/IT/Electrical/Instrumentation or
Institute can offer elective IV based on any industry need with prior approval from
BoS(Electronics). Repetition of subjects or topics is to be avoided.
404181 VLSI Design & Technology

Credits: 03
Lecture : 03 hr/week In-Sem : 30 Marks
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To explore HDL and related design approach.
To nurture students with CMOS circuit designs.
To realize importance of testability in logic circuit design.
To overview ASIC issues and understand PLD architectures with advanced features.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, student will be able to
1. Write effective HDL coding for digital design.
2. Apply knowledge of real time issues in digital design.
3. Model digital circuit with HDL, simulate, synthesis and prototype in PLDs.
4. Design CMOS circuits for specified applications.
5. Analyze various issues and constraints in design of an ASIC
6. Apply knowledge of testability in design and build self test circuit.
Course Contents
Unit I : HDL Design (7 Hrs)

Design Flow, Language constructs, Data objects, Data types, Entity, Architecture & types of
modeling, Sequential statements, Concurrent statements, Packages, Sub programs, Attributes, HDL
modeling of Combinational, Sequential circuits and FSM. Simulations, Synthesis, Efficient coding
styles, Hierarchical and flat designs, Partitioning for synthesis, Pipelining, Resource sharing.
Unit II : Digital design and Issues (6 Hrs)

Sequential synchronous machine design, Moore and Mealy machines, HDL code for Machines,
FIFO. Metastability and solutions, Noise margin, Fan-out, Skew, Timing considerations, Hazards,
Clock distribution, Clock jitter, Supply and ground bounce, Power distribution techniques, Power
optimization, Interconnect routing techniques; Wire parasitic, Signal integrity issues. I/O
architecture.
Unit III : PLD Architectures and applications (6 Hrs)

Design Flow. CPLD Architecture, Features, Specifications, Applications. FPGA Architecture,
Features, Specifications, Applications. The Simulation and Synthesis Tools, FPGA synthesis and
implementation.
Unit IV: Digital CMOS circuits (7 Hrs)
N-MOS, P-MOS and CMOS, MOSFET parasitic, Technology scaling, Channel length modulation,
Hot electron effect, Velocity saturation, CMOS Inverter, Device sizing, CMOS combinational logic
design, Power dissipations, Power delay product, Body Effect, Rise and fall times, Latch Up effect,
transmission gates.
Unit V : Application Specific Integrated Circuit (7 Hrs)

Design Flow, Cell design specifications, Spice simulation, AC and DC analysis, Transfer
Characteristics, Transient responses, Noise analysis, Lambda rules, Design rule check, Fabrication
methods of circuit elements, Layout of cell, Library cell designing for NAND & NOR, Circuit
Extraction, Electrical rule check, Layout Vs. Schematic, Post-layout Simulation and Parasitic
extraction, Design Issues like Antenna effect, Electro migration effect, Cross talk and Drain punch
through, Timing analysis.
Unit VI : VLSI Testing and Analysis (6

Hrs)
Types of fault, Need of Design for Testability (DFT), DFT Guideline, Testability, Fault models, Path
sensitizing, Test pattern generation, Sequential circuit test, Built-in Self Test, JTAG & Boundary
scan, TAP Controller.
Text Books:
1. Charles H. Roth,
2. -Based Design 4E,Prentice Hall.
3. Steve Kilts
Wiley.
Reference Books:
1. E. Weste
Pearson Publication.
2. R. Jacob Baker -IEEE Press
3.
4.
5.
-Hill
404182 Computer Networks & Security
Credits: 04
Lecture : 04 Hrs/week In-Sem: 30 Marks
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To understand state-of-the-art in network protocols, architectures, and applications
To provide students with a theoretical and practical base in computer networks issues
To outline the basic network configurations
To understand the transmission methods underlying LAN and WAN technologies.
To understand security issues involved in LAN and Internet.
Course Outcomes:
Understand fundamental underlying principles of computer networking
Describe and analyze the hardware, software, components of a network and their
interrelations.
Analyze the requirements for a given organizational structure and select the most appropriate
networking architecture and technologies
Have a basic knowledge of installing and configuring networking applications.
Specify and identify deficiencies in existing protocols, and then go onto select new and better
protocols.
Have a basic knowledge of the use of cryptography and network security.
Course Contents
Unit I : Introduction to Local Area Networks (6Hrs)
TCP/IP Protocol Suit, Media Access Control: Random Access, Controlled Access- Reservation,
Channelization
Wired LAN: Ethernet Protocol, Standard Ethernet, Fast Ethernet (100 MBPS), Gigabit Ethernet, 10
Gigabit Ethernet
Wireless LAN : Introduction, IEEE 802.11 Project, Bluetooth
Unit II :Network Layer Part I (7Hrs)
Introduction to Network Layer: Network-Layer Services, Packet Switching, Network-Layer
Performance, IPv4 Addresses, Forwarding Of IP Packets,
Network Layer Protocols: Internet Protocol (IP), ICMPv4, Mobile IP
Unit III : Network Layer Part II (6 Hrs)
Unicast and Multicast Routing: Introduction, Routing Algorithms, Unicast Routing Protocols,
Introduction, Multicasting Basics, Intra-domain Multicast Protocols, Inter-domain Multicast
Protocols, IGMP
Next Generation IP:IPv6 Addressing, The Ipv6 Protocol, TheICMPv6 Protocol, Transition From
IPv4 toIPv6.
Unit IV : Transport Layer (6 Hrs)
Introduction to Transport Layer: Introduction, Transport-Layer Protocols,
Transport Layer Protocols: Introduction, User Datagram Protocol, Transmission Control Protocol,
SCTP.
Unit V : Application Layer (7 Hrs)
Introduction to Application Layer, Standard Client Server Protocols: World Wide Web and HTTP ,
FTP, Electronic Mail, Telenet, SSH, DNS.
Network Management: Introduction, SNMP.
Unit VI : Network Security (7Hrs)
Cryptography & Network Security: Introduction Confidentiality, Other Aspects Of Security.
Internet Security: Network-Layer Security, Transport-Layer Security, Application-Layer Security,
Firewalls.
Text Books:
th
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking edition
th
Edition, Pearson
Education.
Reference Books:
2. W
404183 Radiation and Microwave Techniques
Credits: 03
End-Sem : 70
Marks
Course Objectives:
To introduce fundamental theory of radiation and microwaves.
To understand design principles of various radiating elements.
To understand theory of passive and active components of microwave systems.
To learn microwave measurement techniques.
Course Outcomes:
1. Differentiate various performance parameters of radiating elements.
2. Analyze various radiating elements and arrays.
3. Apply the knowledge of waveguide fundamentals in design of transmission lines.
4. Design and set up a system consisting of various passive microwave components.
5. Analyze tube based and solid state active devices along with their applications.
6. Measure various performance parameters of microwave components.
Course Contents
Unit I : Fundamental Theory of Radiation and Radiating Elements (8Hrs)
Fundamental equations for free space propagation, Friis transmission equation, Definition of
antenna, radiation mechanism and types of antenna, performance parameters such as radiation
pattern, directivity, gain, efficiency, half power beam width, bandwidth, polarization, input
impedance, radiation efficiency, effective length, effective area, radiation sphere.
Unit II : Radiating elements and arrays
(7Hrs)
Comparison of various radiating elements such as infinitesimal dipole, small dipole, finite length
dipole and half wave length dipole, analytical treatment of these elements. Planar, log periodic and
Yagi Uda antenna. Types of arrays, two element array, N-element array, uniform amplitude
uniformly spaced linear broad side and end-fire array.
Unit III : Transmission lines and Waveguides (6Hrs)
General solution for TEM, TE and TM waves. Analysis of coaxial line and rectangular waveguides.
Analysis of rectangular cavity resonators and their applications, Striplines: Structural details, types
and applications.
Unit IV : Passive Microwave Components (6Hrs)
Construction, working principle and scattering analysis of passive microwave components such as E-
plane, H-plane and magic tee. Ferrite composition, characteristics and Faraday rotation principle.
Construction, working principle and scattering analysis of isolator, circulator and directional coupler.
Construction and operation of gyrator.
Unit V: Active Microwave Components (6Hrs)
Limitations of conventional tubes, O and M type classification of microwave tubes, re-entrant
cavity, velocity modulation. Construction, operation, performance analysis and applications
of - Single cavity and two cavity klystron, Cylindrical wave magnetron and Helix traveling wave.
Construction, working principle and applications of two terminal microwave devices such as tunnel
diode, Gunn Diode, PIN Diode, Schottky Barrier Diode and Varactor.
Unit VI : Microwave Systems and Microwave Measurement Techniques (6Hrs)
Microwave terrestrial and satellite communication system and industrial applications of microwaves
such as microwave heating, thickness and moisture measurement, medical application such as
microwave diathermy.
Microwave measurement devices such as slotted line, tunable detector, VSWR meter, power meter,
and their working principles. Microwave measurement techniques to measure S-parameters,
frequency, power, attenuation, phase shift, VSWR, impedance.
Radiation hazards and protection.
Text Books:
1. - Analysis and Design", John Wiley.
2. rd edition, Pearson
3. Graw
Hill.
Reference Books:
1.
2.
3.
4. M. Kulkarni
5.
Hall India.
404184 Digital Image and Video Processing (Elective-I)
Credits: 03
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the fundamental concepts of Digital Image Processing with basic relationship
of pixels and mathematical operations on 2-D data.
2. Learn design and integrate image enhancement and image restoration techniques
3. Understand object segmentation and image analysis techniques
4. Learn the need for effective use of resources such as storage and bandwidth and ways to
provide effective use of them by data compression techniques
5. Learn basic concepts of video processing
Course Outcomes:
1) Develop and implement basic mathematical operations on digital images.
2) Analyze and solve image enhancement and image restoration problems.
3) Identify and design image processing techniques for object segmentation and recognition.
4) Represent objects and region of the image with appropriate method.

5) Apply 2-D data compression techniques for digital images.
6) Explore video signal representation and different algorithm for video processing.
Course Contents
Unit I : Fundamentals of Image Processing (5 Hrs)

Steps in Image processing, Human visual system, Sampling & quantization, Representing digital
images, spatial and gray level resolution, Image file formats, Basic relationships between pixels,
Distance Measures, Basic operations on images image addition, subtraction, logical operations,
scaling translation, rotation. Color fundamentals and models RGB, HIS, YIQ
Unit II : Image Enhancement and Restoration (8 Hrs)

Point Log transformation, Power law transformation, Piecewise linear transformation, Image
histogram, histogram equalization, Mask processing of images, filtering operations- Image
smoothing, image sharpening, frequency domains image enhancement: 2D DFT, smoothing and
sharpening in frequency domein, Pseudo coloring.
Image Restoration: Noise models, restoration using Inverse filtering and Wiener filtering
Unit III : Image Compression (6 Hrs)
Types of redundancy, Fidelity criteria, Compression models - Information theoretic perspective

Fundamental coding theorem, Lossless Compression: Huffman Coding- Arithmetic coding.
Introduction to DCT, Lossy compression: DCT based compression, Wavelet based compression,
Image compression standards JPEG and JPEG 2000.
Unit III : Image Segmentation (8 Hrs)
Pixel classification, Bi-level thresholding, Multi-level thresholding, Adaptive thresholding,

First order derivative Prewitt and Sobel, Second order
derivative LoG, DoG, Canny. Edge linking, Hough transform, Region growing and region
merging. Morphological operators: Dilation, Erosion, Opening, Closing, Hit or Miss transform,
Boundary detection, Thinning, Thicking, Skelton
Unit V : Representation and Description (5 Hrs)
Representation Chain codes, Polygonal approximation, Signatures, Boundary descriptors,

Shape numbers, Fourier descriptors, Stastical moments, Regional descriptors Topological,
texture, Principal components for description
Unit VI : (6 Hrs)
Fundamental Concepts in Video Types of video signals, Analog video, Digital video, Color
models in video, Motion Estimation; Video Filtering; Video Compression, Video coding
standards MPEG.
Text Books:
1. Gonzalez and Woods, "Digital Image Processing", Pearson Education, 3 rd edition

H.264 and MPEG
4 Video Compression: Video Coding for Next
Publication, 3rd Edition.
Reference Books:
1. A. K. Jain, Fundamentals of digital image processing, Prentice Hall of India, 1989.

2. Pratt William K. "Digital Image Processing", John Wiley & sons
3. A. Bovik, Handbook of Image & Video Processing, Academic Press, 2000
404184 Industrial Drives and Control (Elective-I)

Credits: 03
Lecture : 3Hours / Week In-Sem : 30 Marks
Practical: 2Hours /Week End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
Describe the structure of Electric Drive systems and their role in various applications such as
flexible production systems, energy conservation, renewable energy, transportation etc.,
making Electric Drives an enabling technology
Study and understand the operation of electric motor drives controlled from a power
electronic converter and to introduce the design concepts of controllers for closed loop
operation
Study DC, AC, special machines like stepper motor, servo motor and brushless motor and
their control.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the basic principles of power electronics in drives and its control, types of drives
and basic requirements placed by mechanical systems on electric drives for various
applications
2.
motors, dual converter drives, 2 quadrant and 4 quadrant DC chopper drives, Open-loop &
closed-loop control of DC drives with transfer function, Dynamic and regenerat ive braking.
Protection circuits for DC drives.
3. Learn speed control of induction motor drives in an energy efficient manner using power
electronics. To study and understand the operation of both classical and modern induction
motor drives like FOC or Vector control.
4. Learn and understand working of various types of synchronous motors and their drive
systems
5. Learn stepper motors & drives, BLDC and SRM motors and drives
6. Understand modern control techniques of Fuzzy logic and ANN in motor drive application
Course Contents
Unit I :Motor Drive as system (5 Hrs)
Electrical drive as system, Parts of Electrical drives AC / DC drives, Components, nature and
classification of load torques. Four quadrant operation of a motor drive. Control of Electrical drives,
steady state stability Closed loop control, Selection of motor power rating
Unit II : DC Motors and drives(6Hrs)
converter drives for separately excited & series DC motors for continuous & discontinuous
operations. Chopper fed DC drives, Comparison of converter fed drive & chopper fed drive. Open
loop & closed loop control of dc drives with transfer function PLL control, Microprocessor based
control of dc drives, Dynamic and regenerative braking of DC motors
Unit III :Induction Motors and Drives(8Hrs)
Induction motor characteristics, Control strategies like stator voltage control, v/f control, rotor
resistance control, Variable frequency Square wave VSI Drives, Variable frequency PWM VSI
Drives, Variable frequency CSI Drives, Closed loop control of Induction motors, v/f control of three
phase IM using PWM inverter, Vector Control (Field oriented Control): Basic principle of vector
control, Direct vector control & indirect vector control, DQ Transformation, Braking of induction
motor, soft acceleration and deceleration, various protections.
Unit IV :AC and DC synchronous Motors and drives(6Hrs)
Cylindrical rotor motor Drive, Salient pole motor Drive, Switched reluctance motor (SRM)
drive, Synchronous Reluctance motor drive, self-controlled synchronous motor drives Permanent
magnet Brushless DC motor drive, Permanent magnet AC synchronous motor drive, Variable
reluctance & permanent magnet stepper motor and drive. Servo motor Drives.
Unit V :Power Electronics applications inRenewable Energy (6Hrs)
Wind power system: System component, Turbine rating, Electrical load matching, fixed
speed and variable speed operation, System design features, Maximum power operations and System
control requirement WECS: Principle of WECS, role of power electronics in WECS, Drive selection
criteria for fixed speed and variable speed WECS, Stand-alone PV systems, Grid connected PV
systems. Power Electronics for Photovoltaic Power Systems Basics of Photovoltaic: The PV cell,
Module and array, I-V and P-V curves, PV system component, Stand-alone PV systems, Grid
connected PV systems.
Unit VI :Artificial Intelligence in Motor Drives(5Hrs)
Fuzzy logic principle and applications: Introduction, Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy system, Fuzzy control, Fuzzy
logic based induction motor speed control.
Neural network principle and applications: Introduction, Neural network in identification and
control, AI Applications in electrical machines and drives, Neural network based PWM controller
Text Books:
1. Fundamental of Electrical Drives, Gopal K. Dubey, Narosa Publishing House .
2. Power Electronics, circuits, devises and applications by Muhammad Rashid, Pearson
3. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, Bimal K. Bose, Pearson
Reference Books:
1. Wind & Solar Power system, Mukund Patel , CRC Press
2. Thyristor DC drives, P. C Sen, John Wiley.
3. Power Electronics, Converters, Applications and Design, N. Mohan, T. M. Undeland
&W. P. Robbins, John Wiley and Sons, 3rd Edition
404184 Embedded systems and RTOS (Elective-I)

Credits: 03
Lecture : 03hr/week In-Sem : 30 Marks
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To understand and able to design an application specific systems.
To develop implementation skill for application specific systems.
To understand design and implementation of real time system using RTOS.
To understand open source platform for embedded system
Course Outcomes:
1) understand design of embedded system
2) use RTOS in embedded application
3) use modern architecture for embedded system
4) use Linux for embedded system development
5) use open platform for embedded system development
Course Contents
Unit I : Embedded System Overview
Embedded System Introduction, Hardware and software architectures of ES, Design
metrics(technical and techno- economical), Prototyping models, Development tool chain
insights(GNU), guidelines for Selection of hardware and memory architecture, embedded C
programming, embedded system design challenges, standard programming practices in embedded
system. (06 Hrs)
Unit II :Real time system and RTOS
Real time system, types, design approaches and considerations, Usage ofShared
resourcesand related issues, Concept of RTOS, Types of RTOS, differences from GPOS
(Multitasking, interprocess communication, Timers, Device drivers, protection mechanism
etc), real time scheduling algorithms, commercial RTOS , survey of RTOS (7Hrs)
Unit III : -II RTOS

-II features, kernel structure, data structure, -II services as task management, time
management, interprocess communication (mailbox, queue,events,pipes etc), memory
management. -II porting on ARM7/Cortex (M3/M4) architecture. (8Hrs)
Unit IV : Advanced embedded architectures (Cortex-M3/M4)
Introduction to ARM CORTEX series, Design Philosophy, processors series, versions, features and
applications. CMSIS standard for ARM Cortex. Survey of CORTEX M3/M4 based controllers.
ARM-CM3 Based Microcontroller LPC1768: Features, Architecture (Block Diagram & Its
(8Hrs)
Unit V : Embedded Linux

Linux for embedded systems, embedded Linux development system, kernel architecture and
configuration, file systems, porting Linux on ARM architecture, bootloaders, tool utilities such as
Minicomp, Busybox, Redboot, Libc, Device drivers- concept, architecture, types, sample character
device driver, (8Hrs)
Unit VI :Open hardware /development systems and Case study
Arduino open platform (IDE), development using ATMega328p based Uno board, structure
of Arduino programs, introduction to Arduino library, sample GPIO program.
Case study of implementation with control, compute and communication modules using
Arduino platform.
(7Hrs)
Text Books:
1. Jean J.Labrosse MicroC OS II, The Real- nd edition, CMP Books.
-A Practical, Real- nd
edition, Prentice Hall.
Pearson India
Reference Books:
1. Frank Vahid and Tony A Unified hardware/
rd edition, Wiley
2.
3. Architecture, Programming and Design" 2 nd edition,
404184 Internet of Things (Elective-I)

Credits: 03
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To study fundamental concepts of IoT
To understand roles of sensors in IoT
To Learn different protocols used for IoT design
To be familiar with data handling and analytics tools in IoT
Course Outcomes:
1)Understand the various concepts, terminologies and architecture of IoT systems.
2) Use sensors and actuators for design of IoT.
3) Understand and apply various protocols for design of IoT systems
4) Use various techniques of data storage and analytics in IoT
5) Understand various applications of IoT
Course Contents
Unit I : Fundamentals of IoT (6 Hrs)
Introduction, Definitions & Characteristics of IoT, IoT Architectures, Physical & Logical Design of
IoT, Enabling Technologies in IoT, History of IoT, About Things in IoT, The Identifiers in IoT,
About the Internet in IoT, IoT frameworks, IoT and M2M.
Unit II :Sensors Networks (7Hrs)
Definition, Types of Sensors, Types of Actuators, Examples and Working, RFID Principles and
components, Wireless Sensor Networks: History and Context, The node, Connecting nodes,
Networking Nodes, WSN and IoT.
Unit III :Wireless Technologies for IoT (6 Hrs)
WPAN Technologies for IoT: IEEE 802.15.4, Zigbee, HART, NFC, Z-Wave, BLE, Bacnet, Modbus.
Unit IV :IP Based Protocols for IoT (6 Hrs)
IPv6, 6LowPAN, RPL, REST, AMPQ, CoAP, MQTT.
Unit V :Data Handling& Analytics (6Hrs)
Introduction, Bigdata, Types of data, Characteristics of Big data, Data handling Technologies, Flow
of data, Data acquisition, Data Storage, Introduction to Hadoop
Introduction to data Analytics, Types of Data analytics, Statistical Models, Analysis of Variance,
Data Dispersion, Contingence and Correlation, Regression Analysis, Precision and Error limits.
Unit VI :Applications of IoT (7Hrs)
Home Automation, Smart Cities, Energy, Retail Management, Logistics, Agriculture, Health and
Lifestyle, Industrial IoT, IoT design Ethics, IoT in Environmental Protection.
Text Books:
1. -1-
84821-140-7, Wiley Publications
2. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, and Omar Elloumi The Internet of Things: Key
Applications and Protocols Publications
3. -on-
Edition, VPT, 2014.
References
1.
978-1-118-47347-4, Willy Publications
2. by Pethuru Raj and Anupama C. Raman, "The Internet of Things: Enabling
Technologies, Platforms, and Use Cases", CRC Press
3. http://www.cse.wustl.edu/~jain/cse570-15/ftp/iot_prot/index.html
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs22/course
404185 Wavelets (Elective-II)
Credits: 03
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
1. Learn and understand basic linear algebra

2. Understand the need of time frequency resolution
3. Understand the basics of Discrete Wavelet transform and various wavelets available
4. Learn the signal analysis using multi-resolution analysis
5. Study the applications of Wavelets in compression, enhancement, noise removal etc.
Course Outcomes:
1) Explore and learn the basics of linear algebra.
2) Identify the need of Wavelet transform and its properties.
3) Analyze the 1-D and 2-D signal using discrete wavelet transform.
4) Analyze the signal using Multi resolution analysis

5) Use wavelet transform in different applications like data compression, denoising, enhancement
etc
Course Contents
Unit I : Fundamentals of Linear Algebra (6 Hrs)
Vector spaces, Orthogonality, Ortho-normality, Projection, Functions and function spaces.

Orthogonal basis functions. Fourier series orthogonality of complex exponential bases,
mathematical preliminaries for continuous and discrete Fourier transformer. Limitations of
Fourier domain signal processing, Towards wavelet signal processing, signal representation with
continuous and discrete Short Time Fourier Transform.
Unit II : Introduction to Wavelet (6 Hrs)
Concept of time-frequency resolution, Resolution problem associated with STFT, Heisenberg's
uncertainty principle and time frequency tiling, why wavelet transform? The origin of wavelets,
Properties of Wavelet Transform, Wavelet and other wavelet like transformer, different
communities and family of wavelets, different families of wavelets within wavelet communities,
Continuous and discrete wavelet transform
Unit III : Discrete Wavelet Transform (8 Hrs)

Haar scaling function and function spaces, translation and scaling of (t), function spaces V0
Finer Haar Scaling Functions, concept of nested vectopr spaces, Haar wavelet function, scaled
and translated Haar wavelet functions, orthogonality of (t) and (t). Normalization of Haar
bases at different scales, daubechies wavelets, plotting of Daubechies wavelets. 1-D and 2-D
decomposition (analysis) of signals using Wavelet.
Unit IV : Multi-resolution Analysis (6 Hrs)
Signal decomposition and its relation with filter banks, frequencies response, signal
reconstruction course to fine scale, upsampling and filtering, QMF conditions, concepts of multi-
Resolution analysis and multi-rate signal processing, Perfect matching filters, Vanishing
moments of wavelet function and filter properties, introduction to wavelet lifting
Unit V : Wavelet Transform in Data Compression (6 Hrs)
Transform coding, image compression using DWT, Embedded tree image coding, comparison of
JPEG and JPEG 2000, Audio masking, MPEG Coding for audio, Wavelet based audio coding,
video coding using Multi-resolution technique (introduction).
Unit VI : Applications of Wavelet Transform (4 Hrs)
wavelet denoising, speckle removal, Edge detection and object isolation Image fusion, wavelet
watermark, image enhancement. Communication application scaling functions as signaling
pulses, Discrete Wavelet Multitone modulation.
Text Books:
1. K.P Soman, K I Ramchandran
2.
Reference Books:
1.
Edition
2.
404185 Electronic Product Design

Lectures: 3 Hrs./ Week In Semester Assessment:
Phase I : 30
End Semester Examination:
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives:
To understand the stages of product (hardware/ software) design and development.
To learn the different considerations of analog, digital and mixed circuit design.
To be acquainted with methods of PCB design and different tools used for PCB Design.
To understand the importance of testing in product design cycle. `
To understand the processes and importance of documentation.
Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course students will be able to
Understand various stages of hardware, software and PCB design.
Importance of product test & test specifications.
Special design considerations and importance of documentation.
Unit I: Introduction to Electronic Product Design 6L
Man machine dialog and Industrial design, user-centered design, five element of successful
design, cognition, ergonomics. Packaging and factors, design for manufacture, assembly and
disassembly, wiring, temperature, vibration and shock. Safety, noise, energy coupling,
grounding, filtering and shielding.
Unit II: Hardware Design & testing methods 6L
Design process. Identifying the requirements, formulating specifications, design specifications,
Specifications verses requirements, System partitioning, Functional design, architectural design,
Functional model verses architectural model. Prototyping. Performance and Efficiency measures.
Formulating a test plan, writing specifications, Test procedure and test cases, Egoless design,
design reviews. Module debug and test: black box test, white box test, grey box test.
Unit III:Software Design and Testing methods 6L
Types of Software. Waterfall model of software development. Models, metrics and software
limitations. Risk abatement and failure preventions. Software bugs and testing. Good
programming practice. User interface .Embedded, Real time software.
Unit IV: PCB design 6L

Fundamental Definitions, Standards. Routing Topology Configurations, Layer Stack up
assignment, Grounding Methodologies, Aspect Ratio, Image Planes, Functional Partitioning,
Critical frequencies, Bypassing and decoupling. Design techniques for ESD Protection, Guard
Band implementation.
Unit V: Product Debugging and testing 6L
Steps of Debugging, Techniques for troubleshooting, characterization, Electromechanical
components, passive components, active components, active devices, operational amplifier,
Analog-Digital Conversion, Digital Components, Inspection and test of components, Simulation,
Prototyping and testing, Integration, validation and verification. EMI & EMC issues.
Unit VI : Documentation 6L
Definition, need, and types of documentation. Records, Accountability, and Liability. Audience.
Preparation, Presentation, and Preservation of documents. Methods of documentation, Visual
techniques, Layout of documentation, Bill of material.
Text Books
1. press.
2.
Second edition, IEEE press.
Reference Books
1.
publication
2. press.
404185 Artificial Intelligence (Elective II)

Credits: 03 (TH)
End-Sem : 70
Marks
Course Objectives:
To learn various types of algorithms useful in Artificial Intelligence (AI).

To convey the ideas in AI research and programming language related to
emergingtechnology.
To understand the concepts of machine learning, pattern recognition, and natural language
processing.
To understand the numerous applications and huge possibilities in the field of AI that
gobeyond the normal human imagination.
Course Outcomes:
1. Design and implement key components of intelligent agents and expert systems.
2. To apply knowledge representation techniques and problem solving strategies to common
AI applications.
3. Apply and integrate various artificial intelligence techniques in intelligent system
development as well as understand the importance of maintaining intelligent systems.
4. Build rule-based and other knowledge-intensive problem solvers.
Course Contents
Unit I :Foundation (6 Hrs)
Intelligent Agents, Agents and environments, Good behavior, The nature of environments,
structure of agents, Problem Solving, problem solving agents, example problems, Searching for
solutions, uniformed search strategies, avoiding repeated states, searching with partial
information.
Unit II :Searching (6Hrs)
Search and exploration, Informed search strategies, heuristic function, local search algorithms
and optimistic problems, local search in continuous spaces, online search agents and unknown
environments, Constraint satisfaction problems (CSP), Backtracking search and Local search for
CSP, Structure of problems, Games: Optimal decisions in games, Alpha- Beta Pruning, imperfect
real-time decision, games that include an element of chance.
Unit III :Knowledge Representation (6Hrs)
First order logic, representation revisited, Syntax and semantics for first order logic, Using first
order logic, Knowledge engineering in first order logic, Inference in First order logic,
prepositional versus first order logic, unification and lifting, forward chaining, backward
chaining, Resolution, Knowledge representation, Uncertainty and methods, Bayesian Probability and
Belief network, probabilistic Reasoning, Bayesian networks, inferences in Bayesian networks,
Temporal models, Hidden Markov models.
Unit IV :Learning (6Hrs)

Learning from observations: forms of learning, Inductive learning, Learning decision trees,
Ensemble learning, Knowledge in learning, Logical formulation of learning, Explanation based
learning, Learning using relevant information, Inductive logic programming, Statistical learning
methods, Learning with complete data, Learning with hidden variable, EM algorithm, Instance
based learning, Neural networks - Reinforcement learning, Passive reinforcement learning,
Active reinforcement learning, Generalization in reinforcement learning.
Unit V :Pattern Recognition and Expert System(6 Hrs)
Basic steps of pattern recognition system, Feature Extraction- Principal Component Analysis, Linear
Discriminant Analysis, Classification, Object Recognition- Template Matching theory, Prototype
Matching Theory, Speech Recognition, Pattern Mining- Apriori Algorithm,
Unit VI :Natural Language Understanding (6Hrs)
Why NL, Formal grammar for a fragment of English, Syntactic analysis, Augmented grammars,
Semantic interpretation, Ambiguity and disambiguation, Discourse understanding, Grammar
induction, Probabilistic language processing, Probabilistic language models
Text Books:
Education/Prentice Hall of India.

-Hill.
Reference Books
404185 Optimization techniques (Elective II)

Credits: 03 (TH)
End-Sem : 70
Marks
Course Objectives:
Course Outcomes:
Course Contents
Unit I :
Unit II :
Unit III :
Unit IV :
Unit V :
,
Unit VI :
Text Books:
1.
404185 Electronics in Agriculture (Elective II)
Credits: 03 (TH)
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To inculcate the ability to recognize environmental problems and to provide solutions to
agricultural sector.
An over view of technology of advanced topics like DAS, SCADA and Virtual
Instrumentation.
The ability to select the essential elements and practices needed to develop and implement the
Engineering Automation for Agricultural sector.
Course Outcomes:
Understand Role of computers & virtual instrumentation.

Provide communication solution for interpreting environmental parameters with Electronics
systems.
Describe Instrument technology used in agriculture.
Apply knowledge of Electronics in Agriculture
Understand Greenhouse Technology & Role of Electronics Governance.
Course Contents
Unit I : Review of computers & Virtual instrumentation 6L
Data loggers, Data acquisitions systems (DAS), Supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA),
Basics of PLC, Functional block diagram of computer control system, alarms, interrupts. Virtual
Instrumentation: Historical Perspective, advantages, Block diagram and architecture of virtual
instrument, data flow techniques, graphical programming in data flow, comparison with conventional
programming.
Unit II : Communication Systems 6L

Use of field buses, functions, international standards, field bus advantages and disadvantages,
Instrumentation network: sensor networks, Open networks-advantages and limitations, HART
Network, Foundation field bus network. Profibus PA: Basics, architecture, model, network design.
Foundation field bus segments: General consideration, network design.
Unit III : Instrument technology for agriculture 6L

Instrument for measurement of pH, Electrical conductivity, gas analysis, humidity, leaf area,
chlorophyll content, and soil moisture & temperature.
Unit IV : Precision Farming 6L
An introduction to precision farming. GIS/GPS positioning system for precision farming, Yield
monitoring and mapping, soil sampling and analysis. Computers and Geographic information
systems. Precision farming- Issues and conditions. Role of electronics in farm machinery for
precision farming.
Unit V : Electronics in Agriculture 6L

Instrument for crop monitoring moisture measurement capacitive, infrared reflectance and
resistance. Monitoring soil and weather measurement of soil properties and meteorological
parameters irrigation control systems. Instruments for crop establishment monitoring. Crop
spraying selective crop spraying flow control. Yield monitoring. Technology for precision
farming. Instruments for protected cultivation green house environment control transducers and
control system. Instruments and systems for crop handling processing and storage. ,
Unit VI : Applications & Electronics Governance 6L
Greenhouse: History of modeling and control of Greenhouse, Identification of control and
manipulation variables for Greenhouse. Crop Preservation : Importance of Preservation of various
commodities and parts of plants, Drying process for preservation, Variable identification for drying
process, Electronic control system for grape drying process. Agriculture & Electronics Governance:
Governance products & services in agriculture sector, Role of Electronics Governance in
Agricultural sector.
Text Books:
1.
Pearson Education
2.Stuart A. Boyer, SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition, ISA Publication
1. De Mess M. N. Fundamental of Geographic Information System. John Willy & sons,

New York, Datta S.K.1987.
2. K. Krishna Swamy,
3. Kuhar, John. E. 1977. The precision farming guide for agriculturalist. Lori J. Dhabalt,
US
Manual of Soil & Water conservation Engineering. Oxford & IBH Co. Sigma & Jagmohan,
1976.
Lab Practice I
Credits: PR-02
Practical : 04 hr/week Oral : 50 Marks
Term-work :50 Marks
List of the Experiments (Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed).
1. Implementation of LAN using suitable multiuser Windows operating System and
demonstrating client-server and peer to peer mode of configuration.
2. Installation and configuration of Web server, FTP Server.
3. Study of DNS, SMTP & POP3 Determine the local host address, Ping to a host using its
NetBIOS name Add IP addresses/host name mappings to the local host file Configure DNS
service on Windows 2000 server Use Domain Name Service to resolve hostnames into IP
addresses. Interact with an Email server using SMTP and POP3 protocols commands.
4. Installation and configuration of Telnet server for Telnet communication.
5. Installation and configuration of Proxy server.
6. Installation and configuration of DHCP server.
7. Study of IP Addresses subnetting and CIDR
8. Study of Network Protocol Analyzer tool/software.
9. Study of network monitoring tool/software.
10. Simulating LAN or WAN using suitable network simulator.
11. Write a program to simulate leaky bucket/token bucket.
11. Echo Client and Server Program Using TCP or UDP or both in C/Java
12. Write a program for Encryption and Decryption
13. Study of HTTPS, IPSec and SSH using Wireshark.
RMT
List of Experiments [Minimum 08 ]
Group A [Any 2]
1. To measure and compare radiation pattern, return loss, impedance, gain, beam width of
dipole antenna and folded dipole antenna at microwave frequency
OR
1. To measure radiation pattern and gain of horn or parabolic antenna at microwave frequency
2. Design, simulate and compare performance of microwave dipole antennas of length 2
3. Design, simulate and compare the performance of two element broad side and end fire
uniform amplitude and uniformly spaced linear array.
Group B [Any 6]
4. To measure and plot mode characteristics of reflex klystron.

5. To measure VI characteristics of Gunn Diode and study of PIN modulator.
6. To measure and verify port characteristics of microwave tees (E, H, E-H or magic planes).
7. To measure and verify port characteristics of directional coupler and calculate coupling
factor, insertion loss and directivity.
8. To measure and verify port characteristics of isolator and circulator and calculate insertion
loss and isolation in dB.
9. To measure wavelength of the microwave using microwave test bench and verify with its
theoretical calculations.
10. To plot standing wave pattern and measure SWR for open, short and matched termination at
microwave frequency using slotted section with probe carriage.
Study the network analyzer and carry out the measurements of s-parameters.
304192Laboratory Practice II
Credits: PR-02
Practical : 04 hr/week Practical : 50 Marks
Termwork : 50 Marks
Digital Image and Video Processing
List of
(Perform any 8 practical on appropriate software)
1. Perform basic operations on images.

2. Perform conversion between color spaces.
3. Perform histogram equalization.
4. Perform image filtering in spatial domain.
5. Perform image filtering in frequency domain.
6. Perform image restoration.
7. Perform image compression using DCT / Wavelet transform.
8. Perform edge detection using various masks.
9. Perform global and adaptive thresholding.
10. Apply morphological operators on an image.
11. Obtain boundary / regional descriptors of an image.
12. Extraction of frames from video, improve the quality and convert them back to compressed
video.
Industrial Drives and Control
(Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed):
1. DC motor control using semi/full 1- -
2. 4-Quadrant chopper fed reversible DC drive
3. Dual converter fed DC Drive (Single phase/ Three phase)
4. Induction motor speed control using VFD
5. Speed Control of Universal Motor.
6. Stepper motor drive.
7. BLDC Motor drive.
8. Three phase brushless generator for wind energy applications.
9. Simulation of closed loop controlled DC motor drive using PSIM/Matlab/MathCad / open source
software
10 Simulation of closed loop controlled AC motor drive using PSIM / Matlab/MathCad/ open
source software
Any 02 Lab exercise from Sr.No 2,3,4

Any 01 Lab exercise from Sr.No 05,06
1. Porting of ucos-II on ARM7/Cortex controller.
2. Implementation/Verification of multitasking (minimum 03 tasks) with ucos-II on ARM7/Cortex

controller.
3. Implementation of semaphore with ucos II service ARM7/Cortex controller for resource

management and synchronization.
4. Implementation of interprocess communication with ucos-II mailbox and message queue service
on ARM7/Cortex controller.
5. Programming with exploring onchip ADC of Cortex /MSP430 based microcontroller.
6. Programming on motor control with exploring onchip PWM of Cortex based microcontroller.
7. Exercise on Porting of Linux on ARM board (ARM9 preferably)
8. Programming for device driver with Embedded Linux.
9. Programming with Arduino development for GPIO on Arduino Uno board.

Internet of Things
A Project based Learning approach will be followed for this course hence the experiments will
be small projects to be built by the students.
List of the Experimental Projects(Minimum 6 are to be performed):
1. Study& Survey of various development boards for IoT.
2. Study & Survey of various IoT platforms.
3. Interfacing sensors and actuatorswith Aurdino .
4. Build a cloud-ready temperature sensor with the Arduino Uno and the any IoT Platform: This
project shows the building of a temperature sensor.
5. Interfacing Sensors and actuators with Raspberry Pi 2.
6. IoT based Stepper Motor Control with Raspberry Pi: The combination of Raspberry Pi and IoT is
an exciting one. Raspberry Pi has many general purpose I/O pins and has the ability to control
different actuators like stepper motors. In this project, an internet control of stepper motor using
Raspberry Pi computer is developed. The connectivity is divided into server side software and client
side software.
7.IoT based Web Controlled Home Automation using Raspberry Pi.
8. A Simple IoT Project with the ESP8266 WiFi module: Here is a simple project with ESP8266 wifi
module.This project collects the temperature and is displayed on the network.
Project Phase-I (404188)

Tutorial: 2Hrs/week OR :50Marks
Note:
1. Term work assessment is based on the project topic. It consists of Literature Survey and basic project
work. The abstract of the project should be submitted before Term work assessment.
2. The report consists of the Literature Survey, basic project work and the size of the report should be
maximum of 40 pages.
3. The examination is conducted by two examiners (internal and external) appointed by the university. The
examiners appointed must have minimum 5 years of experience with UG qualification or 2 years with PG
qualification.
4. The assessment is based on Innovative Idea, Depth of understanding, Applications, Individual

contributions, presentation, and the grade given by the internal guide based on the work carried out in a
semester.
5. A certified copy of report is required to be presented to external examiner at the time of final
examination.
Audit Course Green Energy

Credits: 00
End-Sem: 70 Marks
About the course

This course provides an introduction to energy systems and renewable energy resources, with a
scientific examination of the energy field and an emphasis on alternate energy sources and their
demands, examine conventional energy sources and systems, including fossil fuels and nuclear
energy, and then focus on alternate, renewable energy sources such as solar, biomass (conversions),
wind power, geothermal, and hydro. Energy conservation methods will be emphasized
Course Objectives:
To understand the conventional and non conventional energy sources
To understand different renewable energy sources and their generation
To understand the various applications & benefits of renewable energy sources
To enable student to understand project management, energy audit and Installation
Course Outcomes:
After the successful completion of this course, the student is expected to have/be able to:
1. List and generally explain the main sources of energy and their primary applications in the India, and
the world.
2. Describe the challenges and problems associated with the use of various energy sources, including
fossil fuels, with regard to future supply and the environment.
3. Discuss remedies/potential solutions to the supply and environmental issues associated with fossil fuels
and other energy resources.
4. List and describe the primary renewable energy resources and technologies.
5. Describe/illustrate basic electrical concepts and system components.
6. Convert units of energy to quantify energy demands and make comparisons among energy uses,
resources, and technologies.
7. Collect and organize information on renewable energy technologies as a basis for further analysis and
evaluation.
Unit 1: Introduction of conventional & renewable energy sources:

Environment aspects, Energy Efficient materials, Pollution Control techniques, Energy conservation,
Energy Audits
Unit II: Details of renewable energy sources & various systems
Solar, Wind, Hydro, Bio-power, Waste to Power
Unit III: Various applications & benefits
Renewable power projects for smart cities & rural electrification, Power conversion techniques, Off-
grid/Stand-alone systems, Grid connected systems, Design of Grid-tied & off-grid Solar PV systems,
Design of Grid-tied & off-grid Wind systems, Design of Grid-tied & off-grid Hybrid systems, Storage
technologies
Unit IV: Project management
Installation & commissioning techniques & standards, Remote monitoring & control techniques,
-on exposure, Maintenance & Service of plants,
Government policies
Guidelines for Conduction (Any one or more of following but not limited to)
Sources/ References:
1. Boyle, Godfrey. 2004. Renewable Energy (2nd edition). Oxford University Press, 450
pages (ISBN: 0-19- 926178-4).

2. Boyle, Godfrey, Bob Everett, and Janet Ramage (eds.) 2004. Energy Systems and Sustainability:
Power for a Sustainable Future. Oxford University Press, 619 pages (ISBN: 0-19-926179-2)
3. Ashok Desai V, Non-Conventional Energy, Wiley Eastern Ltd, 1990.
4. Mittal K.M, Non-Conventional Energy Systems, Wheeler Publishing Co. Ltd, 1997.
5. Ramesh R, Kurnar K.U, Renewable Energy Technologies, Narosa Publishing House,
New Delhi, 1997.

6. Renewable Energy Resources by John Twidell and Tony Weir.
Audit Course Human Behavior

Credits: 00
End-Sem: 70 Marks
About the Course:

Human behavior is the responses of individuals or groups of humans to internal and external stimuli. It
refers to the array of every physical action and observable emotion associated with individuals, as well as
the human race. Social behavior is a subset of human behavior and includes the study of considerable
influence of social interaction and culture. Additional influences include ethics, encircling, authority,
rapport, hypnosis, persuasion and coercion.
The behavior of humans falls within a range with some behavior being common, some unusual, some
acceptable, and some beyond acceptable limits. The acceptability of behavior depends heavily upon
social norms and is regulated by various means of social control. Human behavior is experienced
throughout an
genetics, social norms, core faith, and attitude. An attitude is an expression of favor or disfavor toward a
person, place, thing, or event.
Course Objectives:
To develop understanding of Behavioral Aspects.
To identify and develop Attitude and Core Faith values
To expose students to Family Relations, time and career management
To enable student to understand Creative Thinking and Problem solving
To enable students to understand Humanistic Education.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, society will observe
Change in awareness levels, knowledge and understanding of student
Change in attitudes / behavior of students with regards to their education improved teamwork,
institutional leadership and other life skills
Improvement in social health and attitude.
Unit 1:
Why Human Relations are so important? Understanding Behavior, Human Relations, and Performance,
Personality, Stress, Learning, and Perception, Attitudes, Self-Concept, Natural acceptance of human
values, and Ethics, Dealing with Conflict, Leading and Trust.
Unit 2:
Time and Career Management, Interpersonal Communication, Organizational Structure and
Communication, Team Dynamics and Leadership, Teams and Creative Problem Solving and Decision
Making
Unit 3:
Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society, Harmony in Human Relationship, Understanding the
meaning of Vishwas; Difference between intention and competence, Understanding the meaning of
Samman; Difference between respect and differentiation. Understanding the harmony in the society:
Samadhan, Samridhi, Abhay, Sahasttva as comprehensive Human Goals.
Unit 4:
Justice in Humankind, Nurturing and Exploitation, Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct, Basis for
Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order, Competence in
professional ethics.
Reference Books:
McGraw-Hill (2014).
-Hoeksema, S., Fredrickson, B. L., Loftus,
G. R., & Lutz, C., Cengage Learning EME.
Excel Books, New Delhi and Teacher's Manual, R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, Excel Books, New
Delhi
4. A Nagraj, 1998, Jeevan Vidya ek Parichay, Divya Path Sansthan, Amarkantak.
5. A.N. Tripathy, 2003, Human Values, New Age International Publishers.
404189 Mobile Communication
Lectures: 3Hrs/ Week In Semester Assessment:

Phase I : 30
End Semester Examination:
Phase II: 70
Course Objectives
To understand switching techniques for voice and data traffic.

To nurture students with knowledge of traffic engineering to design networks.
To realize importance of cellular concepts and its propagation mechanism.
To understand architecture of GSM system.
To overview 4G LTE and 5G technologies.
Course Outcomes

pply the concepts of switching technique and traffic engineering to design multistage
networks.
Explore the architecture of GSM.
Differentiate thoroughly the generations of mobile technologies.
Unit I - Switching techniques for Voice and Data (8)
Switching techniques for Voice: Manual Switching System, Electronic Switching System and
Time Division Switching. Single Stage networks, Gradings, Two stage and Three stage
networks. Synchronization, Control of switching systems: Call processing Functions, Common
Control, Reliability, Availability and Security.
Switching techniques for Data: Circuit switching, Message Switching and packet Switching in
perceptive with mobile communication.
Unit II - Traffic Engineering and Signalling (8)
Telecommunication Traffic: Unit of Traffic, Traffic measurement, A mathematical model,

Lost- call systems: Theory, traffic performance, loss systems in tandem, traffic tables. Queuing
systems: Erlang Distribution, probability of delay, Finite queue capacity, Systems with a single
server, Queues in tandem, delay tables and application of delay formulae.
Signaling: Customer line signaling. FDM carrier systems, PCM signaling, Inter-register
signaling, Common channel signaling, CCITT signaling system and Digital customer line
signaling.
Unit III - Cellular Concept (8)
Introduction to cellular telephone system, Cellular concept : Expansion of mobile system

capacity through frequency reuse, Cell geometry, Selection of cluster size, Cell splitting and
sectoring, Coverage and capacity in cellular system and Handoff strategies.
Propagation Mechanism: Free space and two ray propagation model, Basic propagation
mechanism. Hata outdoor propagation model. Small Scale Fading and Multipath: Types of
Small scale fading, Small scale multipath propagation, Impulse response model of multipath
channel and Small scale multipath measurements.
Unit IV - GSM Fundamentals (8)
Introduction, Architecture of GSM, characteristics of GSM standards, services, Radio

transmission parameters in GSM System, Applications.
Unit V - GSM Channels and Services (8)
Traffic and Logical Channels in GSM, GSM time hierarchy, GSM burst structure, Description of
call setup procedure, Handover mechanism in GSM, Security in GSM.
Data transmission in GSM: Data Services, SMS, HSCSD, GPRS, EDGE.
Multiple Access Techniques-TDMA, CDMA and OFDMA.
Unit VI - Evolution of Mobile Technologies (6)
Evolution of Mobile Generation and its comparison(GSM & CDMA)
Overview of LTE : LTE basics , LTE frame structure, LTE Design parameters with
Standardization and Architecture of LTE.
Overview of 5 G Networks : Comparison of 4G and 5G technology, Opportunities and

requirements in 5G network, Open Wireless Architecture of 5G network and Disruptive
technologies for 5G.
Text Books
1.
Press
2.
3.
Edition, Pearson Education
4. ThiagarajanVishwanathan,
Publications
Reference Books
1
2
3
404190 Broadband Communication Systems

Credits: 04
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To comprehend the three primary components of a fiber optic communication system.
To understand the system design issues and the role of WDM components in advanced light
wave systems.
To understand the basics of orbital mechanics and the look angles from ground stations to the
satellite.
To apply subject understanding in Link Design.
Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course students will be able to:
Perform Link power budget and Rise Time Budget by proper selection of components and
check its viability.
Perform Satellite Link design for Up Link and Down Link.
Course Contents
UNIT I: Light wave System Components (8L)
Key Elements of optical fiber system, Optical fibers as a communication channel: Optical fiber
modes and configurations, Mode theory for Circular waveguides, Single mode fibers, Graded index
fiber structure, Signal degradation in optical fibers. Optical sources: Basic concepts and
characteristics of LEDs and LASERs. Photo detectors: Basic concepts, Common photo detectors.
UNIT II: Light wave Systems (6L)

System architectures, Point to point links: System considerations, Design guidelines: Optical power
budget, Rise time budget, Long - Haul systems.
UNIT III: Multichannel Systems (6L)
Overview of WDM, WDM Components: 2 x 2 Fiber coupler, Optical isolators and circulators,
Multiplexers and De-multiplexers, Fiber Bragg Grating, FBG applications for multiplexing and de-
multiplexing function, Diffraction gratings, Overview of optical amplifiers: SOA, EDFA and RFA in
brief.
UNIT IV: Orbital Mechanics and Launchers (8L)

History of Satellite communication, Orbital mechanics, Look angle determination, Orbital
perturbations, Orbital determination, Launchers and launch vehicles, Orbital effects in
communication system performance.
UNIT V: Satellite sub systems (6L)
Satellite Subsystems, Attitude and Control Systems (AOCS), Telemetry, Tracking, Command and
monitoring, Power systems, Communication subsystems, Satellite antennas, Equipment reliability
and space qualification.
UNIT VI: Satellite communication link design (8L)

Introduction, Basic transmission theory, System noise temperature and G/T Ratio, Design of
downlinks, Satellite systems using small earth stations, Uplink design, Design of specified C/N:
Combining C/N and C/I values in satellite links system design examples.
Text Books:
1.
2. Timothy Pratt, Charles Bostian, Jeremy Allnutt,
Sons.
Reference Books:
1. Govind P. Agrawal, Fiber -Optic Communication Systems , Wiley, 3rd edition.

2.
404191 Machine Learning (Elective III)

Credits: 03 (TH)
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
Explore supervised and unsupervised learning paradigms of machine learning used
forregression and classification.
To design and analyze various machine learning algorithms using neural networks
To explore Deep learning technique and various feature extraction strategies.
Course Outcomes:
1. To compare and contrast pros and cons of various machine learning techniques and to get an
insight of when to apply a particular machine learning approach.
2. To mathematically analyze various machine learning approaches and paradigms.
3. To implement convolution neural networks in recognition applications.
Course Contents
Unit I :Introduction to Machine Learning (4 Hrs)
Why Machine learning. Types of machine learning, basic concepts in machine learning like
parametric and non-parametricmodeling, linear and nonlinear regression, overfitting and
dimensionality reduction. Decision trees, Feature reduction.
Unit II : Models for Regression and Classification (8Hrs)
Linear Models for Regression :Least SquaresandNearestNeighbors ,Linear Basis Function
Models,The Bias-Variance Decomposition,Bayesian Linear Regression,Bayesian Model Comparison
Linear Models for Classification : Discriminant Functions .Probabilistic Discriminative Models
Multivariate Data,Parameter Estimation,Multivariate Classification,Multivariate Regression
Kernal Methods : Support Vector machines and Relevance Vector Machines
Unit III :Clustering (6Hrs)
Dimensionality Reduction : Principal Components Analysis,Factor Analysis,Multidimensional
Scaling,Linear Discriminant Analysis Clustering : k-Means Clustering,Mixtures of Gaussians
Unit IV : Artificial Neural Networks I (6Hrs)
Biological neuron, Artificial neuron model, concept of bias and threshold, Activation
functions, Mc Culloch-Pits Neuron Model, learning paradigms,concept of error energy,
gradient descent algorithm and application of linear neuron for linear regression,: Learning
mechanisms: Hebbian, Delta Rule, Perceptron and its limitations.
Unit V : Artificial Neural Networks II(6 Hrs)

Multilayer perceptron (MLP) and back propagation algorithm, Application of MLP for classification,
Self-Organizing Feature Maps,Learning vector quantization Radial Basis Function networks.
Unit VI : Deep Learning and Convolution Neural Networks(6Hrs)
Improvement of the Deep Neural Network:Vanishing Gradient, Overfitting, Computational
Load,ReLU Function, Dropout Architecture of ConvNet, Convolution Layer, Pooling Layer,
.
Text Books:
1. Christopher Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning , Springer, 2007
2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, The Elementsof Statistical Learning ,
Springer 2009
3. LaureneFausett Fundamentals of Neural Networks: Architectures, Algorithms And
Applications, Pearson Education, Inc, 2008
Reference Books:
. Kevin Murphy, Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT Press, 2012
3. Simon Haykin
Inc1999
404191 PLC & Automation (Elective III)
Credits: 03
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
Student will get the ability to recognize industrial control problems suitable for PLC
control
The learners will get an over view of technology of advanced topics such as SCADA,
DCS Systems, DigitalController, CNC Machines.
Student will gain the ability to select the essential elements and practices needed to
develop and implement the Engineering Automation using PLC approach.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, students able to:
1. Understand PLC architecture
2. Develop PLC ladder programs for simple industrial applications
3. Design Automation systems for industrial applications
4. Implement the Engineering Automation using PLC approach.
Course Contents
Unit I: Process Control & Automation [6]
Process control principles, Servomechanisms, Control System Evaluation, Analog control, Digital
control, Types of Automation; Architecture of Industrial Automation Systems, Advantages and
limitations of Automation, Effects of modern developments in automat ion on global
competitiveness.
Unit II: Transmitters and Signal Conditioning [6]
Need of transmitters, Standardization of signals, Current, Voltage and Pneumatic signal standards, 2-
Wire & 3-Wire transmitters, Analog and Digital signal conditioning for RTD, Thermocouple, DPT
etc , Smart and Intelligent transmitters.
Unit III: Controllers and Actuators [6]
PID Controller, Cascade PID control, Microprocessor Based control, PAC (Programmable
automation controller), Mechanical switches, Solid state switches,Electrical actuators: Solenoids,
Relays and Contactors, AC Motor, VFD, energy conservation schemes through VFD, DC Motor,
BLDC Motor, Stepper Motor, Servo Motor, Pneumatic and hydraulic actuators.
Unit IV Introduction to PLC [6]
PLC: Characteristics, Operation, function, Types of PLC, Architecture Of PLC, Applications of

PLC, PC v/s PLC, PLC programming, Ladder diagram: of logic gates, multiplexer, Ladder diagram
for different logical conditions or logical equations or truth table. Timers: types of timer,
Characteristics, Function of timer in PLC, Classification of a PLC timer, Ladder diagram using
timer, PLC counter, Ladder diagram using counter.
Unit V Industrial Automation [6]
Basic Concept, History and Hierarchy of DCS, Functions of each level, Advantages and
Disadvantages, Architecture of SCADA , MTU- functions of MTU, RTU- Functions of RTU,
Working of SCADA, Comparison, suitability of PLC, DCS and SCADA, Applications: Thermal
power plant, Irrigation and Cement factory.
Unit VI: Automation and CNC (Computer Numeric Control) Machines[7]
Introduction of CNC Machines: Basics and need of CNC machines, NC, CNC and DNC (Direct NC)
systems, Structure of NC systems, Applications of CNC machines in manufacturing, Advantages of
CNC machines. Industrial Communication:Devicenet, Interbus , Device network: Foundation
Fieldbus -H 1, HART, CAN, PROFIBUS-PA, Control network: ControlNet, FF-HSE, PROFIBUS-
DP, Ethernet, TCP/IP. Panel Engineering for Automation
Text Books:
1. Curtis Johnson, on
Education.
2.
ional Publishing India Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Stuart A. Boyer, SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition, ISA Publication.
2.
3. Kilian
4. Bela G Liptak, Process software and digital networks, 3rd edition, 2002.
5.
6. Pabla, B.S. &Adithan, M.
404191 Audio and Speech Processing (Elective

III)
Credits: 03
Lecture : 03 hr/week In-Sem: 30 Marks
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To understand basics of speech production and perception mechanism.
To understand classification of speech sounds based on acoustic and articulatory phonetics.
To understand the motivation of short-term analysis of speech and audio.
To understand various audio and speech coding techniques.
To perform the analysis of speech signal using LPC.
To extract the information of the speech or audio signals in terms of cepstral features.
To provide a foundation for developing applications in the field of speech and audio
processing.
Course Outcomes:
Design and implement algorithms for processing speech and audio signals considering
the properties of acoustic signals and human hearing.
Analyze speech signal to extract the characteristic of vocal tract (formants) and vocal
cords (pitch).
Analyze speech signal for extracting LPC and MFCC Parameters of speech signal.
Apply the knowledge of speech and audio signal analysis to build speech processing
applications like speech coding, speech recognition, speech enhancement and speaker
recognition/verification.
Course Contents
Unit I : Fundamentals of speech production (6 Hrs)
Anatomy and physiology of speech production, Human speech production mechanism, LTI
model for speech production, Nature of speech signal, linear time varying model, articulators,
articulatory phonetics, manner of articulation, place of articulation, acoustic phonetics,
spectrogram, classification of speech sounds: vowels, semivowels, nasal diphthongs, stops,
affricates, fricative, vowel triangle.
Unit II : Human auditory system and speech perception (6 Hrs)

Anatomy and physiology of the ear, outer ear, middle ear and inner ear. Human auditory system,
simplified model of cochlea. Sound perception, Auditory psychophysics, thresholds, just
noticeable differences (JNDs), Sound pressure level and loudness. Sound intensity and Decibel
sound levels. Pitch perception, masking, Concept of critical band and introduction to auditory
system as a filter bank, Uniform, non-uniform filter bank, mel scale and bark scale. Speech
perception: vowel perception. Coarticulation effects. Consonant perception, perception of manner
of articulation feature. Perception of place of articulation.
Unit III: Time and frequency domain methods for speech and audio signal analysis.
(6Hrs)
Time-dependent speech processing. Short-time energy, short time average magnitude, Short
time average zero crossing rate. Speech Vs. silence discrimination using energy and zero
crossing rate. Short-time autocorrelation function, short-time average magnitude difference
function. Pitch period estimation using autocorrelation method. Audio feature extraction,
Spectral centroid, spectral spread, spectral entropy, spectral flux, spectral roll-off. Spectrogram:
narrow band and wide band spectrogram.
Unit IV : Linear prediction and cepstral analysis (6 Hrs)

Basic principles of linear predictive analysis. Autocorrelation method, covariance method.
Frequency domain interpretation of LP analysis. Applications of LPC parameters as pitch

detection and formant analysis
Homomorphic processing of speech signal, application of cepstral analysis for vocal tract vocal
cord parameter estimation (formants and pitch). Computation of MFCC.
Unit V : Speech and Audio coding

(6Hrs)
Time domain waveform coding: linear PCM, companded PCM, DPCM, DM, ADM.
Spectral coders: Filter bank analysis, sub-band coders, Adaptive transform coders (ATC),
Harmonic coding. Linear predictive coders (LPC), Non-LP source voice coders: phase vocoders,
channel vocoders, excitation for vocoders, Homomorphic (Cepstral) vocoders. Speech coding
standards and applications.
Unit VI : Digital speech processing for man-machine communication (6 Hrs)
Automatic speech recognition (isolated word recognition, automatic telephone number dialing
system etc. using statistical signal modeling e.g. GMM, GMM-HMM ), Linear and dynamic time
warping, text to speech synthesis, speaker recognition and verification, speech enhancement,
Introduction to Musical instrument classification, Musical Information retrieval.
Text Books:
Publication.
nd
2. Edition
Universities Press.
Reference Books:
-
Pearson.
Pearson
Publication
404191 Software Defined Radio (Elective III)

Credits: 03
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To understand GNU Radio

To understand how SDR platform provides easy access to wireless network system
To understand how unlike simulation in Communication Projects, SDR allows easy
access to both PHY and MAC layer
To understand the concept of Cognitive Radio and Spectrum sharing
Course Outcomes:
1) Compare SDR with traditional Hardware Radio HDR
2) Implement modern wireless system based on OFDM, MIMO & Smart Antenna
3) Build experiment with real wireless waveform and applications, accessing both PHY and
MAC, Compare SDR versus MATLAB and Hardware Radio
4) Work on open projects and explore their capability to build their own communication
System.
Course Contents
Unit I : Introduction to SDR and RF Implementation (6Hrs)
Introduction to SDR, Need of SDR, Principles of SDR , Basic Principle and difference in Analog
radio and SDR , SDR characteristics, required hardware specifications, Software/Hardware platform,
GNU radio -What is GNU radio, GNU Radio Architecture, Hardware Block of GNU,GNU software ,
MATLAB in SDR , Radio Frequency Implementation issues, Purpose of RF front End, Dynamic
Range ,RF receiver Front End topologies, Flexibility of RF chain with software radio, Duplexer
,Diplexer ,RF filter ,LNA ,Image reject filters , IF filters , RF Mixers Local Oscillator , AGC,
Transmitter Architecture and their issues, Sampling theorem in ADC, Noise and distortion in RF
chain, Pre-distortion
Unit II :SDR Architecture (7Hrs)
Architecture of SDR-Open Architecture, Software Communication Architecture, Transmitter
Receiver Homodyne/heterodyne architecture, RF front End, ADC, DAC, DAC/ADC Noise Budget,
ADC and DAC Distortion, Role of FPGA/CPU/GPU in SDR, Applications of FPGA in SDR, Design
Principles using FPGA, Trade offs in using DSP, FPGA and ASIC, Power Management Issues in
DSP, ASIC, FPGA
Unit III : Multi Rate Signal Processing (6 Hrs)
Sample timing algorithms, Frequency offset estimation and correction, Channel Estimation,
Basics of Multi Rate, Multi Rate DSP, Multi Rate Algorithm, DSP techniques in SDR, OFDM in
SDR
Unit IV : Smart/MIMO Antennas using Software Radio (6 Hrs)
Smart Antenna Architecture, Vector Channel Modeling , Benefits of Smart Antenna Phased Antenna
Array Theory, Adaptive Arrays, DOA Arrays, Applying Software Radio Principles to Antenna
Systems, Beam forming for systems-Multiple Fixed Beam Antenna Array, Fully Adaptive Array ,
Relative Benefits and Trade-offs OF Switched Beam and Adaptive Array, Smart Antenna
Algorithms , Hardware Implementation of Smart Antennas, MIMO -frequency, time, sample
Synchronization, Space time block coding-Space Time Filtering, Space Time Trellis Coding .
Case Study : Principles of MIMO-OFDM
Unit V : Cognitive Radio (6Hrs)
Cognitive Radio Architecture, Dynamic Access Spectrum, Spectrum Efficiency, Spectrum
Efficiency gain in SDR and CR ,Spectrum Usage, SDR as a platform for CR, OFDM as PHY layer
,OFDM Modulator, OFDM Demodulator, OFDM Bandwidth, Benefits of OFDM in CR, Spectrum
Sensing in CR, CR Network
Unit VI : Applications of SDR (7Hrs)
Application of SDR in Advance Communication System-Case Study, Challenges and Issues,
Implementation, Parameter Estimation Environment, Location, other factors, Vertical Handoff,
Network Interoperability.
Case Study : 1)CR for Public Safety PSCR , Modes of PSCR, Architecture of PSCR
2)Beagle board based SDR 3)Embedded PCSR using GNU radio
Text Books:
1. Jeffrey. H. Reed ,Software Radio : A Modern Approach to Radio Engineering , Pearson ,
LPE
Reference Books:
1. Markus Dillinger , Kambiz Madani, Nancy Alonistioti, Software Defined Radio
:Architectures , Systems and Functions ,Wiley
2. Tony .J. Rouphael , RF and DSP for SDR, Elsevier Newness Press ,2008
3. Dr. Taj Struman ,Evaluation of SDR Main Document
4. SDR Handbook , 8th Edition , PENTEK
5. Bruce a. Fette , Cognitive Radio Technology, Newness, Elsevier
404191 Audio Video Engineering (Elective III)

Credits: 03
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
After learning AVE course, students will get benefit to learn and understand the working of
real life video system and the different elements of video system plus the encoding/decoding
techniques.
The learners will be groomed up to understand different channel allocations, difference
between various systems present in this world, their transmission and reception techniques.
Students will get insight on functioning of individual blocks, different standards of
compression techniques and they will be acquainted with different types of analog, digital TV
and HDTV systems.
The students will get overview of fundamentals of Audio systems and basics of Acoustics
Course Outcomes:

1. Apply the fundamentals of Analog Television and Colour Television standards.
2. Explainthe fundamentals of Digital Television, DTV standards and parameters.
3. Study and understand various HDTV standards and Digital TV broadcasting systems and
acquainted with different types of analog, digital TV and HDTV systems.
4. Understandacoustic fundamentals and various acoustic systems.
Course Contents
Unit I: Fundamentals of Colour Television 8L
The basic Television system and scanning principles, Composite video signal and television
standards, Color TV systems, fundamentals, mixing of colours, colour perception, chromaticity
diagram. NTSC, PAL, SECAM systems, colour TV transmitter, (high level, low level), colour TV
receivers.
Unit II: Digital TV and Display Devices 6L
Introduction to Digital TV, Digital TV signals and parameters, Digital TV Transmitters, MAC
signals, advanced MAC signal transmission, Digital TV receivers, Basic principles of Digital Video
compression techniques, MPEG Standards. Digital TV recording techniques, Display devices:
OLED, LCD, TFT, Plasma, Camcoder, Digicam.
Unit III: HDTV 6L
HDTV standards and systems, HDTV transmitter and receiver/encoder, Digital TV satellite
Systems, video on demand, CCTV, CATV, direct to home TV, set top box with recording facility,
conditional access system (CAS), 3D TV systems, HD video cameras, Digital broadcasting, case
study (Cricket match, Marathon, Football match).
Unit IV: Advanced TV Systems 6L
IP Audio and Video, IPTV systems, Mobile TV, Video transmission in 3G/4G mobile System,
Digital Video Recorders, Wi-Fi Audio / Video Transmitter and Receivers.
Unit V: Fundamentals of Audio-Video Recording 8L
Methods of sound recording & reproduction, optical recording, CD recording, audio standards.
Digital Sound Recording, CD/ DVD player, MP3 player, Blue Ray DVD Players, MP3 Player.
Unit VI: Fundamentals of Acoustics 6L
Studio acoustics & reverberation, P.A. system for auditorium, acoustic chambers, Cordless
microphone system, special types of speakers & microphones, Digital Radio Receiver Satellite radio
reception.
Text Books
1. Television and video Engineering, A. M. Dhake, TMH Publication.
2. Audio Video Systems, R.G. Gupta, TMH Publication
Reference Books
1.
2.
3.
3. Video Demisified, Kelth jack, Penram International Publication.
4. Television Engineering Audio and Video Systems, D. S. Bormane/P.B. Mane/Itkarkar, Wiley
publication.
404192 ROBOTICS (Elective-IV)

Credits: 03
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To understand the history, concept development and key components of robotics
technologies.
To understand basic mathematics manipulations of spatial coordinate representation and
transformation.
Able to solve basic robot forward and inverse kinematic problems
To understand and able to solve basic robotic dynamics, path planning and control problems
Course Outcomes:
1. Familiar with the history, concept development and key components of robotics technologies.
2. Implement basic mathematics manipulations of spatial coordinate representation and
transformation.
3. Solve basic robot forward and inverse kinematic problems
4. Understand and able to solve basic robotic dynamics, path planning and control problems
.
Course Contents
Unit I :Basic concepts in robotics (6Hrs)

Definition ; anatomyof robot, basic structure of robot, Specifications and Classification of robot,
Safety Measures in robotics ,Industrial Applications of Robots.
Unit II :Robot drivers ,Sensors and Vision (6Hrs)

Drives for robots:Electric, hydraulic and pneumatic.
Sensors:Internal-External,Contact-noncontact, position, velocity,force, torque, proximity and range.
Vision: Introduction to techniques, Image acquisition and processing
Unit III : End Effectors and Actuators (6Hrs)
Different types of grippers- Mechanical,Magnetics,vacuum,Adhesive, Gripper force

Analysis&Gripper Design , overview of actuators, Power and torque , Acceleration and
velocitySpecifications and characteristics of Stepper motors, AC motors, DC motors and
servomotors.
Unit IV : Robot Kinematics and Dynamics (8Hrs)
Direct and inverse kinematics for industrial robots for position and orientation, Redundancy,
Manipulator, direct and inverse velocity. Lagrangian formulation , Link inertia tensor and
manipulator inertia tensor, Newton Eller formulation for RP and RP manipulators, Trajectory
planning, interpolation, static force and moment transformation, solvability, stiffness
Unit V :Programming methods (6Hrs)

Robot language classification, Robot language structure, elements and its functions. Simple
programs on Sensing distance and direction., Line Following Algorithms, Feedback Systems Other
topics on advance robotic techniques
Unit VI : Developing and building a robot (6Hrs)
Models of flexible links and joints, Robotic arm Components and structure, Types of joints and
workspace, Design models for mechanic arms and lifting systems
Case Study: 1. Robots in material handling and assembly.
2. Human Robot Interaction
Text Books:
1. Introduction to Robotics By S.K.Saha , Tata McGraw Hill
2. Robotics Control ,Sensing ,Vision and Intelligence by K.S. Fu, R.C .Gonzalez, C.S.G.Lee ,
Tata McGraw Hill
Reference Books:
1. J. Hirchhorn: Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, McGraw Hill book co.
2. Robert J. Schilling , Fundamentals of Robotics- Analysis and Control, Prentics Hall india.
3. Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation by S.R.Deb, S. Deb, Tata McGraw Hill
4. Robot Motion and Control ( Recent Developments ) by M.Thoma & M. Morari
404194 Biomedical Electronics (Elective-IV)

Credits: 03
Lecture : 03 hr/week In-Sem : 30
Marks
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To study Human Physiological Systems from Engineering Perspectives
To understand the basic signals in the field of biomedical.
To study origins and characteristics of some of the most commonly used biomedical
signals, including ECG, EEG, PCG, Pulse
To understand Sources and characteristics of noise and artifacts in bio signals.
To understand use of bio signals in diagnosis, patient monitoring and physiological
investigation
Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course students will be able to:
1. Model a biomedical system.
2. Understand various methods of acquiring bio signals.
3. Understand various sources of bio signal distortions and its remedial techniques.
4. Get an Overview of major Devices currently used in Medical field
5. The students will have an understanding of analyzing bio-signal and classifying them
Course Contents
Unit I : Introduction to Biomedical System
Biomedical Instrumentation System, Cell structure, Bio-Cell potential , Concept of Bio-electrodes,
Types of Bio-electrodes to measure Bio-signal, Transducers and Sensors to measure Bio signal
EEG,ECG,EMG, Respiration, Body temperature, SPO2, and Pulse. Artifacts in Bio signal
Acquisition: Noise, Power line, Baseline, Skin Impedance and Motion Artifacts, Techniques to
reduce the artifacts. (6 Hrs)
Unit II: Cardiovascular System

Introduction to Heart, Physiology and anatomy of Heart, Lead Configurations to acquire ECG, ECG
preamplifiers, ECG recorder, Heart Sounds and Murmurs, Phonocardiography (6Hrs)
Unit III :Nervous System
Nerve Cell and nerve potential, Neural Communication, Brain structure, 10-20 electrode placement
for EEG , Types of Montage configuration, Types of EEG signals and its significance, EEG
machine, EEG applications for Epilepsy and Sleep apnea. (6Hrs)
Unit IV : Medical Instrumentation (8Hrs)
Design of Instrumentation system for ECG acquisition, Isolation Amplifier, Right Leg drive
Mechanism, Noise removal techniques using Active Filters, Wiener Filters, Adaptive Filters: Basic
Concept, Principle noise cancellation model, removal of periodic events, using adaptive cancellation,
adaptive cancellation of maternal ECG from fetal ECG of Interest. Grounding and shielding
Concepts
Unit V : Analysis of Electrical Activity of Heart (6Hrs)
ECG Signal Processing: Removal of Base line and Power line Interference, Muscle noise Filtering,
Highlight ECG feature points, QRS detection, ECG classification for normal and abnormal state
using Multilayer Perceptron. Use of Multiscale analysis for ECG parameter estimation.
Unit VI:Medical Devices (4Hrs)
Introduction To Blood Pressure Measurement (noninvasive), Life saving Devices Pacemakers and
Defibrillators, Bedside Monitors, Central Monitoring system, Stress Test System, X Ray, CT scan ,
Dental instruments
Text Books:
4th
Edition, Prentice Hall, 2000.
2003, Edition-II.
Reference Books:
404194 Wireless Sensor Networks (Elective-IV)

Credits: 03
End-Sem: 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To learn basic concepts of Wireless sensor networks
To be familiar with architecture and protocols used in Wireless sensor networks
To provide knowledge of deployment and security issued of Wireless sensor networks
Course Outcomes:
1)Explain various concepts and terminologies used in WSN
2) Describe importance and use of radio communication and link management in WSN
3) Explain various wireless standards and protocols associated with WSN
4) Recognise importance of localisaion and routing techniques used in WSN
5) Understand techniques of data aggregation and importance of security in WSN
6) Examine the issues involved in design and deployment of WSN
Course Contents
UNIT1 : INTRODUCTION [6]
What are Wireless Sensor Networks, Wireless Sensor Node, Anatomy of a Sensor Node, architecture
of WSN , Performance metrics in WSNs, types of WSN
UNIT 2: RADIO COMMUNICATION AND LINK MANAGEMENT [7]
Radio Waves and Modulation/Demodulation, Properties of Wireless Communications,
Medium Access Protocols, Wireless Links Introduction, Properties of Wireless Links,
Error Control, Naming and Addressing, Topology Control
UNIT 3: WIRELESS STANDARDS AND PROTOCOL STACK [7]
WSN Standards- IEEE802.15.4 Low rate WPAN, Zigbee, WirelessHART, ISA 100.11a,
6LoWPAN,IEEE802.15.3, Wibree,BLE, Zwave, ANT, Insteon, Wavenis, Protocol stack of WSNs,
Cross Layer Protocol Stack
UNIT 4: LOCALIZATION AND ROUTING [7]
Localization : Localization Challenges and Properties, Deployment Schemes, Proximity Schemes.
Ranging Schemes, Range-Based Localization, Range-Free Localization,
Routing Basics, Routing Metrics, Routing Protocols, Full-Network Broadcast, Location-Based
Routing, Directed Diffusion, Collection Tree Protocol, Zigbee, Multi-Hop Communications:
UNIT 5: DATA AGGREGATION and SECURITY [7]
Clustering Techniques, In-Network Processing and Data Aggregation, Compressive Sampling,
Security Issues in Wireless Sensor Networks, Attacks, Defensive Measures, Securityrequirements
and threat model,
UNIT 6: DESIGNING AND DEPLOYING WSN APPLICATIONS [6]
Designing and Deploying WSN Applications,Early WSN Deployments, General Problems, General
Testing and Validation, Requirements Analysis, The Top-Down Design Process, Bottom-Up
Implementation Process,
404194 Renewable Energy Systems (Elective-IV)
Credits: 03
End-Sem : 70 Marks
Course Objectives:
To study energy generation, different energy sources and their utilization and impact on
environment
To gain knowledge of solar radiation and its applications
To understand the wind energy and its nature
To analyze the performance of solar collectors and wind turbines
To learn fuel cell and its efficiency
Course Outcomes:
Interpret energy reserves of India and potential of different energy sources.
Measure the solar radiation parameters and performance of different solar collectors.
Calculate different parameters of wind turbine rotor.
Implicit the importance and applications of geothermal and ocean energy.
Demonstrate knowledge in field of fuel cell and potential for power generation.
Course Contents
Unit I : Energy Resources and Utilization: (6Hrs)
Conservation and forms of energy, energy reserves in India, nuclear power, hydroelectric power
impact on environment, renewable energy sources, energy
parameters, cogeneration, rational energy use of energy, energy efficiency and conservation, new
technologies, distributed energy systems and dispersed generation.
Unit II :Solar Energy (8Hrs)
Solar constant, spectral distribution of extraterrestrial radiation, terrestrial solar radiation, solar
radiation geometry, computation ,
solar radiation measurement, Solar Thermal energy collectors, design parameters,laws of thermal
radiation, radiation heat transfer between real bodies, radiation optics, transmitivity, heat losses and
coefficient, Solar Thermal energy storage.
Unit III : Solar photovoltaic systems& Solar Applications (8Hrs)
Solar photovoltaic systems:Photovoltaics, Different types of PV Cells, Mono-poly crystalline and
amorphous Silicon solar cells. Design of PV array. Efficiency and cost of PV systems
Solar Applications: Solar water heating, solar distillation, solar ponds, solar pumping system, solar
cooker, solar green house.
Unit IV : Wind energy (8Hrs)
Classification, types of rotors, terminology, operation of wind turbines, wind energy extraction, wind
characteristics, wind speed, energy estimation, power density duration curve, density function, field
data analysis, direction and wind speed, variation of wind speed, wind scale, energy pattern factor in
wind power studies, land for wind energy, design of wind turbine rotor, regulating system, wind
power generation curve, horizontal axis wind turbine generator, modes of wind power generation,
advantages and disadvantages, wind energy farms.
Unit V : Ocean and Geothermal Energy (6Hrs)
Ocean Energy:Tidal Energy, Tidal characteristics, Tidal Energy estimation, Development of a tidal
power scheme,Wave energy- characteristics-energy and power from the waves.
Geothermal energy:Structure
geothermal resources in India, utilization, global status of electricity generation from geothermal
resources, advantages of geothermal energy
Unit VI : Fuel Cells (6Hrs)
Principle of operation of an acidic Fuel Cell, Technical parameter, Fuel Processor, methanol fuel
cell, fuel cell types, Advantages of fuel cell power plants, comparison between acidic and alkaline
hydrogen-oxygen fuel cells, state of art fuel cells, energy output of a fuel cell, efficiency and EMF of
a fuel cell, Gibbs-Helmholtz equation, operating characteristics of fuel cells.
Text Books:
1. D.P. Kothari, K.C. Singal and Rakesh
New Delhi, 2009.
Reference Books:
Delhi, 2009
-
2005.
New Delhi, 2008.

Laboratory Practice III
Credits: PR-02
Mobile Communication:
1. Perform an experiment to explain PSTN TST switch.

2. Write a program to elaborate Lost call system/ delay system used in the analysis of voice/data
traffic.
3. Write a program to measure bit error rate in presence of AWGN model.
4. Write a program to simulate speech coding and decoding technique used in mobile
Communication.
5. Set up and carry out experiment on AT commands for call operation.
6. Write a program to simulate experiment on GMSK modulation.
7. Write a program to measure bit error rate in presence of Hata/ Multipath propagation model.
8. Set up and carry out experiment to explain VoIP call routing process.
9. Visit to Mobile Telephone Switching Office (MTSO).
10. Perform an experiment / Simulate to elaborate the operation of Multiple access techniques
such as TDMA/CDMA/OFDMA.
Broadband Communication System:
List of the Experiments:
Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed excluding tutorials.
Tutorials are mandatory. (Expt. 5 and 12)
1. Estimation of Numerical aperture of fiber.

2. Plot the characteristics of various sources and detectors.
3. Measure attenuation of MMSI and SMSI fiber and comment on the result based on
attenuation due to increase in length as well as loss due to bend.
4. Set up a digital link and analyze.
5. Tutorial on Power budget and time budget analysis of optical fiber system.
6. Establishing a direct communication link between Uplink Transmitter and Downlink
Receiver using tone signal.
7. To set up an Active Satellite link and demonstrate Link Fail Operation.
8. To establish an AUDIO-VIDEO satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver.
9. To communicate VOICE signal through satellite link.
10. To transmit and receive three separate signals (Audio, Video, Tone) simultaneously through
satellite Link.
11. To transmit and receive PC data through satellite link.
12. Tutorial on satellite link design
13. Students, as a part of their term work, should visit satellite earth station and submit a report
of visit. (Optional).
Laboratory Practice IV (Elective III)
Credits: PR-01
Machine Learning
( Use appropriate Software available in the Institute)

1.Implement simple logic network using MP neuron model
2. Implement a simple linear regressor with a single neuron model
3.Implement and test MLP trained with back-propagation algorithm
4.Implement and test RBF network
5.Implement SOFM for character recognition.
6.Implement SVM classifier for classification of data into two classes. Student can use datasets
such as flower classification etc.
7. Implement and test Multiclass SVM classifier.
8. Implement and test CNN for object recognition.
PLC & Automation
List of Experiments (Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed).
1. Control the speed of servo motor using analog voltage 0-10V.

2. Rotate the servo motor according to X, Y co-ordinates.
3. Temperature detection using RTD & control the temperature of water at desired set point.
4. Control the flow of water using analog control valve.
5. Control the sp VFD.
6. Design simulation of 3 cylinder piston pump using pneumatic kit & PLC.
7. Detect the angle of shaft using Encoder & PLC.
8. Control obile/HMI with PLC.
9. Interfacing of RFID with PLC & show the corresponding user data on SCADA to access the
control.
10. Interface PLC with RTU & SCADA at remote location.
Interfacing of PLC to VFD over profibus & exchange the data.

Elective III: Audio and Speech Processing
List of Experiments (Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed):
NOTE: To perform the experiments software like MATLAB, SCILAB or any
appropriate open source software can be used. For analysis of speech signals tools
like PRAAT, Audacity can be used. Open source software is encouraged.
1. Record speech signal (isolated words, continuous speech) and analyze the speech signal using
speech analysis tool (e.g. PRAAT). Observe spectrogram, pitch, formants, intensity etc.
2. Write a program to compute short time Energy and ZCR for different frame rates and
comment on the result.
3. Write a program to classify voiced, unvoiced and silence frames using frame level energy and zero
crossing rate
4. Write a program to compute narrow band and wide band spectrogram. Comment on the time and
frequency resolution of wide band and narrow band spectrogram.
5. Write a program for extracting pitch period for a voiced part of the speech signal
using autocorrelation method and average magnitude difference function (AMDF).
6. Write a program to design a Mel filter bank and using this filter bank write a
program to extract MFCC features.
7. Write a program to perform the cepstral analysis of speech signal and detect the
pitch from the voiced part using cepstrum analysis.
8. Write a program to find LPC coefficients using Levinson Durbin algorithm.
9. Write a program to enhance the noisy speech signal using spectral subtraction
method.
10. Write a program to extract frequency domain audio features like SC, SF and
Spectral roll off.
SDR
List of the Experiments(Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed):
1. Introduction to GNU Radio
2. Introduction to Software Defined Radio Systems
3. Implementation of AM using SDR
4. Implementation of FM using SDR with application such as transfer of files
5. Implementation of M-PSK transmitter using SDR
6. Implementation of M-PSK receiver using SDR
7. Implementation of M-QAM transmitter using SDR
8. Implementation of M-QAM receiver using SDR
9. Implementation of Transmission of files on Wireless media using SDR
10. Implementation of OFDM using SDR
Audio Video Engineering
List of Experiments (Minimum 8 experiments are to be performed).
1. Voltage and waveform analysis for color TV.

2. Study of direct to home TV and set top box.
3. Study Wi-Fi TV system
4. Study of Digital TV pattern generator.
5. Study of HDTV
6. Study of Digital TV.
7. Simulation of Video, Audio and Image compressing techniques (Software Assignments)
8. Study of Audio system: CD players and MP3 player.
9. Study of PA system with chord less microphone
10. Directivity pattern of Microphones / Loud speakers
11. Visit to TV transmitter/ Digital TV Studio/ All India Radio / TV Manufacturing factory
Any one subject from the list of Elective IV of computer/IT/Electrical/Instrumentation or

Institute can offer elective IV based on any industry need with prior approval from
BoS(Electronics). Repetition of subjects or topics is to be avoided.
Project Phase-II (404195)

Tutorial: 6Hrs/week TW:100 Marks
OR: 50 Marks
1. Group Size
The student will carry the project work individually or by a group of students. Optimum group
size is in 3 students. However, if project complexity demands a maximum group size of 4
students, the committee should be convinced about such complexity and scope of the work.
2. Selection and approval of topic
Topic should be related to real life application in the field of Electronics and Telecommunication
OR
Investigation of the latest development in a specific field of Electronics or Communication or
Signal Processing
OR
The investigation of practical problem in manufacture and / or testing of electronics or
communication equipment
OR
The Microprocessor / Microcontroller based applications project is preferable.
OR
Software development project related to VHDL, Communication, Instrumentation, Signal
Processing and Agriculture Engineering with the justification for techniques used / implemented is
accepted.
OR
Interdisciplinary projects should be encouraged. The examination will be conducted independently
in respective departments.
The group should maintain a logbook of activities. It should have entries related to the work
done,problems faced, solution evolved etc., duly signed by internal and external guides.
Project report must be submitted in the prescribed format only. No variation in the format will be
accepted. One guide will be assigned at the most 3 project groups.
Audit Course-VI
Team Building, Leadership and Fitness for Engineers
Credits: 00
End-Sem: 70 Marks
About the course

Team building allows students to work together in social situations just as they would in the
classroom, their daily lives, or down the road in the workplace. Team building challenges students to
solve problems and execute working with others. It shows them how to be accountable. It allows
team members to stay motivated and energized to work on the project together. They work on jobs
and tasks cohesively, rather than working alone without interaction. By working together, members
issues can also be noticed from team building exercises. Team building is known to improve
performance in teams; members will remain motivated and can easily overcome indifferences to see
the strengths in all team members.
Leadership is about the art of motivating, influencing and directing people so that they work together
leadership opportunities during their schooling, to learn the art of building relationships within
teams, defining identities and achieving tasks effectively. It also provides an opportunity to learn to
identify and display effective communication and interpersonal skills. Leadership begins with
identifying and understanding our values. Our values are our fundamental beliefs those principles
we consider to be worthwhile and desirable. Fitness does not only refer to being physically fit, but
troubled, he or she will not be able to function optimally. Mental fitness can only be achieved if your
body is functioning well. You can help relax your own mind and eliminate stresses by exercising
regularly and eating right. People who are physically fit are also healthier, are able to maintain their
most optimum weight and are least prone to cardiac and other health problems. In order to maintain a
relaxed state of mind, a person should be physically active. A person who is fit both physically and
mentally strong enough to face the ups and downs of life, and is not affected by drastic changes if
they take place.
Course Objectives:
To develop understanding of team skills and dynamics
To identify and develop personal skills to become a more effective team member
To introduce to the students the social change model of leadership
To expose students to the leadership skills and imbibe within them that the fact that
Leadership is a process, not a characteristic associated with an individual or role.

To enable student to understand principles of fitness training and exercise
To enable students to understand human posture, nutritional values and mental fitness
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, society will observe
1. Change in awareness levels, knowledge and understanding of today's youth
2. Change in attitudes / behavior of students with regards to their improved teamwork,
3. institutional leadership and other life skills

4. educed health problems
5. Improvement in social health and attitude.
Unit 1: Team Building

Types of Teams, Characteristics of a Team, Stages of Team Development (Forming ,Storming, Norming,
Adjourning) , Systematic Approach to Team Work , High Performing Team (Characteristics ,
Maintenance , Causes of low performance Why Teams Fail , People,Communication , Resources ,
Objectives )
Unit II: Leadership

Defining Leadership , Personal Leadership Profile, Leadership in the Context of Community, Leadership
Theory, Leadership Concepts, Foundations of Group Behavior: The Meaning of Group, Group behavior &
Group Dynamics, Types of Groups, The Five -Stage Model of Group Development Managing Organizational
Change, Leadership Styles leading to Authenticity, Learning and Development, Positive Responses to
Aggressive Behavior, Professionalism, Team Building
Unit III: Educational Leadership

Key challenges for educational leaders, Characteristics, Capabilities of authentic leader, values and ethics
in decision making, Continuous professional Development suitable for 21st century pedagogy, Emotional
intelligence for educational leaders. Need of Educational research for educational leadership
Unit IV: Fitness for Engineers

Fundamentals of Exercise Science: Skeletal, muscular, cardiovascular, nervous system, nutrition,
flexibility, special population and injuries, Basics of fitness, Weight management and supplementation
Guidelines for Conduction (Any one or more of following but not limited to)
management , stability in mental health)

Sources/ References:
1. Organizational Behavior by Fred Luthans
2. Organizational Behavior by M N Mishra
3. Leadership Development Activities, John Adair, 2nd Edition Jaico Publication
4. Leadership Games, Stephen S Kogan,
5. Mastering Leadership, 2nd Edition, Michael Williams, Viva Books
6. Sculpt and Shape: The Pilates Way by Yasmin Karachiwala
7. Total Fitness: The Leena Mogre Way by Leena Mogre
9. Yog Its Philosophy and Practice English by Swami Ramdev ji
Audit Course-VI
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND DISATER MANAGEMENT

Credits: 00
End-Sem: 70 Marks
About the Course:

The importance of environmental science and environmental studies cannot be disputed. The need for
sustainable development is a key to the future of mankind. Continuing problems of pollution, loss of
forget, solid waste disposal, degradation of environment, issues like economic productivity and national
security, Global warming, the depletion of ozone layer and loss of biodiversity have made everyone
aware of environmental issues.
It is clear that no citizen of the earth can afford to be ignorant of environment issues. Environmental
management has captured the attention of health care managers. Managing environmental hazards has
become very important. In spite of the deteriorating status of the environment, study of environment has
so far not received adequate attention in our academic programmes.
Course objective :
To develop understanding of Environment Issues and Biodiversity
To introduce to the students the environment, Disaster Management
To enable students to understand ecosystem and preservation of environment
To understand Disaster Management and handling them
Course Outcomes :
On completion of course students will be able:
To learn the different environmental issues and disasters.
To deal with problems associated with environment and effectively handle the disasters.
Unit 1: Environmental Pollution

A) Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of :-
Air pollution,Water pollution, Soil pollution, Marine pollution, Noise pollution, Thermal pollution,
Nuclear hazards, Solid waste Management, urban and industrial wastes.
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. Pollution case studies.
B) Social Issues and the Environment:
Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management, Resettlement and

rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns.
Unit 2 : Ecosystems, Biodiversity and its conservation

A) Concept of an ecosystem.
ecosystem, Ecological succession, Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids.
Structure and function of the following ecosystem :
a. Forest ecosystem
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)
Biodiversity at global, National and local levels, India as a mega-diversity nation
Hot-sports of biodiversity, Threats to biodiversity : habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife
conflicts, Endangered and endemic species of India, Conservation of biodiversity : In-situ and Ex-situ
conservation of biodiversity.
Unit 3 : Disaster Management
a) Causes Natural disaster and Manmade disaster
b) Speed of onset Sudden and Slow
Natural Disasters
These types of disaster naturally occur in proximity to, and pose a threat to, people, structures or
economic assets.
Examples are Storm, Flood, Earthquake, Tsunamis
Manmade Disasters
Accidents: Road, Rail, Air, Sea, Building collapse.
Industrial Mishaps: Gas leak, Explosion, Safety.
Fire: Building, Coal, Oil.
Forest Fire (In tropical counters, forest fires are often manmade)
Speed of onset
1 Sudden onset: little or no warning, minimal time to prepare. For example, an earthquake, tsunami,
cyclone, volcano, etc.
2 Slow onset: adverse event slow to develop; first the situation develops; the second level is an
emergency; the third level is a disaster.
For example, drought, civil strife, etc.
Unit 4: Case Studies
holocaust.
Wildlife Protection Act and Forest Conservation Act
References:
2. An Introduction To Disaster Management EBook By S. Vidyanathan - Publisher: IKON

3. Textbook for environmental studies , Erach Bharucha For UGC.
Faculty of Science and

Technology
Syllabus for Final Year of Mechanical Engineering
(Course 2015)
Faculty of Science and Technology Mechanical Engineering Page 1 of 62

B. E. (Mechanical) (2015 Course) Semester – I
Teaching Scheme
Examination Scheme Credits
Hrs / week Total
Code Subject
In End Marks TW/
Lecture Tut Pract TW PR OR Theory
Sem Sem Pr/OR
Hydraulics and
402041 3 - 2 30 70 25 - 25 150 3 1
Pneumatics
CAD CAM
402042 3 - 2 30 70 25 50 - 175 3 1
Automation
Dynamics of
402043 4 - 2 30 70 25 - 25 150 4 1
Machinery
402044 Elective-I 3 - 2 30 70 25 - - 125 3 1
402045 Elective-II 3 - - 30 70 - - - 100 3 -
402046 Project-I - - 4 - - 25 - 25 50 - 2
16 6
Total 16 - 12 150 350 125 50 75 750
22
B. E. (Mechanical) (2015 Course) Semester – II

Teaching Scheme
Examination Scheme Credits
Hrs / week Total
Code Subject
In End Marks TW/
Lecture Tut Pract TW PR OR Theory
Sem Sem Pr/OR
Energy
402047 3 - 2 30 70 25 - 25 150 3 1
Engineering
Mechanical
30 70
402048 System 4 - 2 25 - 50 175 4 1
(1.5 Hrs) (3 Hrs)
Design
402049 Elective-III 3 - 2 30 70 25 - - 125 3 1
402050 Elective-IV 3 - - 30 70 - - - 100 3 -
402051 Project-II - - 12 - - 100 - 100 200 - 6
13 9
Total 13 - 18 120 280 175 - 175 750
22
Elective – I Elective – II
Code Subject Code Subject
402044 A Finite Element Analysis 402045 A Automobile Engineering
402044 B Computational Fluid Dynamics 402045 B Operation Research
402044 C Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning 402045 C Energy Audit and Management
402045 D Open Elective**
Elective – III Elective – IV

402049 A Tribology 402050 A Advanced Manufacturing Processes
402049 B Industrial Engineering 402050 B Solar & Wind Energy
402049 C Robotics 402050 C Product Design and Development
402050 D Open Elective**

**: Open Elective – Board of studies ( BoS ) – Mechanical and Automobile Engineering will declare the
list of subjects, which can be taken under open electives or any other Electives that are being taught in
the current semester, to the same level, as Elective – II and Elective -IV under engineering faculty in the
individual college and Industry can define new elective subject with proper syllabus using defined
framework of Elective II and Elective IV and get it approved from board of studies and other necessary
statutory systems in the Savitribai Phule Pune University, Pune, before 30th November of previous
academic year in which the subject to be introduced . Without prior approval from University statutory
system, no one can introduce the open elective in curriculum.

Final Year of Mechanical Engineering (2015 Course)
Course Code : 402041 Course Name : Hydraulics and Pneumatics
Teaching Scheme: Credits Examination Scheme:
Theory : 03 Hrs Per Week TH : 03 Theory In-Sem : 30 PR : --
Practical : 02 hrs per week TW : 01 End-Sem : 70 OR : 25
TW : 25
Pre-requisites : Fluid Mechanics, Manufacturing Processes and Machines, Mechatronics

Course Objectives:
 To study governing laws used in fluid power systems
 To study fluid power applications
 To study working principles of various components
 To study selection of different components
 To study how to design fluid power systems
 To study low cost automation
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, students will be able to -
 Understand working principle of components used in hydraulic & pneumatic systems
 Identify various applications of hydraulic & pneumatic systems
 Selection of appropriate components required for hydraulic and pneumatic systems
 Analyse hydraulic and pneumatic systems for industrial/mobile applications
 Design a system according to the requirements
 Develop and apply knowledge to various applications
Course Contents
Unit 1: Basics of Fluid Power and Pumps 6 Hrs
Fluid power basics, advantages and limitations, fluid power distribution, standard symbols, energy
loss in hydraulic systems.
Pumps - types, classification, principle of working and constructional details of vane pumps, gear
pumps, radial and axial plunger pumps, screw pumps, power and efficiency calculations, and
characteristics curves.
Unit 2: Actuators and Power Unit 6 Hrs
Linear and rotary actuators- types, construction and characteristics. Cylinder mountings, cushioning
of cylinders.
Power units and accessories - types of power units, reservoir assembly, constructional details.
Accumulators, Intensifiers, Pressure and Temperature switches /sensors, level sensors.
Unit 3: Fluid Power Control 6 Hrs
Direction control valves - center positions, methods of actuation, two stage valves, Flow control
valves - pressure and temperature compensated. Pressure control valves - pressure reducing valve,
sequence valve, unloading valve, brake valve, back pressure valve, counter balance valve, check
valves, prefill valve, servo valves, cartridge valves, proportional valves.
Unit 4: Hydraulic Circuits and Contamination Control 6 Hrs

Hydraulic circuits: Simple reciprocating, regenerative, speed control (meter in, meter out and bleed
off), sequencing, synchronization, traverse and feed, automatic reciprocating, fail safe circuit, counter
balance circuit, actuator locking, unloading circuit, motor breaking circuit etc.
Contamination control: Contamination, sources of contamination, suction strainer, filters, filtration,
filter ratings.
Unit 5: Pneumatics – Components, Control Valves and Circuits 6 Hrs
Compressors - Types, principle of working and constructional details. Comparison of pneumatic with
hydraulic power transmissions. Types of filters, pressure regulators, lubricators, mufflers, dryers,
direction control valves, pneumatic actuators, shuttle valve, two pressure valve, quick exhaust valve
and time delay valves, electro-pneumatics. Speed regulating methods, pneumatic circuits,
reciprocating, cascading time delay etc. Application of pneumatics in low cost automation and in
industrial automation.
Unit 6: System Analysis and Design 6 Hrs
Calculation of piston velocity, thrust under static and dynamic applications, considering friction,
inertia loads, design considerations for cylinders, Design of hydraulic/pneumatic circuits for
practical application, selection of different components such as reservoir, control elements, actuators,
accumulator, intensifier, filters, pumps. (Students are advised to refer manufacturers’ catalogues for
design and use simulation tool like Automation Studio for analysis).
Books
Text :
1. Esposito A, Fluid Power with application, Prentice Hall
2. Majumdar S.R, Oil Hydraulic system- Principle and maintenance ,Tata McGraw Hill
3. Majumdar S.R, Pneumatics Systems Principles and Maintenance ,Tata McGraw Hill
4. Stewart H. L, Hydraulics and Pneumatics , Taraporewala Publication
References :
1. Pipenger J.J, Industrial Hydraulics, McGraw Hill
2. Pinches, Industrial Fluid Power, Prentice Hall
3. Yeaple, Fluid Power Design Handbook
4. Andrew A. Parr, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Elsevier Science and Technology Books
5. ISO - 1219, Fluid Systems and components, Graphic Symbols
6. Standard Manufacturer’s Catalogues
Term Work shall consist of following experiments and assignments:
1. Test on Gear/Vane/Piston pump and plotting performance characteristics
2. Following experiments to be done on hydraulic trainer (any 3)
a) Regenerative circuit
b) Speed control circuit
c) Sequencing circuit
d) Traverse and feed circuit etc.
3. Following experiments to be done on pneumatic trainer (any 3)

a) Automatic reciprocating circuit
b) Speed control circuit
c) Pneumatic circuit involving Shuttle valve/ Quick exhaust valve / Two pressure valve
d) Electro pneumatic circuits
4. Test on pressure relief valve/flow control valve
5. Test on linear /rotary actuator
6. Design of simple hydraulic systems used in practice using manufacturers’ catalogue and
analysis using software such as Automation Studio.
7. Design of simple pneumatic systems used in practice using manufacturers’ catalogue and
analysis using software such as Automation Studio.
8. Industrial visit to study Hydraulic / Pneumatic based Automation systems
9. Assignment: Symbols for different components as per standards
10. Assignment: Trouble shooting procedures
11. Assignment: Standard specifications of hydraulic/ pneumatic components using
manufacturer’s catalogues.

Course Code : 402042 Course Name : CAD CAM and Automation
Theory : 03 Hrs Per Week TH : 03 Theory In-Sem : 30 PR : 50
Practical : 02 hrs per week TW : 01 End-Sem : 70 OR : --
TW : 25
Pre-requisites : Engineering Graphics, Engineering Mathematics, Numerical Methods &

Optimization, Computer Aided Machine Drawing, Strength of Materials,
Manufacturing Processes
Course Objectives:
 To apply homogeneous transformation matrix for geometrical transformations of 2D/3D CAD
entities
 To model mathematically analytical and synthetic curves, surfaces
 To predict performance of simple mechanical components viz. beam, shafts, plates, trusses
using FEA (Mathematical and Software treatment)
 To generate CNC program for appropriate manufacturing techniques viz. turning and milling
 To select and apply suitable Rapid Prototyping techniques for engineering applications
 To study role and components of different Automation strategies.
Course Outcomes:
 Apply homogeneous transformation matrix for geometrical transformations of 2D CAD
entities for basic geometric transformations.
 Use analytical and synthetic curves and surfaces in part modeling.
 Do real times analysis of simple mechanical elements like beams, trusses, etc. and comment
on safety of engineering components using analysis software.
 Generate CNC program for Turning / Milling and generate tool path using CAM software.
 Demonstrate understanding of various rapid manufacturing techniques and develop
competency in designing and developing products using rapid manufacturing technology.
 Understand the robot systems and their applications in manufacturing industries.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Computer Graphics 6 Hrs
Transformations (2D & 3D) : Introduction, Formulation, Translation, Shear, Rotation, Scaling and
reflection, Homogeneous representation, Concatenated transformation, Mapping of geometric
models, Inverse transformations, Introduction to 3D transformation (Theory + Numerical treatment
only for 2D – Max 3 vertices)
Projections : Orthographic, Isometric, Perspective projections (Only theory)
Unit 2: Geometric Modeling 6 Hrs
Curves – Introduction, Analytical curves (Line, circle, ellipse, parabola, hyperbola), Synthetic curves
(Hermite Cubic Spline, Bezier, B-Spline Curve) [Numerical on Line, Circle, Ellipse, Hermite Cubic
Spline, Bezier]
Surfaces – Introduction, Surface representation, Analytic surfaces, Synthetic Surfaces, Hermite
bicubic, Bezier, B-Spline, Coons patch surface, Applications in freeform surfaces [only Theory]
Solids - Introduction, Geometry and Topology, Solid Representation, Boundary Representation,
Euler's equation, Constructive Solid Geometry (CSG), Boolean operation for CSG [only Theory]
Unit 3: Finite Element Analysis (FEA) 6 Hrs
Introduction : Brief History of FEM, Finite Element Terminology (nodes, elements, domain,
continuum, Degrees of freedom, loads and constraints), General FEM procedure, Applications of
FEM in various fields, meshing, p and h formulation, Advantages and disadvantages of FEM [Only
theory]
One Dimensional Problem: Finite element modeling, coordinate and linear shape function, Assembly
of Global Stiffness Matrix and Load Vector, Properties of Stiffness Matrix, Finite Element Equations,
Temperature Effects. [Theory + Numerical – composite shaft, spring elements in series and parallel]
Trusses : Introduction, 2D Trusses, Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix [Numerical limited to 4X4
matrix]
Unit 4: Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM) 6 Hrs
Introduction to Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM), Coordinate system, Working principal of
CNC Lathe, Turning Centers, Milling Machine, Steps in developing CNC part program, Tool and
geometric compensations, subroutine and Do loop using canned cycle. [Only theory – 2 hrs]
CNC Lathe part programming (FANUC) : Linear and circular interpolation, Canned cycles for
facing, threading, grooving, etc. [Theory + Program]
CNC Milling part programming (FANUC): Linear and circular interpolation, Pocketing, contouring
and drilling cycles. [Theory + Program]
Unit 5: Advanced Manufacturing Method 6 Hrs
Product Life Cycle: Introduction, Need, Components/Elements of PLM, Collaborative Engineering.
[Only theory]
Rapid Prototyping : Introduction, classification of RP Processes (SLA, LOM, SLS, FDM, 3D
printing), Working principle, features, models & specification of process, application, advantages and
disadvantages, Rapid Tooling and STL format, Concept of 4D Rapid Prototyping. [Only theory]
Unit 6: Automation 6 Hrs
Automation : Introduction, Automation strategies, Types of Automation - Hard and Soft Automation,
Flexible Manufacturing System – Types, Advantages, Limitations, AGVs and AS/RS [Only theory]
Group Technology: Introduction, Coding Methods, Concepts of Computer Integrated Manufacturing
(CIM) and Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP), Variant & Generative methods of CAPP,
advantages of CAPP. [Only theory]
Robotics: RIA definition of Robot, Laws of robotics, Classification of robots, robot anatomy, Point to
point and continuous path robotic systems, Joints, End Effectors, Grippers - Mechanical, Magnetic
and Pneumatic, Applications. [Only theory]
Books
Text :
1. Ibrahim Zeid and R. Sivasubramanian - CAD/CAM - Theory and Practice Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. 2009

2. Chandrupatla T. R. and Belegunda A. D. -Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering -
Prentice Hall India.
3. Nitin S. Gokhale, Practical Finite Element Analysis, Finite To Infinite; First Edition edition,
ISBN-10: 8190619500 ISBN-13: 978-8190619509
4. S. K. Sinha, CNC Programming using Fanuc Custom Macro B, McGraw-Hill Professional
5. S. R. Deb, Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Tata McGraw Hill.
References :
1. Ibraim Zeid, Mastering CAD/CAM – Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. 2000
2. Segerling L. J. - Applied Finite Elements Analysis, John Wiley and Sons
3. Seshu P. Text book of Finite Element Analysis, PHI Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi, 2010
4. Rao P. N., Introduction to CAD/CAM Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
5. B. S. Pabla, M. Adithan, CNC Machines, New Age International, 1994
6. Groover M.P.-Automation, production systems and computer integrated manufacturing‘ -
Prentice Hall of India
7. Ian Gibson, David W. Rosen, Brent Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid
Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing, Springer
8. Geoffrey Boothroyd, Peter Dewhurst, Winston A. Knight, Product Design for Manufacture
and Assembly, Third Edition ,CRC Press
9. Antti Saaksvuori, Anselmi Immonen, Product Life Cycle Management -Springer, 1st Edition,
2003
1. Demonstration of Application Programming Interface (API).
2. Stress and deflection analysis of Beam (FEA).
3. Stress and deflection analysis of 2D truss (FEA).
4. Stress and deflection analysis of any Mechanical Component using FEA software and validate
the results by analytical methods (FEA).
5. Tool path generation and simulation for Turning – Grooving and Threading with help of
suitable software.
6. Tool path generation and simulation for Milling – Facing, Pocketing, Contouring and drilling,
etc. with help of suitable software.
7. Case study on Rapid Prototyping - Exporting STL files from 3D CAD models, structure of
STL files, etc.
8. Case study based on modeling and analysis of structural system (Industry Based)
9. Manufacturing of machine component using additive manufacturing or Using CNC simulator
software.
10. Assignment on Robot simulation
11. Industrial Visit Report on Automation and Robotics

Course Code : 402043 Course Name : Dynamics of Machinery
TW : 25
Pre-requisites: Strength of Materials, Engineering Mechanics, Engineering Mathematics and

Numerical Methods,
Course Objectives:
 To conversant with balancing problems of machines.
 To understand fundamentals of free and forced vibrations.
 To develop competency in understanding of vibration and noise in Industry.
 To develop analytical competency in solving vibration problems.
 To understand the various techniques of measurement and control of vibration and noise.
Course Outcomes:
 Apply balancing technique for static and dynamic balancing of multi cylinder inline and radial
engines.
 Estimate natural frequency for single DOF undamped & damped free vibratory systems.
 Determine response to forced vibrations due to harmonic excitation, base excitation and
excitation due to unbalance forces.
 Estimate natural frequencies, mode shapes for 2 DOF undamped free longitudinal and
torsional vibratory systems.
 Describe vibration measuring instruments for industrial / real life applications along with
suitable method for vibration control.
 Explain noise, its measurement & noise reduction techniques for industry and day today life
problems.
Course Contents
UNIT 1: Single Degree of Freedom Systems – Free Vibration 10 Hrs
Fundamentals of Vibration : Elements of a vibratory system, vector representation of S.H.M., degrees
of freedom, Introduction to Physical and Mathematical modeling of vibratory systems : Bicycle,
Motor bike and Quarter Car. types of vibration, equivalent stiffness and damping, formulation of
differential equation of motion (Newton, D’Alembert and energy method)
Undamped free vibrations: Natural frequency for longitudinal, transverse and torsional vibratory
systems.
Damped free vibrations: Different types of damping, Viscous damping – over damped, critically
damped and under damped systems, initial conditions, logarithmic decrement, Dry friction or
coulomb damping - frequency and rate of decay of oscillations.
UNIT 2: Single Degree of Freedom Systems - Forced Vibrations 8 Hrs
Forced vibrations of longitudinal and torsional systems, Frequency Response to harmonic excitation,
excitation due to rotating and reciprocating unbalance, base excitation, magnification factor, Force
and Motion transmissibility, Quality Factor. Half power bandwidth method, Critical speed of shaft
having single rotor of undamped systems.
UNIT 3: Two Degree of Freedom Systems – Undamped Vibrations 8 Hrs
Free vibration of spring coupled systems – longitudinal and torsional, torsionally equivalent shafts,
natural frequency and mode shapes, Eigen value and Eigen vector by Matrix method, Combined
rectilinear and angular motion, Vibrations of Geared systems.
UNIT 4: Balancing 8 Hrs
Static and dynamic balancing, balancing of rotating masses in single and several planes, primary and
secondary balancing of reciprocating masses, balancing in single cylinder engines, balancing in
multi-cylinder in-line engines, direct and reverse cranks method -radial and V engines.
UNIT 5: Measurement and Control of Vibration 8 Hrs
A) Measurement: Vibration Measuring Instruments, Accelerometers, Impact hammer, Vibration
shakers, Vibration Analyzer, Vibration based condition monitoring, Analysis of Vibration Spectrum,
Standards related to measurement of vibration, Human response to vibrations.
B) Control : Vibration control methods, passive, semi active (Introduction to Electro-Rheological &
Magneto-Rheological dampers) and active vibration control, control of excitation at the source,
control of natural frequency, Vibration isolators, Tuned Dynamic Vibration Absorbers, Introduction
to Torsional Damper
UNIT 6: Introduction to Noise 6 Hrs
Fundamentals of noise Sound concepts, Decibel Level, white noise, weighted sound pressure level,
Logarithmic addition, subtraction and averaging, sound intensity, noise measurement, sound fields,
octave band, sound reflection, absorption and transmission, acoustic material & its characteristics,
Noise control at the Source, along the path and at the receiver, pass-by-noise, Reverberation chamber,
Anechoic Chamber, Human Exposure to Noise and Noise standards.
Books
Text :
1. S. S. Rao, Mechanical Vibrations, Pearson Education Inc. New Delhi.
2. G. K. Grover, Mechanical Vibrations, New Chand and Bros.,Roorkee
3. Wiiliam J Palm III, Mechanical Vibration, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
4. Uicker J. John, Jr, Pennock Gordon R, Shigley Joseph E., Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms, International Version, OXFORD University Press, New Delhi.
5. M L Munjal, Noise and Vibration Control, Cambridge University Press India
References :
1. Weaver, Vibration Problems in Engineering, 5th Edition Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
2. Bell, L. H. and Bell, D. H., Industrial Noise Control – Fundamentals and Applications‖,
Marcel Dekker Inc.
3. Alok Sinha, Vibration of Mechanical System, Cambridge university Press , India
4. Debabrata Nag, Mechanical Vibrations, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
5. Kelly S. G., Mechanical Vibrations, Schaums outlines, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd., New Delhi.
6. Meirovitch, L., Elements of Mechanical Vibrations‖, McGraw Hill.
7. Ver, Noise and Vibration Control Engineering, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
8. Bies, D. and Hansen, C., Engineering Noise Control - Theory and Practice, Taylor and
Francis.
9. Shrikant Bhave, Mechanical Vibrations Theory and Practice, Pearson, New Delhi
A] Compulsory Experiments (Sr. No. 1 to 6)
1. Balancing of wheel / rotor on computerized balancing machine OR Experimental
verification of dynamic balancing of rotating masses.
2. To determine the natural frequency of damped vibration of single degree freedom system
and to find it‘s damping coefficient.
3. To obtain frequency response curves of single degree freedom system of vibration for
different amount of damping.
4. To verify natural frequency of torsional vibration of two rotor system and position of
node.
5. To determine natural frequency of transverse vibration of beam using vibration analyzer.
6. Noise measurement and analysis using vibration Analyzer.
B] Any Two Experiments from the following :

1. To determine critical speed of shaft with single rotor.
2. Experimental verification of principle of dynamic vibration absorber.
3. Experiment on shock absorbers and to plot its characteristic curve.
4. A case study (Industrial visit / In-house) based on Conditioning Monitoring and Fault
Diagnosis.
C] List of Compulsory Assignment :

1. Simulation (using suitable software) of free response of SDOF damped system to
demonstrate different damping conditions by solving differential equation numerically.
OR
2. Simulation (using suitable software) of total response of SDOF damped system to
harmonic excitation by solving differential equation numerically.

Course Code : 402044 A Course Name : Elective – I
Finite Element Analysis
TW : 25
Pre-requisites : Fluid Mechanics, Heat transfer, Numerical methods, Programming Languages.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the philosophy and general procedure of Finite Element Method as applied to
solid mechanics and thermal analysis problems.
 To familiarize students with the displacement-based finite element method for displacement
and stress analysis and to introduce related analytical and computer tools.
 It provides a bridge between hand calculations based on mechanics of materials and machine
design and numerical solutions for more complex geometries and loading states.
 To study approximate nature of the finite element method and convergence of results are
examined.
 It provides some experience with a commercial FEM code and some practical modeling
exercises .
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the different techniques used to solve mechanical engineering problems.
 Derive and use 1-D and 2-D element stiffness matrices and load vectors from various methods
to solve for displacements and stresses.
 Apply mechanics of materials and machine design topics to provide preliminary results used
for testing the reasonableness of finite element results.
 Explain the inner workings of a finite element code for linear stress, displacement,
temperature and modal analysis.
 Use commercial finite element analysis software to solve complex problems in solid
mechanics and heat transfer.
 Interpret the results of finite element analyses and make an assessment of the results in terms
of modeling (physics assumptions) errors, discretization (mesh density and refinement toward
convergence) errors, and numerical (round-off) errors.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Fundamental Concepts of FEA 6 Hrs
Introduction: Solution methodologies to solve engineering problems, governing equations,
mathematical modelling of field problems in engineering, discrete and continuous models.
Brief history of FEM, Finite Element terminology (nodes, elements, domain, continuum, degrees of

freedom, loads & constraints), general steps involved in FEM, applications of FEM in various fields,
advantages and disadvantages of FEM, consistent units system, essential and natural boundary
conditions, symmetric boundary conditions.
Introduction to different approaches used in FEA : Direct approach, Variational formulation-
Principal of Minimum Potential Energy (PMPE), Galerkin weighted residual method, Principle of
Virtual Work, Rayleigh-Ritz method, relation between FEM and Rayleigh-Ritz method
Types of Analysis (Introduction) : Linear static analysis, Non-linear analysis, Dynamic analysis,
Linear buckling analysis, Thermal analysis, Fatigue analysis, Crash analysis.
Unit 2: 1D Elements 6 Hrs
Types of 1D elements, displacement function, global and local coordinate systems, polynomial form
of interpolation functions- linear, quadratic and cubic, properties of shape function, primary and
secondary variables.
Formulation of elemental stiffness matrix and load vector for bar, truss and beam using any approach,
Formulation of load vector due to uniform temperature change (only for bar).
Assembly of global stiffness matrix and load vector, properties of stiffness matrix, half bandwidth,
treatment of boundary conditions- elimination approach, stress and reaction forces calculations
Unit 3: 2D Elements 6 Hrs
Two-Dimensional Stress Analysis: Plane Stress/Strain problems in 2D elasticity, constitutive
relations
Constant Strain Triangle(CST), Liner Strain Rectangle (LSR), displacement function, Pascal‘s
triangle, compatibility and completeness requirement, geometric isotropy, convergence requirements,
strain filed, stress filed, Formulation of element stiffness matrix and load vector for Plane
Stress/Strain problems
Assembly of global stiffness matrix and load vector, Boundary conditions, solving for primary
variables (displacement), stress calculations
Unit 4: Isoparametric Elements and Numerical Integration 6 Hrs
Concept of isoparametric elements, Terms isoparametric, super parametric and subparametric.
Coordinate mapping : Natural coordinates, Area coordinates (for triangular elements), higher order
triangular and quadrilateral elements (Lagrangean and serendipity elements), geometry associative
mesh, quality checks, mesh refinement- p vs h refinements, Uniqueness of mapping - Jacobian
matrix.
Numerical integration: Gauss Quadrature in one and two dimension, Order of Gauss integration, full
and reduced integration, sub-modeling, substructuring.
Unit 5: 1D Steady State Heat Transfer Problems 6 Hrs
Introduction, One dimensional steady-state heat transfer problem- Governing differential equation,
Finite Element formulation using Galerkin’s approach for composite wall and thin Fin , essential and
natural boundary conditions and solving for temperature distribution
Unit 6: Dynamic Analysis 6 Hrs
Types of dynamic analysis, general dynamic equation of motion, lumped and consistent mass, Mass
matrices formulation of bar, truss and beam element.
Undamped-free vibration: Eigenvalue problem, evaluation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors
(characteristic polynomial technique).

Books
Text :
1. Daryl L, A First Course in the Finite Element Method,. Logan, 2007.
2. G Lakshmi Narasaiah, Finite Element Analysis, B S Publications, 2008.
3. Y.M.Desai, T.I.Eldho and A.H.Shah, Finite Element Method with Applications in
Engineering, Pearson Education, 2011
4. Chandrupatla T. R. and Belegunda A. D., Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering,
Prentice Hall India, 2002.
5. P., Seshu, Text book of Finite Element Analysis, PHI Learning Private Ltd. , New Delhi,
2010.
References :
1. Bathe K. J., Finite Element Procedures Prentice, Hall of India (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
2. R. D. Cook, et al., Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis. Wiley, India
3. Kwon Y. W., Bang H., Finite Element Method using MATLAB, CRC Press, 1997
4. Peter Kattan, MATLAB Guides to Finite Elements- An Interactive Approach, Springer, 2008.
5. S. Moaveni, Finite element analysis, theory and application with Ansys, Prentice Hall
6. Erdogan Madenci and Ibrahim Guven, “The Finite Element Method and Applications in
Engineering Using Ansys”, Springer, 2006.
7. David V. Hutton, Fundamental of Finite Element Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill
8. Gokhale N. S., et al., Practical Finite Element Analysis, Finite to Infinite, Pune, 2008.
Term Work shall consist of following assignments:
Practical’s to be performed: Minimum 7 including
 Any three practical’s from Practical No. 1 to 4* and
 Any three practical from Practical No. 5 to 9**
 in Open source or Commercial Software
1. Computer program for stress analysis of 1D bar using linear and quadratic elements. Show the
variation of stress and strain within the element for linear and quadratic bar element
2. Computer program for stress analysis of 2-D truss subjected to plane forces
3. Computer programs for (i) modal analysis and, (ii) stress analysis for 1-D beam (simply
supported or cantilever beams)
4. Computer program for 1-D temperature analysis
5. Static stress concentration factor calculation for a plate with center hole subjected to axial
loading in tension using FEA software
6. Modal analysis of any machine component using FEA software.
7. Stress and deflection analysis of any machine component consisting of 3-D elements using
FEA software.
8. Elasto-plastic stress analysis of plate using FEA software
9. Coupled Thermal-Structural Analysis using FEA software
*1 Students can write the program in any of the programming language such as FORTRAN, C,
C++, MATLAB, Python, VB.
*2 Minimum number of elements considered should be 10 or more.
*3 Validate results of the program with analytical method or commercial FEA software such as
Abaqus, ANSYS, Msc-Nastran, Optistruct / Radioss, Comsol-Multiphysics, etc.
**1 Students should do convergence study for all assignment problems.
**2 Use different element types from element library,
**3 If possible use submodel / symmetry option.

Course Code : 402044 B Course Name : Elective – I
Computational Fluid Dynamics
TW : 25
Pre-requisites : Fluid Mechanics, Heat transfer, Numerical methods, Programming Languages.

Course Objectives:
 Students should be able to model fluid / heat transfer problems and apply fundamental
conservation principles.
 Students should be able to do discretize the governing equations by Finite Difference Method
and Finite volume Method.
 Students should be able to develop programming skills by in-house code development for
conduction, convection and fluid dynamics problems.
 Students should be able to solve basic convection and diffusion equations and understands the
role in fluid flow and heat transfer.
 To prepare the students for research leading to higher studies.
 To prepare the students for career in CAE industry using software tools.
Course Outcomes:
 Analyze and model fluid flow and heat transfer problems.
 Generate high quality grids and interpret the correctness of numerical results with physics.
 Conceptualize the programming skills.
 Use a CFD tool effectively for practical problems and research.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Introduction to CFD 6 Hrs
Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Derivation and physical interpretation of governing
equations (conservation of mass, momentum and energy) in differential form, Concept of substantial
derivative, divergence and curl of velocity, Mathematical behavior of Governing Equations and
boundary conditions.
Unit 2: Solution to Conduction Equation 6 Hrs
Introduction to FEA, FDM and FVM, Solution of two dimensional steady and unsteady heat
conduction equation using finite volume method (Implicit and Explicit) with Dirichlet, Neumann,
Robbin boundary conditions, Stability Criteria.
Unit 3: Solution to Advection Equation 6 Hrs
Solution of two dimensional steady and unsteady heat advection equation using finite volume method
(Implicit and Explicit) with Dirichlet BC, Stability Criteria, Introduction to first order upwind, CD,
second order upwind and QUICK convection schemes.
Unit 4: Solution to Convection-Diffusion Equation 6 Hrs

Solution of two dimensional steady and unsteady heat convection-diffusion equation for slug flow
using finite volume method (Implicit and Explicit), Stability Criteria, 1-D transient convection-
diffusion system, Peclet Number
Unit 5: Solution to Navier – Stokes Equation 6 Hrs
Solution of Navier-Stoke‘s equation for incompressible flow using SIMPLE algorithms for lid driven
cavity flow problem, Introduction to external flow simulation.
Unit 6: Introduction to Turbulence Modeling 6 Hrs
Introduction to turbulence models, Reynolds Averaged Navier-Stokes equations (RANS), One
equation model (Derivation) and two equation model.
Books
Text :
1. John D Anderson: Computational Fluid Dynamics- The Basics with Applications, McGraw-
Hill
2. Atul Sharma, Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics: Development, Application and
Analysis, Wiley
3. Suhas V. Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, Hemisphere Publishing
Corporation
4. A. W. Date, Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge Univ. Press, USA.
5. H. Versteeg, and W.Malalasekara, An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics: The
Finite Volume Method, Pearson.
6. T. J. Chung, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University Press.
7. J. Tu, G.-H. Yeoh and C. Liu: Computational Fluid Dynamics: A practical approach, Elsevier.
8. H. Schlichting and K. Gersten, Boundary-Layer Theory, Springer.
References :
1. H. Tennekes and J. L. Lumley, A First Course in Turbulence, MIT Press.
2. David C. Wilcox, Turbulence Modeling for CFD, DCW Industries
Practical’s to be performed: Minimum 7 including
 Any three practical’s with programming language (from Practical No. 1 to 8) and
 Any three practical in Open source or Commercial Software (from Practical No. 9 to 16)
 Mini project (Practical No.16) in Open source or Commercial Software tool
1. One-dimensional steady state conduction using finite volume method
2. One-dimensional unsteady state conduction using finite volume method
3. Two-dimensional steady state conduction using finite volume method
4. Two-dimensional unsteady state conduction using finite volume method
5. Two-dimensional advection using finite volume method
6. One-dimensional conduction convection problem using finite volume method
7. One-dimensional conduction convection problem using finite volume method
8. Solution of Navier Stokes equation using SIMPLE algorithm for Lid Driven Cavity flow

problem
9. Numerical simulation and analysis of boundary layer over a flat plate (Blausius Equation)
10. Numerical simulation and analysis of boundary layer for a
11. Developing flow through Pipe
12. Fully developed flow through a pipe
13. CFD Analysis of external flow: Circular Cylinder or Airfoil (NACA 0012)
14. CFD analysis of heat transfer in pin fin.
15. Numerical simulation and analysis of 2D square lid driven cavity. Effect of Reynolds number
on the vorticity patterns.
16. Mini project on any practical application. Students should take a problem of their choice and
verify the CFD solution with experimental data / research paper. (Mandatory)

Course Code : 402044 C Course Name : Elective – I
Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Engineering
TW : 25
Pre-requisites: Thermodynamics I and II, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

Course Objectives:
 To understand the recent vapour compression cycle
 To provide the knowledge of analyze thermal design of refrigeration system components
 To understand practical aspects of vapour compression system
 To provide the knowledge of basic concepts of ventilation, infiltration and space distribution
techniques
 To inculcate techniques of estimating building envelop load.
 To understand the working non-conventional air-conditioning systems.
Course Outcomes:
 Determine the performance parameters of trans-critical & ejector refrigeration systems
 Estimate thermal performance of compressor, evaporator, condenser and cooling tower.
 Describe refrigerant piping design, capacity & safety controls and balancing of vapour
compressor system.
 Explain importance of indoor and outdoor design conditions, IAQ, ventilation and air
distribution system.
 Estimate heat transmission through building walls using CLTD and decrement factor &time
lag methods with energy-efficient and cost-effective measures for building envelope.
 Explain working of types of desiccant, evaporative, thermal storage, radiant cooling, clean
room and heat pump air-conditioning systems.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Advanced Vapour Compression Cycles 4 Hrs
Review of vapour compression cycle, Trans-critical cycle and their types retical treatment) Ejector
refrigeration cycle and their types. Presentation of cycle on P-h and T-s chart.
Unit 2: Thermal Design of Refrigeration System Components 8 Hrs
Compressor : Characteristic curves of reciprocating & Centrifugal compressors, sizing of
reciprocating compressor
Evaporator : Standards & Codes, Performance analysis of Dx evaporator,
Condenser: Standards & Codes, air-cooled condenser, shell & tube condenser and evaporative
condenser.
Expansion Devices : Standards & Codes, Operating Characteristics, Liquid Charge in the Sensing
Bulb , Hunting of Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Cooling Tower: Types & design of cooling towers, cooling tower thermal performance, tower
efficiency.
Unit 3: Practical Aspects of Vapour Compression System 6 Hrs
Refrigerant Piping : Copper Tubing, Piping Design for Reciprocating Refrigeration Systems, Size of
Copper Tube, Refrigeration Load, and Pressure Drop, Sizing Procedure, Suction Line, Discharge
Line (Hot-Gas Line), Liquid Line
Capacity Controls : Capacity Controls of reciprocating, centrifugal and scroll compressors
Safety Controls: Low-Pressure and High-Pressure Controls. Low-Temperature Control, Frost
Control, Oil Pressure Failure Control. Motor Overload Control.
Vapour compression system balance: Performance characteristics of the condensing unit &
compressor-capillary tube.
Unit 4: Ventilation and Infiltration 6 Hrs
Indoor Design Criteria and Thermal Comfort : Basic parameters, factors affecting thermal comforts,
Comfort-Discomfort Diagrams, Indoor Temperature, Relative Humidity, and Air Velocity
Indoor Air Quality : Indoor Air Contaminants, Basic Strategies to Improve Indoor Air Quality,
Outdoor Design Conditions : Outdoor Air Requirements for Occupants, The Use of Outdoor Weather
Data in Design, Outdoor Weather Characteristics and Their Influence
Ventilation for cooling : Natural ventilation, mechanical ventilation
Space air distribution: Design of air distribution systems, Types of air distribution devices: Airflow
patterns inside conditioned space: Stratified mixing flow: Cold air distribution: Displacement flow:
Spot cooling / heating: Selection of supply air outlets.
Unit 5: Heat Load Estimation in Building Structures 6 Hrs
Solar radiation, Heat gain through fenestrations, Space load characteristics, cooling load and coil load
calculations, Overall heat transmission coefficient, air spaces, sol-air temperature, Decrement factor
& time lag method,, Cooling load Temperature Difference method (CLTD) or Equivalent
Temperature Differential (ETD), detailed calculation procedure using CLTD method, Total heat
balance.
Energy-efficient and cost-effective measures for building envelope, Concept of ECBC
Unit 6: Advanced Air-conditioning Systems 6 Hrs
Desiccant-Based Air Conditioning Systems : Introduction, Sorbents & Desiccants, Dehumidification,
Liquid Spray Tower, Solid Packed Tower, Rotary Desiccant Dehumidifiers, Hybrid Cycles, Solid
Desiccant Air-Conditioning (Theoretical treatment)
Evaporative-Cooling Air Conditioning Systems, Thermal Storage Air Conditioning Systems, Clean-
Room Air Conditioning Systems, Radiant cooling. (Theoretical treatment)
Heat Pump Systems: Heat Pump Cycle, different heats pump Circuits.
Books
Text :
1. Arora R.C., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, PHI, India
2. Dossat Ray J., Principal of Refrigeration, Pearson, India
3. Arora C P, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill

4. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1983
References :
1. Threlkeld J.L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Prentice Hall Inc. New Delhi
2. ASHRAE Handbook ( HVAC Equipments)
3. Stocker W.F. and Jones J.W., Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, McGraw Hill International
editions 1982.
4. Roger Legg, Air conditioning systems: Design, Commissioning and maintenance
5. Shan Wang, Handbook of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, McGrawHill Publications
6. Wilbert Stocker, Industrial Refrigeration, McGrawHill Publications
7. Keith Harold, Absorption chillers and Heat Pumps, McGrawHill publications
8. ASHRAE, Air Conditioning System Design Manual, IInd edition, ASHRAE.
1. Performance Simulation of Central Air-conditioning plant using Newton Raphson Method.
2. Performance analysis of Counter flow or cross flow cooling tower
3. Building heat load simulation using suitable software (Trace 700, Energy plus etc.)
4. Design of cold storage with process layout.

Course Code : 402045 A Course Name : Elective – II
Automobile Engineering
Practical : -- TW : -- End-Sem : 70 OR : --
TW : --
Pre-requisites : I. C. Engines, Theory of Machines, Basics of Electrical and Electronics

Course Objectives:
 To make the student conversant with fundamentals of automobile systems.
 To develop competencies in performance analysis of vehicles.
 To make the student conversant with automobile safety, electrical system and vehicle
maintenance.
 To understand the emerging trends of electric vehicles, hybrid electric vehicles and solar
vehicles. .
Course Outcomes:
 To compare and select the proper automotive system for the vehicle.
 To analyse the performance of the vehicle.
 To diagnose the faults of automobile vehicles.
 To apply the knowledge of EVs, HEVs and solar vehicles
Course Contents
Unit 1: Introduction and Drive Train 6 Hrs
Introduction: Current scenario in Indian auto/ancillary industries, vehicle specifications and
classification.
Chassis and Frames: Types of chassis layout with reference to power plant locations and drive,
various types of frames, constructional details.
Drive Train: Types of transmission system, necessity and selection of clutch, necessity of gear box
and different types, fluid flywheel, torque convertor, continuous variable transmission, , overdrive,
propeller shaft, final drive and differential.
Unit 2: Axles, Wheels and Tyres, Steering System 6 Hrs
Axles: Purpose, requirement and types of front and rear axle, loads acting on rear axles.
Wheels and tyres: Wheel construction, alloy wheel, wheel balancing, type of tyres, tyre construction,
tyre materials, factors affecting tyre life.
Steering system : Steering mechanism, steering geometry, cornering force, slip angle, scrub radius,
steering characteristics, steering linkages and gearbox, power steering, collapsible steering,
reversibility of steering, four wheel steering, wheel alignment.

Unit 3: Suspension and Brake System 6 Hrs
Suspension : Types of suspension linkages, types of suspension springs- leaf, coil, air springs, hydro
gas, rubber suspension, interconnected suspension, self levelling suspension (active suspension),
shock absorbers (hydraulic and air).
Brake systems: Drum, disc, mechanical, hydraulic, air brakes, vacuum, power assisted brakes, hand
brake, ABS, EBD.
Unit 4: Vehicle Performance and Safety 6 Hrs
Vehicle performance: Parameters, vehicle resistances, traction and tractive effort, power requirement
for propulsion, road performance curves (numericals), stability of vehicles, vehicle testing on chassis
dynamometer.
Vehicle safety: Types of active and passive safety, vehicle interior and ergonomics, NVH in
automobiles.
Unit 5: Electrical System and Vehicle Maintenance 6 Hrs
Batteries : Principles and construction of lead-acid battery, characteristics of battery, rating capacity
and efficiency of batteries, various tests on battery condition, charging methods, introduction to
lithium batteries.
Electrical system and accessories : Insulated and earth return systems, positive and negative earth
systems, electrical fuel pump, speedometer, fuel, oil and temperature gauges, horn, wiper system,
automotive sensors and actuators, electronic control unit/module.
Maintenance: Types of vehicle maintenance, servicing/overhauling of clutch, gear box, propeller
shaft, differential, axles, steering system, suspension system, break system, electrical system.
Unit 6: Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles 6 Hrs
Introduction: Concept and environmental importance of EVs, HEVs and solar vehicles.
Electric vehicles: Layout, construction and working.
Hybrid electric vehicles: Types, layout, hybridization factor, plug in hybrid electric vehicles, fuel
efficiency analysis.
Challenges and future scope of EVs and HEVs.
Books
Text :
1. K. Newton and W. Seeds, T.K. Garrett, “Motor Vehicle”, 13thEdition, Elsevier publications.
2. Hans Hermann Braess, Ulrich Seiffen, “Handbook of Automotive Engineering”, SAE
Publications.
3. William H. Crouse., “Automotive Mechanics”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing House.
4. Joseph Heitner, “Automotive Mechanics”, C.B.S Publishers and Distributors.
5. SAE Manuals and Standards.
6. .N. K. Giri, Automobile Mechanics
7. P. S. Kohali, Automobile Electrical Equipment, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing House.
8. Narang G. B. S, “Automobile Engineering”, S. Chand and Company Ltd.
References :
1. Dr. Kirpal Singh, “Automobile Engineering”, Volume 1, Standard Publishers distributors.
2. Automobile Mechanics, “Crouse/Anglin”, TATA Mcgraw-Hill.
3. R. B. Gupta, Automobile Engineering, Satya Prakashan.
4. Chris Mi, M .Abul Masrur, Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Principles and Applications with
Practical Perspectives, ,Willey.
5. Electric and Hybrid Vehicles, Tom Denton, Routledge.
6. Hybrid Electric Vehicle Technology, Automotive Research and Design, American Technical.
7. Husain, Iqbal, Electric and hybrid vehicles, 2 edition, CRC Press.
8. Ron Hodkinson and John Fenton, Butterworth-Heinemann.Lightweight Electric/ Hybrid
Vehicle Design,
9. Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles,
Standards media.

Course Code : 402045 B Course Name : Elective – II
Operation Research
TW : --
Pre-requisites Mathematics I, II and III
Course Objectives:
 To familiarize the students with the use of practice oriented mathematical applications for
optimization functions in an organization.
 To familiarize the students with various tools of optimization, probability, statistics and
simulation, as applicable in particular scenarios in industry for better management of various
resources.
Course Outcomes:
 Apply LPP and Decision Theory to solve the problems
 Apply the concept of transportation models to optimize available resources.
 Decide optimal strategies in conflicting situations.
 Implement the project management techniques.
 Minimize the process time
 Optimize multi stage decision making problems
Course Contents
Unit 1: Introduction: Operation Research 6 Hrs
Introduction: Definition, Evolution and Classification of Quantitative Methods and Operations
Research Techniques, Methodology, Advantages and Limitations. Linear Programming Problem:
Introduction, Formulation of LPP, Solution of LPP by Two Phase Method only. Decision Theory:
Meaning and Steps in Decision Making, Types of Management Decisions, Decision under Certainty,
under Risk, under Uncertainty, Decision Trees
Unit 2: Transportation & Assignment Model 6 Hrs
Introduction, Formulation, Basic Method of Solving Transportation Problem, Optimization Methods
like UV and Stepping Stone Method, Assignment Problem- Hungarian Method to solve Assignment
Problem.
Unit 3: Theory of Games and Linear Programming 6 Hrs
Theory of Games : Introduction, Minimax and Maximin Principle, Solution of Game with Saddle
Point, Solution by Dominance, Solution by Graphical Method, m x n size Game Problem, Iterative
method, Introduction to formulation of games using Linear Programming.
Replacement Analysis: Replacement of Items that Deteriorate, Replacement of Items that Fail
Suddenly.
Unit 4: Project Management 6 Hrs

Network Models: Fulkerson‘s rule, concept and types of floats, CPM and PERT, Crashing Analysis
and Resource Scheduling. Simulation: Introduction, Monte-Carlo Simulation method, Simulation of
Inventory and Queuing Problems.
Unit 5: Queuing Theory and Sequencing Models 6 Hrs
Queuing Theory: Introduction, Basis Structure, Terminology (Kendal‘s Notations) and Applications.
Queuing Model M/M/1: /FIFO, M/M/c.
Sequencing models : Solution of sequencing Problem - Processing of n jobs through two machines,
Processing of n jobs through three machines, Processing of two jobs through m Machines, Processing
of n jobs through m Machines
Unit 6: Integer and Dynamic Programming 6 Hrs
Integer Programming Introduction to Integer Programming, Cutting plane method and Branch and
Bound Method. Dynamic Programming: Introduction, DP Model, Applications of DP Model to
shortest route problems. Solution of LPP by Dynamic Programming
Books
Text :
1. Prem Kumar Gupta, D. S. Hira, Problems in Operations Research: Principles and Solutions,
S. Chand, 1991
2. J. K. Sharma, Operations Research: Theory and Application, Laxmi pub. India.
3. Operations Research, S. D. Sharma, Kedar Nath Ram Nath-Meerut.
4. L.C.Jhamb,Quantative Techniques Vol. I&II, Everest Publication.
5. Manohar Mahajan, Operation Research, Dhanpatrai Publication
References :
1. Hillier F.S., and Lieberman G.J., Operations Research, Eight Edition, Mc. Tata McGraw Hill,
India
2. Ravindran, ―Engineering optimization Methods and Applications‖, 2nd edition, Wiley, India
3. Ravindran, Phillips and Solberg, Operations Research Principles and Practice, Second
Edition, Mc. WSE Willey,
4. Operations Research - An introduction, Hamdy A Taha, Pearson Education.

Course Code : 402045 C Course Name : Elective – II
Energy Audit and Management
TW : --
Pre-requisites: Thermodynamics, Turbo Machines

Course Objectives:
Following concepts to be taught to the students,
 Importance of Energy Management.
 To Carry out Energy Audit.
 Methods to reduce consumption of energy and save cost.
 To improve energy efficiency of overall system.
 Significance of Waste heat recovery and Cogeneration.
Course Outcomes:
 Compare energy scenario of India and World.
 Carry out Energy Audit of the Residence / Institute/ Organization.
 Evaluate the project using financial techniques
 Identify and evaluate energy conservation opportunities in Thermal Utilities.
 Identify and evaluate energy conservation opportunities in Electrical Utilities.
 Identify the feasibility of Cogeneration and WHRUse a CFD tool effectively for practical
problems and research.
Course Contents
Unit 1: General Aspects of Energy Management 6 Hrs
Current energy scenario - India and World, Current energy consumption pattern in global and
Indian industry, Concept of energy conservation and energy efficiency, Energy and environment,
Need of Renewable energy, Principles of Energy management, Energy policy, Energy action
planning, Energy security and reliability, Energy reforms.
Unit 2: Energy Audit 6 Hrs
Need of Energy Audit, Types of energy audit, Components of energy audit, Energy audit
methodology, Instruments used in energy audit, Analysis and recommendations of energy audit,
Energy audit reporting, Energy audit software, Current Energy Conservation Act.
Unit 3: Energy Economics 6 Hrs
Costing of Utilities- Determination of cost of steam, natural gas, compressed air and
electricity, Financial Analysis Techniques (Numerical) - Simple payback, Time value of money,

Net Present Value(NPV), Return on Investment (ROI), Internal Rate of Return (IRR), Risk and
Sensitivity analysis.
Unit 4: Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities 6 Hrs
Energy performance assessment (Numerical) and efficiency improvement of Boilers, Furnaces,
Heat exchangers, Cooling tower, DG sets, Fans and blowers, Pumps, Compressors, Compressed
air system and HVAC systems. Assessment of steam distribution losses, Steam leakages, Steam
trapping, Condensate and flash steam recovery system.
Unit 5: Energy efficiency in Electrical Utilities 6 Hrs
Electricity billing, Electrical load management and maximum demand control, penalties, Power
factor improvement and benefits, Selection and location of capacitors. Distribution and
transformer losses, Electrical motors- types, efficiency and selection, Speed control, Energy efficient
motors, Introduction of Electricity Act 2003,Lamp types and their features, recommended
illumination levels, Lighting system performance assessment and efficiency improvement
(Numerical)
Unit 6: Cogeneration and Waste Heat Recovery 6 Hrs
Cogeneration : Need, applications, advantages, classification, Introduction to Trigeneration, Waste
heat recovery- Classification, Application, Concept of Pinch analysis, Potential of WHR in
Industries, Commercial WHR devices, saving potential. CDM projects and carbon credit calculations.
Case study: Energy Audit of Institute/Department.
Books
References :
1. Handbook of Energy Audit, Albert Thumann P.E. CEM, William J. Younger CEM, The
Fairmont Press Inc., 7th Edition.
2. Energy Management Handbook, Wayne C. Turner, The Fairmont Press Inc., 5th Edition,
Georgia.
3. Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment management, Abbi Y. A., Jain Shashank, TERI,
Press, New Delhi, 2006
4. Energy Performance assessment for equipment and Utility Systems.-Vol. 2,3.4 BEE Govt. of
India
5. Boiler Operator‘s Guide Fourth Edition, Anthony L Kohan, McGraw Hill
6. Energy Hand book, Second edition, Von Nostrand Reinhold Company - Robert L. Loftness.
7. www.enrgymanagertraining.com
8. http://www.bee-india.nic.in

Course Code : 402046 Course Name : Project – I
Theory : -- TH : -- Theory In-Sem : -- PR : --
Practical : 04 hrs per week TW : 02 End-Sem : -- OR : 25
TW : 25
Course Objectives:
 To have ideology of the industrial project.
 Hands on working with tools, tackles and machines
 To carry out literature survey
 To do brain storming for mechanical engineering system
Course Outcomes:
 Find out the gap between existing mechanical systems and develop new creative new
mechanical system.
 Learn about the literature review
 Get the experience to handle various tools, tackles and machines.
Course Contents
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROJECT REPORT WRITING (Project Stage I)
It is important that the procedures listed below be carefully followed by all the students of B.E.
(Mechanical Engineering).
1. Prepare Three Spiral Bound Copies of your manuscript.
2. Limit your Project Stage I to 25– 30 pages (preferably)
3. The footer must include the following:
Institute Name, B.E. (Mechanical) Times New Roman 10 pt. and centrally aligned.
4. Page number as second line of footer, Times New Roman 10 pt. centrally aligned.
5. Print the manuscript using
a) Letter quality computer printing.
b) The main part of manuscript should be Times New Roman 12 pt. with alignment - justified.
c) Use 1.5 line spacing.
d) Entire report shall be of 5- 7 chapters
6. Use the paper size 8.5’’ × 11’’ or A4 (210 × 197 mm). Please follow the margins given below.
Margin Location Paper 8.5’’ × 11’’ Paper A4 (210 × 197 mm)

Top 1’’ 25.4 mm
Left 1.5’’ 37 mm
Bottom 1.25’’ 32 mm
Right 1’’ 25.4 mm

7. All paragraphs will be 1.5 lines spaced with a one blank line between each paragraph. Each
paragraph will begin with without any indentation.
8. Section titles should be bold with 14 pt. typed in all capital letters and should be left aligned.
9. Sub-Section headings should be aligning at the left with 12 pt. bold and Title Case (the first
letter of each word is to be capitalized).
10. Illustrations (charts, drawings, photographs, figures) are to be in the text. Use only illustrations
really pertinent to the text. Illustrations must be sharp, clear, black and white. Illustrations
downloaded from internet are not acceptable.
a) Illustrations should not be more than two per page. One could be ideal
b) Figure No. and Title at bottom with 12 pt.
c) Table No. and Title at top with 12 pt.
d) Legends below the title in 10 pt.
e) Leave proper margin in all sides
f) Illustrations as far as possible should not be photo copied.
11. Photographs if any should be of glossy prints
12. Please use SI system of units only.
13. Please number the pages on the front side, centrally below the footer
14. References should be either in order as they appear in the thesis or in alphabetical order by last
name of first author
15. Symbols and notations if any should be included in nomenclature section only
16. Following will be the order of report
i. Cover page and Front page (as per the specimen on separate sheet)
ii. Certificate from the Institute (as per the specimen on separate sheet)
iii. Acknowledgements
iv. Contents
v. List of Figures
vi. List of Tables
vii. Nomenclature
viii. Abstract (A brief abstract of the report not more than 150 words. The heading of
abstract i.e. word “Abstract” should be bold, Times New Roman, 12 pt. and should be
typed at the center. The contents of abstract should be typed on new line without space
between heading and contents. Try to include one or two sentences each on motive,
method, key-results and conclusions in Abstract
1. Introduction (2-3 pages) (TNR – 14 Bold)
1.1 Problem statement (TNR – 12)
1.2 Objectives
1.3 Scope
1.4 Methodology
1.5 Organization of Dissertation
2. Literature Review (12-16 pages)
Discuss the work done so far by researchers in the domain area and their significant
conclusions. No derivations, figures, tables, graphs are expected.
3. This chapter shall be based on your own simulation work (Analytical/
Numerical/FEM/CFD) (8 - 12 pages)
4. Experimental Validation - This chapter shall be based on your own experimental work
(2 - 3 pages)
5. Concluding Remarks and Scope for the Future Work (1 - 2 pages)
(IF above Chapters 3, 4, 5 not completed please mention the plan for the same and time
period for completion and detail activity chart).
References ANNEXURE (if any) (Put all mathematical derivations, Simulation
program as Annexure)
17. All section headings and subheadings should be numbered. For sections use numbers 1, 2, 3,
…. and for subheadings 1.1, 1.2, …. etc and section subheadings 2.1.1, 2.1.2, …. etc.
18. References should be given in the body of the text and well spread. No verbatim copy or
excessive text from only one or two references. If figures and tables are taken from any
reference then indicate source / citatation of it. Please follow the following procedure for
references
Reference Books :
Collier, G. J. and Thome, J. R., Convective boiling and condensation, 3rd ed., Oxford
University Press, UK, 1996, pp. 110 – 112.
Papers from Journal or Transactions :

Jung, D. S. and Radermacher, R., Transport properties and surface tension of pure and mixed
refrigerants, ASHRAE Trans, 1991, 97 (1), pp. 90 – 98.
Bansal, P. K., Rupasinghe, A. S. and Jain, A. S., An empirical correction for sizing capillary
tubes, Int. Journal of Refrigeration, 1996, 19 (8), pp.497 – 505.
Papers from Conference Proceedings :

Colbourne, D. and Ritter, T. J., Quantitative assessment of flammable refrigerants in room air
conditioners, Proc. of the Sixteenth International Compressor Engineering Conference and
Ninth International Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Conference, Purdue University, West
Lafayette, Indiana, USA, 2002, pp. 34 – 40.
Reports, Handbooks etc. :

United Nations Environmental Programme, Report of the Refrigeration, Air Conditioning and
Heat Pumps, Technical Option Committee, 2002, Assessment - 2002.
ASHRAE Handbook: Refrigeration, 1994 (Chapter 44)
Patent :
Patent no, Country (in parenthesis), date of application, title, year.
Internet :
www.(Site) [Give full length URL] accessed on date

A Project Stage-I Report on
(TNR, 16pt, centrally aligned)
Title of the Project Report

(TNR, 27pt, Bold, Centrally Aligned, Title Case)
By
(TNR, 16pt, Centrally Aligned)
Mr. Student’s 1 Name Mr. Student’s 2 Name

(TNR, 16pt, Centrally Aligned) (TNR, 16pt, Centrally Aligned)

Guide
Guide’s Name
Institute Logo
Department of Mechanical Engineering

Name of the Institute
[2018-19]
(TNR, 22pt, Title Case Centrally Aligned)
Institute Logo
C E R T I F I C A T E
This is to certify that Mr. (Name of the Student), has successfully completed the Project
Stage – I entitled “(Title of the Project ) ” under my supervision, in the partial fulfillment
of Bachelor of Engineering - Mechanical Engineering of University of Pune.
Date:
Place:
Guide’s Name
Guide Internal Examiner
HoD Name Principal Name

Head of the Department Principal
Seal

Course Code : 402047 Course Name : Energy Engineering
TW : 25
Pre-requisites: Thermodynamics I and II and Heat Transfer
Course Objectives:
 To study the power generation scenario, the components of thermal power plant, improved
Rankin cycle, Cogeneration cycle
 To understand details of steam condensing plant, analysis of condenser, the an environmental
impacts of thermal power plant, method to reduce various pollution from thermal power plant
 To study layout, component details of hydroelectric power plant, hydrology and elements ,
types of nuclear power plant
 To understand components; layout of diesel power plant , components; different cycles ;
methods to improve thermal efficiency of gas power plant
 To study the working principle , construction of power generation from non-conventional
sources of energy
 To learn the different instrumentation in power plant and basics of economics of power
generation.
Course Outcomes:
 Describe the power generation scenario, the layout components of thermal power plant and
analyze the improved Rankin cycle, Cogeneration cycle
 Analyze the steam condensers, recognize the an environmental impacts of thermal power
plant and method to control the same
 Recognize the layout, component details of hydroelectric power plant and nuclear power plant
 Realize the details of diesel power plant, gas power plant and analyze gas turbine power cycle
 Emphasize the fundaments of non-conventional power plants
 Describe the different power plant electrical instruments and basic principles of economics of
power generation.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Introduction and Thermal Power Plant 6 Hrs
A) Power Generation : global scenario, present status of power generation in India, in Maharashtra,
Role of private and governmental organizations, load shedding, carbon credits, pitfalls in power
reforms, concept of cascade efficiency.
B) Thermal Power Plant : General layout of modern thermal power plant with different circuits, site
selection criteria, classification of coal, coal blending, coal beneficiation, selection of coal for thermal

power plant, slurry type fuels, pulverized fuel handling systems, fuel burning methods, FBC systems,
high pressure boilers, ash handling system, Rankine cycle with reheat and regeneration (Numerical
Treatment), steam power plants with process heating (Numerical Treatment)
Unit 2: Steam Condenser and Environmental Impacts of Thermal Power Plant 6 Hrs
A) Steam Condenser : Necessity of steam condenser, elements of steam condensing plant,
classification, cooling water requirements, condenser efficiency, vacuum efficiency (Numerical
Treatment), cooling towers, air leakage and its effects on condenser performance, air pumps
(Numerical Treatment for Air Pump capacity)
B) Environmental impact of thermal power plants : Different pollutants from thermal power plants,
their effects on human health and vegetation, methods to control pollutants such as particulate matter;
oxides of sulphur; oxides of nitrogen, dust handling systems, ESP, scrubbers, water pollution, thermal
pollution, noise pollution from TPP and its control
Unit 3: Hydroelectric and Nuclear Power Plant 6 Hrs
A) Hydroelectric Power Plant : site selection, classification of HEPP (based on head, nature of load,
water quantity), criteria for turbine selection, dams, spillways, surge tank and forebay, advantages
and disadvantages of HEPP, hydrograph ,flow duration curve ,mass curve, (Numerical Treatment)
environmental impacts of HEPP
B) Nuclear Power Plants : elements of NPP, types of nuclear reactor (PWR, BWR, CANDU, GCR,
LMCR, OMCR, fast breeder, fusion), material for nuclear fuel, cladding, coolants, control rod and
shielding, nuclear waste disposal, environmental impacts of NPP
Unit 4: Diesel and Gas Turbine Power plant 6 Hrs
A) Diesel Power Plants : applications, components of DPP, different systems of DPP, plant layout,
performance of DPP (Numerical Treatment) advantages & disadvantages of diesel power plant,
environmental impacts of DPP
B) Gas Turbine Power Plant : general layout of GTPP, components of GTPP, open, closed & semi-
closed cycle gas turbine plant, Brayton cycle analysis for thermal efficiency, work ratio, maximum &
optimum pressure ratio, methods to improve thermal efficiency of GTPP: inter-cooling; reheating &
regeneration cycle (numerical treatment), gas and steam turbine combined cycle plant, environmental
impacts of GTPP
Unit 5: Non-Conventional Power Plants 6 Hrs
Solar Power Plant based on: flat plate collector, solar ponds, parabolic solar collector, heliostat, solar
chimney, SPV cell based plants: working principal, solar photovoltaic systems, applications
Geothermal Plant: superheated steam system, flash type, binary cycle plant.
Tidal Power Plant: components, single basin, double basin systems.
OTEC Plant: principal of working, Claude cycle, Anderson Cycle.
MHD Power Generation : Principal of working, Open Cycle MHD generator, closed cycle MHD
generators.
Fuel cell : alkaline, acidic, proton-exchange membrane
Wind Power Plant : wind availability, wind mills and subsystems, classification of wind turbines,
operating characteristics, wind solar hybrid power plants, challenges in commercialization of non-
conventional power plants, environmental impacts of NCPP

Unit 6: Instrumentation and Economics of Power Plant 6 Hrs
A) Power Plant Instruments : layout of electrical equipment, generator, exciter, generator cooling,
short circuits & limiting methods, switch gear, circuit breaker, power transformers, methods of
earthling, protective devices & control system used in power plants, measurement of high voltage,
current and power, control room
B) Economics of Power Generation : cost of electric energy, fixed and operating cost [methods to
determine depreciation cost] (Numerical Treatment), selection and type of generation, selection of
generation equipment , load curves, performance and operation characteristics of power plants, load
division, all terms related to fluctuating load plant (Numerical Treatment)
Books
Text :
1. Domkundwar & Arora, Power Plant Engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi
2. Domkundwar & Domkundwar- Solar Energy and Non-Conventional Sources of Energy,
Dhanpat Rai& Sons, New Delhi.
3. R.K.Rajput, Power Plant Engineering‖, Laxmi Publications New Delhi.
4. D.K.Chavan & G.K.Phatak, Power Plant Engineering‖, Standard Book House, New Delhi.
References :
1. E.I.Wakil, Power Plant Engineering‖, McGraw Hill Publications New Delhi
2. P.K.Nag, Power Plant Engineering‖, McGraw Hill Publications New Delhi.
3. R.Yadav , Steam and Gas Turbines‖ ,Central Publishing House, Allahabad.
4. G.D.Rai, Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers,Delhi
5. S.P.Sukhatme, Solar Energy‖ Tata McGraw-Hill Publications, New Delhi
6. G R Nagpal Power Plant Engineering , Khanna Publication
IMP Notes for Term Work:
 Any Eight Experiment should be conducted (from Experiment No. 1 to 10) and
 Experiment No 1, 2, 7, and 8 are compulsory
 Experiment No: 3 - 9 can be performed using suitable simulation software
1. Visit to Thermal Power plant /Co-generation Power plant.
2. Visit to HEPP/GTPP/Non-Conventional Power Plants.
3. Study of Fluidized Bed Combustion system.
4. Study of High Pressure Boilers
5. Study of Steam Turbine Systems –governing systems, protective devices, lubricating systems,
glands and sealing systems.
6. Study of Co-generation Plants
7. Trial on Steam Power Plant or with help of suitable software to determine
a) Plant Efficiency, Rankine Efficiency Vs Load
b) Specific Steam consumption Vs Load
c) Rate of Energy Input Vs Load
d) Heat Rate and Incremental heat Rate Vs Load
8. Trial on Diesel Power Plant or with help of suitable software to determine
a) Plant Efficiency Vs Load

b) Total fuel consumption Vs Load
c) Rate of Energy Input Vs Load
d) Heat Rate and Incremental heat Rate Vs Load
9. Study of Power Plant Instruments.
10. Study of Different Tariff Methods

Course Code : 402048 Course Name : Mechanical System Design
TW : 50
Pre-requisites: Engineering Mechanics, Manufacturing Process, Strength of Materials, Machine

design, Engineering Mathematics, Theory of Machines, Dynamics of Machinery,
and IC Engines.
Course Objectives:
 To develop competency for system visualization and design.
 To enable student to design cylinders and pressure vessels and to use IS code.
 To enable student select materials and to design internal engine components.
 To introduce student to optimum design and use optimization methods to design mechanical
components.
 To enable student to design machine tool gearbox.
 To enable student to design material handling systems.
 Ability to apply the statistical considerations in design and analyze the defects and failure
modes in components
Course Outcomes:
 Understand the difference between component level design and system level design.
 Design various mechanical systems like pressure vessels, machine tool gear boxes, material
handling systems, etc. for the specifications stated/formulated.
 Learn optimum design principles and apply it to mechanical components.
 Handle system level projects from concept to product.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Design of Machine Tool Gear Box 8 Hrs
Introduction to machine tool gearboxes, design and its applications, basic considerations in design of
drives, determination of variable speed range, graphical representation of speed and structure
diagram, ray diagram, selection of optimum ray diagram, gearing diagram, deviation diagram.
(Note: Full design problem to be restricted up to 2 Stages only)
Unit 2: Statistical Consideration in Design 8 Hrs
Frequency distribution-Histogram and frequency polygon, normal distribution - units of central
tendency and dispersion- standard deviation - population combinations - design for natural tolerances
- design for assembly - statistical analysis of tolerances, mechanical reliability and factor of safety.
Unit 3: Design of Belt Conveyor System for Material Handling 8 Hrs
System concept, basic principles, objectives of material handling system, unit load and
containerization.
Belt conveyors, Flat belt and troughed belt conveyors, capacity of conveyor, rubber covered and
fabric ply belts, belt tensions, conveyor pulleys, belt idlers, tension take-up systems, power
requirement of horizontal belt conveyors for frictional resistance of idler and pulleys.
Unit 4: Design of Cylinders and Pressure Vessels 8 Hrs
Design of Cylinders: Thin and thick cylinders, Lame's equation, Clavarino’s and Bernie's equations,
design of hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders, auto-frettage and compound cylinders,(No Derivation)
gasketed joints in cylindrical vessels (No derivation).
Design of Pressure vessel : Modes of failures in pressure vessels, unfired pressure vessels,
classification of pressure vessels as per I. 2825 - categories and types of welded joints, weld joint
efficiency, stresses induced in pressure vessels, materials for pressure vessel, thickness of cylindrical
shells and design of end closures as per code, nozzles and openings in pressure vessels, reinforcement
of openings in shell and end closures - area compensation method, types of vessel supports
(theoretical treatment only).
Unit 5: Design of I.C. Engine Components 8 Hrs
Introduction to selection of material for I. C. engine components, Design of cylinder and cylinder
head, construction of cylinder liners, design of piston and piston-pins, piston rings, design of
connecting rod. Design of crank-shaft and crank-pin, (Theoretical treatment only).
Unit 6: Optimum Design 8 Hrs
Objectives of optimum design, adequate and optimum design, Johnson‘s Method of optimum design,
primary design equations, subsidiary design equations and limit equations, optimum design with
normal specifications of simple machine elements- tension bar, transmission shaft and helical spring,
Pressure vessel Introduction to redundant specifications ( Theoretical treatment).
Books
Text :
1. Bhandari V.B. ―Design of Machine Elements‖, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd.
2. Juvinal R.C, Fundamentals of Machine Components Design, Wiley, India
References :
1. Design Data- P.S.G. College of Technology, Coimbatore.
2. Bhandari, V. B. Machine Design data book, Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd.
3. I.S. 2825: Code for unfired pressure vessels.
4. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C.R., ―Mechanical Engineering Design‖, McGraw Hill Pub. Co
5. M. F. Spotts, ―Mechanical Design Analysis‖, Prentice Hall Inc.
6. Black P.H. and O. Eugene Adams, ―Machine Design‖ McGraw Hill Book Co. Inc.
7. Johnson R.C., ―Mechanical Design Synthesis with Optimization Applications‖, Von
Nostrand Reynold Pub.
8. S.K. Basu and D. K. Pal, ―Design of Machine Tools, Oxford and IBH Pub Co.
9. Rudenko,‖Material Handling Equipment‖, M.I.R. publishers, Moscow
10. P. Kannaiah ,‖Design of Transmission systems‖, SCIETCH Publications Pvt Ltd.
11. Pandy, N. C. and Shah, C. S., Elements of Machine Design, Charotar Publishing House.
12. Mulani, I. G., ―Belt Conveyors‖
13. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice, John Wiley & Sons.

14. M.V. Joshi, Process Equipment Design, Mc-Millan.

1. One Design Project:
The design project shall consist of two imperial size sheets (Preferably drawn with 3D/2D CAD
software) - one involving assembly drawing with a part list and overall dimensions and the other
sheet involving drawings of individual components, manufacturing tolerances, surface finish
symbols and geometric tolerances must be specified so as to make it working drawing. A design
report giving all necessary calculations of the design of components and assembly should be
submitted. Projects shall be in the form of design of mechanical systems including pressure
vessel, conveyor system, multi speed gear box, I.C engine, etc.
Each Student shall complete any one of the following assignments.

1. Design of Flywheel.
2. Design for Manufacture, Assembly and safe.
3. Application of Composite Material for different mechanical components.
4. Case study of one patent/ copyright/trademark from the product design point of view.
5. Design of Human Powered system.

Course Code : 402049 A Course Name : Elective – III
Tribology
TW : 25
Pre-requisites : Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Fluid Mechanics, Theory of Machine and

Machine Design
Course Objectives:
 To provide the knowledge and importance of Tribology in Design, friction, wear and
lubrication aspects of machine components.
 To select proper grade lubricant for specific application.
 To understand the principles of lubrication, lubrication regimes, theories of hydrodynamic and
the advanced lubrication techniques.
 To introduce the concept of surface engineering and its importance in tribology.
 To understand the behavior of Tribological components.
Course Outcomes:
 The course will enable the students to know the importance of Tribology in Industry.
 The course will enable the students to know the basic concepts of Friction, Wear,
Lubrications and their measurements.
 This course will help students to know the performance of different types of bearings and
analytical analysis thereof.
 This course will help students to apply the principles of surface engineering for different
applications of tribology.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Introduction to Tribology 6 Hrs
Importance of Tribology in Design, Tribology in Industry, Economic Considerations, Lubrication-
Definition, Lubricant properties, Viscosity, its measurements- Numerical, basic modes of lubrication,
types of lubricants, Standard Grades of lubricants, selection of lubricants, commonly used lubricants
and Hazards, Recycling of used oil, Disposal of used oil, bearing materials, bearing construction, oil
seals and gaskets.
Unit 2: Friction and Wear 5 Hrs
Introduction, Laws of friction, kinds of friction, causes of friction, area of contact, friction
measurement, theories of friction.

Types of wear, various factors affecting wear, measurement of wear, wear between solids and
flowing liquids, theories of wear
Unit 3: Hydrodynamic Lubrication 7 Hrs
Theory of hydrodynamic lubrication, mechanism of pressure development in an oil film. Two
dimensional Reynolds equation, Petroff’s equation, pressure distribution in journal bearings - long &
short, Load Carrying capacity, Somerfield number and its importance- Numerical. Introduction to
Hydrodynamic Thrust Bearing
Unit 4: Hydrostatic Lubrication 5 Hrs
Introduction to hydrostatic lubrication, hydrostatic step bearing, load carrying capacity and oil flow
through the hydrostatic step bearing- Numerical.
Hydrostatic squeeze film : basic concept, circular and rectangular plate approaching a plane-
Numerical
Unit 5: Elasto-hydrodynamic lubrication and Gas Lubrication 5 Hrs
Elasto - hydrodynamic lubrication: Basic concept, Elasto-hydrodynamic lubrication between two
contacting bodies, different regimes in EHL contacts.
Gas lubrication: Introduction, merits and demerits, applications, externally pressurized gas bearings,
porous gas bearings, and Dynamic characteristics of gas lubricated bearing.
Unit 6: Surface Engineering 8 Hrs
Concept and scope of Surface engineering, surface topography, apparent and real area of contact,
tribological behavior of asperities contact- contact stress, surface roughness and hydrodynamic
action- Numerical, surface coating-plating, fusion process, vapor phase processes, selection of
coating for wear and corrosion resistance. Behavior of tribological components- selection of bearings,
plain bearings, gears, wire ropes, seals and packings, conveyor belts, other tribological measures.
Books
Text :
1. Basu S.K., Sengupta S. N. and Ahuja B.B. “Fundamentals of Tribology” PHI Learning, Ltd.
India.
2. Majumdar B. C. "Introduction to Tribology and Bearings", S. Chand and Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
References :
1. Bharat Bhushan, “Principles and Applications of Tribology”, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Sahu P., “Engineering Tribology”, PHI Learning, Ltd. India
3. Fuller D.D. "Theory and Practice of Lubrication for Engineers". John Wiley and Sons.
4. Neale M. J. "Tribology hand Book", Butterworths. London.
5. Orlov P., "Fundamentals of Machine Design", Vol. IV, MIR Publication.
6. Cameron A. "Basic Lubrication Theory", Wiley Eastern Ltd.
7. 'Hailing J., "Principles of Tribology", McMillan Press Ltd., 1975.
8. Ghosh M.K., Mujumdar B.C. and Sarangi M., “Theory of lubrication”, Tata McGraw
Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
A] Any one case study of the following

1. Friction in sliding/ rolling contact bearing.
2. Wear of cutting tool.
3. Surface Coating.
4. Sliding/ rolling contact bearing Performance
B] Assignment based on the Tribological design of the system like I C Engine, Machine Tool,
Rolling Mill.
OR
Industrial Visit: Students should visit the industry to study the lubrication systems or to study the
techniques of surface coating.

Course Code : 402049 B Course Name : Elective – III
Industrial Engineering
TW : 25
Pre-requisites: NIL
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts, principles and framework of contents of Industrial Engineering.
 To acquaint the students with various productivity enhancement techniques.
 To acquaint the students with different aspects of Production Planning and Control and
Facility Design.
 To introduce the concepts of various cost accounting and financial management practices as
applied in industries.
 To acquaint the students with different aspects of Human Resource activities and Industrial
Safety rules.
 To acquaint students with different aspect of simulation modeling for various industrial
engineering\applications.
Course Outcomes:
 Apply the Industrial Engineering concept
 Understand, analyze and implement different concepts involved in method study.
 Design and Develop different aspects of work system and facilities.
 Understand and Apply Industrial safety standards, financial management practices.
 Undertake project work based on modeling & simulation area.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Introduction to Industrial Engineering and Productivity 6 Hrs
Definition and Role of Industrial Engineering, Types of production systems and organization
structure, Functions of management.
Measurement of productivity: Factors affecting the productivity, Productivity Models and Index
(Numerical), Productivity improvement techniques.
Note: Productivity improvement techniques viz. 5S, Kaizen, TPS, KANBAN, JIT, etc. shall be
discussed at the end of this Unit.

Unit 2: Method Study 6 Hrs
Work Study: Definition, objective and scope of work-study, Human factors in work-study.
Method Study: Definition, objective and scope of method study, work content, activity recording and
exam aids.
Charts to record movements: Operation process charts, flow process charts, travel chart, two-handed
chart and multiple activity charts. Principles of motion economy, classification of movements, SIMO
chart, and micro motion study.
Definition and installation of the improved method, brief concept about synthetic motion studies.
Introduction to Value Engineering and Value Analysis.
Unit 3: Work Measurements 6 Hrs
Work Measurements: Definition, objectives and uses, Work measurement techniques.
Work Sampling: Need, confidence levels, sample size determinations, random observation,
conducting study with the simple problems.
Time Study: Definition, time study equipment, selection of job, steps in time study. Breaking jobs
into elements, recording information, Rating and standard rating, standard performance, scales of
rating, factors affecting rate of working, allowances and standard time determination.
Introduction to PMTS and MTM: (Numerical), Introduction to MOST.
Unit 4: Production Planning and Control 6 Hrs
Introduction: Types of production systems, Need and functions of PPC, Aggregate production
planning.
Capacity Planning, ERP: Modules, Master Production Schedule, MRP and MRP-II.
Forecasting Techniques: Causal and time series models, moving average, exponential smoothing,
trend and seasonality (Numerical), Demand Control strategies (MTO, MTA, MTS).
Introduction to Supply Chain Management: Basic terminologies.
Unit 5: Facility Design 6 Hrs
Plant Location : Need and factors influencing plant location,
Plant Layout: Objectives, principles, types of plant layouts, Introduction to Assembly Line Balancing
and Layout parameters to evaluate.
Material Handling: Objectives, relation with plant layout, principles. Types and purpose of different
material handling equipment, Selection of material handling equipment.
Inventory control and Management: Types of inventories, Need of inventories, terminology, costs,
Inventory Models: Basic production models, (with and without shortage and discount), ABC, VED
Analysis.
Unit 6: Engineering Economy, Human Resource and Industrial Safety 6 Hrs
Introduction to Costing: Elements of Cost, Break-Even Analysis (Numerical).
Introduction to Debit and Credit Note, Financial Statements (Profit and loss account and Balance
Sheet), Techniques for Evaluation of capital investments.
Human Resource Development: Functions: Manpower Planning, Recruitment, Selection, Training.
Concept of KRA (Key Result Areas), Performance Appraisal (Self, Superior, Peer, 3600).
Industrial Safety: Safety Organization, Safety Program

Books
Text :
1. M Mahajan, Industrial Engineering and Production Management, Dhanpat Rai and Co.
2. O. P. Khanna, Industrial engineering and management, Dhanpat Rai publication
3. Martend Telsang, Industrial Engineering, S. Chand Publication.
4. Banga and Sharma, Industrial Organization& Engineering Economics, Khanna publication.
References :
1. Introduction to Work Study by ILO, ISBN 978-81-204-1718-2, Oxford & IBHPublishing
Company, New Delhi, Second Indian Adaptation, 2008.
2. H. B. Maynard, K Jell, Maynard‘s Industrial Engineering Hand Book, McGraw Hill
Education.
3. Askin, Design and Analysis of Lean Production System, Wiley, India
4. Zandin K.B., Most Work Measurement Systems, ISBN 0824709535, CRCPress,2002
5. Martin Murry, SAP ERP: Functionality and Technical Configuration, SAP Press; 3 rdNew
edition (2010).
6. Barnes, Motion and time Study design and Measurement of Work, Wiley India
7. Raid Al-Aomar, Adwerd J Williams, Onur M. Uigen ‘Process Simulation using WITNESS’,
Wiley

 Minimum of 8 Experiments are compulsory from the following list of Experiments.
 Assignment number 1, 2, 3, 8 and 12 are compulsory.
 It is advisable that, students shall collect data by visiting suitable industry to complete following
assignments (Per batch of Max. 20 students)
 For completing above assignments any suitable simulation software like WITNESS can be used
1. Case study based Assignment on Method Study.
2. Hands on Assignment on application of Work Measurement technique(s).
3. Assignment on simulation of Routing & Scheduling Model
4. Assignment on simulation of Manufacturing System / Service System Operations for demand
forecasting of the given product using any two methods.
5. Assignment on simulation determination of EOQ and plot the graphs.
6. Assignment on analysis of Manufacturing / Service Operation for Capacity Planning.
7. Case study based assignment on supply chain model.
8. Assignment on analysis of (selected) plant layout modeling and simulation for bottleneck /
line balancing.
9. Assignment on analysis of material handling system - modeling simulation for the selected
plant layout.
10. Case study based assignment on identification of Key Result Areas for performance appraisal
for selected company (3600 feedback).
11. Case study based assignment on cost-revenue model analysis.
12. Assignment on industrial safety audit of selected work environment.

Course Code : 402049 C Course Name : Elective – III
Robotics
TW : 25
Pre-requisites: Engineering Mechanics, TOM, Mechatronics, Basics of Electrical and

Electronics Engineering, Control system.
Course Objectives:
 To get acquainted with basic components of robotic systems.
 To study various gripper mechanisms and sensors and understand role of suitable control
system.
 To understand statistics & kinematics of robots
 To develop competency in obtaining desired motion of the robot.
 To study various programming methods in robotics.
 To understand need of modern techniques in robotics.
Course Outcomes:
 Identify different type of robot configuration with relevant terminology.
 Select suitable sensors, actuators and drives for robotic systems.
 Understand kinematics in robotic systems.
 Design robot with desired motion with suitable trajectory planning.
 Select appropriate robot programming for given application.
 Understand need of IoT, machine learning, simulation in robotics.
Course Contents
Unit 1: 6 Hrs
Introduction: Basic Concepts, laws of Robotics, Robot anatomy, Classification, structure of robots,
point to point and continuous path robotic systems. Robot performance- resolution, accuracy,
repeatability, dexterity, compliance, RCC device, Applications.
Robot Grippers: Types of Grippers, Design of gripper, Force analysis for various basic gripper
systems including Mechanical, Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems.
Unit 2: 6 Hrs
Robotic Sensors: Characteristics of sensing devices, Classification, Selection and applications of
sensors. Types of Sensors, Need for sensors and vision system in the working and control of a robot.
GPS, IMU, Vision, PVDF Tactile (construction, working and selection)

Drives and Control Systems : Types and selection of Drives, Actuators and transmission systems,
Types of Controllers, closed loop control, second order linear systems and their control, control law
of partitioning, trajectory-following control, modeling and control of a single joint, force control.
Unit 3: 6 Hrs
Kinematics : Transformation matrices and their arithmetic, link and joint description, Denavit–
Hartenberg parameters, frame assignment to links, direct kinematics, kinematics redundancy,
kinematics calibration, inverse kinematics of two joints, solvability, algebraic and geometrical
methods.
Velocities and Static Forces in Manipulators: Motion of the manipulator links, Jacobians,
singularities, static forces, Jacobian in force domain.
Unit 4: 6 Hrs
Introduction to Dynamics, Trajectory generations, Motion planning and control: Joint and Cartesian
space trajectory planning and generation, potential field method for motion planning Manipulator
Mechanism Design, Force control and hybrid position/force control
Unit 5: 6 Hrs
Machine Vision System: Vision System Devices, Image acquisition, Masking, Sampling and
quantization, Image Processing Techniques, Masking, Sampling and quantization, Noise reduction
methods, Edge detection, Segmentation.
Robot Programming : Methods of robot programming, lead through programming, motion
interpolation, branching capabilities, WAIT, SIGNAL and DELAY commands, subroutines,
Programming Languages: Robot language structure, Introduction to various types such as RAIL and
VAL II
Unit 6: 6 Hrs
Artificial Intelligence: Introduction, Need and Application, Problem solving through forward and
backward search.
Introduction to Internet of Things (Industrial control, Smart Social Network), Industry 4.0, Machine
learning
Simulation : Need of simulation, tools, types and techniques of simulation
Books
Text :
1. S. R. Deb, Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Tata McGraw Hill.
References :
1. Groover M.P.-Automation, production systems and computer integrated manufacturing‘ -
Prentice Hall of India
2. S B Niku, Introduction to Robotics, Analysis, Control, Applications, 2nd Edition, Wiley
Publication, 2015.
3. John Craig, Introduction to Robotics, Mechanics and Control, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2009
4. Mathia, Robotics for Electronics Manufacturing, Cambridge Uni. Press, India
5. A Ghosal, Robotics: Fundamental Concepts and Analysis, Oxford University Press, 2013.
6. R K Mittal & I J Nagrath, Robotics and Control, McGraw Hill Publication, 2015.
7. K Astrom & T Hagglund, PID Controllers: Theory, Design and Tuning, 2nd Edition, The
Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society, 1995.
8. Asfahl, Robots and Manufacturing Automation, Wiley, India, 2012
9. S. K. Saha, Introduction to Robotics, TMH International
10. Ganesh Hegde, Industrial Robotics, Laxmi publication
11. www.roboanalyzer.com
The term work shall consist of detailed report on any five of the following practical, essentially with
one demonstration, one gripper design and an industrial visit.
1. Simulation of Cartesian / Cylindrical/Spherical robot.
2. Simulation of Articulated / SCARA robot.
3. Virtual modeling for kinematic and dynamic verification any one robotic structure using
suitable software.
4. Design, modeling and analysis of two different types of gripper.
5. Program for linear and non-linear path.
6. Report on industrial application of robot /Industrial visit.

Course Code : 402050 A Course Name : Elective – IV
Advanced Manufacturing Processes
TW : --
Pre-requisites: Basic Engineering Science - Physics, Chemistry, Material Science, Engineering

Metallurgy, Manufacturing processes
Course Objectives:
 To analyze and identify applications of special forming processes
 To analyze and identify applications of advanced joining processes
 To understand and analyze the basic mechanisms of hybrid non-conventional machining
techniques
 To understand various applications and methods of micro and nano fabrication techniques
 To understand advanced Additive Manufacturing (AM) technology for innovations in product
development
 To understand various material characterization techniques.
Course Outcomes:
 Classify and analyze special forming processes
 Analyze and identify applicability of advanced joining processes
 Understand and analyze the basic mechanisms of hybrid non-conventional machining
techniques
 Select appropriate micro and nano fabrication techniques for engineering applications
 Understand and apply various additive manufacturing technology for product development
 Understand material characterization techniques to analyze effects of chemical composition,
composition variation, crystal structure, etc.
Course Contents
Unit 1: Special Forming Processes 6 Hrs
Principle, Machines, Process variables, characteristics, advantages, limitations and application of
High Energy Rate Forming process (HERF), High Velocity Forming (HVF), Explosive forming,
Magnetic pulse forming, Electro hydraulic forming, Metal spinning, Flow forming, Stretch forming,
Incremental sheet metal forming, Petro-forge forming, Micro forming, Micro coining, Micro
extrusion, Micro bending/laser bending, fine blanking.
Unit 2: Advanced Joining Processes 6 Hrs

Friction stir welding, Electron Beam welding, Laser beam welding, Ultrasonic welding, Under water
welding, Cryogenic welding, Thermal spray coatings, Welding of plastics and composites, Explosive
joining, Adhesive bonding
Unit 3: Hybrid Non-conventional Machining Techniques 6 Hrs
Introduction to hybrid processes, Abrasive flow finishing, Magnetic abrasive finishing, Abrasive
water-jet machining, Wire electric discharge machining, Electrochemical grinding (ECG),
Electrochemical Deburring (ECD), Shaped tube electrolytic machining (STEM), Electro-jet
Machining (EJM), Electrolytic In-process dressing (ELPD), Ultrasonic assisted EDM, Rotary EDM,
Electrochemical discharge Machining (ECDM), Laser surface treatments.
Unit 4: Micro Machining and Nano Fabrication Techniques 6 Hrs
Introduction, need of micro and nano machining, Machine/setup, Process parameters, Mechanism of
material removal, Applications, Advances of the Diamond Turn machining, Ultrasonic micro-
machining, Focused Ion Beam Machining, Lithography, photochemical machining, Challenges in
micro and nano fabrication techniques.
Unit 5: Additive Manufacturing Processes 6 Hrs
Introduction and principle of the additive manufacturing process; Generalized additive manufacturing
process chain; Classification of additive manufacturing processes and its principle, process steps and
materials;
Post-processing of parts manufactured by Additive Manufacturing (AM) processes, Software issues
in AM, Design For Additive Manufacturing (DFAM), Applications of Additive Manufacturing in
Medical and Aerospace technologies
Unit 6: Material Characterization Techniques 6 Hrs
Introduction : Material Characterization
Microscopy : Electron Microscopes, Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM), Transmission Electron
Microscope (TEM), Scanning Tunneling Microscope (STM), Atomic Force Microscope (AFM),
Field Ion Microscope (FIM);
Spectroscopy : Energy-dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX), X-Ray Diffraction (XRD), X-Ray
Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS), Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (NMR), Electron
Backscatter Diffraction (EBSD)
Books
Text :
1. V. K. Jain, “Advanced Machining Processes”, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
2. M. P Groover., Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes, and Systems,
6th Edition, Wiley 2015
3. A. Ghosh, A. K. Mallik, Manufacturing Science, Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi
References :
1. ASM: Metal Handbook, Volume 6, “Welding, Brazing and Soldering”, Metal Park, Ohio.
2. ASM: Metal Handbook, Volume 14, “Forming”, Metal Park, Ohio.
3. R. Balasubramaniam, RamaGopal V. Sarepaka, SathyanSubbiah, Diamond Turn Machining:
Theory and Practice, CRC Press, ISBN 9781138748323 - CAT# K32643
4. V. K. Jain, Micro manufacturing Processes, CRC Press ISBN-13: 978-1138076426 ISBN-
10: 1138076422
5. Ian Gibson, David Rosen, B.Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technologies: 3D Printing,
Rapid Prototyping, And Direct Digital Manufacturing, New York, NY : Springer, 2015.
6. Sam Zhang, Lin Li, Ashok Kumar, Materials characterization techniques. Boca Raton: CRC
Press. ISBN 1420042947
7. Douglas B. Murphy, Fundamentals of light microscopy and electronic imaging, 2001, Wiley-
Liss, Inc. USA
8. Schwartz, A. J., Kumar, M., Adams, B. L., and Field, D. P., eds., 2009, Electron Backscatter
Diffraction in Materials Science, Springer US.

Course Code : 402050 B Course Name : Elective – IV
Solar and Wind Energy
TW : --
Pre-requisites : Basic Mechanical Engineering, Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering and
Heat Transfer
Course Objectives:
 To understand fundamentals of solar and wind energies.
 To understand constructions, working principle and design procedure of solar and wind power
plants.
 To apply basic engineering principle to design a simple solar and wind power system.
Course Outcomes:
 Design of solar food drier for domestic purpose referring existing system
 Design of parabolic dish solar cooker for domestic purpose referring existing system
 Design of solar photovoltaic system for domestic purpose referring existing system
 Design miniature wind mill for domestic purpose referring existing system
Course Contents
Unit 1: Solar Energy Principles 6 Hrs
Present solar energy scenario, world energy futures, governing bodies (self-study), solar radiations
and its measurements, solar constant, solar radiation geometry, solar radiation data, estimation of
average solar radiation, solar radiation on tilted surface.
Unit 2: Solar Thermal Systems and Applications 8 Hrs
Types of Solar thermal collector, flat plate collector analysis, Evacuated tube collectors (ETC)
analysis, its design and application, solar air heaters and its types, solar distillation.
Solar Concentrating collectors: types- line and point concentrator, theory of Concentrating collectors,
parabolic trough collector, parabolic dish collector, solar tower, concentrated Fresnel linear receiver
(CFLR).
Unit 3: Solar Photovoltaic and Applications 6 Hrs
Forming the PN junction solar cells & its applications, Structure of a solar cell, types of modules, PV
array, solar cell equation, Fill factor and maximum power, Grid aspects of solar power, equipment
used in solar photovoltaic plants, Power Conditioning Equipment-inverters, Regulators, Other
Devices; System Analysis-Design Procedure, Design Constraints, Other Considerations.

Unit 4: Case Study on Solar Energy Applications 6 Hrs
Case study 1: Design of solar food drier for domestic purpose referring existing system
Case study 2: Design of parabolic dish solar cooker for domestic purpose referring existing system
Case study 3: Design of solar photovoltaic system for domestic purpose referring existing system
Unit 5: Wind Energy 8 Hrs

Principle of wind energy conversion; Basic components of wind energy conversion systems; various
types and their constructional features; design considerations of horizontal and vertical axis wind
machines: analysis of aerodynamic forces acting on wind mill blades and estimation of power output;
wind data and site selection considerations, wind energy potential and installation in India.
Unit 6: Case Study on Wind Mill Design 2 Hrs
Case study on designing miniature wind mill for domestic purpose referring existing system.
Books
Text :
1. G. D. Rai, ‘Non-Conventional Energy Sources’, Khanna Publisher
2. S. P. Sukhatme, ‘Solar Energy: Principles of thermal collections and storage’, McGraw Hill
3. Tiwari G N. ‘Solar Energy: Fundamentals, design, modeling and Applications’, Narosa, 2002
References :
1. Mukund R. Patel, ‘Wind And Solar Power Systems: Design, Analysis and Operation, Second
Edition’, CRC Press
2. Kreith And Kreider, Solar Energy Handbook, McGraw Hill
3. Ray Hunter, ‘Wind Energy Conversion: From Theory to Practice’, John Wiley and Son Ltd
4. Gary L Johnson, ‘Wind Energy Systems’, Prentice-Hall Inc., New Jersey
5. Martin O L Hansen, ‘Aerodynamics of Wind Turbines’, James & James/Earthscan.
6. Goswami D Y, Kreith F, Kreider J F, ‘Principles of Solar Engineering’, Taylor & Francis
7. Robert Gasch, ‘Wind Power Plant Fundamentals, Design, Construction And Operations’,
Springer
8. C S Solanki, ‘Solar Photovoltaic: Fundamentals, Technology And Applications’, PHI
Learning

Course Code : 402050 C Course Name : Elective – IV
Product Design and Development
TW : --
Pre-requisites : Basic Engineering Science - Physics, Chemistry, Material Science, Engineering

Metallurgy, Manufacturing processes
Course Objectives:
To explain student’s significance of
 Product design and Product development process
 Customer needs, satisfaction and commercialization of product
 Forward & Reverse Engineering and its role in designing a product
 Design Aspects (DFA, DFMEA, Design for Reliability and Safety)
 Product Life Cycle Management and Product Data Management
Course Outcomes:
 Understand essential factors for product design
 Design product as per customer needs and satisfaction
 Understand Processes and concepts during product development
 Understand methods and processes of Forward and Reverse engineering
 Carry various design processes as DFA, DFMEA, design for safety
 Understand the product life cycle and product data management
Course Contents
Unit 1: Introduction to Product Design and Development 6 Hrs
Definition of product design, Essential Factors for product design, Modern approaches to product
design, standardization, simplification and specialization in product design product development,
product development versus product design, modern product development process, product testing
and validation.
Unit 2: Product Development –Technical and Business Concerns 6 Hrs
Mission Statement and Technical Questioning, Technology Forecasting and S Curve, Customer
Needs and Satisfaction, Customer Needs - Types and Models, tools for Gathering Customer Needs,
Customer Population and Market Segmentation.
Unit 3: Product Development from Concept to Product Function 6 Hrs
Product information gathering, brainstorming and lateral thinking, morphological analysis of product,
generating concepts, concept selection - design evaluation, estimation of technical feasibility, concept
selection process, Pugh’s concept, selection charts, concept scoring, process of concept embodiment,
system modeling, functional modeling and decomposition, fast method, subtract and operate
procedure, Simulation driven design.
Unit 4: Reverse Engineering 6 Hrs
Product Teardown Process, Tear Down Methods, Force Flow Diagrams, Measurement and
Experimentation, Applications of Product Teardown, Benchmarking Approach and Detailed
Procedure, Tools Used in Benchmarking Indented Assembly Cost Analysis, Function -Form
Diagrams, Trend Analysis, Setting Product Specifications, Introduction to Product Portfolio and
Architecture.
Unit 5: Design for X 6 Hrs
Design for manufacture, Design for assembly, Design for robustness, Design for safety, Design for
reliability, Design for environment, Design for piece part production, manufacturing cost analysis.
Local, Regional and Global issues, basic life cycle assessment - basic method, weighed sum
assessment method (Numerical), Design Failure mode effect analysis.
Unit 6: Product Life Cycle Management and Product Data Management 6 Hrs
Introduction, Concept of Product Life Cycle management, Components/Elements of PLM, Customer
Involvement, Product Data and Product Workflow, The Link Between Product Data and Product
Workflow, Different Phases of Product Life Cycle and corresponding technology.
Books
Text :
1. K. Chitale; R.C. Gupta, Product Design and Manufacturing, Prentice Hall India.
2. Dieter George E., Engineering Design McGraw Hill Pub. Company, 2000.
References :
1. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, Product Design: Techniques in Reverse Engineering
and New Product Development, Pearson Education Inc.
2. Grieves, Michael, Product Lifecycle Management McGraw Hill
3. Bralla, James G., Handbook of Product Design for Manufacturing, McGraw Hill Pub.
4. Karl Ulrich, product design and development, TMH.

Course Code : 402051 Course Name : Project – II
Theory : -- TH : -- Theory In-Sem : -- PR : --
Practical : 12 hrs per week TW : 06 End-Sem : -- OR : 100
TW : 100
Course Contents
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROJECT REPORT WRITING
It is important that the procedures listed below be carefully followed by all the students of B.E.
(Mechanical Engineering).
1. Prepare Three Hard Bound Copies of your manuscript.
2. Limit your Dissertation report to 80– 120 pages (preferably)
3. The footer must include the following:
Institute Name, B.E. (Mechanical) Times New Roman 10 pt. and centrally aligned.
4. Page number as second line of footer, Times New Roman 10 pt. centrally aligned.
5. Print the manuscript using
a) Letter quality computer printing.
b) The main part of manuscript should be Times New Roman 12 pt. with alignment - justified.
c) Use 1.5 line spacing.
d) Entire report shall be of 5- 7 chapters
6. Use the paper size 8.5’’ × 11’’ or A4 (210 × 197 mm). Please follow the margins given below.
Margin Location Paper 8.5’’ × 11’’ Paper A4 (210 × 197 mm)

Top 1’’ 25.4 mm
Left 1.5’’ 37 mm
Bottom 1.25’’ 32 mm
Right 1’’ 25.4mm
7. All paragraphs will be 1.5 lines spaced with a one blank line between each paragraph. Each
paragraph will begin with without any indentation.
8. Section titles should be bold with 14 pt. typed in all capital letters and should be left aligned.
9. Sub-Section headings should be aligning at the left with 12 pt. bold and Title Case (the first
letter of each word is to be capitalized).
10. Illustrations (charts, drawings, photographs, figures) are to be in the text. Use only illustrations
really pertinent to the text. Illustrations must be sharp, clear, black and white. Illustrations
downloaded from internet are not acceptable.
a) Illustrations should not be more than two per page. One could be ideal
b) Figure No. and Title at bottom with 12 pt.
c) Table No. and Title at top with 12 pt.
d) Legends below the title in 10 pt.
e) Leave proper margin in all sides
f) Illustrations as far as possible should not be photo copied.
11. Photographs if any should be of glossy prints
12. Please use SI system of units only.
13. Please number the pages on the front side, centrally below the footer
14. References should be either in order as they appear in the thesis or in alphabetical order by last
name of first author
15. Symbols and notations if any should be included in nomenclature section only
16. Following will be the order of report
i. Cover page and Front page (as per the specimen on separate sheet)
ii. Certificate from the Institute (as per the specimen on separate sheet)
iii. Acknowledgements
iv. Contents
v. List of Figures
vi. List of Tables
vii. Nomenclature
viii. Abstract (A brief abstract of the report not more than 150 words. The heading of
abstract i.e. word “Abstract” should be bold, Times New Roman, 12 pt and should be
typed at the center. The contents of abstract should be typed on new line without space
between heading and contents. Try to include one or two sentences each on motive,
method, key-results and conclusions in Abstract
1. Introduction (2-3 pages) (TNR – 14 Bold)
1.1 Problem statement (TNR – 12)
1.2 Objectives
1.3 Scope
1.4 Methodology
1.5 Organization of Dissertation
2. Literature Review (20-30 pages)
Discuss the work done so far by researchers in the domain area and their significant
conclusions. No derivations, figures, tables, graphs are expected.
3. This chapter shall be based on your own simulation work (Analytical/
Numerical/FEM/CFD) (15- 20 pages)
4. Experimental Validation - This chapter shall be based on your own experimental work
(15-20 pages)
5. Concluding Remarks and Scope for the Future Work (2-3 pages)
References ANNEXURE (if any) (Put all mathematical derivations, Simulation
program as Annexure)
17. All section headings and subheadings should be numbered. For sections use numbers 1, 2, 3, …
and for subheadings 1.1, 1.2, …. etc and section subheadings 2.1.1, 2.1.2, …. etc.
18. References should be given in the body of the text and well spread. No verbatim copy or
excessive text from only one or two references. If figures and tables are taken from any
reference then indicate source / citation of it. Please follow the following procedure for
references
Reference Books :
Collier, G. J. and Thome, J. R., Convective boiling and condensation, 3rd ed., Oxford
University Press, UK, 1996, pp. 110 – 112.
Papers from Journal or Transactions :

Jung, D. S. and Radermacher, R., Transport properties and surface tension of pure and mixed
refrigerants, ASHRAE Trans, 1991, 97 (1), pp. 90 – 98.
Bansal, P. K., Rupasinghe, A. S. and Jain, A. S., An empirical correction for sizing capillary
tubes, Int. Journal of Refrigeration, 1996, 19 (8), pp.497 – 505.
Papers from Conference Proceedings :

Colbourne, D. and Ritter, T. J., Quantitative assessment of flammable refrigerants in room air
conditioners, Proc. of the Sixteenth International Compressor Engineering Conference and
Ninth International Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Conference, Purdue University, West
Lafayette, Indiana, USA, 2002, pp. 34 – 40.
Reports, Handbooks etc. :

United Nations Environmental Programme, Report of the Refrigeration, Air Conditioning and
Heat Pumps, Technical Option Committee, 2002, Assessment - 2002.
ASHRAE Handbook: Refrigeration, 1994 (Chapter 44)
Patent :
Patent no, Country (in parenthesis), date of application, title, year.
Internet :
www.(Site) [Give full length URL] accessed on date

A Project Report on
(TNR, 16pt, centrally aligned)
Title of the Project Report

(TNR, 27pt, Bold, Centrally Aligned, Title Case)
By


Guide
Guide’s Name
Institute Logo
Department of Mechanical Engineering

[2018-19]
(TNR, 22pt, Title Case Centrally Aligned)
Institute Logo
C ERTIFICATE
This is to certify that Mr. (Name of the Student), has successfully completed the Project
Stage – I entitled “(Title of the Project)” under my supervision, in the partial fulfillment
of Bachelor of Engineering - Mechanical Engineering of University of Pune.
Date:
Place:
Guide’s Name
Guide Internal Examiner
HoD Name Principal Name

Head of the Department Principal
External Examiner
Seal

Savitribai Phule Pune University: Structure and Syllabus For B.E. Civil 2015 Course (W. E. F. June, 2018)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Savitribai Phule Pune University: Structure and Syllabus For B.E. Civil 2015 Course (W. E. F. June, 2018)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Savitribai Phule Pune University: Structure and Syllabus For B.E. Civil 2015 Course (W. E. F. June, 2018)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the different subjects covered in semester 1?

What are the different subjects covered in semester 1?

What are some of the electives offered in semester 1?

What are some of the electives offered in semester 1?

SAVITRIBAI PHULE PUNE UNIVERSITY

Board of Studies in Civil Engineering

Elective-I 401 004 Elective-II 401 005

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

Characteristics of sewage: Methods of sampling, Physical, chemical and biological

Introduction and theory of Phytoremediation technology for wastewater treatment. Introduction

Note: - Term Work should include a detailed analysis of practical interpretation,

Teaching scheme Examination Scheme

Unit III (6 Hrs.)

B. Modern Trends in Highway Materials, Construction & Maintenance:

III. Tests on Aggregate Bitumen Combined:

IV. Tests on Soil Subgrade:

B. Technical visits to:

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

Note: The designs should conform to the latest codal provisions.

The detailing shall be shown in at least three full imperial sheets.

The detailing shall be shown in at least two full imperial sheets.

e) The projects can be done using any drafting software.

Teaching scheme: Examination scheme:

Unit 1: Introduction of systems approach (6 Hrs)

Unit 2: Stochastic Programming (6 Hrs)

Unit3: Linear programming (A) (6 Hrs)

Unit 4: Linear programming (B) (6 Hrs)

Unit 5: Nonlinear programming (6 Hrs)

Unit 6: Dynamic programming, Games Theory & Replacement Model (6 Hrs)

Teaching scheme Examination scheme

Unit III (6 Hrs.)

General Reading suggested:

Teaching scheme: Examination scheme:

Unit II: (6 Hrs.)

Unit III: (6 Hrs.)

Unit IV: (6 Hrs.)

Term Work: - 50 Marks

Teaching Scheme: Exam. Scheme:

Geological Process of Soil formations:

UNIT III (5 Hrs.)

UNIT IV: (6 Hrs.)

Subsurface Explorations for Dams, Reservoir, Percolation Tanks:

Practical Work / Term Work

The practical journal will be examined as term work.

REFERENCE BOOKS AND TEXT BOOKS:

Teaching scheme: Examination scheme:

Unit I: Computational Techniques (6 Hrs)

Unit IV: Stiffness matrix method for beams (6 Hrs)

Unit V: Stiffness matrix method for frames (6 Hrs)

Teaching Scheme: Lectures: 3 Hrs / week Examination Scheme:

Unit2: Economics & Paradigm shift in water management (6 Hrs)

Unit 3: Basin scale flogy (6 Hrs)

Unit 5: Environmental and social aspects (6 Hrs)

b) Social impact of water resources development: direct/ indirect benefits, employment

Unit6: Basin planning &Watershed management (6 Hrs)

Teaching scheme: Examination scheme:

Unit I: Quality in Construction (6 Hrs)

Unit II: TQM & Six Sigma (6 Hrs)